2 anh eee Galjat * +) Gia . tee SHEER 34 * ane it PACE LELE CRSP SEES see SLEEEbeE ai fs % * =) —_ TRANSACTIONS OF Pe E ROYAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH. ee “hte © DINE UR GH: PRINTED FOR T. CADELL, IN THE STRAND, LONDON; AND ' J. DICKSON, AND E. BALFOUR, EDINBURGH. M DCC XCIv. v i Tal rd at a 7 Neyer de = ance ° E* u a w eo q cs 7% "< e, i ee Relate hire 7 : hoor gioohane a ana gu Hare Ot re Seats bier) an cred 7 ld eed .- i: Pot tale ay - - ae rie”. FR ) ; hell a m : Tr 1: i vy E ' ay ’ “ ies ‘ - . =o . a - es & ee COUN. CF BON..T'S OF THE THIRD VOLUME... PART L* HISTORY of the SOCIETY. Account of the Iftand and Cafile of Lochurr, - Page 4. Defeription of a Stone found at Coilsfield, - 6. Sir James Hall on Granite, - - a 8. Account of the Prince of Wales Ifland, by Mr James Howifon, 13. Method of cultivating the Oldenlandia Umbellata, - 16. Account of a variety of the Bramble, by William Hall, Efq; 20. APPENDIX. List of MemBERs continued from the fecond Volume, 23. Office-bearers of the SocreTy, - . a Office-bearers of the two Claffes, — ~ - - 28. MEMBERS DECEASED, . - - _ 29. I. Biogra- * N.B. PartI. comprehending the History, is contained under one fet of Pages ; and Part II. comprehending the PAPERS, is contained under two fets, wz. Pa- PeRs of the PHysicat Cxass, under the one; and Parers of the LireRary Cuass, under the other. COL N ees ON ETS, vil I. Biographical Account of Sir James Hunter Blair, Bart. Page'31. Il. Biographical Account of John Dryfdale, D. D. ipetys= 37 ILI. Biographical Account of Adary Smith, LL. D, = 55 Donations prefented to the SociETY, continued Jrom the Second Volume, - 139: Postscript to the HisTorRyY, + Account of a Mineral from Strontian, by Dr Charles Thomas Hope, - 143. a nr et ee es? PART aE PAPERS READ BEFORE THE SOCIETY. if PAPERS OF THE PHYSICAL CLASS. I, Experiments and Obfervations on the Unequal Refrangibility of Light. By Dr Robert Blair, - Page 3. II. Obfervations on Granite. By Dr Hutton, 77. Ill. Of the Flexibility of the Brazilian Stone. By Dr Hutton, 86. IV. An Analy/is of the Waters of fome Hot Springs in Teeland: By Dr Black, - - - + 05+ Vv. An Account of the Hot Springs near Rykum in Iceland. By John Thomas Stanley, Efq; — = = 127. VI. dan Account of the Hot Springs near Haukadal in Iceland. By John Thomas Stanley, Efq; - a 138. VII. On the Origin and Inveftigation of Porifms. By Mr Playfair, 154. VIL An Account of the Quaffia Polygama, and of ihe Cinchona Brachycarpa. By Mr John Lindfay, cs 205. IX. Defcription of a Human Male Monfter. By Dr Alexander Monro, - - 215. X. Ex- Vii Cet aa Ne 6. X. Experimepts relating to Animal Electricity. By Dr Alex- ander Monro, Page 231. XI. An Account, of repeated Shocks of Earthquakes, felt at Comrie in Perth/bire. By Mr Ralph Taylor, XII. A Defcription of an Improved Thermometer. By Dr Ru- therford, - - 247. XIII. Obfervations on the Mufcles. By Dr Alexander Monro, 250, “XIV. An Account of the Peat-Moffes of Kincardine and Flan- ders in Perthfbire. By the Rev. Mr Chriftopher Tait, 266. 240. in ig A PAPERS OF THE LITERARY CLAss. 1. Tabieau de la Plaine de Troye. Par M. Chevalier, 3 II. An Effay upon the Utility of defining Synonymous Terms in all Languages; with Illuftrations by Examples from the Latin. By Dr John Hill, III. On the Ancient Hellenes.. By Dr David Doig,- Z 131. 3 ri 93-, TRANS- en ee Po ca Oy ~ : - aan at " ’ * ne ‘ is tae A ae OS ah hte is 4 é a : <4 Shas 7 ie * > HAAG ri = Fla RS a4 rs higieds . = é at ; ‘i she Pay 4 Yak’, Sty “sh eit iV e aie Ss % an) ‘irs Ne Awe pe [Aa & aged 3. aaleteae eh f we NE, a . ’ 4 ge og eT Sica aes emcee dh ADs Ph os : Ps e f + boty ms ‘ 1 7d ie rated Nas ; hr ae, ae + «ia Ass AE ciigeanieeea d sna ica Tee a Gidits a ee “3 miele re Vthehy i ch ne at) ite ; Se Sate Li. Wi | ne Ra ei Ok: , q 4 e KN ip Le mai? A gst Lg ahha! Side + Re Soa 2 OF THE SOCIET Y. P# YSICAL Clafs. A paper on the Caufe of Heat in Che- mical mixtures, formerly read in the Philofophical Society, was communicated by Dr Garpner. Mr Rosert KERR read an Effay on the Origin of the Heat and Light in Defla- gration. A GENERAL Meeting of the Royal Society was held for the election of Members, [See the Lift in the Appendix to the Hiftory of the Society, Vol. II.] Phyf. Gl. A BioGRAPHICAL account of the late Dr WILSON, Profeflor of Aftronomy in the Univerfity of Glafgow, was (A 2) read 5 1789. Jan. 5. On the caufe of heat in chemical mixtures, Jan. 26. General Meet- ing. Feb. 2. « Biographical accountof Dr ~* Wilfon, 1789. March 2. Mr Playfair on the altronomy of the Brah- mins. March 16. Biographical account of Sir William Dick. April 6. Account of the oldenlindia um- bellata. April 20. Account of the ifland and caftle of Lochurr, 4 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. read ; communicated by his fon Mr Parrick Witson, the prefent Profeffor of Aftronomy in that Univerlity. Phyf. Cl. Mr Profeffor PLAyrarr read a paper on the Aftro- nomy of the Brahmins. [See Vol. II. No. XIII. Phy C/.] Literary Clafs. Dr Duncan read a Biographical Account of Sir WittrAM Dick of Preftonfield, Bart. [See the Appen- dix to the Hiftory of the Society, Vol. II. p. 58.] Phyf. Ci. Dr ANDERSON read. a communication from Dr James ANDERSON of Madras, containing an Account of the Oldenlandia Umbellata, the Plant ufed for giving a red Dye to Cotton in the Eaft Indies. Lit. Cl. Dr Grecory read an Account of the Ifland and Caftle of Lochurr, in the ftewartry of Kirkudbright; com- municated by Mr Ripper of Friars Carfe, and tranfmitted by Lord Hates. AccorDING to this account, Lochurr is fituated in the midft of a wild country on the eaftern border of Galloway, about ten miles eaft of the town of New Galloway. Upon the eaft fide of the loch are two fmall iflands, joined to the fhore by a caufeway of large ftones, which is at prefent pretty deep under the furface of the water. The gentleman from whom Mr RippeELt received this account, was obliged to wade a- long this caufeway up to the middle, in order to reach the iflands, and to proceed with a great deal of caution, as the wa- ter on each fide was about 16 feet deep. The neareft and fmalleft of thefe iflands he found to be covered with willows and long grafs, and to be about 70 feet long by 36 broad. About 70 feet farther, is the largeft of the iflands, about 200 feet long and 72 broad, and furrounded bya wall of ftones without mortar, fix feet thick, and in fome places five feet high. On HISTORY of the SOCIETY. 5 On each fide of the entrance from the caufeway, the wall is formed into a circular tower, and within it are three or four foundations of houfes. Turis little ifland is inhabited by adders, and by the large Scotch eagle, called the Earn. On leaving it, our traveller proceeded along the fhore, about a mile toward the fouth, in order to vifit another ifland, called the White Ifland. The White Ifland is in fac fur- rounded by the loch only on three fides. On the fourth, it is contiguous to a peat-mofs of the kind called a flow-mofs, and is feparated from it bya ditch about 36 feet wide and 300long, which ditch is ftrengthened by a ftrong breaft-work on the fide toward the ifland. You enter by what feems to have been the ancient gate, where the ditch is filled up. The ifland is about 552 feet long;and nearly of the fame breadth. It appears to have been a Roman fortification, and in all probability is what CAMBDEN calls the Cardea of ANTONINUS. There is a tradition here, that a num- ber of Roman foldiers were ftarved to death in this ifland. On the eaft fide of it, there are two mounts of about 38 feet in diameter each, and at fome diftance from one another. On the north fide, the foundation of feveral buildings are {till to be feen. Tue water of Urr runs out of the loch on the weft fide of this ifland. Ir is to be remarked, that the names of the places in this neighbourhood are Gaelic, which language was fpoken in the remote parts of Galloway fo late as 1671 and 1672. Mr Profeffor Dauzet alfo read an Effay on Poetry, confider- ed as an Imitative Art. Lit. Cl. Dr AnpeRson read a paper, containing Obferva- tions on the Perfonal Pronouns. A 14789. April 20. Mr Dalzel on poetry. June 15. Dr Anderfon on perfonal pro- nouns, 1789. June 15. Defcription of a ftone found at Coilsfield. June 29. General Meet- ing. July 3. M. Monnet on the formation of minerals. July 20. Dr Anderfon on the laws re- {pecting debt- ors. Nov. 2. Dr Guthrie on the climate of Roflia. Nov. 30. General Meet- ing. 6 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. A pescrirTIon and Drawing of a Stone found at Coilsfield in Ayrfhire, was communicated by Colonel Monrcomery of Coilsfield. Tue ftone here referred to was found in digging a gravel-pit at Coilsfield, and under it an urn, of earthen ware, full of bones, not calcined, but broken down into fmall fragments, fo that they refembled thofe found in the rock of Gibraltar. The {tone is reprefented of an irregular figure, about five feet in: length and two and a half in breadth. On the furface of it are traced, near one end, fix concentric circles, at equal diftances from one another ; the diameter of the largeft is about eighteen inches. The other lines traced on the ftone are fo very irre- gular, that no conjecture can be formed of what they were in- tended to exprefs. A GENERAL Meeting of the Royal Society was held for the election of Members. [See Appendix to the Hiftory of the Society, Vol. Il.] Phyf. Cl. Dr Waker read an Effay on the Formation of Minerals by M. Monnet. od Lit. Cl. Dr ANDERSON read a paper, entitled, Hints for the Improvement of the Laws in Scotland refpecting Debtors. Phyf. Cl. An Effay on the, Climate of Ruffia by Dr Mar- tHew GurTurie of St Peterfburg, was communicated. [See Vol. If. No. XV. Phyf. Ci.] A GENERAL Meeting of the Royal Society was held for the elelion of Office bearers. [See Appendix to the Hiftory of the Society, Vol. Il.] Phyf. HISTORY of the SOCIETY. ~ Plyf. Cl. Dr WatkeR communicated fome papers from Dr Francis Buchanan of Leny.* They contained obferva- tions on the Caves of Elephanta, a Defcription of two Wa- ter-fpouts, and of a Luminous Appearance of the Sea. Lit. Cl. A COMMUNICATION was read from Dr WILLIAM Biange in India, being Obfervations on the Origin of the Nu- merical Characters, commonly called Arabic. The object of this paper was to prove, that thefe Characters are of Indian origin, agreeably to the opinion now generally received con- cerning them. Mr Hume alfo read a Biographical Account of the late Sir Tuomas Miter of Glenlee, Bart. [See Appendix to the Hiftory of the Society, Vol. II. p. 63.] Phyf. Cl. Dr Hutton read a paper entitled, Obfervations on Granite. The paper is publifhed in this volume. [No. II. Phyf. Cl] . . Sir JAmzs HAtt alfo read the firft part of a paper, entitled, Obfervations on the Formation of Granite. Lit. Cl. Mr Profeffos DaLzet read a paper, containing Ob- fervations on the Pathetic in Poetry, and on the Union of the Pathetic and Sublime. A GENERAL Meeting was held for the Ele¢tion of Members. [See Appendix to the Hiftory of the Society. ] Phyf. Cl. Joun CrerK, Efq; of Elden, read the firft part of a paper, entitled, A Scheme for weighing up Ships funk under Water. - Lit. 1789. Dec. 7. On the caves of Elephanta, &c. Dec. 21. Dr Blane on the Arabic cha- racters. Biographical Account of Sir Thomas Miller, 1790. Jan. 4. Dr Hutton on granite, Sir James Hall on granite, Jan. 18. Mr Dalzel on poetry. Jan. 25. General Meet- ing. Feb. 1. Mr Clerk on weighing up fhips. 119% Feb. 15. Mr Hunter on the Latin com- pound peifect tente. March t. Sir James Hall on granite. 8 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. Lit. Cl. Mr Daze read a paper on the Latin compound perfe& Tenfe, by Mr Hunter, Profeflor of Humanity in the Univerfity of St Andrew’s. Phyf. Cl. Sir JAMEs HALL communicated the remainder of his paper, v/x. Obfervations on the Formation of Granite. Sir James Hatz declined putting the two papers above men- tioned into the hands of the Committee for publication, as they refer to Dr Huttron’s Theory, which the author has not yet explained fo fully as he intends, but which he is preparing to give, accompanied by that variety of proofs and illuftrations, which the profound reflection, and extenfive obfervation of many years have furnifhed him with. The following abftract of them, therefore, is all that Sir James thinks it proper to communicate at prefent. Tue firft paper was fuggefted to him by a mineralogical excurfion which he made in 1788, in company with the Ho- nourable T. Doucias, among the mountains of Galloway, in order to examine into the curious facts refpeCting the junction of the granite and the fchiftus, which were firft obferved by Dr Hutton, as related in his paper mentioned above, and foon after communicated by him to Sir Jafizgs Hart. Sir JAMeEs accordingly having met with the line of feparation of thefe two bodies, continued to follow it till he made the entire circuit of a confiderable tract of granite country, which reaches from the banks of Loch Ken, where the junction is moft diftin@ly feen, to the valley of Palnure, and occupies a mountainous {pace of about eleven miles by feven; and in all this extent, he found, that wherever the junction of the granite with the fchiftus was vifible, veins of the former, from fifty yards, to the tenth of an inch in width, were to be feen running into the latter, and pervading it in all directions, fo as to put it beyond -all doubt, that the granite of thefe veins, and confequently of the great body itfelf, which he obferved forming with the 2 veins HISTORY of the SOCIETY. 9 veins one connected and uninterrupted mafs, muft have flowed in a foft or liquid ftate into its prefent pofition. In giving an account of thefe obfervations, Sir JamEs Hat was led, by finding it impoflible for him to exprefs his ideas clearly on the’ fubjeét, to enter at confiderable length into a dif- cuffion of the terms of mineralogy, the imperfection of the language of that fcience, and the principles on which a lefs am- biguous nomenclature might be formed. He particularly pointed out, as the bafis of fuch a nomenclature, the grand di- vifion which nature has made in the mineral kingdom, into ftratified and unftratified bodies, the former comprehending both the primary and fecondary ftrata, the latter comprehend- ing granite, porphery, bafaltes, trap or whinftone, and lava. He next ftated the argument which the facts concerning granite that have been referred to above, afford in fupport of Dr Huttown’s Theory of the Earth. He remarked alfo the , great number of facts which he had met with in Scotland, and in the volcanic countries of Italy, that were connected and ex- plained by that theory, and by no other; concluding on the whole, that there was fcarcely any fyftem in phyfics eftablifhed on more folid principles, and that the publication of it was likely to form a very important epoch in the hiftory of this branch of philofophy. To atheory, however, which embraces fo great a variety of objects, fome difficulties muft be expected to occur; and this is the more likely to happen, that though the agents employed in it be fuch as we are well acquainted with, yet they are in- . troduced as acting in circumftances very different from thofe in which we ufually fee them act. Or thefe difficulties the moft confiderable appeared to Sir James Hatt to be the following: In granites which contain quartz and felt-fpar, it frequently occurs, that the felt-{par is feen with the form of its cryftals diftin@lly defined, whilft the quartz is a confufed and irregular mafs, being almoft univer-. Vou. IIL (B) fally 10 HISTORY of th SOCIETY. fally molded upon the cryftals of felt-fpar. Now, were it true, that all granite is formed by fufion, the very contrary, it would feem, ought always to take place, as felt-fpar is very ea- fily melted, and quartz refifts the greateft efforts of heat that have hitherto been applied to it. Tuts difficulty is obviated thus: It is well known, that when quartz and felt-fpar are pounded and mixed together, the mix- ture may, without difficulty, be melted and run into a kind of glafs, the felt-fpar ferving as a flux to the quartz. The fame fact may be ftated in another way, by confidering the felt-fpar, when melted, as a fluid in which, as in a menftruum, the quartz is diffolved ; and in this view, we may expect, by ana- logy, that phenomena, fimilar to thofe of the folution of falt in water, fhould take place. Now, it is certain, that when ex- ceflive cold is applied to falt water, the water is frozen to the exclufion of the falt, the ice obtained yielding frefh water when melted, and the falt, when the experiment is pufhed to the ut- moft, feparating from it in the form of fand. Why fhould not the fame thing happen in the folution of quartz in liquid felt- fpar, when the mafs is allowed to cool below the point of con- gelation of the menftruum? The felt fpar may cryftalize fepa- rately from the quartz, as we have feen pure ice formed fepa- rately from the falt ; in both cafes, the congelation of the folvent being fimultaneous to that of the diflolved fubftance. Hence the cryftals may mutually interfere with each other’s forms, and we-may as naturally expect to fee quartz molded on cryftals. of felt {par as the reverfe. In anfwer to an objection which might be urged againft this reafoning, viz. that the refult of the fufion of granite is a glafs in which no cryftalization can be feen, an accidental experiment was produced, which had happened at one of the Leith Glafs-houfes a few weeks previous to the reading of this paper. A quantity of common green glafs having been allowed, in a great mafs, to cool gradually and very flowly, it was found to have loft all the proper- 3 ties HISTORY of the SOCIETY. rr ties of glafs, being opaque, white, very hard and refractory, and wholly compofed of a fet of cryftals, which fhot into fome cavities in a determined form. When a piece of this fub{tance was melted by the violent heat of a blowpipe, and was allowed to cool inftantly, it recovered all the properties of glafs. We may conclude from this example, that if the glafs produced by the fufion of granite had been allowed to cool with’ fufficient flownefs, it might have cryftalized, producing a granite fimilar to that which was originally melted. TueE fame principle feems to point out the theory of all kinds of granite, and fhows their connection with one another, and - with all the other unftratified bodies. If quartz, felt-{par, fchorl, mica, garnet, &c. happen to be melted together, the moft fufible fubftance of them all may be confidered as the menftruum in which all the reft are diffolved, and we may fup- pofe, that thefe various diffolved fubftances may differ amongft themfelves in their properties of folution, as falts differ from one another; fo that fome of them may be more foluble in the menftruum when very much ‘heated, than when it is com- paratively cold, and. others may be as foluble in it, when little warmer than its point of congelation, as when raifed to a much higher temperature. If then we fay, for example, that the congealing point of the folvent is 1000 degrees of FAHRENHEIT, and if the folution is at the temperature of 2000, we may con- ceive one portion of the matters diffolved, as held by the fim- ple diffolving power of the menftruum, and another portion ‘ as held by means of its elevated temperature. When therefore a mafs of this kind is allowed to cool very flowly, as we may fuppofe muft be the cafe with liquid granite in the bowels of the earth, thofe fubftances, held in folution by the heat of the folvent, will firft feparate, and being formed in a liquid, will affume their cryftaline forms with perfeét regularity ; whereas thofe fubftances which were held by the menftruum fimply as a fluid, will not feparate till the congelation of the folvent itfelf (B 2) takes 1790. March . Mr Clerk on weighing up hips, a HISTORY of the SOCIETY. takes place, when the cryftals of the various fubftances will in- termix and confound the regularity of form which each would have aflumed if left to itfelf. In this manner, one of the moft common kinds of granite will be produced, confifting of per- fect cryftals of fchorl, mica or garnet, inclofed in a confufed mafs of felt-fpar, quartz and fchorl. Ir the firft ftage of cooling is performed in the bowels of the earth, and if the folution, while ftill liquid, is by fome effort forced upwards, and erupted into the open air in the form of a lava, which being fpread thin upon the furface, and expofed to the air, would lofe its heat fuddenly, the cryftals of {chorl and of mica, originally held by the heat of the menftruum, will be of a large fize, having been produced in the liquid when in a great mafs, and when its heat of courfe efcaped very flowly, there will be embodied in a mafs formed of very {mall cryftals, fince they have been formed with great rapidity. This in fact is the defcription of one of the moft common lavas, which con- fifts of large and perfect cryftals of {chorl, embodied in a mafs whofe fracture is dull and rough, and which, when examined with a microfcope, is found to confift of a congeries of minute cryftals. Tuus, all the varieties among unftratified fubftances may be accounted for by the different circumftances in which each of them pafled from a liquid to a folid ftate. Mr Crerk read the fecond part of his Scheme for weighing up Ships funk under Water. [Vide fupra, Feb. 1.] Mr Crerk not having finifhed the drawings neceflary for the illuftration of this paper, did not put it into the hands of the Committee for publication ; which, however, he has undertaken to do, before another volume of thefe Tranfa¢tions can ap- pear. Lit. HISTORY of the SOCIETY. 13 Lit. Cl. Dr AnpzERsoN read a paper, entitled, Conje@tures on the original. Ufes of thofe circular Buildings called Dunes in the northern part of Scotland. Phyf: Cl. Dr RUTHERFORD read a Defcription of an Improve- ment made in the conftruction of the Thermometer, by Joun RuTHERFoRD, M.D. [See No. XII. of this volume, Phyf. Cl.J Lit. Cl. Dr ANDERSON read an abftraGt of his paper on Dunes. A GENERAL Meeting was held for the eleGtion of Mem- bers. [See the Appendix to the Hiftory of the Society.] Plyf: Ch. Mr Kerr read a Defcription of an Animal Ig- notum in the Mufeum of the. Univerfity of Edinburgh. Phyf. Cl. Dr Hutton read Obfervations on the Theory of Rain, being an addition tothe papers on that fubje@ in the firft volume of the Tranfadtions of this Society, No. II. Phy/. Cl. Thefe obfervations are fince publifhed by Dr Hutton in a feparate work, viz. DifJertations on different Subje&ts in Natural Philofophy, Edin. 1792, and are contained in the third differta- tion of the firft part. AT this meeting, there was alfo fend! an Account of Prince of Wales Ifland, given by Mr James Howson, one of the furgeons of the new fettlement in that ifland, communicated by Sir Joun DatryMpte. TueE following are fome of the moft remarkable particulars contained in this account. Turis ifland, which is defcribed in the charts under the name of Pulo Penany, is fituated in the entrance of the Straits of Ma- lacca, in Ioo degrees of eaft longitude and in 5 degrees of north latitude. It is about feven leagues in length and three in breadth. 1790. March 15. Dr Anderfon on dunes. April 5. Dr Rutherford’s improvement of the thermome- ter. June 2r. Dr Anderfon on dunes, June 28. General Meet- ing. July 5. Mr Kerr on an animal ignotum, Aug. 2. Dr Hutton on the theory of rain, Mr Howifon’s account of Prince of Wales ifland. 14 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. breadth. Its northern extremity runs nearly parallel with the main land, at a diftance of about two miles, by which a fine channel is formed, where the greateft fleets might ride in per- fect fafety, the height of the furrounding mountains a¢ting as a barrier againft the force of the prevailing winds. Tue climate of this ifland, confidering its vicinity to the equator, is remarkably mild. Eighty degrees is about the mean height of the thermometer at noon, which, during the night, is feldom above feventy. Irs healthfulnefs is certainly not furpaffed by that of any European fettlement on the coaft. Out of a garrifon of three hundred troops, (natives of Hindoftan), not one has died for thefe laft fourteen months ; a fingular fact to be expertenced by a new fettlement in an uncleared country. This great falubrity is perhaps the effect of a conftant ventilation, fupported by al- moft continued but gentle breezes, added to the drynefs of the foil, the uniform but gradual elevation from the fea to the foot of the hills preventing thofe ftagnations of water which, in tropical latitudes, are fo highly prejudicial to the health of man. A pripGE of beautiful mountains, deeply indented with valleys, and covered with evergreens, divides the ifland longitu- dinally. Innumerable rivulets receive their origin from thefe mountains, and are remarkable for the tranfparency and cool- nefs of their waters. Tue foil, which is light and fandy near the fea, gradually changes to a rich clay as it approaches to the high lands. There the fugar-cane grows with the utmoft luxuriance, and the moft plentiful crops of rice are every where produced. Our gardens have already furnifhed us with cabbages and potatoes ; and when our induftry fhall have reached the tops of the moun- tains, it will be no furprife to fee in our plantations moft of the productions of Europe in their utmoft perfection. In HISTORY of the SOCIETY. IS In decorating the landfcapes of this little ifland, nature has has been peculiarly lavifh. An aflemblage of flowering trees and fhrubs in perpetual bloffom, and endlefs in the variety of their fpecies, form the firlt fhade. Thefe are overtopped by foreft trees of an immenfe height, which fpread their vaft branches on every fide, and are covered with the richeft foliage. Here ftrangers feel with rapture the effect of the breezes, which, from whatfoever quarter they blow, are ftrongly im- pregnated with the fragrance of the groves. Tue original animal produétions of this ifland are very li- mited, Of quadrupeds, the wild hog, deer and fquirrel, nearly comprehend the whole; but the abfence of the tiger and leo- pard, whofe numbers and ferocity almoft render the oppofite fhores uninhabitable, amply compenfates for this deficiency. Tue flying fox and fquirrel are natives of this ifland; the former a non-defcript, and a great natural curiofity. Or birds we have alfo but few, and only one penichs is re- markable for the melody of its notes. Tue crow and {fparrow, the never-failing attendants on po- pulation, have but lately made their appearance. They are now, however, rapidly increafing and multiplying. All the domeftic animals arrive here at great perfection. Tur fea which furrounds us, affords a vaft variety of fith of the molt delicious flavour, and its fhores abundance of the fineft turtle and oyfters. In no fituation indeed are the conve- niencies and luxuries of life enjoyed in greater profufion. Tue advantages of the ifland in a political and commercial view, are too obvious to require to be pointed out. Plyf. Cl. Dr Duncan read a printed paper, being a com- eds munication from Dr James JounsTon of Worcefter, entitled, jt {onsen > Thoughts on the Funétions and Difeafes of the Lymphatic eins Glands. Lit.. 1790+ Nov. 15. Dr Doig on the ancient Helle- nes. Dec. 6. Dr Hutton on the theory of rain. Mr Lochead’s account of a bi- tuminous lake. Dec. 2. Mr Frafer Tyt- ler on tranfla- tione 179I- Jan. 3- Method of cul- tivating the ol- denlandia uri- dellata. 16 HISTORY: of the SOCTETY. Lit. Cl. Mr Davzex read the firft part of a Differtation concerning the ancient Hedlenes, by Davip Doic, LL. D. Ma- fter of the Grammar-{chool of Stirling. Phyf. Cl. Dr Hurrow read farther Obfervations on the Theory of Rain. [See his Diflertations above referred to, Dif- fertation III. Part I.] Dr Warker alfo communicated an Account of a Bituminous Lake in the ifland of Trinidad, by Mr Witt1am LocuHeEap, Surgeon in Dominica. Lit. Cl. Mr Fraser TyT er read the firft part of an Effay on the Principles of Tranflation. Plyf. Cl. An Account of the method of cultivating the Oldenlandia Umbellata, or Ché Plant, tranflated from the Talinga language by Dr ANDERSON of Madrafs, was communicated to the Society. Tue firft thing to be attended to is the gathering of the feeds. When the plants are well grown and red-coloured, and after they have flowered and produced fruit and long roots, then it is time to get the feed. As the feeds are very fmall, and drop-down under the plant, they can only be gathered with the fand, which muft be kept in a heap till next year, as it can- not be ufed that year. The ground on which the feed is to be fown, fhould be fandy, fupplied with {weet water, and well ma- nured with fheeps dung. It is then to be plowed, the more frequently the better, perhaps feven or eight times. It muft be perfectly level and clean, and divided into beds of one yard broad, and four yards long, with a narrow water-courfe between. The feeds muft be fown thinly in thefe beds, and palmira leaves fpread over the furface, and the water poured on them to prevent the feeds from being wafhed out of the earth, until they fhoet up, which will be in five or fix days. For two 2 months HISTORY of the SOCIETY. 1'f months after this, the ground muft be kept conflantly wet, and fprinkled befides with water, having cow-dung mixed with it, every morning, to prevent the fhoots from being blown off by the wind. During the remaining months, the cow-dung may be omitted, and the ground only watered twice a-day, morning and evening. Grafs muft not be allowed to grow. If ma- naged as above, the plants will be perfect in fix months, when - they muft be dug up with a long iron bar, to prevent the roots being broken, and bound up in fmall bundles, that are to be dried and bound into larger bundles, of two maunds, or 150 pound weight. AFTER cutting or beating off the upper part, the roots mutt be well powdered, and mixed with four times their quantity of water in a pot, and boiled for fome time, to prepare them for painting and dying red. For the painted calengary or chintz, the painters ufe other ftuffs, together with Ché root, according to their convenience, as Brazil wood, to fhow them where the red is to be put ; but the Ché root is the principal. THE ground that is once planted with Ché root cannot be ufed again for the fame purpofe for fix years. At this meeting, there was alfo read the firft part of a paper, entitled, Experiments and -Obfervations on the Unequal Re- frangibility of Light, by Dr Ropert Brair, Regius Profeflor of Aftronomy in the Univerfity of Edinburgh. Lit. Cl, Mr Fraser Tytxer read the fecond part of his Effay on the Principles of Tranflation. This effay has been fince publifhed feparately. A GENERAL Meeting of the Society was held for the Election of Members. [See Appendix to the Hiftory of the Society: ] Vou. IIE. f (C) Phyf. 179% Jan. 3. Dr Blair on the unequal refran- gibility of light. Jan. 17. Mr Frafer Tyt- ler on tranfla- tion. Jan. 24. General Meet- ingy 1*9t. Feb. 7. Dr Hutton on periodical winds, &c, Feb. 24. M. Chevalier’s Tableau, &c. Feb. 28. M. Chevalier’s Tableau, &c, March 7. Dr Hutton on phlogifton, March 21. M. Chevalier’s Tableau, &c. Biographical account of Sir James Hunter Blair. 18 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. Phyf. Cl. Dr Hutton read two papers; the firft contained Obfervations on the Periodical Winds which prevail in Britain during the fpring and autumn; the fecond, An Effay on the Flexibility of the Brafilian Stone. The firft of thefe papers is publifhed in the work referred to above, viz. Differtations, &c. by Dr James Hutton, and is the fourth Differtation of the firft part. The fecond is publifhed in this volume. [Phy/.Cl. No. III.] Lit. Cl. M. Curevauier, of the Academies of Metz, Caffel, and Rome, read the firft part of a paper, entitled, Tableau de la Plaine de Troye, accompanied with Maps. Lit. Cl. Av an extraordinary Meeting of the Society, M. CuHEvALier read the fecond part of his paper above men- tioned. Phyf. Cl. Dr Hutton read the laft of a feries of papers on Phlogifton, of which the reft had been formerly communicated to the Society, and which are all publithed in the fecond part of the Dodtor’s Diifertations above quoted. Lit. Ci. M, Cuevatier read the fequel of his paper, vz. Tableau de la Plaine de Troye. The paper is publifhed in this volume. [Lit. Cl. No. 1*.] At this Meeting, Mr GREENFIELD alfo read a Biographical Account of the late Sir James Hunter Brairr, Bart. [See Appendix to the Hiftory of the Society in this volume. J Phyf. * N. B. By authority of the Committee of publication, and at the defire of the Author, this paper has been tranflated into Englifh, and accompanied with large Notes, by Mr Dauzet, Profeflor of Greek in the Univerfity of Edinburgh, and publifhed feparately in 4to: Which Tranflation and Notes have been, by permiffion of the Committee, tranflated into German, under the infpection of M. Heyne of Gottingen ; with a Preface, additional Notes, anda Diflertation, written by M. Herve himfelf, and publifhed at Leipfic in 8ve, HISTORY of the SOCIETY. 19 Phyf. Cl. The fequel of Dr Biatr’s paper was read, viz. Experiments and Obfervations on the Unequal Refrangibility of Light. The paper is publifhed in this volume. [No. I. Phy/. Ci.) Lit. Cl. The remainder of Dr Doic’s Differtation on the ancient Hellenes was read. A GENERAL Meeting of the Royal Society was held for the election of Members. [See Appendix to the Hiftory of the Society. ] Phyf. Ci. There was read an Analyfis of the Waters of the Hot Springs of Geyzer and Rykum in Iceland, by Dr Brack, Profeflor of Chemiftry in the Univerfity of Edinburgh. The paper is publifhed in this volume. [No. IV. Phyf Cl.] Lit. Cl. Mr Dauzex read an Account of a Journey made from Rome to Tivoli, by ANDREW LumispDEN, E{q; with a De- {cription of a Marriage-ceremony, taken from a bas-relief on a farcophagus at Tivoli, being a letter from the Author, addrefled to Joan Maccowan, Efq; Edinburgh. This paper, as being intended by Mr LumispeEN for a part of a larger work, was not put into the hands of the Committee for publication. Phyf. Cl. Dr Hutton communicated fome additional Ob- fervations on Granite. Thefe make part of the paper referred to above. [No. II. of this volume, Phyf C7. ] Phyf. Cl. A Letter was read from Joun Tuomas STAN- LEY, Efq; M.P. to Dr Brack, giving an Account of the Hot Springs of Rykum in Iceland. This letter is publifhed in this volume. [No. V. Phy/. Ci.] | (C 2) Some 1791. April 4. Dr Blair on the unequal refran- ~ gibility of light, April 18. Dr Doig on the ancient Hel- lenes. June 27. General Meet ing. July 4. Dr Black’s ana- lyfis of the wa- ters of Geyzer and Rykum. July 18. Mr Lumifden’s journey to Ti- voli, Aug. 1. Dr Hutton on granite, Nov. 7. Mr Stanley’s account of the hot fprings of Rykum, 1791. Nov. 21. Dr Ogilvy on the theology of Plato. Nov. 28. General Mect- ing. Dec. 19. Dr Ogilvy on the theology of Plato. 1792. Jan. 2. Account of a variety of the bramble. 20 HISTORY of th SOCIETK Some papers were alfo communicated at this meeting, from Mr LinpsAy, Surgeon in Jamaica. Lit. Cl. There was read the firft part of an Effay on the Theology of PLato, by the Reverend Dr Ocitvy of Midmar in Aberdeenthire. A GENERAL Meeting of the Royal Society was held for the eleGtion of Office-bearers. [Vide Appendix to the Hiftory of the Society in this volume. ] Lit.Cl. A fecond part of Dr Ocitvy’s Effay mentioned above was read. Phyf. Cl. An Account was read of a variety of the Bram- ble found on the banks of Lochnefs in Invernefs-fhire, in a let- ter to Sir JAMEs Haz from Wit1t1AM HALL, Efq; of White- hall. “* Whiteball, fire of Berwick, Dec. 1. 1791. “ “‘Wuen I was in the Highlands in the year 1787, I found “ on the banks of Lochnefs a plant which had fome refem- “« blance to the common bramble, yet feemed to differ confider- “ ably from it in its habit or manner of growth. As the in- “ habitants faid it bore a fweeter berry than the bramble, I ** procured fome roots of it, and fince that time have cultivated ** them in my garden here. I have obferved it to poflefs the “ following characters. “ Ir is of the genus Rubus of Linnzus. Though it ap- pears to be akin both to the rafp (Rudus Idéus) and to the bramble, (Rubus Fruticofus), it differs in fome refpects from “ both. One or more erect ftalks, with a very few fhort “* prickles, a ~ nw ~ HISTORY of th SOCIETY. ar prickles, fhoot up from each root, and bear no fructification the firft year. In their fecond year, they begin to produce flowers about the fame time withthe rafp-berry, in the firft week of June, three or four weeks before the bramble ; but the fruit does not come to maturity till the intermediate time between ripening of the rafp-berry and bramble-berry, that is, about the beginning of September. The fruit, which is of the colour of the red mulberry, has a peculiar tafte, fomewhat different from both. After bearing fruit, the ftalk perifhes in the fecond year, like that of the rafp ; but the root continues to produce new fhoots yearly, like that plant. / Its characters may be ex- preffed, in the Linnzan ftyle, as follows: “ Rubus (Neffenfis) foliis quinato-digitatis, ternatis, fepteni/que nudis, caule fubinermi, petiolis canaliculatis; flolonibus erectis bi- ennalibus. “© As it is fo nearly akin both to the rafp and the bramble, it may perhaps be only a variety of one or tother. But as. it is to be met with in different places on the banks and among the woods of Lochnefs, where it could not come from the fame root, it muft have been propagated by the feed, and would therefore feem to be a different fpecies from either, and from any other Rubus that I know of. Iam,” We. Ar this meeting, was alfo read the firft part of a paper on EleGtricity, by Mr Joun Les tie. Lit. Cl. A part of Dr Ocitvy’s paper on the Theology of PLATO was read in continuation. ‘The Society obferved with regret, that the difcuffions of a religious nature contained in this learned communication, rendered an admiffion of it among their papers inconfiftent with the nature of their plan; and therefore it was not put into the hands of the Committee for- publication. & 1792>- Jan. 2. Mr Leflic on electricity. Jan. 16. Dr Ogilvy on the theo:ogy of Platos 1792 Jan. 23: General Meet- ng. March 5. Mr Leflie on electricity. April 2. Mr Playfair on porifms. June 4. Dr Butter on the cure of St Vitus’s dance. June 25. General Meet- _ ing. q July 2. Mr Taite’s de- fcription of mofies in Perth- - thire. Nov. | 5. Dr Monro’s de- {cription of a male montter. Nov. 26. General Meet- ing. al Dec. 17- Biographical Account of Dr Dryfdale, 22 AUTSTORY of. the SOCIETY. A GENERAL Meeting of the Royal Society was held for the election of Members. [See the Appendix to the Hiftory.] Phyf. Cl. The remainder of Mr Lestie’s paper on Electri- city. was read. |Vide /upra, Jan. 2.] Phyf. Cl. A paper was read on the Origin and Inveftigation of Porifms, by Mr Puayrarr. The firft part only of the pa- per was communicated, and it is publifhed in this volume. [Phyf. Cl. No. VIL] Phyf. Gl. An Account was read of an Application of Hem- lock to the Cure of St Vitus’s Dance, by Dr Burrer of Lon- don. A GENERAL Meeting of the Society was held for the election of Members. [See the Appendix to the Hiftory. ] Phyf. Cl. A paper was read, containing a Defcription of the Moffes of Kincardine and Flanders in Perthfhire, by the Re- verend Mr CurisTOPHER TaiTeE, Minifter at Kincardine. The paper is publifhed in this volume. [No. III. Lit. C/.] Phyf. Cl. Dr Mowro read a Defcription of a Human Male Monfter, which is publifhed in this volume. [No. IX. Phy/. Cl.) A GENERAL Meeting of the Society was held for the election of Office-bearers. [See the Appendix to the Hiftory. ] Lit. Cl. Mr Dauzet read a Biographical Account of the late Reverend DrDryspane. [See the Appendix to the Hi- ftory of the Society. ] A P- MURS cor err tN aS I) 7. Oe. LIST of MemsBers or FetLtows of the Royay Society of EpinsurGu, continued from the fecond Volume. [Hiftory of the Society, Appendix. ] Tue following Members were elected at the General Meeting, Jan. 25. 1790. RESIDENT. Francis Garden, Efq; of Ganeafon, one of the Senators of the College of Juftice. L. William Farqubarfon, M.D. Eeholarens P. William Tait, E{q; Advocate. L. f NON-RESIDENT. Sir William Fones, Bart. Prefident of the Afiatic Society, Calcutta. L. Fofeph Ewart, Efq; Minifter Plenipotentiary of his Britannic Majefty at Berlin. L. Hugh Cleghorn, Efq; Profeffor of Civil Hiftory in the-Univer- fity of St Andrew’s. L. | ; FOREIGN. Fobn Benjamin Fachman, M.D. Koningfberg. P. Chriftopher Girtanner, M.D. of St Gall, Switzerland ; correfpond- ing Member of the R. S. at Gottingen. P. Count Reden, Direétor of the Mines in Silefia. P. M. de la Grange, of the Royal Academy of Sciences at Paris. P. 3 Hono- Members cho- fen, Jan, 25, 1790. Members cho- fen, June 28. 2790. Members cho- fen, Jan. 4. 179% Sea HISTORY of the SOCIETY. Honorary. Baron Hertzberg, Berlin. Tue following were elected at the General Meeting, June 28. 1790. RESIDENT. Norman Macleod, Efq; of Macleod. L. NON-RESIDENT. Francis Kinloch, Efq; of Gilmerton. - P- Tue following were elected at the General Meeting, Jan. 4. 1791. RESIDENT. ‘ohn Burnet, Efq; Advocate. L. NON-RESIDENT. Charles Scott, M.D. London. P. ‘fames Clerk, M.D. Dominica. P. Mr William Lochead, Surgeon, Antigua. P. Mr Alexander Anderfon, Intendant of the Royal Botanical Gar- den, St Vincent’s. P. William Roxborough, M. D. Madras. P. FOREIGN. M. Chevalier, of the Academies of Metz, Caffel and Rome. L. 2 THE APPENDIX, a tm Members cho. Tue following were elected at the General Meeting, June 27. Be 1701. aS 179%. NON-RESIDENT. Daniel Braithwaite, E{q; F.R.S. Lond. L. Robert Townfon, E{q; P- Fames Anderfon, M.D. Madras. P. Fyames Bell, D.D. Coldftream. L. Tue following were eleéted at the General Meeting, Jan. 23. age: . Jan. 23. 1792. 179%. RESIDENT. William Hall, Efq; of Whitehall. P. Andrew Coventry, M.D. Profeflor of Agriculture in the Univer- fity of Edinburgh. P. Fobn Rotheram, M.D. P. NON-RESIDENT. Sir Fofeph Banks, Bart. P. R.S. Lond. P. William Saunders, M.D. London. P. Maxwell Garthfbore, M.D. London. P. Sohn Stark Robertfon, M.D. Bath. P. Alexander Hunter, M.D. York. P. Alexander Fobnfon, M.D. London. P. FOREIGN. Dr Kemp, Profeffor of Mathematics in Columbia College, New York. P: Vor. Ill. (D) THE Members cho- fen, June 26, 1792. Members cho- fen, Jan. 27. 1793+ Members cho- fen, June 24. 4793. 26 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. Tue following were elected at the General Meeting, June 26. 1792. NON-RESIDENT. Theophilus Houlbrooke, Ef{q; P. George Robertfon, Efq; in the fervice of the Honourable Eaft India Company. P. Tue following were elected at the General Meeting, Jan. 27. 1793: j RESIDENT. Alexander Muir Mackenzie, Efq; L. NON-RESIDENT. Richard Pulteney, M.D. Blanford, Dorfetfhire, F. R. S. Lond. P. Mr Fohn Lindfay, Surgeon in Weftmoreland, Jamaica. P. Mr Mackay, of the Obfervatory, Aberdeen. P. Thomas Wallace, Ef{q; of Carlton Hall, Cumberland. L. FOREIGN. Don Antonio Gimbernat, Firft Surgeon to the King of Spain, and Direétor of the Royal College of Surgery at Madrid. P. Samuel Latham Mitchill; M. D. Profeffor of Economics, Columbia College, New York. P. Tue following were cleéted at the General Meeting, June 24. 1793+ NON-RESIDENT. Thomas Newte, Efq; of London. P. Thomas Somerville, D. D. at Jedburgh. L. OFFICE- AXP PB N DER, 24 OrFICE-BEARERS of the SociETy. OrricE-BEARERsS eleéted for the enfuing Year, at the General Meeting held for that purpofe, Nov. 29. 1790. Prefident. His Grace the Duke of BuccLEUGH. Vice-Prefidents. ' Lord Dunfinnan. | Right Hon. Henry Dundas. Secretary. Treafurer. Profeflor Fobn Robifon. | Mr Alexander Keith. Counfellors. Mr Benjamin Beil. | Profeffor Fergu/on. Mr Greenfield. General Fletcher Campbell. , Mr George Fergu(Jon. Mr Mackenzie. Dr Gregory. Lord Dreghorn. Dr Rutherford. Commiffioner Edgar. Profeflor Stewart. Lord Evliock. (D 2) OFFICE- General office bearers. 28 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. Office-bearers of the claffes. OFFICE-BEARERS of the two CLASSEs. PHYSICAL CLAss. Prefidents. Dr Black. Dr Home. Dr Hutton. Dr Monro. Secretaries. Profeflor Playfair. | Dr Walker. LITERARY CLAss. Prefidents. Mr Baron Gordon. Principal Robert/on.. Sir William Miller. Dr Hugh Blair. * Secretaries. Mr Frafer Tytler. | Profeffor Da/zel. At the General Meetings in 1791 and 1792, the fame office- bearers were re-elected. List APPENDIX. 29 e List of MEMBERS deceafed, continued from the fecond volume. William Cullen, M.D. Profeffor of the Practice of Phyfic in 9 Univerfity of Edinburgh, tc. Feb. 5. 1790. William Hamilton, M, D. Profeffor of Anatomy and Botany in’ the Univerfity of Glafgow. March 13. 1790. David Stuart Moncreif, Efq; one of the Barons of Exche- quer. April 17. 1790. Fobn Leflie, M. A. Profeffor of Greek, King’s College, Aber- deen. May 24. 1790. Major General William Roy, F.R.S. Lond. May 30. 1790. Alexander Millar, Ef{q; Advocate. June 30. 1790. Henry Cullen, M.D. one of the Phyficians of the Royal Infir- mary, Edinburgh. Od. 31. 1790. Robert Henry, D. D. one of the Minifters of Edinburgh. Nov. 24. 1790. David Erfkine, Ef{q; Writer to the Signet. April 5. 1791. Fohn Steedman, M.D. April 16. 1791. Fames Gillefpie, D. D. Principal of St Mary’s College, St An- drew’s. June 2. 1791. Alexander Stevenfon, M.D. Profeffor of Medicine in the Uni- verfity of Glafgow. June 4. 1791. Adam Smith, Efq; LL.D. Commiffioner of his eal? s Cu- ftoms, tc. July 17. 17091. The Reverend Mr Matthew Murray, Minifter of North Ber- wick. Auguft 13. 1791. Joyeph Ewart, Ef{q; his Majefty’s Minifter Plenipotentiary at Berlin. Jan. 27. 1792., Robert Adam, Efq; Archite&, F.R.S. Lond. March 3. 1792. The Right Hon. Yobn Earl of Bute, &c. March 10. 1792. William Tytler, Efq; of Woodhoufelee, Writer to the Signet. Sept. 12. 1792. ‘Sohn Ruffell jyanior, Efq; Writer to the Sievew Dec. 2. 1792. Colonel Andrew Frafer, of the Engineers. 1792. 2 3 William Members de- ceafed: 30 HISTORY of th SOCIETY. William Chalmers, M.D. Profeflor, of Medicine, King’s College, Aberdeen. Dec. 14. 1792. William Robertfon, D.D. Principal of the Univerfity of Edin- burgh, &c. June II. 1793. George Stuart, LL.D. Emeritus Profeffor of Humanity in the Univerfity of Edinburgh. June 18. 1793. William Morehead, Efq; of Herbertfhire. June 19. 1793. ForriGN MemBers deceafed. Benjamin Franklin, Efq; LL.D. April 17. 1790. M. le Clerc de Sept Chénes, Parise 1791. Since the publication of the fecond volume, the follow- ing BiocraruicAL Accounts have been read at different Meetings of the Clafles *. I. Ac- * N.B. The Publication of the Biographical Account of the late Dr ALExan- DER WILsov, Profeffor of Practical Aftronomy in the Univerfity of Glafgow, is delayed at the requeft of his fon ; as fome papers have been miflaid, which he hopes may ftill be recovered, and which will render the Account in a future volume more complete. (See Hiftory of the Society, p. 3. in this volume. ] APPENDIX. 31 I. Account of Sir James HunTeER Bvair, Bart. [Read by Mr GreenrieLD, March 2t. 1791-] HE following account of a late refpectable Member will not, I am perfuaded, be unacceptable to the Society. He was one of the twenty-two who obtained the charter of its in- corporation ; and although his fituation did not permit him to aim at literary diftin¢ction, he is entitled to an honourable place in its records, both from the worth of his private charater, and alfo from his eminent activity and ufefulnefs in public life. Sir James Hunter Brarr was the fecond fon of Mr Joun Hunter, merchant in Ayr, and was born in that town on the aift day of February 1741. His father acquired a confiderable property in land and money, and left his children, who were ftill young at his death, in eafy circumftances. In the year 1756, Sir James was placed as an apprentice in the houfe of Courts, Brothers and Company, Bankers in Edinburgh. It was at this time that his friendfhip commenced with Sir WittrAM Forses, who had entered into the fame fi- tuation about two years before, and who was afterwards his partner in bufinefs. Sir WiLL1AM, in a very interefting letter, written after Sir JAMEs’s death, exprefles himfelf thus: “ Our friendfhip terminated only with his life, after an intimacy which few brothers can boaft of, during thirty-one years; in which long period, we never had a difference, nor a feparation of in- ¢ereft.”’ AFTER Account of Sir James Hunter Blair. HISTORY of the‘SOCTETY. 3 Avrer the death of Mr Joun Coutts, the principal partner of the Houfe, Sir Writram and Sir James were admitted to a fhare of the bufinefs in 1763, and gradually rofe to the head of the copartnery. Ir was alfo in 1763 that Sir James firft became a member of the Town-council of Edinburgh, during the adminiftration of Provoft DkumMMOND, whofe memory will long be refpected by the inhabitants of this city. He afterwards continued occafion- ally to have a feat in the Council, and filled all the different of- fices of Magiftracy. In December 1770, he married Mifs Jane Bratrr, eldeft daughter of Joun Brarr, Efg; of Dunfkey in the county of Wigton. It is remarkable, that this lady’s father, at his death, left no fewer than fix fons, four of whom were alive at the time of their fifter’s marriage, but all of them having died, fhe fuc~ ceeded in 1777 to the family-eftate. Sir James on this occa- fion, received the name of Biarr, and was afterwards, in the year 1786, created a Baronet of Great Britain. On the eftate which had thus unexpectedly devolved to him, he commenced a plan of moft extenfive and judicious improve- ment. He nearly rebuilt the town of Portpatrick; he repaired and greatly improved the harbour; he eftablifhed packet-boats of a larger fize on the much frequented paflage to Donaghadee in Ireland; and, laftly, while the farmers in that part of Scot- land were extremely ignorant of their bufinefs, he fet before them a fuccefsful example of the beft modes of agriculture, the greate(t fervice perhaps which can be ‘performed by a private man to his country. In September 1781, upon the ase of the Member at the time, he was called, without any folicitation upon his part, to re- prefent the city of Edinburgh in Parliament; and at the gene- ral election in fummer 1784, he alfo received the fame honour of an unfolicited and unanimous nomination 3 an event almoft fingular at that period of violent political ftruggle. But before the APPENDIX, 3 the end of the firft feffion, he refigned his feat, as he found the attention required by his bufinefs inconfiftent with his attend- ance in Parliament, and he did not chufe to retain a place when he could not difcharge the duties of it properly. At Michaelmas 1784, in compliance with the urgent re- queft of the Town-Council, he was eleéted Lord Provoft of Edinburgh ; and in this fituation, he exerted, in a very confpi- cuous manner, the indefatigable adtivity of his public fpirit. For it was he who fet on foot thofe great operations which are at prefent carrying on for the improvement of the city, and of “which one of the moft important objects was the rebuilding of the College. Tue firft ftep of thefe operations was a work of great utility and magnificence. The accefs to Edinburgh from the fouth, on account of the narrownefs and fteepnefs of the lanes, was not only very incommodious, but even hazardous ; and accord- ingly, it had often been propofed to open a communication be- tween the High Street and the fouthern parts of the city and fuburbs, by means of a bridge over the Cowgate. But the {cheme, although its great importance was abundantly obvious, appeared fo expenfive, and was attended with fo many other difficulties, that every former attempt had proved unfuccefsful, and it required all the ardour and influence of Sir James Hun- TER BLAIR to carry it into execution. , We owe the accomplifhment of it, however, not merely to his ardour and influence, but alfo to his fagacity. For in order to defray the great expence, he devifed means, which, to men of lefs difcernment or knowledge in bufinefs, appeared very inadequate to the purpofe. His fcheme was this : The proper- ty which lay in the line of the intended communication, and to a confiderable diftance on each fide of that line, was to be purchafed at its real value at the time; and after the communi- cation was opened, fuch parts of the ground thus purchafed as Vor. III. (E) were G3 Account of Sir James Hunt ter Blair, Account of Sir James Hun- ter Blair, 34 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. were not to be left vacant, were to be fold again for the pur- pofe of erecting buildings according to a plan. Sir JAMEs con- ceived, that the fale of thefe areas, in confequence of the great improvement of their fituation, would raife money fufficient, not only to pay for the firft purchafe of the property, but alfo to defray the expence of building the bridge, and whatever elfe was neceflary for completing the communication. But left there fhould be any deficiency, and likewife to afford a fecurity for borrowing the money which might be requifite, the tru- ftees for carrying on the work were to be empowered to levy a fam not exceeding 10 per cent. of the valued rents of the houfes in Edinburgh and the environs ; and in order to remove all juft caufe of complaint, he propofed, that if any of the owners of the property to be purchafed fhould not agree with the truftees, the price of their property fhould be fixed by the verdi@ of a jury, the jury confifting of fifteen perfons, who were chofen by lot out of forty-five proprietors of houfes or land in the city or county, named by the Sheriff in each parti- cular cafe. Turse propofals were publifhed in November 1784, and met with the fame reception which has often attended fchemes of {till greater importance and more extenfive utility. ~They were cenfured and oppofed from various quarters, and fometimes even with virulence. A man of lefs ardour and public fpirit would have yielded to the difcouragements which Sir JamEs experienced on this occafion. Fortunately, he was of fuch a temper, that they ferved only to roufe his exertions, without rendering him lefs prudent in his meafures. His perfeverance. furmounted every oppofition. An act of Parliament was ob- tained for carrying into execution, not only the plan which has been mentioned, but likewife feveral others of great confequence to the place; and on the ift day of Auguft 1785, the work: was begun, by laying the foundation-ftone of the bridge, which. APPENDIX. 3 On which now connects, by an eafy and fpacious communication, the fuburbs on the fouth with the reft of the city. Wiruin little more than two years, (fuch was the activity of the managers), the bridge was completely finifhed ; and al- ‘though the expence, including the firft purchafe of the pro- perty, amounted to not lefs than L. 63,000, yet it is expected, when the areas which ftill remain to be ‘fold are difpofed of, and the prices of thofe already fold are paid up, that the tru- {tees for the bridge will be enabled to pay over to the Magi- ftrates, for the purpofe of carrying on the reft of the intended improvements, the whole or the greateft part of the 10 fer cent. affeffment. Sir James lived only to fee the commencement of the great works which he had projected. In fpring 1787, he went to Harrowgate for the recovery of his health, but without the ap- pearance of any alarming complaint. The waters had not the fuccefs which was expected. In the month of June, his indifpo- fition was much increafed, and terminated in a fever. He died: on the 1ft day of July 1787, in the 47th year of hisage. His re- mains were conveyed to Edinburgh, and depofited in the Gray- friars Church-yard. On this occafion, the Magiftrates and Council, and the Principal and Profeffors of the Univerfity, at- tended in their gowns of office, to teftify their refpect for his character, and their fenfe of the importance of his fervices ; and the public in general lamented fincerely, that a man fo ac- tive and zealous, and fo much fuperior to narrow and felfifh views, was not fpared to complete what he had fo happily begun. In private life, he was affable and cheerful, warmly attached to his friends, and anxious for their fuccefs. In bufinefs and in his public exertions, he was upright, liberal, difinterefted and patriotic: And he poffeffed, in no common degree, thofe talents which are requifite for rendering benevolence effectual 5 (E 2) for Account of Sir James Hun ter Blair. Account of Sir James Hun- ter Blair, 36 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. for to an unwearied application, he united great knowledge of the world, fagacity in bufinefs, and a found underitanding. His virtues and labours were not unrewarded. His lite was fhort indeed, but it was profperous and happy; he enjoyed a very great {hare of the public efteem; in {pite of the interefts and prejudices which he combated, he had no perfonal enemies ; of the numbers whom he obliged, few were ungrateful ; he was beloved by his friends; and no man perhaps was ever blefled with a greater portion of domeftic felicity. If. Ae- LAP) P NG D AX: 37 Il Account of Foun DrrspAe, D. D. [Read by Mr DALZEL, Dec. 17. 1792] F that found judgement, which difcerns what is right and wrong, with uncommon acutenefs and precifion; that firm adherence to rectitude of conduct, which excites admiration, and commands refpe& ; thofe generous and benevolent difpofi- tions of heart, and that indefatigable attention and beneficence to friends, which produce the moft ardent affection, gratitude, and attachment on the part of thofe friends ; that argumenta- tive, powerful, and animated eloquence, which comes from the heart, and irrefiftibly impreffes on the minds of the hearers, the fublime truths of religion and morality; that ardour of mind, and thofe fuperior talents, which are reftrained only by invincible diffdence and modefty, from informing and pleafing mankind by the production of various works of literary ge- nius ;—if a character pofleffed of fuch endowments and quali- ties as thefe, has any claim to be recorded among the monu- ments of men, the memory of the perfon who is the fubject of the following narrative, ought not to be fuffered to pafs into oblivion. Dr Joun DryspAte was born at Kirkaldy, in the county of Fife on the 2th day of April 1718; being the third fon of the Reverend Mr Joun Dryspace, Minifter of Kirkaldy, and _ of ANNE Fercuson, daughter of Witt1am Fercuson, F fq; . Provoft, Account of Dr Dryfdale. 38 HISTORY of the SOCLETY. Provoft, or chief Magiftrate, of the fame town. He received the elements of claffical learning at the parifh fchool, under Davip Mitter, a man who had alfo the honour of inftructing the celebrated ADAM SmiTH, and JamEs Oswa tp of Dunikeir, perfons who have reflected fo much luftre on their country, the one as a philofopher and man of letters, and the other as an eminent ftatefman. Under the fame matter, were alfo educated Dr Joun Oswatrp, Bifhop of Raphoe in Ireland, and Dr Georce Kay, one of the minifters of Edinburgh, men likewife of confiderable talents and accomplifhments. So that Mi ver had reafon to boaft, that few individual mafters of the moft opulent and celebrated {chools, had fent from their tuition a greater number of eminent men, than had been fent by him from the obfcure fchool of Kirkaldy. Wuite at fchool, Joun Dryspate greatly diftinguifhed himfelf as a claffical {cholar ; and there he contracted that ftrict friendfhip with the moft eminent of his {choolfellows, particu- larly Mr Oswaxtp and Mr Smitu, which continued unim- paired through life. When he was thought to be fufficiently prepared for the Univerfity, to which young men go at a much earlier period in this country than in England, he was fent to College at Edinburgh in the year 1732. He there profecuted his ftudies with great fuccefs, and foon attracted the notice of the Profeffors, by the rapid progrefs he made in the acquifition of knowledge. After paffing through the ordinary courfes of languages and philofophy, he engaged in the ftudy of divinity, the ultimate object of his repairing to the Univerfity ; and having profecuted this the ufual time, he was admitted to trials, according to the forms of the Church of Scotland, before the Prefbytery of Kirkaldy ; and by them licenfed to preach the Gofpel, in the year 1740. He was foon after employed as affiftant to the Reverend Mr James BANNATYNE, minifter of the College Church, Edin- burgh ; and while he publicly officiated there, he was much 2 admired APPENDIX. 39 admired as an original, powerful, and rational preacher. His diftinguifhed abilities, great integrity, goodnefs of heart, and agreeablenefs of manners, now procured him the friendfhip and confidence of feveral other perfons, who afterwards became celebrated in the republic of letters; and, about this time, a particular incident occurred, which was an earneft of that ge- nerofity of mind, for which he was afterwards fo remarkable. Mr Oswa.p, who was now making a figure in public life, had remained his firm friend, and had promifed to beftow on him the firft living in the Church he fhould be able to procure. The parifh of Kennoway, in Fife, became vacant, and at the difpofal of Mr Oswatp ; but Mr Dryspate having heard, that _ his friend was embarrafled by a certain political connection, which made it extremely eligible to beftow that living upon another candidate, he took an early opportunity of waiting on Mr Oswa tp, and having voluntarily renounced his claim, he begged of his friend. by all means to yield to the political ap- plication in favour of his rival; for which Mr Oswa tp ever after confidered himfelf as under the greateft obligation to him. Indeed, at every period of his life, the conferring of a favour on a friend, was to Mr DryspaLe a much more powerful motive of ation, than the view of obtaining any perfonal emolument ; and in examining the foundations of morality, a fubje& in which, as well as his friend Mr Smitu, he took great delight, and to which he had paid particular attention, the feelings ot his own mind were fufficient to induce him to rejeG&t with dif- dain the fyftem of thofe philofophers who deduce all human ac-- tions from a felfifh fource. _ In the year 1748, he obtained a Crown-prefentation to the church of Kirklifton in Weft Lothian, by the intereft of the late Joun Earl of Hopetoun, to-whom he had been recommend- ed by Wiit1aM Apam, Efq; of Maryburgh, Architect, whofe: third daughter he afterwards married. In: Account of Dr Dryfdale: Account of Dr Diyidale. “40 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. In entering upon this charge, he met with fome flight oppo- ition, owing to an opinion induftrioufly propagated, that the ftyle and method of his preaching were not fufficiently popu- lar, and that his difcourfes contained too great a proportion of the do@trines of morality. But this’ objection was foon obvi- ated, after the people of the parifh became better acquainted with him ; among whom he had not remained long, till he be- came the object of a very general regard and efteem, not only by the kindnefs of his difpofition and his unwearied benefi- cence, but from the interefting and animated method in which he inculcated the great truths of religion and morality in his fermons. Never were difcourfes better calculated to command the attention, and influence the conduét, than thofe which he preached to the crowded congregations that attended him. Tuovucu he had accuftomed himfelf to compofe and write fermons with great care, yet he feldom, efpecially in the earlier part of his life, ufed te carry his written difcourfes to the pul- pit. His ufual method of preaching was, after carefully ftudy- ing the fubject, to fpeak from the heads of difcourfe which he had marked down. Often, when he had entered upon the dif- cuffion of one of thofe heads, he grew fo animated, and poured forth fuch a copious torrent of interefting illuftration, that he found the time exhaufted before he had finifhed one half of what he had intended to fay. He was therefore obliged to de- - fer the remainder of the fubject to one or more fubfequent dif- courfes, which he continued with equal vivacity and force. He poffeffed a moft uncommon fertility of original thought ; and although his eloquence was chiefly argumentative and ra+ tional, yet it was fometimes pathetic; often fublime, often em- bellifhed with the richeft ornaments of original fancy, always bold and manly, and always marked with the dignity and vi- gour of an upright mind. Hence he was extremely fuccefsful in exhibiting the grandeft and moft amiable pictures of virtue, and in expofing the meannefs and deformity of vice in the I moft APPENDI X. At moft odious and deteftable colours. Whatever he uttered was natural, unaffected, and full of energy, always flowing from the heart, and always difcovering a deep penetration into the human mind. In entering upon his fubject, he feemed at once to feize upon ~ the moft proper and rational views of it; and he carried his liftening audience along with him, in a rapid and fervid train of jult, pure and elevated fentiment, from the beginning to the -end of his difcourfe. His fermons by no means confifted, as had been infinuated, of the mere doétrines of morality. Thefe he certainly did moft ftrenuoufly inculcate; but, at the fame time, no man ever brought home to the minds of his hearers, with greater force and efficacy, the genuine fpirit of that reli- gion which he preached. His mode of delivery, though by no means corre¢t, was ex- tremely animated and {ftriking. His gefture was frequently ve- hement; and though not always graceful, becaufe not ftudied, but produced by his real feelings, yet it had a moft powerful effet. Nor were the elevations and depreflions of his voice by any means confiftent with thofe rules which profeffed teachers of the art of elocution inculcate. Thefe too were entirely di- rected by his own fenfations, and fuited to his own original mode of fpeaking. But however irregular his tones and his emphafis. might fometimes be, ftill what he uttered came al- ways home to the hearts, and effectually commanded the atten- tion, of every audience. __ In that part of the fervice of the Church of Scotland which confifts of a portion of fcripture read and explained from the pulpit, and which is called the Le@ture, Mr DryspaLe difplay- ed uncommon ability and fkill. He expounded the fcriptures in a plain, fimple and connected manner, fo as to render the meaning quite intelligible to ordinary capacities. But wherever he found a paflage that he either did not clearly underftand himfelf, or defpaired of making edifying to his hearers, he Vou. Ul. (F) frankly Account of Dr Dryfdale. Account of Dr Dryfdale: 42 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. frankly avowed the difficulty, and told the audience, that in- ftead of amufing them with a variety of conjectures, either of the commentators or of his own, he would pafs on to fome- thing from which they would reap much more advantage. For he never loft fight of what he had conceived to be the great ob- ject of all religious inftruction, pra@ical improvement, not fpe- culative opinion. The inftructions and exhortations with which he accompanied the ordinances of religion, particularly the difpenfing of the facrament of the Lorp’s fupper, all tend- ed to the fame end, namely, the amendment of the hearts and | lives of his people ; and they were all delivered with fuch ear- neftnefs of manner, as convinced the hearers, that they came from a pure and benevolent mind, intent upon promoting their beft interefts. As the fervice of the Church of Scotland does not admit of. fet forms of prayer, but leaves the minifter to ufe his own ex- preflions in addreffing the Supreme Being, Mr DryspAte’s talents were in nothing more confpicuous than in this effential: part of public worfhip. He did not indeed affume any ftu- died folemnity of manner; but, with unaffected gravity and fervour, poured forth the genuine and copious dictates of his heart, in the moft glowing, various and proper expreflions ; and fo far was he from repeating any particular ftudied form of words in his prayers, that his audience ufed to remark, that on hearing the beginning of his fentences, they feldom were able to anticipate the conclufion. Sucu were his abilities as a minifter of religion; and with thefe the irrefiftible arhiablenefs of his manners, and the known. integrity of his private life, concurred to render him the object of the higheft efteem and regard of his parifhioners. Even the loweft of the people refpected and revered his. character ; and fuch was the fuccefs with which his inftructions were attended, that it was obferved of the morals of the inhabitants of the vil- lage in particular, which had been formerly noted for irregula~ rity APPENDIX. 43 rity and vice, that they underwent a furprifing change for the better, during the time of Mr DryspAte’s miniftry ;—a ftrong proof of the great utility of well-qualified teachers of pure and undefiled religion in any ftate! Tuus he lived for fifteen years, difcharging with fidelity the functions of a country clergyman, enjoying the domeftic fo- ciety of his own family, and the converfation of many literary and clerical friends who occafionally vifited him. At length, in the year 1763, his fincere and ftedfaft friend Mr Oswatp found an opportunity of ferving him, by pre- vailing with the late Earl of Bure to ufe his influence with the Town-council of Edinburgh, that Mr DryspALe might be ad- mitted one of the minifters of that city. Grorcze DrummMonpD, Efq; at that time Lord Provoft of Edinburgh, exerted himfelf with great activity on that occafion. Though it was pretty well underftood, that the right of prefenting minifters to the city was vefted in the Lord Provoft, Magiftrates and Council, yet a practice had prevailed for the Council to wave the exercife of that right, and to permit the general kirk-feflions of the ‘city to be the electors of their own minifters. The Lord Pre- voft thought proper, for good reafons, to deviate from that mode of election on this occafion ; and he prevailed with the Council to grant a prefentation to Mr Dryspate to fupply the vacant ‘charge. This produced a confiderable degree of oppofition on the part of thofe who were defirous that the election of mini- fters fhould remain in the hands of the general feffions. But the Council were determined to maintain what they imagined to be their right; and after a civil procefs, the queftion was de- cided in their favour. Several interlocutors had been paffed in the Prefbytery of Edinburgh hoftile to the tranflation of the prefentee, which caufed the affair to be brought before the Sy- nod of Lothian and Tweeddale, where they were all over-ruled, (F 2) and Account of Dr Dryfaale, Account of Dr Dryf@ale. 44 HISTOR F, ofthe SOCIETY. and the fettlement ordered to proceed ;—a decifion which was finally affirmed by the General Afflembly. No fooner did Mr DryspDALe enter upon his new charge as minifter of Lady Yefter’s, than all were convinced, that how- - ever difagreeable to fome the mode of his introduétion might be, no oppofition was due to him as a man, and as a minifter. The fermons which he preached in that church attracted al- ways a great concourfe of hearers, whom he never failed to de- light and inftruct by an eloquence of the moft nervous and in- terefting kind. Both his train of thought, and his manner of expreflion, were evidently fuch as ftrongly indicated a vigorous underftanding, an original genius, and a profound knowledge of the human heart. His reputation as a preacher afterwards rofe fo high, that on occafion of an excurfion which he made to London to vifit his friends and relations there, the late Mr STRAHAN earneftly requefted, that he would furnifh him with a volume of fer- mons for publication. His friends prefled him much to em- brace this propofal ; and he feemed at length difpofed to com- ply with their wifhes. For on his return to Scotland, he began to revife his fermons with a view to make a felection for publi- cation; but he had not proceeded far till his diffidence induced him to procraftinate, and at laft to relinquifh, every refolution of that fort. Tue fame native difidence and modefty were likewife the caufe of his declining to appear as a fpeaker in the judicatories of the church. While he remained in the country, he feemed rather to avoid taking much concern in the management of church-affairs ; but on his coming to Edinburgh, he found himfelf fo much connected with Dr RoBERTSON, to whom he was always greatly attached as a friend, and to whom he con- fidered himfelf as under great obligations, particularly for the earneft and effectual manner in which he had efpoufed his in- tereft Ut APP BS NE Dae te 45 tereft in his tranflation to town, that he refolved to give that eminent leader every afliftance in his power in fupport of what was called the moderate party in the church; the chief objet of whofe policy was, to maintain the right of prefentation as efta- blifhed by law, againft thofe who confidered that mode of fet- tling minifters of the gofpel as a great grievance, and who {tood up for the fuperior juftice of popular election. With refpea to the merits of the queftion itfelf, men will always be found to differ, nor is it proper here to enter upon the difcuffion of it. But be it as ic may, Mr Dryspate was fully perfuaded of _ the rectitude of that fide he had embraced ; and though he did not fpeak in the church-courts, Dr RoBerTson could not have been more fortunate in a co-adjutor. The native benevolence of his heart was confpicuous in his manners, which were ex- tremely popular and engaging ; and no fooner did he begin to extend his acquaintance with his brethren, than he wonderful- ly conciliated their efteem and affection. He took every oppor- tunity of obliging them, both as individuals and as a body ; and his influence among them foon became very extenfive. WirnootT any folicitation on his part, and even without his _knowledge, the Marifchal College of Aberdeen confefred on: him the degree of Doctor in Divinity, by diploma, bearing date the 15th of April 1765: And the following year, the death of the Reverend Dr Joun Jarpine having produced a vacancy in the Tron-church, which is collegiate, Dr DryspALe was tranflated thither from Lady Yefter’s, which is a fingle charge. He there had the good fortune to have for his col- league the Reverend Dr Georce Wisuart, principal clerk to the.Church, for whom he had long entertained the higheft efteem and refpect; and Dr Wisnarr. in his turn, having a moft fincere affection for him, they found the greateft com- fort in being now fo nearly connected. Never did two col- leagues live together in more cordial and uninterrupted habits of: Account of Dr Dryfdele. Acceunt of Dr Dryidale, 46 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. of friendthip ; their conftant ftudy being to oblige each other by a perpetual feries of mutual good offices. By the death of Dr Jarpine likewife, Dr DrysDALE now obtained a fhare in the few clerical offices which the Crown has to beftow on the clergy of Scotland. By Royal warrant, he © was appointed one of his Majefty’s chaplains, with one third of the emoluments of the Deanry of the Chapel Royal. The late Marquis of Rockingham was then Prime Minifter and he was determined in his choice of Dr DryspAxe folely by the recommendation of Dr RoBERTsoON. As this office much improved Dr DrysDALe’s pecuniary cir- cumftances, it furnifhed him with the means of indulging his inclination for domeftic hofpitality to a much greater extent than he had hitherto done. His houfe was open at all times to his numerous friends and acquaintance, and it was their fre- quent place of refort. There, in particular, many of the younger clergy, and other young men, enjoyed the advantage of his agreeable converfation, and never were happier than when in his company. There was fomething fo cheerful, fo unaffuming, fo benign, and, at the fame time, fo upright and decided in his manner, that he gained the efteem and good will of all who had any connection with him, without ever exciting the leaft degree of envy. Even fuch as were of different fen- timents in church. affairs efteemed the man; and with feveral of thefe he maintained a very friendly intercourfe. As his turn of thinking on all fubjeéts was clear, acute and judicious, he was very expert in the method of conducting affairs. He had a peculiar facility and elegance of expreffion in the numerous letters he had occafion to write, in a moft extenfive correfpon- dence which he carried on throughout the Church. No perfon who applied to him for a favour from the remoteft parts of the kingdom ever found the application treated with neglect ; but, on the contrary, he was foon convinced, that Dr Drys- DALE had made every praéticable exertion in his behalf. With fuch APPENDIX. 47 fuch talents, and fuch difpofitions, it is not to be wondered at that in a few years he fhould have had a very great influence in the Church ; and that the party with which he was connect- ed, fhould have derived effential advantage from his fteady ac- tivity, prudence and popularity. In the year 1773, Dr DrysDALE’s numerous friends thought it due time to raife him to the dignity of Moderator of the Ge- neral Affembly, the greateft mark of refpect which an eccle- fiaftical commonwealth can beftow on any of its members ; and being accordingly chofen without oppofition, he difcharged the duties of the office with great fatisfaction to the Venerable Court, and credit to himfelf. AFTER this period, his influence among the minifters and elders of the Church ftill continued to increafe, while he per- fevered in feizing every opportunity to do all the fervice in his power, either to the Church in general, or to its members as: individuals. When his venerable colleague Dr WisHarT be- gan to feel the approaches of old age, and the difcharge of the duty of clerk to the General Aflembly was growing burden- fome to him, Dr DryspALE was always at hand to affift and tu relieve him; till at laft, during the Affembly 1778, Dr WIsHART gave in a reprefentation to the Court, expreffing his. defire to refign the clerkfhip, in order that he might be re-elect- ed, in conjunction with another perfon, on whom he might, under the infirmities of age, devolve the laborious part of the: duty. Next day, the Affembly having con(idered this propofal, accepted of Dr WisuHarT’s refignation, and then unanimoully: re-elected him, in conjunction with Dr Dryspate, in the way in which he had defired. In the year 1784, it was apprehended, that the choice of a: Moderator of the General Alfembly might occafion a difpute- betwixt the two great parties in the Church. After delibera- tion,, Account of Dr Dryfdale. Account of Dr Dryidale, 48 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. tion, the leaders on the moderate fide pitched upon Dr Drys- DALE as their candidate, thinking that of all others he was moft likely to defeat the views of their antagonifts. But they found great difficulty in prevailing on him to comply with their wilhes. His modefty difpofed him to decline the honour of the Moderatorfhip a fecond time, and he was afraid that his con- {titution, which never was robuft, and now much weaker than when he held that office eleven years before, might not be equal to the fatigues in which he would neceflarily be involved. Be- fides, he was extremely unwilling to put his friends to the trouble of coming from the remote parts of the country on his account. By earneft folicitation, and particularly when it was ftrongly ftated to him, that he ought not to confider this as his own caufe only, but the caufe of the friends with whom he had always acted, his objections at laft were removed ; and as it was a maxi of his never to do things by halves, he de- termined to ufe his utmoft exertions in collecting fuch a fup- port as might juftify the favourable opinion that had been formed of him. Accordingly, on the meeting of the Affem- - bly, though a moft refpectable clergyman was named as the other candidate, Dr DryspALe, by a very great majority of votes, was feated a fecond time in the Moderator’s chair. Tuts was the laft great exertion which he made. His friend Dr Rosertson had, fome years before, declined all concern in the public affairs of the Church ; fince which time it was fuppofed, that Dr Dryspaxe pofleffed more influence among his brethren than any other individual ; and this Affem- bly afforded a clear proof of it. No perfon had appeared fo eloquent, or poffleffed of talents fo fit for a leader in the Affem- bly, as Dr Ropertson. But after he withdrew, the conduc of the debates in that houfe feemed to be thared among a num- ber of fpeakers ; and while the claim of no fingle perfon was admitted to be the oftenfible leader, it was well known, that the prudence and the influence of Dr Dayspate had the great- I eft APPENDI¥X. 49 eft fhare in guiding all the meafures of his party, while he himfelf claimed no merit, and had no pretenfions. He had been for a long time fo well acquainted with the ftate of the two parties in the Church, that he ufed to calculate, with furprifing exactnefs, what the iffue of the votes would be in almoft all the great queftions that came before the Affembly. He would often, with that good humour which marked all his converfation, tell his acquaintance of the oppofite party, by how many votes they would lofe the queftion ; and however fanguine at firft they might be, they knew him fo well, that they feldom difputed his accuracy. Hrs health was now greatly on the decline. So long before as the end of the year 1773, his conftitution had received a fhock, which, though vifible to his own family, did not yet ap- " pear to his other friends. Death had deprived him of feveral of his children; and being a moft affectionate. parent, he was always extremely affected with the lofs of them: And that year added to his former diftrefles the death of his youngeft daugh- ter, a moft beautiful and promifing child. With this he conti- nued to be fo much affected, that feveral years afterwards, when he was inculcating upon his audience the important leffon, “That man knows not what is good for him in this Jife;’’ and was obferved, in one part of his difcourfe, to be agitated with uncommon emotion, it was evident to his friends, that he al- luded to his own fituation. Tuovucu his conftitution continued to be gradually en- feebled, he ftill difcharged the public duties of his miniftry with little intermiffion; and it was obferved, that the annual approach of the General Affembly always infpired him with unufual animation. For feveral years, he had taken upoa him the whole duty of the clerkfhip, exerting himfelf alfo, in eve- ry other refpect, for the relief of Dr Wisuarrt, his venerable colleague, now far advanced in life, till, in the year 1785, he Vor. III. (G) loft Account of Dr Dryfdale. Account of Dr Diyfdale. 50 AISTORY of the SOCIETY. loft that truly refpectable and valuable friend. He preached’ a fermon on that occafion from the following words: Let me die the death of the righteous, and let my laft end be like his; and though, by that time, his powers of compofition, and the energy of his delivery, were much abated, he paid an affec- tionate tribute to the memory of the much-refpeéted partner of his labours, whofe character, in defcribing that of the righteous man throughout the firft part of the difcourfe, he plainly alluded to, and in the conclufion delineated in direct terms. AFTER this time, it was evident, not only to his particular friends, but alfo to his hearers, that the ftrength both of his mind and body was confiderably impaired. The decline of his health was much accelerated by a fevere cough, to which he had long been fubject. He continued, however, occafion- ally to preach, though his difcourfes wanted that energy, both in compofition and delivery, which ufed to diftinguifh them. For fome years during the fitting of the General Affem- blies, when he felt the difcharge of the duty of Principal Clerk at times too fatiguing for him, he was allowed to retire, and one of the affliftant clerks officiated in his ftead. -At the meeting of the Affembly' in May 1788, he appeared in his place, and acted as Principal Clerk the firft day ; but finding his ftrength unequal to the remaining parts of the duty, on the fecond day he requefted permiffion of the Court to be af- fitted by his friend and relation *, who now pays this willing tribute to his memory, and his requeft was unanimoutly granted. Bur he did not long furvive the Aflembly of that year. Early in the month of June, his cough attacked him with ex- traordinary violence, and foon weakened him fo much, that he could no longer rife from his bed. He ftill however retained 3 his * The hufband of his eldeft daughter. ENR ee I ERD OX, I On his wonted endearing manner to his family,—only lefs animated, but affecting in the utmoft degree. Thus he continued to grow weaker and weaker, until his conftitution at laft feemed to be quite worn out; and in him the Church of Scotland loft one of her greateft ornaments, on the 16th of June 1788. Sucu was the conclution of the well-fpent life of this ex- cellent perfon ; whofe integrity was inflexible, whofe amiable converfation and manners were expreflive of the extreme worth and benevolence of his heart, whofe refpetable character adorned his facred profeffion, and who was the delight of his friends and of his family. Though gentle, unfufpicious and candid, in an extraordinary degree, yet, as his foul was in- fpired with that noble elevation which arifes from confcious virtue and freedom from all deceit, his indignation was excited whenever he detected in others any duplicity in condué, or any deviation from the road of honour. As in his public ap- pearances, the energy and animation with which he delivered and enforced his inftruétions, carried a conviCtion that they flowed directly from the heart; fo it was univerfally allowed by all thofe who were acquainted with his private life, that never any man more fuccefsfully illuftrated what he taught by his own conduct and manners. His charity to the indigent was as extenfive as his circumftances would admit, and in fome cafes went far beyond what ordinary men would deem to be con- fiftent with prudence. He took the greateft pleafure in pro- tecting, encouraging and bringing forward young men, who feemed to him to be poffeffed of talents which promifed to be ufeful in thofe fituations which were the objects of their purfuit either in Church or State, and he was indefatigable in availing himfelf of every opportunity to ferve them. He lived to have the fatisfaction of feeing many of them fuccefsful in life; but no one ever obferved him arrogating any merit to himfelf on that account, or even betraying a fingle expreffion which might (G2) feem Account of Dr DryfMale 52 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. So pena feem to hint a claim on their gratitude. It is not therefore fur- prifing that he was fo much beloved by his younger friends. But Dr DryspDALe continued alfo to enjoy the affection of the friends of his youth. Mr Oswaxp, Dr Smiru and Dr Ro- BERTSON, have been already mentioned. ‘Though his inter- courfe with Dr Smiru‘ had been, in confequence of the di- ftance of their fituation, lefs frequent for many years than they could have wifhed, yet they ufed to meet occafionally in their native town, to which they were always fondly attached; and there, in company with Mr Oswatp, and fome other compa- nions lefs known to fame, they fpent many of the moft pleafant hours of their life. When afterwards Dr Smiru came to re- fide in Edinburgh, they then affociated together with lefs inter- ruption ; nor was there any one among all the numerous friends and acquaintance of that excellent man whom he loved with greater affection, or {poke of with greater tendernefs, than Joun DryspALe. ‘Two other intimate friends of Dr DrysDALE’s earlier years, and on whom he had fet a great value, died long before him. Thefe were Mr WiLL14M CLEGHORN and Dr WiL- LIAM WILKIE; the former of whom was the immediate fuc- ceflor of the late Sir JouHN Prince in the Profeflorfhip of Moral Philofophy in the Univerfity of Edinburgh, a young man of great genius, and from whom much was expected 3 but he was cut off in the flower of youth: the latter known to the public as the author of the Epigoniad, and Fables in Verfe, was diftinguifhed alfo among a numerous circle of literary friends for extenfive and profound erudition, for a copious and inexhauttible flow of original, amufing and inftructing conver- fation, and likewife for fome whimfical and diverting peculiari- ties of character. With the family of the ADAMs, whofe ge- nius and tafte in the elegant arts of architecture and defigning, have vied with the talents of the poet, the hiftorian, and the. philofopher, in refle€ting luftre on their native land, Dr Drys- . pALE long lived in a conftant reciprocation of good offices,. 2 both APPEND T X. 53 both as the much refpected relation, and as the intimate friend. His wife Mary ApAm, and two daughters, compofe his furvi- ving family. He has left likewife behind him a brother, whom he loved with the moft ardent affe€ion, Grorce Drys- DALE, Efq; formerly Provoft of Kirkaldy, and now Colleétor of the cuftoms in that town, the fteady and much-efteemed friend alfo of the late Mr Oswatp and Dr Smrru, and when they vifited the place of their nativity, the companion of their focial hours. To thofe who were not intimately acquainted with the fub- je@t of the foregoing narrative, the language of eulogy may feem to have been admitted to too great an extent; and exag- geration of praife may be fufpected, merely becaufe fuch vir- tuous men as the late Dr DrysDALe are not often to be found. Thofe, however, who knew him beft will give their cordial af- fent to what has been faid; for in all that has been afferted, truth has been ained at, and the language of paneeysic May ac- cord fometimes with the dictates of truth. . SincE Dr DrysDALE’s death, twc volumes of his fermons: have been publifhed, which will be a lafting monument of his admirable talents as a Preacher ; being, in the opinion of com- petent judges, compofitions of the higheft excellence, and. evi-- dently the productions of a mind of a fuperior order.. TI... Aa:- Account of Dr Dryfdaiey " Fear fi : mia. t vba ab! cy naps y ; r ‘ ts “bee, fifo pe dhe “i ial od ary! sega prae,. Dg enad vt Fb % or hh cael yh fag enh: = aioe. ie ekrite WF Ash degen cae | . wi , Ve! 39) oe # ; : ‘ ia), i ; ) ik aa ae Ts far a busthiag piathe ia be ny na ; ae Tai Mapp: ya mmntegpet, elt RR aa. Men: ice ae * Po PS very " a : Maye donee es me b tg Cpe ( rs * - an o wh a ' 7 ? f 5 y ;. ; § - . ts b i s ‘ ah : ah hese Dal ay tear 7 Bi 2 > * es mis 5 ; . & 4 > A ‘ - ; ; ey be. , Peisartpe ae diteh " oa HY abd , ¥ 2 ‘ ; 4 : rik ; > par . “ ik ww ney + : is +r or Yad ay E ; y 2 Se ¥ a yt pars Pll 7) ated ; a ste ; . (pation i Shea gilt ‘r . uy vies ss > ba A toaeeah ee ae sisi ha Tome Ci Raat he air er ty ee, iF: rs > + 5 : al i Ar ~ APPENDIX. 55 Ill, Account of the Lire and Writinés of ADAM SMITH, LL.D. [Read by Mr STEWART, Fan. 21. and March 18. 1793. ] SECTION I. From Mr Smita’s Birth till the Publication of the T heory of Moral Sentiments. DAM SMITH, Author of the Inquiry into the Nature and Caufes of the Wealth of Nations, was the fon of Apam Smitu, Comptroller of the Cuftoms at Kirkaldy *, and of Marcaret Dovctas, daughter of Mr Douctas of Stra- thenry. He was the only child of the marriage, and was born. at Kirkaldy on the 5th of June 1723, a few months after the death of. his father. His. * Mr Smitu, the father, was a native of Aberdeenfhire, and in the earlier parte of his life practifed at Edinburgh as a writer tothe Signet. He was afterwards pri- vate fecretary to the Earl of Loudoun, (during the time that he held the offices of principal Secretary of State for Scotland, and of Keeper of the Great Seal), and continued in his employment till 1713 or 1714, when he was appointed comptroller of the cuftoms at Kirkaldy. He was alfo clerk to the courts martial and councils of war for Scotland; an office which he held from 1707 till his death. As it is now feventy years fince he died, the accounts I have received of him are very im- perfect ; but from the particulars already mentioned, it may be prefumed, that he was.a man.of more than common abilities. Account of Br Smith 56 HISTORY of th SOCIETY. His conftitution during infancy was infirm and fickly, and required all the tender folicitude of his furviving parent. She was blamed for treating him with an unlimited indulgence ; but it produced no unfavourable effects on his temper or his difpofitions :—and he enjoyed the rare fatisfaction of being able to repay her affeCtion, by every attention that filial gratitude could dictate, during the long period of fixty years. AN accident, which happened to him when he was about three years old, is of too interefting a nature to be omitted in the account of fo valuable a life. He had been carried by his mother to Strathenry on a vifit to his uncle Mr DouctaAs, and was one day amufing himfelf alone at the door of the houfe, when he was ftolen by a party of that fet of vagrants who are known in Scotland by the name of tinkers. Luckily he was foon miffed by his uncle, who hearing that fome vagrants had pafled, purfued them, with what affifance he could find, till he overtook them in Leflie wood; and was the happy inftrument of preferving to the world a genius, which was deftined, not only to extend the boundaries of fcience, but to enlighten and reform the com- mercial policy of Europe. Tue fchool of Kirkaldy, where Mr Smiru received the firft rudiments of his education, was then taught by Mr Davip Miter, a teacher, in his day, of confiderable reputation, and whofe name deferves to be recorded, on account of the eminent men whom that very obfcure feminary produced while under his direG@tions Mr Oswatp of Dunikeir, whofe profound know- ledge of finances raifed him afterwards to important employ- ments in the State, and to a diftinguifhed rank as a Parliament- ary fpeaker ; his brother, Dr Jonn Oswa p, afterwards Bifhop of Raphoe; and Dr Joun DryspAte, whofe talents and worth are well known to this Society, were among the number of Mr Smitu’s contemporaries.—One of his fchool-fellows is ftill alive *;- and to his kindnefs I am principally indebted for the * Grorce Dryspate, Efq; of Kirkaldy, brother of the late Dr Dryspate. APPENDIX. 57 the fcanty materials, which form the firft part of this narra- tive. Amonc thefe companions of his earlieft years, ‘Mr Smiru foon attracted notice, by his paflion for books, and by the extraordinary powers of his memory. The weaknefs of -his bodily conftitution prevented him from partaking in their more active amufements ; but he was much beloved by them on ac- count of his temper, which, though warm, was to an uncom- mon degree friendly and generous. -Even then he was re- markable for thofe habits which remained with him through life, of fpeaking to himfelf when alone, and of ab/ence in company. - From the grammar-fchool of Kirkaldy, he was fent, in 1737, to the Univerfity of Glafgow, where he remained till 1740, when he went to Balliol College, Oxford, as an exhibi- tioner on SNELL’s foundation. Dr Mactaine of the Hague, who was a fellow-ftudent of Mr Smitn’s at Glafgow, told me fome years ago, that his fa- vourite purfuits while at that Univerfity were Mathematics and Natural Philofophy ; and | remember to have heard my father remind him of a geometrical problem of confiderable difficulty, - about which he was occupied at the time when their acquaint- ance commenced, and which had been propofed to him as an exercife by the celebrated Dr Simpson. THESE, however, were certainly not the fciences in which he was formed to excel; nor did they long divert him from purfuits more congenial to his mind. What Lord Bacon fays of PLATO may be juftly applied to him: “ Illum, licet ad “ rempublicam non accefliffet, tamen natura et inclinatione omnino ad res civiles propenfum, vires eo prxcipue intendifle ;x neque de Philofophia Naturali admodum follicitum efle ; nifi quatenus ad Philofophi nomen et celebritatem tuendam, et ad majeftatem quandam moralibus et civilibus dotrinis ad- dendam et afpergendam fufficeret*.” The ftudy of human Vot. III. (H) nature * Redargutio Philofophiarum. ‘e se 6é Account of Dr Smith, Account of Dr Smith, 58 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. nature in all its branches, more particularly of the political hi- ftory of mankind, opened a boundlefs field to his curiofity and ambition ; and while it afforded {cope to all the various powers of his verfatile and comprehenfive genius, gratified his ruling paffion, of contributing to the happinefs and the improvement of fociety. To this ftudy, diverfified at his leifure hours by the lefs fevere occupations of polite literature, he feems to have devoted himfelf almoft entirely from the time of his removal to Oxford; but he ftill retained, and retained even in advanced years, a recollection of his early acquifitions, which not only added to the fplendour of his converfation, but enabled him to exemplify fome of his favourite theories concerning the natural progrefs of the mind in the inveftigation of truth, by the hi- ftory of thofe fciences in which the conneétion and fucceffion of difcoveries may be traced with the greateft advantage. If I am not miftaken too, the influence of his early tafte for the Greek geometry may be remarked in the elementary clearnefs and fulnefs, bordering fometimes upon prolixity, with which he frequently ftates his political reafonings.—The le€tures of the profound and eloquent Dr Hutcueson, which he had at- tended previous to his departure from Glafgow, and of which he always {poke in terms of the warmeft admiration, had, it may be reafonably prefumed, a confiderable effect in directing his talents to their proper objects. I HavE not been able to collect any information with re- fpe& to that part of his youth which was fpent in Eng- land. Ihave heard him fay, that he employed himfelf fre- quently in the practice of tranflation, (particularly from the French), with a view to the improvement of his own ftyle: and he ufed often to exprefs a favourable opinion of the utility of fuch exercifes, to all who cultivate the art of compofition. It is much to be regretted, that none of his juvenile attempts in this way have been preferved ; as the few fpecimens which his writings contain of his fkill as a tranflator, are fufficient to fhew the eminence he had attained in a walk of literature, which, APPENDIX. 59 which, in our country, has been fo little frequented by men of genius. Ir was probably alfo at this period of his life, that he culti- vated with the greateft care the ftudy of languages. The knowledge he poffefled of thefe, both ancient and modern, was uncommonly extenfive and accurate; and, in him, was fub- fervient, not to a vain parade of taftelefs erudition, but to a familiar acquaintance with every thing that could illuftrate the inftitutions, the manners and the ideas of different ages and nations. How intimately he had once been converfant with the more ornamental branches of learning ; in particular, with the works of the Roman, Greek, French and Italian poets, ap- peared fufficiently from the hold which they kept of his me- mory, after all the different occupations and enquiries in which his maturer faculties had been employed *. In the Englifh lan- guage, the variety of poetical paflages which he was not only accuftomed to refer to occafionally, but which he was able to repeat with correctnefs, appeared furprifing even to thofe, whofe attention had never been directed to more important acquifi- tions. | AFTER a refidence at Oxford of feven years, he returned to Kirkaldy, and lived two years with his mother; engaged in ftudy, but without any fixed plan for his future life. He had been originally deftined for the Church of England; and with that view had been fent to Oxford ; but not finding the eccle- fiaftical profeflion fuitable to his tafte, he chofe to confult, in this inftance, his own inclination, in preference to the wifhes of his friends; and abandoning at once all the fchemes which (tha): 4, their * THE uncommon degree in which Mr SMITH retzined poffeffion, even to the clofe of his life, of different branches of knowledge which he had long ceafed to cultivate, has been often remarked to me by my learned colleague and friend, Mr Daze, Profeffor of Greek in this Univerfity. Mr DatzeEL mentioned parti- cularly the readineis and correctnefs of Mr Smitu’s memory. on philological fub- jets, and the acutenefS and {kill he difplayed in various converfations with him on fome of the minutie of Greek grammar. Account of Dr Smith. 60 HISTORY of th SOCIETY. Aceapmet their prudence had formed for him, he refolved to return to his own country, and to limit his ambition to the uncertain profpe& of obtaining, in time, fome one of thofe moderate preferments, to which literary attainments lead in Scotland. In the year 1748, he fixed his refidence at Edinburgh, and during that and the following years, read lectures on rhetoric and belles lettres, under the patronage of Lord Kames. About this time, too, he contracted a very intimate friendfhip, which continued, without interruption, till his death, with Mr ALEx- ANDER WEDDERBURN, now Lord LouGusoroueGH, and with Mr WILLIAM JOHNSTONE, now Mr PULTENEY. At what particular period his acquaintance with Mr Davip Hume commenced, does not appear from any information that I have received ; but from fome papers, now in the pofleffion of Mr Hume’s nephew, and which he has been fo obliging as to allow me to perufe, their acquaintance feems to have grown into friendfhip before the year 1752. It was a friendfhip on both fides founded on the admiration of genius, and the love of fimplicity; and which forms an interefting circumftance in the hiftory-of each of thefe eminent men, from the ambition which both have fhewn to record it to pofterity. Iw 1751, he was elected Profeffor of Logic in the Univerfity of Glafgow; and, the year following, he was removed to the Profefforfhip of Moral Philofophy in the fame Univerfity, upon the death of Mr Tuomas Craici£, the immediate fucceflor of Dr Hurcueson. In this fituation, he remained thirteen years ; a period he ufed frequently to look back to, as the moft ufeful and happy of his life. It was indeed a fituation in which he was eminently fitted to excel, and in which the daily labours of his profeffion were conftantly recalling his attention to his favour- ite purfuits, and faimiliarifing his mind to thofe important {pecu- lations he was afterwards to communicate to the world. In this view, though it afforded, in the mean time, but a very narrow fcene for his ambition, it was probably inftrumental, in no incon- fiderable degree, to the future eminence of his literary character. Or Ay Pak Bs Ny DRX: 61 Or Mr Smitn’s lectures while a Profeffor at Glafgow, no part has been preferved, excepting what he himfelf publithed in the Theory of Moral Sentiments and in the Wealth of Na- tions. The Society therefore, I am perfuaded, will liften with — pleafure to the following fhort account of them, for which I am indebted to a gentleman who was formerly one of Mr , Smitu’s pupils, and who continued till his death to be one of his moft intimate and valued friends. *‘ In the Profeflorfhip of Logic, to which Mr Smiru was appointed on his firft introduction into this Univerfity, he foon faw the neceflity of departing widely from the plan that had been followed by his predeceflors, and of directing the atten- tion of his pupils to ftudies of a more interefting and ufeful nature than the logic and metaphyfics of the fchools. Accord- ingly, after exhibiting a general view ‘of the powers of the mind, and explaining fo much of the ancient logic as was re- quifite to gratify curiofity with refpeét to an artificial method of reafoning, which had once occupied the univerfal attention of the learned, he dedicated all the reft of his time to the de- livery of a fyftem of rhetoric and belles lettres. (The beft me- thod of explaining and illuftrating the various powers of the human mind, the moft ufeful part of metaphyfics, arifes from an examination of the feveral ways of communicating our thoughts by fpeech, and from an attention to the principles of thofe literary compofitions, which contribute to perfuafion or en- " tertainment. By thefe arts, every thing that we perceive or feel, every operation of our minds, is expreffed and delineated in fuch a manner, that it may be clearly diftinguifhed and remem- bered. There is, at the fame time, no branch of literature more fuited to youth at their firft entrance upon philofophy than this, which lays hold of their tafte and their feelings. “ Iv is much to be regretted, that the manufcript contain- ing Mr Smiru’s leGtures on this fubject was deftroyed before his death. The firft part, in point of compofition, was highly ~ finifhed ; Actoun¢ of Dr Sanrith. Account of Dr Smith. 62 AIS TORR of thi SOCIETY. finifhed ; and the whole difcovered ftrong marks of tafte and original gegius. From the permiffion given to ftudents of taking notes, many obfervations and opinions contained in thefe leGtures, have either been detailed in feparate differtations, or ingrofled in general colle@tions, which have fince been given to the public. But thefe, as might be expected, have loft the air of originality and the diftin@tive character which they re- ceived from their firft author, and are often obfcured by that multiplicity of common-place matter in which they are funk and involved. ‘* Apour a year after his appointment to the Profeflorfhip of Logic, Mr Smiru was elected to the chair of Moral Philofophy. His courfe of lectures on this fubje&t was divided into four parts. The firft contained Natural Theology ; in which he confidered the proofs of the being and attributes of Gop, and thofe prin- ciples of the human mind upon which religion is founded. The fecond comprehended Ethics ftrictly fo called, and confifted chiefly of the do@rines which he afterwards publifhed in his Theory of Moral Sentiments. In the third part, he treated at more length of that branch of morality which relates to ju/lice, and which, being fufceptible of precife and accurate rules, is, for that reafon, capable of a full and particular explanation. + ‘“ Upon this fubject, he followed the plan that feems to be fuggefted by MonrEsQuieu ; endeavouring to trace the gradual progrefs of jurifprudence, both public and private, from the rudeft to the moft refined ages, and to point out the effects of thofe arts which contribute to fubfiftence, and to the accumula- tion of property, in producing correfpondent improvements or alterations in law and government. ‘This important branch of his labours he alfo intended to give to the public; but this in- tention, which is mentioned in the conclufion of the Theory of \oral Sentiments, he did not live to fulfil. “ In the ‘laft part of his lectures, he examined thofe politi- cal regulations which are founded, not upon the principle of Juflice, APPENDIX. 63 Jjufiice, but that of. expediency, and which are calculated to in- creafe the riches, the power and the profperity of a State. Un- der this view, he confidered the political inftitutions relating to commerce, to finances, to ecclefiaftical and military efta- blifhments. What he delivered on thefe fubje@s contained the: fubftance of the work he afterwards publifhed under the title of An Inquiry into the Nature and Caufes of the Wealth of Nations. “* "THERE was no fituation in which the abilities of Mr Smitu: appeared to greater advantage than as a Profeffor. In deliver- ing his letures, he trufted almoft entirely to extemporary elo- cution. His manner, though not graceful, was plain and un- ‘affected ; and as he feemed to be always interefted in the fub- ject, he never failed to intereft his hearers. Each difcourfe confifted commonly of feveral diftinét propofitions, which he fucceflively endeavoured to prove and illuftrate. Thefe propo- fitions, when announced in general terms, had, from: their ex- tent, not unfrequently fomething of the air of a: paradox. In his attempts to explain them, he often appeared, at firft, not to be fufficiently poffeffed of the fubje&, and fpoke with fome hefitation. As he advanced; however, the matter feemed to crowd upon him, his manner became warm and animated, and: his expreffion eafy and fluent. In points fufceptible of contro- verfy, you could eafily difcern, that he fecretly conceived an oppofition.to his opinions, and that he was led upon this ac- count to fupport them with greater energy ahd vehemence. By the fulnefs and variety of his illuftrations, the fubject gra- dually fwelled in his hands, and acquired a dimenfion which, without a tedious repetition of the fame views, was. calculated. to feize the attention of his audience, and to afford them plea- fure, as well as inftruction, in following the fame objedt, through all the diverfity of fhades and afpeéts in which it was. prefented, and afterwards in tracing it backwards to that ori-- ginal Account of Dr Smith, Account of Dr Smith. 64 HISTORY of th SOCIETY. ginal propofition or general truth, from which this beautiful train of f{peculation had proceeded. ‘“« His .reputation as a Profeffor was accordingly raifed very high, and a multitude of ftudents from a great diftance refort- ed to the Univerfity, merely upon his account. Thofe branches of fcience which he taught became fafhionable at this place, and his opinions were the chief topics of difcuffion in clubs and literary focieties. Even the fmall peculiarities in his pronun- ciation or manner of fpeaking, became frequently the objects of imitation.”’ Wurte Mr Smitru was thus diftinguifhing himfelf by his zeal and ability as a public teacher, he was gradually laying the foundation of a more extenfive reputation, by preparing for the prefs his fyftem of morals. The firft edition of this work appeared in 1759, under the title of “ The Theory of Moral Sentiments.” Hirxserto Mr SmitH had remained unknown to the world as an author; nor have I heard that he had made a trial of his powers in any anonymous publications, excepting in a periodi- cal work called The Edinburgh Review, which was begun in the year 1755, by fome gentlemen of diftinguifhed abilities, but which they were prevented by other engagements from carrying farther than the two firft numbers. To this work Mr Smitu contributed ’a review of Dr Jounson’s Dictionary of the Englifh Language, and alfo a letter, addreffed to the editors, con- taining fome general obfervations on the ftate of literature in the different countries of Europe. In the former of thefe papers, he points out fome defeéts in Dr Jounson’s plan, which he cenfures as not fufficiently grammatical. ‘‘ The different fignifications of a word (he obferves) are indeed collected ; but they are feldom digefted into general clailes, or ranged under the meaning which the word principally ex- preties: And fufficient care is not taken to diftinguifh the 2 “ 3 words “ec “c ae APPENDIX. 65 “ words apparently fynonymous.” To illuftrate this criticifm, he copies from Dr JOHNSON the articles Bur and HUMOUR, and oppofes to them the fame articles digefted agreeably to his own idea. The various fignifications of the word BuT are very nicely and happily difcriminated. The other article does not feem to have been executed with equal care. Tue obfervations on the ftate of learning in Europe are written with ingenuity and elegance ; but are chiefly intereft- ing,as they fhew the attention which the Author had given to the philofophy and literature of the Continent, at a period when they were not much {tudied in this ifland. In the fame volume with the Theory of Moral Sentiments, Mr Smitu publifhed a Differtation “ on the Origin of Lan- guages, and on the different Genius of thofe which are origi- nal and compounded.”” The remarks | have to offer on thefe two difcourfes, I fhall, for the fake of diftin@inefs, make the fabject of a feparate fection. Sb Cat LON... tt Of the Theory of Moral Sentiments, avd the Differtation on the Origin of Languages. | gg {eience of Ethics has been divided by modern writers into two parts; the one comprehending the theory of Morals, and the other its practical doftrines. The queftions about which the former is employed, are chiefly the two following. Fir/t, By what principle of our conftitution are we led to form the notion of moral diftinctions ;—whether by that faculty which perceives the diftintion between truth Vou. III. (I) and Account of Dr Smith, Account of ~ Dr Smith, 66 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. and falfehood; or by a peculiar power of perception, which is pleafed with one fet of qualities, and di/pleafed with another ? Secondly, What is the proper obje@t of moral approbation ; or, in other words, what is the common quality or qualities belong- ing to all the different modes of virtue? Is it benevolence; or a rational felf-love ; or a difpofition to a& fuitably to the dif- ferent relations in which we are placed? Thefe two queftions feem to exhauft the whole theory of morals. The feope of the one is to afcertain the origin of our moral ideas; that of the other, to refer the phenomena of moral perception to their moft fimple and general laws. Tue practical doétrines of morality comprehend all thofe rules of conduct which profefs to point out the proper ends of human purfuit, and the moft effectual means of attain- ing them; to which we may add all thofe literary compofi- tions, whatever be their particular form, which have for their aim to fortify and animate our good difpofitions, by delineations of the beauty, of the dignity, or of the utility of Virtue. I sHALL not enquire at prefent into the juftnefs of this divi- fion. I fhall only obferve, that the words Theory and Prattice are not, in this inftance, employed in their ufual acceptations. The theory of morals does not bear, for example, the fame re- lation to the practice of morals, that the theory of geometry bears to practical geometry. In this laft f{cience, all the pra¢ti- cal rules are founded on theoretical principles previoufly efta- blifhed: But in the former fcience, the praiical rules are obvi- ous to the capacities of all mankind; the theoretical princi- ples form one of the moft difficult fubje€ts of difcuflion that have ever exercifed the ingenuity of metaphyficians. Iw illuftrating the dodtrines of practical morality, (if we make allowance for fome unfortunate prejudices produced or encouraged by violent and oppreflive fy{tems of policy), the an- cients feem to have availed themfelves of every light furnifhed by nature to human reafon; and indeed thofe writers who, in later APPENDIX. 67 later times, have treated the fubje€&t with the greateft fuccefs, are they who have followed moft clofely the footfteps of the Greek and the Roman philofophers. The theoretical quettion, too, concerning the eflence of virtue, or the proper olject of mo- ral approbation, was a favourite topic of difcuffion in the an- cient {chools. The queftion concerning the principle of moral approbation, though not entirely of modern origin, has been chiefly agitated fince the writings of Dr Cupworrs, in oppo- fition to thofe of Mr Hosszs ; and it is this queftion accord- ingly, (recommended, at once, by its novelty and difficulty to the curiofity of {peculative men), that has produced moft of the theories which charaéterife and diftinguifh from each other the later fyftems of moral philofophy. Ir was the opinion of Dr Cupwortu and alfo of Dr CLARKE, that moral diftinctions are perceived by that power of the mind which diftinguifhes truth from falfehood. This fyftem it was one great object of Dr Hurcueson’s philofophy to refute, and in oppofition to it, to fhew, that the words Right and Wrong exprefs certain agreeable and difagreeable qualities in adtions, which it is not the province of reafon but of feeling to per- ceive ; and to that power of perception which renders us fut. ceptible of pleafure or of pain from the view of virtue or of vice, he gave the name of the Moral Senfe. His reafonings upon this fubje& are in the main acquiefced in, both by Mr Hume and Mr Smirn; but they differ from him in one im- portant particular,—Dr HutcuEson plainly fuppofing, that the moral fenfe is a fimple principle of our conititution, of which no account can be given; whereas the other two philofophers have both attempted to analyfe it into other principles more ge- neral. Their fyftems, however, with refpect to it are very different from each other. According to Mr Hume, all the qualities which are denominated virtuous, are ufeful either to ourfelves or to others, and the pleafure which we derive from the view of them is the pleafure of utility. Mr Smirs, with- (I 2) out Account of Dr Smith. Account of Dr Smith. 68 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. out rejecting entirely Mr Hume’s dodtrine, propofes another of his own, far more comprehenfive; a doétrine with which he thinks all the moft celebrated theories of morality invented by his predeceffors coincide in part, and from fome partial view of which he apprehends that they have all proceeded. Or this very ingenious and original theory, I fhall endeavour to give a fhort abftra@. To thofe who are familiarly acquaint- ed with it as it is ftated by its Author, I am aware that the at- tempt may appear fuperfluous ; but I flatter myfelf that it will not be wholly ufelefs to fuch as have not been much cunverfant in thefe abftract difquifitions, by prefenting to them the lead- ing principles of the fyftem in one connected view, without thofe interruptions of the attention which neceflarily arife from the Author’s various and happy illuftrations, and from the many eloquent digreflions which animate and adorn his compo- fition. Tue fundamental principle of Mr Smiru’s theory is, that the primary objects of our moral perceptions are the actions of other men; and that our moral judgments with refpe¢t to our own condué are only applications to ourfelves of decifions which we have already paffed on the conduc of our neigh- bour. His work accordingly confifts of two parts. In the former, he explains in what manner we learn to judge of the conduét of our neighbour; in the latter, in what manner, by applying thefe judgments to ourfelves, we acquire a /enfe - of duty. Our moral judgments, both with refpe& to our own conduct and that of others, include two diftinét perceptions: /ix/f, A perception of conduét as right or wrong ; and, /econdly, A per- ception of the merit or demerit of the agent. To that quality of conduct which moralifts, in general, exprefs by the word ReAitude, Mr Smiru gives the name of Propriety ; and he be- gins APPENDIX. 69 gins his theory with enquiring in what it confifts, and how we are led to form the idea of it. The leading principles of his doftrine on this fubject are comprehended in the following pro- pofitions. 1. Ir is from our own experience alone, that we can form any idea of what paffes in the mind of another perfon on any particular occafion ; and the only way in which we can form this idea, is by fuppofing ourfelves in the fame circumftances with him, and conceiving how we fhould be affected if we were fo fituated. It is impoflible for us, however, to conceive ourfelves placed in any fituation, whether agreeable or other- wife, without feeling an effect of the fame kind with what would be produced by the {fituation itfelf; and of confequence the attention we give at any time to the cireumftances of our neighbour, muft affe& us fomewhat in the fame manner, al- though by no means in the fame degree, as if thefe circum- {tances were our own. Tuar this imaginary change of place with other men, is the real fource of the intereft we take in their fortunes, Mr SMITH attempts to prove by various inftances. ‘‘ When we “fee a ftroke aimed, and juft ready to fall upon the leg or arm: ** of another perfon, we naturally fhrink and draw back our “ own leg or our'own arm; and when it does fall, we feel it ** in fome meafure, and are hurt by it as well as the fufferer. ** The mob, when they are gazing at a dancer on the flack rope, ** naturally writhe and twift and balance their own bodies, as. “ they fee him do, and as they feel that they themfelves muft ** doif in his fituation.’”? The fame thing takes place, accord: ing to Mr Smiru, in every cafe in which our attention is: turn-- ed to the condition of our neighbour. “ Whatever is the paf- *€ fion which arifes from any object in the perfon principally “* concerned, an analogous emotion fprings up, at the thought “ of his fituation, in the breaft of every attentive fpectator.. “In every paffion of which the mind of man is fufceptible, “ the Account of Dr Smith. Account of Dr Smith. 40 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. “ the emotions of the by-ftander always correfpond to what, “ by bringing the cafe home to himfelf, he i since fhould be “ the fentiments of the fufferer.”’ To this principle of our nature which leads us to enter into the fituations of other men, and to partake with them in the paflions which thefe fituations have a tendency to excite, Mr SmiITH gives the name of /ympathy or fellow-feeling, which two words he employs as fynonymous. Upon fome occafions, he acknowledges, that fympathy arifes merely from the view of a certain emotion in another perfon ; but in general it arifes, not fo much from the view of the emotion, as from that of the fi- tuation which excites it. 2. A symparTuy or fellow-feeling between different perfons is always agreeable to both. When I am in a fituation which excites any paflion, it is pleafant to me to know, that the fpec- tators of my fituation enter with me into all its various circum- ftances, and are affected with them in the fame manner as I am myfelf. On the other hand, it is pleafant to the {pectator to obferve this correfpondence of his emotions with mine. 3. Wuew the fpeftator of another man’s fituation, upon bringing home to himfelf all its various circumitances, feels himfelf affected in the fame manner with the perfon principally concerned, he approves of the affection or paflion of this per- fon as juft and proper and fuitable to its object. The excep- tions which occur to this obfervation are, according to Mr SmiTH, only apparent. “ A ftranger, for example, pailes by “usin the ftreet with all the marks of the deepeft affliction ; “ and we are immediately told, that he has juft received the “ news of the death of his father. It is impoflible that, in this cafe, we fhould not approve of his grief; yet it may often happen, without any defect of humanity on our part, that, ‘* fo far from entering into the violence of his forrow, we fhould fcarce conceive the firft movements of concern upon his account. We have learned, however, from experience, 3 . * that 4PPENDIX. 71 “ that fach a misfortune naturally excites fuch a degree of for- “ row; and we know, that if we took time to examine his fi- “ tuation fully and in all its parts, we fhould, without doubt, “ moft fincerely fympathize with him. It is upon the confci- “ oufnefs of this conditional fympathy that our approbation “ of his forrow is founded, even in thofe cafes in which that “ fympathy does not actually take place; and the general rules “ derived from our preceding experience of what our fenti- * ments would commonly correfpond with, correét upon this, “as upon many other occafions, the impropriety of our prefent “* emotions.” By the propriety therefore of any affection or paflion exhi- bited by another perfon, is to be underftood its fuitablenefs to the obje&t which excites it. Of this fuitablenefs I can judge only from the coincidence of the affeCtion with that which I feel, when I conceive myfelf in the fame circumftances; and the perception of this coincidence is the foundation of the fen- timent of moral approbation. 4. ALTHOUGH, when we attend to the fituation of another perfon, and conceive ourfelves to be placed in his circumftances, an emotion of the fame kind with that which he feels, natu- rally arifes in our own mind, yet this fympathetic emotion bears but a very fmall proportion, in point of degree, to what is felt by the perfon principally concerned. In order, there- fore, to obtain the pleafure of mutual fympathy, nature teaches the fpectator to ftrive as much as he can to-raife his emotion to a level with that which the objeé&t would really produce ; and, on the other hand, fhe teaches the perfon whofe paflion this ob- ject has excited, to bring it down, as muchas he can, to a level with that of the fpeétator. 's. Upon thefe two different efforts are founded two different fets of virtues. Upon the effort of the fpetator to enter into the fituation of the perfon principally concerned, and to raife his fympathetic emotions to a level with the emotions of the actor, Account of Dr Smith, 72 HISTORY of th SOCIETY. actor, are founded the gentle, the amiable virtues ; the virtues of candid condefcenfton and indulgent humanity. Upon the effort of the perfon principally concerned to lower his own emo- tions, fo as to correfpond as nearly as poflible with thofe of the {pectator, are founded the great, the awful and re{pectable virtues; the virtues of felf-denial, of felf-government, of that command of the paffions, which fubjects all the movements of our nature to what our own dignity and honour, and the propriety of our own conduét, require. As a farther illuftration of the foregoing do@rine, Mr Smitru confiders particularly the degrees of the different paflions which are confiftent with propriety, and endeavours to fhew, that in every cafe, it is decent or indecent to exprefs a paffion ftrongly, according as mankind are difpofed or not difpofed to fympa- thize with it. It is unbecoming, for example, to exprefs ftrongly any of thofe paflions which arife from a certain condition of the body ; becaufe other men, who are not in the fame condi- tion, cannot be expected to fympathize with them. It is un- becoming to cry out with bodily pain; becaufe the fympathy felt by the {pectator bears no proportion to the acutenefs of what is felt by the fufferer. The cafe is fomewhat fimilar with thofe paflions which take their origin from a particular turn or habit of the imagination. In the cafe of the unfocial paffions of hatred and refent- ment, the fympathy of the fpectator is divided between the perfon who feels the paffion, and the perfon who is the object of it. ‘ We are concerned for both, and our fear {for what “ the one may fuffer damps our refentment for what the other “ has fuffered.’’ Hence the imperfect degree in which we fym- pathize with fuch paffions; and the propriety; when we are under their influence, of moderating their expreflion to a much greater degree than is required in the cafe of any other emotions. 2 THE APPENDIX. 93 Tue reverfe of this takes place with refpect to all the focial and benevolent affections. The fympathy of the fpe@ator with the perfon who feels them, coincides with his concern for the perfon who is the object of them. It is this redoubled fympa- thy which renders thefe affections fo peculiarly becoming and agreeable. Tue felfifh emotions of grief and joy, when they are con- ceived on account of our own private good or bad fortune, hold a fort of middle place between our focial and our unfocial paflions. They are never fo graceful as the one fet, nor fo odious as the other. Even when exceflive, they are never fo difagreeable as exceflive refentment ; becaufe no oppofite fym- pathy can ever intereft us againft them: And when moft fuit- able to their objeéts, they are never fo agreeable as impartial humanity and juft benevolence; becaufe no double fympathy can ever intereft us for them. Arter thefe general fpeculations concerning the propriety of actions, Mr SmirH examines how far the judgments of mankind concerning it are liable to be influenced in particu- _ lar cafes, by the profperous or the adverfe circumftances of the agent. The fcope of his reafoning on this fubjeét is directed to fhew, (in oppofition to the common opinion), that when there is no envy in the cafe, our propenfity to fympathize with joy is much ftronger than our propenfity to fympathize with forrow ; and, of confequence, that it is more eafy to obtain the approbation of mankind in profperity than in adverfity. From the fame principle he traces the origin of ambition, or of the defire of rank and pre-eminence ; the great object of which paffion is, to attain that fituation which fets a man moft in the view of general fympathy and attention, and gives him an eafy empire over the affections of others. Havine finifhed the analyfis of our fenfe of propriety and of impropriety, Mr SmitH proceeds to confider our fenfe of merit Vou. IIIs (K) and Account of Dr Smith Account of Dr Sniith, 74 HISTORY of th SOCIETY. and demerit; which he thinks has alfo a reference, in the firft in- ftance, not to our own characters, but to'the characters of our neighbours. In explaining the origin of this part of our mo- ral conftitution, he avails himfelf of the fame principle of fympa- thy, into which he refolves the fentiment of moral approbation. Tue words propriety and impropriety; when applied to an af- fetion of the mind, are ufed in this theory (as has been al- ready obferved) to exprefs the fuitablenefs or unfuitablenefs of the affection to its exciting cau/e. The words merit and demerit have always a reference (according to Mr Smit) to the effect which the affection tends to produce. When the tendency of an affection is beneficial, the agent appears to us a proper ob- jeét of reward ; when it is hurtful, he appears the proper objec of punifhment. Tue principles in our nature which moft directly prompt us to reward and to punifh, are gratitude and refentment. To fay of a perfon, therefore, that he is deferving of reward or of pu- nifhment,. is to fay, in other words, that he is a proper objec of gratitude or of refentment; or, which amounts to the fame thing, that he is to fome perfon or perfons the object of a gra- titude or of a refentment, which every reafonable man is ready to adopt and fympathize with. Ir is however very neceflary to obferve, that we do not tho- roughly fympathize with the gratirude of one man towards another, merely becaufe this other has been the caufe of his good fortune, unlefs he has been the caufe of it from motives which we entirely go along with. Our fenfe, therefore, of the good defert of an action, is a compounded fentiment, made up of an indirect fympathy with the perfon to whom the action is beneficial, and of a direct fympathy with the affections and motives of the agent.——The fame remark applies, mutatis mutandis, to our fenfe of demerit, or of ill-defert. From thefe principles, it is inferred, that the only aétions which appear to us deferving of reward, are actions of a bene- ficial APPENDIX, m6 ficial tendency, proceeding from proper motives; the only ac- tions which feem to deferve punifhment, are actions of a hurt- ful tendency, proceeding from improper motives. A mere want of beneficence expofes to no punifhment; becaufe the mere*want of beneficence tends to do no real pofitive evil. A man, on'the other hand, who is barely innocent, and contents himfelf with obferving ftri€tly the laws of juftice with refpect to others, can merit only that his neighbours, in their turn, fhould obferve religioufly the fame laws with refpect to him. ‘Tuese obfervations lead’ Mr Smiru to anticipate a little the fubje&t of the fecond great divifion of his work, by a fhort enquiry into the origin of our fenfe of juftice as applicable to our own’ conduct; and alfo of our fentiments of remorfe, and of good defert. Tue origin of our fenfe of juftice, as well as of all our other moral fentiments, he accounts for by méans of the prin- ciple of fympathy. When I attend only to the feelings of my own bréaft, my own happinefs’ appears to me of far greater confequence than that of all the world befides. But I am con- feious, that in this exceflive preference, other men cannot pof- fibly fympathize with me, and that to them I appear only one of the crowd, in whom they are no more interefted than in any other individual. If I wih, therefore, to fecure their fympathy and approbation, (which, according to Mr Smrtu, are the objects of the ftrongeft defire of my nature), it is ne- ceffary for me to regard my happinefs, not in that light in which’ it appears to myfelf, but in that light in which it ap- pears to mankind in general. If an unprovoked injury is of- fered to me, I know that fociety will fympathize with my re- fentment; but if I injure the interefts of another, who never injured me, merely becaufe they ftand in the way of my own, I perceive evidently, that fociety will fympathize with dis re- fentment, and that I fhall become the object of general indig- nation. (K 2) i - Wuen, Account of Dr Smith. Account of’ Dr Smith, 76 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. Wuew, upon any occafion, I am led by the violence of paf- fion to overlook thefe confiderations, and, in the cafe of a com- petition of interefts, to act according to my own feelings, and not according to thofe of impartial fpectators, I never fail to: incur the punifhment of remorfe. When my paffion is. grati-- fied, and I begin to reflect coolly on my condué, I. can. no» longer enter into the motives from which it proceeded ;. it ap-- pears as improper to. me as to the reft of the world; I lament the effects it has produced ; 1 pity the unhappy fufferer whom I have injured ; and I feel myfelf a juft object of indignation - to mankind. ‘“ Such, fays Mr Smiru, is the nature of that “‘ fentiment which is properly called remorfe. It is made up: of {hame from the fenfe of the impropriety of paft condu&; of grief for the effects of it; of pity for thofe who fuffer by. it; and of the dread and terror of punifhment from the- confcioufnefs of the juftly provoked refentment of all rae. tional creatures.” Tue oppofite behaviour of him who, from proper motives, has performed a generous action, infpires, in a fimilar manner, the oppofite fentiment of confcious merit, or of deferved re- ward. Tue foregoing obfervations contain a general fummary of Mr SmitTu’s principles with refpect to the origin of our moral fentiments, in fo far at leaft as they relate to. the conduct of others. He acknowledges, at the fame time, that the fenti- ments of which we are confcious, on particular occafions, do not always coincide with thefe principles; and that they are frequently modified by other confiderations very different from the propriety or impropriety of the affections of the agent, and alfo from the beneficial or hurtful tendency of thefe affections. The good or the bad confequences which accidentally follow from an action, and which, as they do not depend on the agent, ought undoubtedly, in point of juftice, to have no in- fluence on our opinion, either of the propriety or the merit of eter: Be ND TX, ae of his conduct, fcarcely ever fail to influence confiderably our judgment with refpec to both ; by leading us to form a good or a bad opinion of the prudence with which the action was performed, and by animating our fenfe of the merit or deme- rit of his defign. Thefe facts, however, do not furnifh any objeGtions which are peculiarly applicable to Mr Smiru’s. theory ; for whatever hypothefis we may adopt with refpect to the origin of our moral perceptions, all men muft acknow- ledge, that in fo far as the profperous or the unprofperous. event of an action depends on fortune: or on accident, it ought nei- ther to increafe nor to diminifh our moral’ approbation or dif- approbation of the agent. And accordingly it Has, in all ages of the world, been the complaint of moralifts, that the a@ual fentiments of mankind {fhould fo often be in oppofition to this equitable and indifputable maxim. In examining, therefore, this irregularity of our moral fentiments, Mr SmirH is to be- confidered, not as obviating an objeétion peculiar to his own. Accountiof Dr Smith, fyftem, but as-removing a difficulty which is equally conne@ted’ - with every theory on the fubject which has ever been propofed. So far as-I know, he is the firit philofopher who kas been fully aware of the importance of the difficulty, and he has indeed treated it with great ability and fuccefs. The explanation. which he gives of it is not warped in the leaft by any pecu- liarity in his own fcheme ; and, I muft own, it appears to me to be the moft folid and valuable improvement he has made in this branch of fcience. It is impoffible to give any abftract of it in a {ketch of this kind; and therefore I. muft content myfelf with remarking, that it confifts of three parts. The firft explains: the caufes of this irregularity of fentiment; the fecond, the extent of its influence; and the third, the im- portant purpofes to which it is fubfervient. His remarks. on. the laft of thefe heads are more particularly ingenious and pleafing ; as their object is to thew. in oppofition to what we thould. be difpofed at firft to apprehend, that when nature im- is planted Account of Dr Smith, 78 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. planted the feeds of this irregularity in the human breaft, her leading intention was, to promote the happinefs and perfection of the fpecies. ‘Tue remaining part of MrSmirn’s theory is employed in fhewing, in what manner our /enfe of duty comes to be formed, in confequence of an application to ourfelves of the judgments we have previoufly pafed on the conduct of others. In entering upon this enquiry, which is undoubtedly the moft important in the work, and for which the foregoing f{pe- culations are, according to Mr SmitTu’s theory, a neceflary pre- paration, he begins with ftating the fact concerning our con- {cioufnefs of merited praife or blame; and it muft be owned, that the firft afpect of the fact, as he himfelf ftates it, ap- pears not very favourable to his principles. That the great objeét of a wife and virtuous man is not to act in fuch a manner as to obtain the actual approbation of thofe: around him, but to a& fo as to render himfelf the juff and proper ob- ject of their approbation, and that his fatisfaction with his own conduct depends much more on the confcioufnefs of deferving this approbation than from that of really enjoying it, he can- didly acknowledges; but ftill he infifts, that although this may feem, at firft view, to intimate the exiftence of fome moral fa- culty which is not borrowed from without, our moral fenti- ments have always fome fecret reference, either to what are, or to what upon a certain condition would .be, or to what we imagine ought to be, the fentiments of others ; and that if it were poflible, that a human creature could grow up to manhood without any communication with his own fpecies, he. could no more think of his own character, or of the propriety or deme- rit of his own fentiments and condutt, than of the beauty or deformity of his own face. There is indeed a tribunal within the breaft, which is the fupreme arbiter of all our actions, and 2 which APPENDIX. 79 which often mortifies us amidft the applaufe, and fupports us under the cenfure of the world ; yet ftill, he contends, that if we enquire into the origin of its inftitution, we fhall find, that its jurifdi€tion is, ina great meafure, derived from the authority of that very tribunal whofe decifions it fo often and: fo juftly reverfes. WueEN we firft come into the world, we, for fome time; fondly purfue the impoffible project of gaining the good-will and approbation of every body. We foon however find, that this univerfal approbation is unattainable; that the moft equi- table conduct muft frequently thwart the interefts or the incli- nations of particular perfons, who will feldom have candour enough to enter into the propriety of our motives, or to fee that this conduct, how difagreeable foever to them, is perfectly fuitable to our fituation. In order to defend ourfelves from fuch partial judgments, we foon learn to fet up in our own minds, a judge between ourfelves and thofe we live with. We: conceive ourfelves as acting in the prefence of a perfon; who: has no particular relation, either to ourfelves, or to:thofe whofe interefts are affected by our conduct ; and we ‘ftudy to a@ in fuch a manner as to obtain the approbation of this fuppofed impartial fpectator. It is only by confulting him, that we can fee whatever relates to ourfelves in its proper fhape and dimen- fions. THERE are two different occafions, on which -we examine. our own conduct, and endeavour to view it in the light in which the impartial fpe@ator would view it. Firft, when we are about to act; and, fecondly, after we have acted. In both. cafes, our views are very apt to be partial. WHEN we are about to a¢t, the eagernefs of paffion feldom: allows us to confider what we are doing with the candour of an indifferent perfon. When the action is over, and the paf- fions which prompted it have fubfided, although we can un- doubtedly enter into the fentiments of the indifferent {pectator much Account of: Dr Smith. Account of Dr Smith. $0 HISTORY of the SOGIETY. much more coolly than before, yet it is fo difagreeable to us to think ill of ourfelves, that we often purpofely turn away our view from thofe circumftances which might render ‘our judgment unfavourable.—Hence that felf-deceit which is the fource of half the diforders of human life. In order to guard ourfelves againft its delufions, ‘nature leads us to form infenfibly, by our continual obfervations upon the condudét of others, certain general rules concerning what is fit and proper either to be done or avoided. Some of their actions fhock all our natural fentiments; and when we obferve other people affected in the fame manner with ourfelves, we are con- firmed in the belief, that our difapprobation was juft. We na- turally therefore lay it down as a general rule. that all fuch ac- tions are to be avoided, as tending to render us odious, con- temptible or punifhable; and we endeavour, by habitual re- flection, to fix this general rule in our minds, in order to cor- rect the mifreprefentations of felf-love, if we fhould ever be called on to act in fimilar circumftances. The man of furious refentment, if he was to liften to the dictates of that paflion, would perhaps regard the death of his enemy as but a {mall compenfation for a trifling wrong. But his obfervations on the conduct of others have taught him how horrible fuch fan- guinary revenges are; and he has imprefled it on his mind as an invariable rule, to abftain from them upon all occafions. This rule preferves its. authority with him, checks the impetuo- fity of his paflion, and corrects the partial views which felf- love fuggefts ; although, if this had been the firft time in which he confidered fuch an action, he would undoubtedly have de- termined it to be juft and proper, and what every impartial fpectator would approve of.—A regard to fuch general. rules of morality conftitutes, according to Mr Smiru, what is properly called the fenfe of duty. I perore hinted, that Mr Smiru does not reject entirely from his fyftem that principle of utzlity, of which the percep- I tion WA“POP. Ex NoD I. Xx, St tion in any action or character conftitutes, according to Mr Hume, the fentiment of moral approbation. That no quali- ties of the mind are approved of as virtuous, but fuch as are ufeful or agreeable, either to the perfon himfelf or to others, he admits to be a propofition that holds univerfally ; and he alfo admits, that the fentiment of approbation with which we re- gard virtue, is'enlivened by the perception of this utility, or, as he explains the fact, it is enlivened by our fympathy with the happinefs of thofe to whom the utility extends : But {till he infifts, that it is not the view of this utility which is either the firft or principal fource of moral approbation. To fum up the whole of his do&rine in a few words. ‘* When we approve of any character or action, the fentiments “ which we feel are derived from four different fources. Firft, we fympathize with the motives of the agent; fecondly, we enter into the gratitude of thofe who receive the benefit of * his actions ; thirdly, we obferve that his condué&t has been ‘* agreeable to the general rules by which thofe two fympathies generally act ; and, laftly, when we confider fuch aétions as making a part of ady{tem of behaviour which tends to pro- mote the happinefs, either of the individual or of fociety, they appear to derive a beauty from this utility, not un- like that which we afcribe to any well-contrived machine.” Thefe different fentiments, he thinks, exhauft completely, in every inftance that can be fuppofed, the compounded fentiment of moral approbation. “ After deducting, fays he, in any one “ particular cafe, all that muft be acknowledged to proceed from fome one or other of thefe four principles, I fhould be _overplus to be afcribed to a moral fenfe, or to any other pe- culiar faculty, provided any body will afcertain precifely what this overplus is.” pMObe TMs yslqisecing ait ; (L)i. - Mr 4< ae glad to know what remains; and 1. {hall freely allow this: Accolint of Dr Sziith, 82 HISTORY of th SOCIETY. eres Sig Mr Smitu’s opinion concerning the nature of Virtue, is in- ; volved in his Theory concerning the principle of moral appro- bation. The idea of virtue, he thinks, always implies the idea of propriety, or of the fuitablenefs of the affection to the obje& which excites it; which fuitablenefs, according to him, can be determined in no other way than by the fympathy of impartial f{pectators with the motives of the agent. But ftill he appre- hends, that this defcription of virtue is incomplete; for al- though in every virtuous action propriety is an effential ingre- dient, it is not always the fole ingredient. Beneficent ations have in them another quality, by which they appear, not only to deferve approbation, but recompenfe, and excite a fuperior degree of efteem, arifing from a double fympathy with the mo- tives of the agent, and the gratitude of thofe who are the objects of his affeCtion. In this refpe&, beneficence appears to him to be diftinguifhed from the inferior virtues of prudence, vigilance, circumfpection, temperance, conftancy, firmnefs, which are al- ways regarded with approbation, but which confer no merit. This diftin@tion, he apprehends, has not been fufficiently at- tended to by moralifts ; the principles of fome affording no ex- planation of the approbation we beftow on the inferior virtues ; and thofe of others accounting as imperfectly for the peculiar excellency which the fupreme virtue of beneficence is acknow- ledged to poffefs. Sucu are the outlines of Mr Smiru’s Theory of Moral Sen- timents ; a work which, whatever opinion we may entertain of the yuftnefs of its conclufions, muft be allowed by all to be a fingular effort of invention, ingenuity and fubtilty. For my own part, I muft confefs, that it does not coincide with my notions concerning the foundation of Morals; but I am convinced, at the fame time, that it contains a large mixture of important truth, and that, although the author has fometimes been mifled by too great a defire of generalizing his principles, he has had 3 the APPENDIX. ~ oer. the merit of direéting the attention of philofophers to a view of human nature which had formerly, in a great meafure, efcaped their notice. Of the great proportion of juft and found rea- foning which the theory involves, its ftriking plaufibility is a fufficient proof; for as the author himfelf has remarked, no fyftem im morals can well gain our affent, if it does not bor- der, in fome refpe&ts, upon the truth. “ A fyftem of natural philofophy, (he obferves), may appear very plaufible, and be for a long time very generally received in the world, and yet have no foundation in nature; but the author who fhould aflign' as the caufe of any natural fentiment, fome principle which neither had any connection with it, nor refembled any other principle which had fome fuch connection, would ap- pear abfurd and ridiculous to the moft injudicious and un- experienced, reader.’’ The merit, however, of Mr Smiru’s performance does not reft here. No work, undoubtedly, can be mentioned, ancient or modern, which exhibits fo complete a view of thofe facts with refpec to our moral perceptions, which it is one great obje&t of this branch of {cience to refer to their general laws; and upon this account, it well deferves the care- ful ftudy of all whofe tafte leads them to profecute fimilar en- quiries: Thefe facts are indeed frequently exprefled in a lan- guage which involves the author’s peculiar theories: But they are always prefented in the moft happy and beautiful lights ; and it is eafy for an attentive reader, by {tripping them of hy- pothetical terms, to {tate them to himfelf with that logical pre- cifion, which, in fuch very difficult difquifitions, can alone con- dué us with certainty to the truth. Ir is proper to obferve farther, that with the theoretical doc- trines of the book, there are every where interwoven, with fin- gular tafte and addrefs, the pureft and moft elevated maxims concerning the practical conduét of life; and that it abounds throughout with interefting and inftrudtive delineations of cha- racters and manners. A confiderable part of it too is employe (L 2) in Lal . a n ca n ” n se Account of Dr Smith, Account of Dr Smith, 84 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. in collateral enquiries, which, upon every hypothefis that can be formed concerning the foundation of morals, are of equal importance. Of this kind is the fpeculation formerly men- tioned, with refpect to the influence of fortune on our moral fentiments, and another fpeculation, no lefs valuable, with re- {pect to the influence of cuftom-and fafhion on the fame part of our conftitution. Tue ftyle in which Mr Situ has conveyed the fundamental principles on which his theory refts, does not feem to me to be fo perfectly fuited to the fubject as that which he employs on moft other occafions. In communicating ideas which are ex- tremely abftract and fubtile, and about which it is hardly poffi- ble to reafon correctly, without the {crupulous ufe of appro- priated terms, he fometimes prefents to us a choice of words, by no means ftrictly fynonymous, fo as to divert the attention from a precife and fteady conception of his propofition ; and a fimilar effect is, in other inftances, produced by that diverfity of forms which, in the courfe of his copious and feducing compofition, the fame truth infenfibly affumes. When the fub- ject of his work leads him to addrefs the imagination and the heart; the variety and felicity of his illuftrations; the rich- nefs and fluency of his eloquence; and the {kill with which he wins the attention and commands the paffions of his readers, leave him, among our Englifh moralifts, without a rival. Tue Differtation on the Origin of Languages, which now forms a part of the fame volume with the Theory of Moral Sentiments, was, I believe, firft annexed to the fecond edition of that work. It is an eflay of great ingenuity, and on which the author himfelf fet a high value; but, in a general review of APPENDIX. 85 of his publications, it deferves our attention lefs, on account of the opinions it contains, than as a fpecimen of a particular fort of enquiry, which, fo far as I know, is entirely of modern origin, and which feems, in a peculiar degree, to have interefted Mr Smiru’s curiofity. Something very fimilar to it may be traced in all his different works, whether moral, political, or li- terary ; and on all thefe fubjects he has exemplified it with the happieft fuccefs. WueEv, in fuch a period of fociety as that in which we live, “we compare our intellectual acquirements, our opinions, man- ners, and inftitutions, with thofe which prevail among rude tribes, it cannot fail to occur to us as an interefting queftion, by what gradual fteps the tranfition has been made from the firft fimple efforts of uncultivated nature, to a ftate of things fo wonderfully artificial and complicated. Whence has arifen that fyftematical beauty which we admire in the ftru€ture of a cultivated language; that analogy which runs through the texture of languages fpoken by the moft remote and unconneét- ed nations ; and thofe peculiarities by which they are all di- ftinguifhed from each other? Whence the origin of the diffe- rent fciences and of the different arts; and by what chain has the mind been led from their firft rudiments to their laft and moft refined improvements? Whence the aftonifhing fabric of the political union ; the fundamental principles which are com- mon to all governments; and.the different forms which civi- lized fociety has affumed in different ages of the world? On moft of thefe fubjeéts very little information is to be expected from hiftory ; for long before that ftage of fociety when men begin to think of recording their tranfaions, many of the moft important fteps of their progrefs have been made. A few infulated faéts may perhaps be collected from the cafual obfer- vations of travellers, who have viewed the arrangements of rude nations ; but nothing, itis evident, can be obtained in this way, which Account of Dr Smith. Account of Dr Smith. 86 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. ‘which approaches to a regular and connected detail of human improvement, Iw this want of direét evidence, we are under a neceflity of fupplying the place of fact by conjecture ; and when we are unable to afcertain how men have actually conducted them- felves upon particular occafions, of confidering in what manner they are likely to have proceeded, from the principles of their nature, and the circumftances of their external fituation. In fuch enquiries, the detached facts which travels and voyages afford us, may frequently ferve as land marks to our fpecula- tions; and fometimes our conclufions 4 priori, may tend to con- firm thé-credibilityof faéts, which, on a fuperficial view, ap- peared to be doubtful or incredible. Nor are fuch theoretical views of human affairs fubfervient merely to the gratification of curiofity. In examining the hi- {tory of mankind, as well as in examining the phenomena of the material world, when we cannot trace the procefs by which an event has been produced, it is often of importance to be able to fhew how it may have been produced by natural caufes. Thus, in the inftance which has fuggefted thefe remarks, although it is impoflible to determine with certainty what the fteps were by which any particular language was formed, yet if we can fhew, from the known principles of human nature, how all its various parts might gradually have arifen, the mind is not only toa certain degree fatisfied, but a check is given to that indolent phi- lofophy, which refers to a miracle, whatever appearances, both in the natural and moral worlds, it is unable to explain. To this fpecies of philofophical inveftigation, which has no appropriated name in our language, I fhall take the liberty of giving the title of Theoretical or Conjectural Hiftory; an expref- fion which coincides pretty nearly in its meaning with that of Natural Hiftory, as employed by Mr Hume*, and with what fome French writers have called Hi/toire Rai/fonée. THE * See his Natural Hiftory of Religion. APPENDIX. 87 THE mathematical fciences, both pure and mixed, afford, in many of their branches, very favourable fubjects for theoreti- cal hiftory ; and a very competent judge, the late M. d’ALem- BERT, has recommended this arrangement of their elementary principles, which is founded on the natural fucceffion of inven- tions and difcoveries, as the beft adapted for interefting the curiofity and exercifing the genius of ftudents. The fame au- thor points out as a model a paflage in Montuctia’s Hiftory of Mathematics, where an attempt is made to exhibit the gra- dual progrefs of philofophical fpeculation, from the firft con- clufions fuggefted by a general furvey of the heavens, to the do@trines of Copernicus. It is fomewhat remarkable, that a theoretical hiftory of this very fcience, (in which we have, perhaps, a better opportunity than in any other inftance what- ever, of comparing the natural advances of the mind with the aétual fucceflion of hypothetical fyftems), was one of Mr SmiTH’s earlieft compofitions, and is one of the very {mall number of his manufcripts which he did not deftroy before his death. I arreapy hinted, that enquiries perfeétly analogous to thefe may be applied to the modes of government, and to the municipal inftitutions which have obtained among different na- tions. It is but lately, however, that thefe important fubjects have been confidered in this point of view; the greater part of politicians before the time of Montesquieu, having content- ed themfelves with an hiftorical ftatement of faéts, and with a vague reference of laws to the wifdom of particular legiflators, or to accidental circumftances, which it is now impoflible to af- certain. MownTeEsquieu, on the contrary, confidered laws as originating chiefly from the circumftances of fociety ; and at- tempted to account, from the changes in the condition of man- kind, which take place in the different ftages of their progrefs, for the ee ae alterations which their inftitutions un- dergg.. Account of Dr Smith. Account of Dr Smith. 88 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. dergo. It is thus, that in his occafional elucidations of the Ro- man jurifprudence, inftead of bewildering himfelf among the erudition of fcholiafts and of antiquaries, we frequently find him borrowing his lights from the moft remote and unconnet- ed quarters of the globe, and combining the cafual obfervations of illiterate travellers and navigators, into a philofophical com- mentary on the hiftory of law and of manners. Tue advances made in this line of enquiry fince MonTEs- qu1Eu’s time have been great. Lord Kanes, in his Hiftorical Law Traéts, has given fome excellent fpecimens of it, particu- larly in his Eflays on the Hiftory of Property and of Criminal Law, and many ingenious fpeculations of the fame kind occur in the works of Mr Mitrar. . In Mr SmitTH’s writings, whatever be the nature of his fub- ject, he feldom miffes an opportunity of indulging his curiofity, in tracing from the principles of human nature, or from the circum{tances of fociety, the origin of the opinions and the in- ftitutions which he defcribes. I formerly mentioned a fragment concerning the hiftory of aftronomy which he has left for publi- cation ; and I have heard him fay more than once, that he had projected, in the earlier part of his life, a hiftory of the other {ciences on the fame plan. In his Wealth of Nations, various difquifitions are introduced which have a like obje¢t in view ; particularly the theoretical delineation he has given of the na- tural progrefs of opulence in a country; and his inveftigation of the canfes which have inverted this order in the different countries of modern Europe. His lectures on jurifprudence feem, from the account of them formerly given, to have a- bounded in fuch enquiries. I Am informed by the fame gentleman who favoured me with the account of Mr Smiru’s lectures at Glafgow, that he had heard him fometimes hint an intention of writing a treatife upon the Greek and Roman republics. ‘‘ And after all that has been pu- “ blithed on that fubject, [am convinced, (fays he), that the I “ obfervations APPENDIX. 89 obfervations of Mr Smirn would have fuggefted many new and important views concerning the internal and domeftic circumftances of thofe nations, which would have difplayed their feveral fyftems of policy, in a light much lefs artificial than that in which they have hitherto appeared.” Tue fame turn of thinking was frequently, in his focial hours, applied to more familiar fubjects ; and the fanciful theo- ries which, without the leaft affeCtation of ingenuity, he was continually ftarting upon all the common topics of difcourfe, gave to his converfation a novelty and variety that were quite inexhauftible. Hence too the minutenefs and accuracy of his knowledge on many trifling articles, which, in the courfe of his {peculations, he had been led to confider from fome new and interefting point of view; and of which his lively and circum- ftantial defcriptions amufed his friends the more, that he feem- ed to be habitually inattentive, in fo remarkable a degree, to what was pafling around him. I nave been led into thefe remarks by the Differtation on the Formation of Languages, which exhibits a very beautiful {pecimen of theoretical hiftory, applied to a fubject equally cu- rious and difficult. The analogy between the train of thinking from which it has taken its rife, and that which has fuggefted a variety of his other difquifitions, will, I hope, be a fufficient apology for the length of this digreflion; more particularly, as it will enable me to fimplify the account which I am to give afterwards, of his enquiries concerning political ceconomy. I suaAxx only obferve farther on this head, that when dif- ferent theoretical hiftories are propofed by different writers, of the progrefs of the human mind in any one line of exertion, thefe theories are not always to be underftood as ftanding in op- pofition to each other. If the progrefs delineated in all of them be plaufible, it is poffible at leaft, that they may all have been realized; for human affairs never exhibit, in any two in- ftances, a perfect uniformity. But whether they have been reali- zed or no, is often a queftion of little confequence. In moft cafes Vou. III. (M) it Account of Dr Smith. Account of Dr Smith. 90 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. it is of more importance to afcertain the progrefs that is moft fim-. ple, than the progrefs that is moft agreeable to fact; for, para- doxical as the propofition may appear, itis certainly true, that the real progrefs i is not always the moft natural. It may have. been determined by particular accidents, which are not likely again to occur, and which cannot be confidered as forming any. part of that general provifion which. nature has made for the: improvement of the race.. {wn order to make fome amends for the length (I'am afraid 1’ may add for the tedioufnefs) of this fection, I fhall fubjoin to it an original letter of Mr Hume’s, addrefled to. Mr Smiru, foon after the publication.of his Theory. It is ftrongly mark- ed with that eafy and affectionate pleafantry which diftinguifh- ed Mr Humsg’s epiftolary correfpondence, and is. entitled to a place in this Memoir, on account of its connection with an im- portant event of Mr SmitTu’s life, which foon after removed him into a new-fcene, and influenced, to a confiderable degree, the fubfequent courfe of his ftudies.—The letter is dated from: London, 12th April 1759-. “. T grve you thanks for the agreeable prefent of your: Theory. WeEpprRBurN and I made prefents of our copies to. fuch of our acquaintances as we thought good judges, and pro- per to fpread the reputation. of the book. I fent one to the: Duke of ArcyLe, to Lord LytrzetTon, Horaczt Wa.prote, SoaME JENNYNS, and Burke, an Irifh Gentleman, who wrote lately a very pretty treatife on, the Sublime. Muxxar defired. my permiffion to fend one in your name to Dr WarsurRToON. I have delayed writing to you till I could tell you fomething of © the fuccefs of the book, and could prognofticate with fome pro- bability, whether it fhould be finally damned to oblivion, or I fhould MPPOP BUND TX, or thould be regiftered in the temple of immortality. Though it has been publifhed only a few weeks, I think there appear al- ready fuch {trong fymptoms, that I can almoft venture to fore- tel its fate. It is in fhort this————— But I have been in- terrupted in my letter by a foolifh impertinent vifit of one who has lately come from Scotland. He tells me that the Univer- fity of Glafgow intend to declare Rovet’s office vacant, upon his going abroad with Lord Hore. I queftion not. but you will have our friend Fercuson in your eye, in cafe another project for procuring him a place in the Univerfity of Edin- burgh fhould fail. Fercuson has very much polifhed and improved his treatife on Refinement *,’and with fome amend- ments it will make an admirable book, and difcovers an elegant and a fingular genius. The Epigoniad, I hope, will do; but it is fomewhat up-hill work. As I doubt not but you confult the Reviews fometimes at prefent, you will fee in the Critical Re- view a letter upon that poem ; and I defire you to employ your conjectures in finding out the author: Let me fee a fample of your fkill in knowing hands by your guefling at the perfon. I am afraid of Lord Kames’s Law Traéts. A man might as well think of making a fine fauce by a mixture of wormwood and "aloes, as an agreeable compofition by joining metaphyfics and Scotch law. However, the book, I believe, has’ merit; though few people will take the pains of diving into it. But, to re- turn to your book, and its fuccefs in this town, I muft tell you-————_ A plague of interruptions! I ordered myfelf to -be denied ; and yet here is one that has broke in upon me again. He is a man of letters, and we have had a good deal of literary ‘converfation. You told me that you was curious of literary anecdotes, and therefore | fhall inform you of a few that have come to my knowledge. I believe I have mentioned to you al- ready Hetvetius’s book de /’E/prit. It is worth your read- (M 2) ing, * Publithed afterwards under the title of “ An Effay on the Hiftory of Civil Society.” Account of Dr Smith, Account of Dr Smith. 92 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. ing, not for its philofophy, which I do not highly value, but for its agreeable compotition. I had a letter from him a few days ago, wherein he tells me that my name was much oftener in the manufcript, but that the Cenfor of books at Paris obliged him to ftrike it out. Worrarre has lately publifhed a. fmall work called Candide, ou l’Optimifme. I fhall give youa detail of it But what is all this to my book? fay you.—My dear Mr Smrru, have patience: Compofe yourfelf to tranquillity : Shew yourfelf a philofopher in prac- tice as well as profeflion: Think on the emptinefs, and rafh- nefs, and futility of the common judgments of men: How little they are regulated by reafon in any fubject, much more in philofophical fubjeéts, which fo far exceed the comprehenfion of the vulgar. ; Non fi quid turbida Roma, Elevet, accedas : examenve improbum in illa Cafliges trutina: nec te quefiveris extra, A wife man’s kingdom is his own breaft; or, if he ever looks farther, it will only be to the judgment of a felect few, who are free from prejudices, and capable of examining his work. Nothing indeed can be a ftronger prefumption of falfehood than the approbation of the multitude; and Puocron, you know, always fufpected himfelf of fome blunder, when he was attended with the applaufes of the populace. ‘“* SupposING, therefore, that you have duely prepared your- felf for the worft by all thefe refleCtions, I proceed to tell you the melancholy news, that your book has been very unfortu- nate; for the public feem difpofed to applaud it extremely. It was looked for by the foolifh people with fome impatience ; and the mob of literati are beginning already to be very loud in its praifes. Three Bifhops called yefterday at Mitiar’s fhop in order to buy copies, and to afk queftions about the author. The APPENDIX. 93 The Bifhop of Perersoroucs faid he had pafled the evening in a company where he heard it extolled above all books in the world. The Duke of ARGYLE is more decifive than he ufes to be, in its favour. I fuppofe he either confiders it as an exotic, or thinks the author will be ferviceable to him in the Glafgow elections. Lord LyTrieron fays, that Robertson and Smita and Bower are the glories of Englifh literature. OswaLp pro- tefts he does not know whether he has reaped more inftruétion or entertainment from it. But you may eafily judge what re- liance can be put on his judgment, who has been engaged all his life in public bufinefs, and who never fees any faults in his. friends. MrLxLar exults and brags that two thirds of the edi- tion are already fold, and that he is now fure of fuccefs. You fee what a fon of the earth that is, to value books only by the profit they bring him. In that view, I believe it may prove a very good book. “ CHARLES TOWNSEND, who pafles for the clevereft fellow in England, is fo taken with the performance, that he faid ‘to OswALpD he would put the Duke of BuccLeuGu under the Au- thor’s care, and would make it worth his while to ‘accept of that charge. As foon as I heard this, I called on him twice, with a view of talking with him about the matter, and of con- vincing him of the propriety of fending that young Nobleman to Glafgow: For I could not hope, that he could offer you any terms which would tempt you to renounce your Profeflorfhip : But I miffed him. Mr TowNnsenp pafles for being a little un- certain in his refolutions ; fo perhaps yow need. not build much. on this fally. “In recompence for fo many mortifying things, which nothing but truth could have extorted from me, and which I could eafily have multiplied to a greater number, I doubt not but you are fo good a Chriftian as to return good for evil; and. to flatter my vanity by telling me, that all the godly in Scot- land. Account of Dr Smith, Account of Dr Smith, 94 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. land abufe me for my account of Joun Knox and the Reforma- tion. I fuppofe you are glad to fee my paper end, and that I am obliged to conclude with Your Humble Servant, Davip Hume.” S ExG/ BAG eelik: From the Publication of The Theory of Moral Sentiments, ‘zd/ that of The Wealth of Nations. A FTER the publication of the Theory of Moral Senti- ments, Mr SmiruH remained four years at Glafgow, difcharging his official duties with unabated vigour, and with increafing reputation. During that time, the plan of his lec- tures underwent a confiderable change. His ethical do¢trines, of which he had now publifhed fo valuable a part, occupied a much fmaller portion of the courfe than formerly ; and ac- cordingly,*his attention was naturally directed to a more com- plete illuftration of the principles of jurifprudence and of po- litical ceeconomy. To this laft fubje@t, his thoughts appear to have been occa- fionally turned from a very early period of-life. It is proba- ble, that the uninterrupted friendfhip he had always maintain- ed with his old companion Mr Oswatp*, had fome tendency to encourage him in profecuting this branch of his ftudies ; and the * Sincz the firft feGtion was printed, I find that I have committed a flight inac- curacy in mentioning Mr Oswatp and Mr Smiru as fchool-fellows. “The former was born in 1715; the latter in 1723. It appears, however, that their intimacy had commenced before Mr Smiru went to the Univerfity. APPENDIX. 95 the publication of Mr Hume’s political difcourfes in the year 1752, could not fail to confirm him in thofe liberal views of commercial policy which had already opened to him in the courfe of his own enquiries. His long refidence in one of the: moft enlightened mercantile towns in this ifland, and the ha- bits of intimacy in which he lived with the moft refpe@able of its inhabitants, afforded him an opportunity of deriving what commercial information he ftood in need of, from the beft fources ; and it is a circumftance no- lefs honourable to their liberality than to his talents, that notwithftanding the reluc- tance fo common among men of bufinefs to liften to the con- clufions of mere fpeculation, and the direct oppofition of his. leading principles to:all the old maxims of trade, he was able, before he quitted his fituation in the Univerfity, to rank fome’ very eminent merchants in the number of his profelytes.*..~ Amonc the ftudents who attended his lectures, and whofe: ' minds were not previoufly warped by prejudice, the’ progrefs. of his opinions, it may be reafonably fuppofed, was much: more rapid. It was this clafs of his friends accordingly that firft adopted his fyftem with eagernefs, and diffufed a know- ledge of its fundamental principles over this part of the king- dom. _ Towarons the end of 1763, Mr SmirH received an invita- tion from Mr Cuarxes TowNsEND to accompany the Duke of. BuccLeuGH on his travels ; and the liberal terms in which the: propofal was made to him, added to the ftrong defire he had felt of vifiting the Continent of Europe, induced him to refign. his office at Glafgow. With the conne@tion which he was led to form in confequence of this change in his fituation, he had reafon to be fatisfied in an uncommon degree, and he always fpoke of it with pleafure and gratitude. To the public, it was not perhaps a change equally fortunate; as it interrmpted that. ftudious * I mention this fa& on the refpectable authority of James Rircure, Efq; of: Glafgow. . g, g ae” mm Account of Dr Smith, Account of Dr Smith, 96 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. ftudious leifure for which nature feems to have deftined him, and in which alone he could have hoped to accomplifh thofe li- terary projects which had flattered the ambition of his youthful genius. Tue alteration, however, which, from this period, took place in his habits, was not without its advantages. He had hitherto lived chiefly within the walls of an Univerfity ; and although to a mind like his, the obfervation of human nature on the fmalleft fcale is fufficient to convey a tolerably juft con- ception of what pafles on the great theatre of the world, yet it is, not to be doubted, that the variety of fcenes through which he afterwards paffed, muft have enriched his mind with many new ideas, and correéted many of thofe mifapprehenfions of life and manners which the beft defcriptions of them can {carce- ly fail to convey.—But whatever were the lights that his travels afforded to him as a ftudent of human nature, they were pro- bably ufeful in a ftill greater degree, in enabling him to perfect that fyftem.of political economy, of which he had already de- livered the principles in his le@ures at Glafgow, and which it was now the leading object of his ftudies to prepare for the pu- blic. The coincidence between fome of thefe principles and the diftingnifhing tenets of the French Oeconomifts, who were at that very time in the height of their reputation, and the in- timacy in which he lived with fome of the leaders of that fect, could not fail to affift him in methodizing and digefting his {peculations ; while the valuable collection of facts, accumu- lated by the zealous induftry of their numerous adherents, fur- nifhed him with ample materials for illuftrating and confirm- ing his theoretical conclufions. _ ArTer leaving Glafgow, Mr Smitru joined the Duke of Buccieucu at London early in the year 1764, and fet out with him for the Continent in the month of March following. At Do- ver they were met by Sir James MAcDoNALD, who accompa- nied them to Paris, and with whom Mr Smrtu laid the foun- 2 dation a APPENDIX. Ay dation of a friendfhip, which he always mentioned with great fenfibility, and of which he often lamented the fhort duration. The panegyrics with which the memory of this accomplifhed and amiable perfon has been honoured by fo many diftinguifh- ed charaéters in the different countries of Europe, are a proof how well fitted his talents were to command general admira- tion. The efteem in which his abilities and learning were held by Mr Smits, is ‘a teftimony to his extraordinary merit of ftill fuperior value. Mr Hume, too, feems, in this inftance, to have partaken of his friend’s enthufiafm. “ Were you and “ | together, (fays he in a letter to Mr SmirH), we fhould “ {hed tears at prefent for the death of poor Sir James Mac- “ ponaLp. We could not poffibly have fuffered a greater lofs *« than in that valuable young man.” In this firft vifit to Paris, the Duke of Buccteven and Mr SMITH employed only ten or Rueire days *, after which they proceeded. * Tue day after his arrival at Paris, Mr SmiH.fent a formal refignation of his- Profefforfhip to the Reétor of the Univerfity of Glafgow. “ I. never was more anxious (fays he in the conclufion of this letter) for the good of the College, «© than at this moment; and I fincerely with, that whoever is my ‘fucceffor may not ** only do credit to the office by. his abilities, but be a comfort, to: the very excel- « Jent men with whom he is likely to fpend. his life, by the probity of his heart,. “* and the goodnefs of bis temper.” Tue following extraét from the records of the Univerfity, which follows imme- diately after Mr Smitn’s letter of refignation, is at once ateftimony to his affiduity -as a Profeffor, and a proof of the juft fenfe which that learned body entertained of. the talents and worth of. the colleague they: had loft... ‘«‘ Tue Meeting accept of Dr Smitn’s refignation, in terms of the above letter; “ and the office of Profeffor of Moral Philofophy in this Univerfity is therefore: “ hereby declared. tobe vacant. The Univerfity, at the fame time, cannot help a expreffing their fincere regret at the removal of Dr Smiru, whofe diftinguilhed | ‘© probity. and. amiable qualities procured. him the efteem and affection of his col- “ leagues ; and whofe uncommon genius, great abilities, and extenfive learning, did « {fo much honour to thisfociety ; his elegant and ingenious Theory of Moral Sen- timents having recommended him to the efteem of men of talte and literature: Vou. HL. ; QW), ‘ throughout Account of | Dr Smith; 98 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. Ace proceeded to Thouloufe, where they fixed their refidence for eighteen months; and where, in addition to the pleafure of an agreeable fociety, Mr Smit# had an opportunity of- correcting and extending his information concerning the internal policy of France, by the intimacy in which he lived with fome of the principal perfons of the Parliament. From Thouloufe they went, by a pretty extenfive tour, through the fouth of France to Geneva. Here they pafled two months. The late Earl Sranuope, for whofe learning and worth Mr Smitu entertained a fincere refpeét, was then an inhabitant of that republic. Asout Chriftmas 1765, they returned to Paris, and remain- ed there till OGober following. The fociety in which Mr Smiru fpent thefe ten months, may be conceived from the ad- vantages he enjoyed, in confequence of the recommendations of MrHume. Turcor, Queswar, Necker, d’ALEMBERT, HEL- . veTius, MARMONTEL, Madame Riccosonl, were among the number of his acquaintances; and fome of them he continued ever afterwards to reckon among his friends. From Madame d’ANVILLE, the refpectable mother of the late excellent and much lamented Duke of RocneroucauLp *, he received many attentions, which he always recollected with particular grati- tude. Ir is much to be regretted, that he preferved no journal of this very interefting period of his hiftory; and fuch was his averfion “throughout Europe. His happy talent in illuftrating abftrafted f{ubjeéts, and — “ faithful afliduity in communicating ufeful knowledge, diftinguifhed him as a Pro- “ feffor, and at once afforded the greateft pleafure and the moft important inftruction ** to the youth under his care.” * Tuer following letter, which has been very accidentally preferved, while it ferves as a memorial of Mr Smitn’s conneétion with the family of RocuEFov- CAULD, is fo expreffive of the virtuous and liberal mind of the writer, that I am perfuaded it will give pleafure to the Society to record it in their Tranfactions. “ Paris, APPENDIX. 99 averfion to write letters, that I fcarcely fuppofe any memorial of it exifts in his correfpondence with his friends. The extent and accuracy of his memory, in which he was equalled by few, made “ Paris, 3. Mars 1778: * Le defir de fe rappeller 4 votre fouvenir, Monfieur, quand on a eu l’honneur de vous connoitre, doit vous paroitre fort naturel; permettez que nous faififlions pour cela, ma Mére et moi, Voccafion d’une edition nouvelle des Mawimes de la Rochefoucauéd,dont nous prenons la liberté de vous offrir unexemplaire. Vous voyez que nous n’avons point de rancune, puifque le mal que vous avez dit de lui dans la Théorie des Sentimens Moraux, ne nous empeche point de vous envoier ce méme ouvrage. Il s’en eft méme fallu de peu que je ne fifle encore plus, car j’avois eu peutétre la témérite d’entreprendre une tradu@tion de votre Théorie; mais comme je venois de terminer la premiere partie, j’ai vu paroitre la traduction de M. Abbé BiaveET, et j’ai été forcé de renoncer au plaifir que j’aurois eu de faire pafler dans ma langue un des meilleurs ouvrages de la votre. “ Ix auroit bien fallu pour lors entreprendre une juftification de mon grandpére. Peutétre n’auroit-il pas été difficile, premierement de l’excufer, en difant, qu’il avoit toujours vu les hommes a la Cour, et dans la guerre civile, deux théatres fur Jef- quels ils font certainement plus mauvais qu’ailleurs ;. et enfuite de juftifier par la con- duite perfonelle de l’auteur, les principes qui font certainement trop généralifés dans _ fon ouvrage. Il a pris la partie pour le tout ; et parceque les gens qu'il avoit eu le plus fous les yeux €toient animés par /’amour propre, il en a fait le mobile général de tous les hommes. Au refte, quoique fon ouvrage merite a certains égards d’étre combattu, il-eft cependant eftimable méme pour le fond, et beaucoup pour la forme. “« PeRMETTEZ moi de vous ‘demander, fi nous aurons bientét une édition com- plette des euvres de votre illuftre ami M. Hume ?: Nous l’avons fincérement re- gretté. i ‘ “« RECEVEZ, je vous fupplie, l’expreffion fincére de tous les fentimens d’eftime et dattachement avec lefquels j’ai Yhonneur d’étre, Monfieur, votre trés humble et trés obeiffant ferviteur, Le Duc de.la RocuEFroucauLp.” Mr Smitn’s laft intercourfe with this excellent man was in the year 1789, when he informed him by means of a friend who. happened to be then at Paris, that in the future editions. of his Tdeory the name of RocHEFoucAuLD fhould be no (N 2) é longer Account of Dr Smith, Account of Dr Smith. I00 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. made it of little confequence to himfelf to record in writing what he heard or faw; and from his anxiety before his death to deftroy all the papers in his pofleflion, he feems to have with- ed, that no materials fhould remain for his biographers, but what were furnifhed by the lafting monuments of his genius, and the exemplary worth of his private life. Tue fatisfaction he enjoyed in the converfation of TurcotT may be eafily imagined. Their opinions on the moft effential points of political ceconomy were the fame; and they were both animated by the fame zeal for the beft interefts of man- kind. The favourite ftudies, too, of both had direéted their enquiries to fubjeéts on which the underftandings of the ableft and the beft informed are liable to be warped, to a great degree, by prejudice and paffion ; and on which, of confequence, a coincidence of judgment is peculiarly gratifying. We are told by one of the biographers of TurGor, that after his retreat from the miniftry, he occupied his leifure in a philofophical corre- fpondence with fome of his old friends ; and, in particular, that various letters on important fubjects paffed between him and Mr Smiru. I take notice of this anecdote chiefly as a proof of the intimacy which was underftood to have fubfifted between them ; for, in other refpects, the anecdote feems to me to be fome- what doubtful. It is fcarcely to be fuppofed, that Mr Smit would deftroy the letters of fuch a correfpondent as TurGorT; and ftill lefs probable, that fuch an intercourfe was carried on between them without the knowledge of any of Mr Smitu’s friends. From fome enquiries that have been made at Paris by a gentle- man longer claffed with that of Mawpnvitie. In the enlarged edition accordingly of that work, publifhed a fhort time before his death, he has fuppreffed his cenfure of the author of the Maximes ; who feems indeed (however exceptionable many of his principles may be) to have been aétuated, both in his life and writings, by motives very different from thofe of ManpEvirir. The real {cope of thefe maxims is placed, I think, in a juft light by the ingenious author of the zotzce prefixed to the edition of them publifhed at Paris in 1778. APPEN DI X. 10¥ man of this Society fince Mr Smitn’s death, I have reafon to believe, that no evidence of the correfpondence exifts among the papers of M. Turcort, and that the whole ftory has taken its rife from a report fuggefted by the knowledge of their for- mer intimacy. This circumftance I think it of importance to mention, becaufe a good deal of curtofity has been excited by the paffage in queftion, with refpe to the fate of the fuppofed letters. Mr Smita was alfo well known to M. Quesnat, the pro- found and original author of the Oeconomical Table; a man (according to Mr Smirn’s account of him) “ of the greateft ““ modefty and fimplicity ;” and whofe fy{tem of political ceco- nomy he has pronounced, “ with all its imperfedtions,’’ to be “ the neareft approximation to the truth that has yet been pu- “* blifhed on the principles of that very important fcience.’’ If he had not been prevented by Quesnar’s death, Mr Smitu had once an intention (as he told me himfelf) to have infcribed to him his ‘* Wealth of Nations.”’ Ir was not, however, merely the diftinguifhed men who about this period fixed fo fplendid an era in the literary hiftory of France, that excited Mr Smira’s curiofity while he remain- ed in Paris. lis acquaintance with the polite literature both of ancient and modern times was extenfive; and amidft his various other occupations, he had never neglected to culti- vate a tafte for the fine arts ;—lefs, it is probable, with a view to the peculiar enjoyments they convey, (though he was by no means without fenfibility to their beauties), than on account of their connection with the general principles of the human mind ; to an examination of which they afford the moft plea- fing of all avenues. To thofe who fpeculate on this very deli- cate fubject, a comparifon of the modes of tafte that prevail among different nations, affords a valuable collection of facts ; and Mr Smiru, who was always difpofed to afcribe to cuftom and fathion their full fhare in regulating the opinions of man- kind Account of Dr Smith. 102 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. a kind with refpect to beauty, may naturally be fuppofed to have availed himfelf of every opportunity which a foreign country afforded him of illuftrating his former theories. Some of his peculiar notions, too, with refpect to the imitative arts, feem to have been much confirmed by his ob- fervations while abroad. In accounting for the pleafure we receive from thefe arts, it had early occurred to him as a fun- damental principle, that a very great part of it arifes from the difficulty of the imitation; a principle which was probably fuggefted to him by that of the difficulté furmontée, by which fome French critics had attempted to explain the effect of ver- fification and of rhyme*. ‘This principle Mr Smiru pufhed to the greateft poffible length, and referred to it, with fin- gular ingenuity, a great variety of phenomena in all the dif- ferent fine arts. It led him, however, to fome conclufions, which appear, at firft view at leaft, not a little paradoxical ; and I cannot help thinking, that it warped his judgment in many of the opinions which he was accuftomed to give on the fubject of poetry. THE principles of dramatic compofition had more particu- larly attracted his attention; and the hiftory of the theatre, both in ancient and modern times, had furnifhed him with fome of the moft remarkable fa&ts on which his theory of the imitative arts was founded. From this theory it feemed to fol- low as a confequence, that the fame circumftances which, in tragedy, give to blank verfe an advantage over profe, fhould give to rhyme an advantage over blank verfe ; and Mr Smit had always inclined to thatopinion. Nay, he had gone fo far as. to extend the fame doctrine to comedy ; and to regret, that thofe excellent pictures of life and manners which the Englith ftage af- fords, had not been executed after the model of the French: fchool. The admiration with which he regarded the great dra- matic authors of France tended to confirm. him in thefe opi- nions ; * See the Preface to VoLTaiRe’s Oedipe, Edit. of 1729. aAaPPEN DIX. 103 nions ; and this admiration (refulting originally from the ge- neral character of his tafte, which delighted more to remark that pliancy of genius which accommodates itfelf to eftablifhed rules, than to wonder at the bolder flights of an undifciplined imagination) was increafed to a great degree, when he faw the beauties that had ftruck him in the clofet, heightened by the utmoft perfection of theatrical exhibition. In the laft years of his life, he fometimes amufed himéelf, at a leifure hour, in fup- porting his theoretical conclufions on thefe fubjeéts, by the fa&s which his fabfequent ftudies and obfervations had fug- gefted ; and he intended, if he had lived, to have prepared the - refult of thefe labours for the prefs. Of this work he has left for publication a short fragment ; the firft part of which is, in my judgment, more finifhed in point of ftyle than any of his compofitions; but he had mot proceeded far enough to apply his doctrine to verfification and to the theatre. As his notions, however, with refpect to thefe were a favourite topic of his converfation, and were intimately connected with his general principles of criticifm, it would have been improper to pafs them over in this fketch of his life; and I even thought it proper to detail them at greater length than the comparative importance of the fubje@ would have juftified, if he had car- ried his plans into execution. Whether his love of fyftem, added to his partiality for the French drama, may not have led him, in this inftance, to generalize a little too much his conclu- fions, and to overlook fome peculiarities in the language and verfification of that country, I fhall not take AROS me to de- ‘ termine. In OGober 1766, the Duke of BuccLEucu seid to Lon- don. His Graee, to whom I am indebted for feveral particu- lars in the foregoing narrative, will, Ivhope, forgive the liberty I take in tranferibing one paragraph in his own words: “ In ** OGober 1766, we returned to London, after having fpent “* mear three years together, without the flighteft difagreement ; 6s or Account of Dr Smith. 104 HISTORY of th SOCIETY. Accor “ or coolnefs ;—on my part, with every advantage that could be expected from the fociety of fuch a man. We continued to live in friendfhip till the hour of his death; and I fhall always remain with the impreffion of having loft a friend whom I loved and refpected, not only for his great talents, but for every private virtue.’’ THE retirement in which Mr Snir paffed his next ten years, formed a ftriking contraft to the unfettled mode of life he had been for fome time accuftomed to, but was fo conge- nial to his natural difpofition, and to his firft habits, that it was with the utmoft difficulty he was ever perfuaded to leave it. During the whole of this period, (with the exception of a few vifits to Edinburgh and London), he remained with his mother at Kirkaldy ; occupied habitually in intenfe ftudy, but unbend- ing his mind at times in the company of fome of his old fchool- fellows, whofe “ fober wifhes”’ had attached them to the place of their birth. - In the fociety of fuch men, Mr SmiruH de- lighted ; and tothem he was endeared, not only by his fimple and unaffuming manners, but by the perfect knowledge they all poffeifed of thofe domeftic virtues which had diftinguifhed him from his infancy. Mr Hume, who (as he tells us « himfelf ) confidered ‘f a town “ as the true fcene for a man of letters,” made many attempts to feduce him from his retirement. In a letter, dated in 1772, he urges him to pafs fome time with him in Edinburgh. “ I “ fhall not take any excufe from your ftate of health, which I fuppofe only a fubterfuge invented by indolence and love “ of folitude. Indeed, my dear Smitu, if you continue to ‘« hearken to complaints of this nature, you will cut yourfelf out entirely from human fociety, to the great lofs of both parties.” In another letter, dated in 1769, from his houfe in James’s Court, (which commanded a profpect of the frith of Forth, and of the oppofite coaft of Fife), “ I am glad (fays he) to “ have come within fight of you ; but as I would alfo be-with- « in “ce ce Pi PE ON Dd x 105 in {peaking terms of you, I with we could concert meafures for that purpofe. Iam mortally fick at fea, and regard with horror and a kind of hydrophobia the great gulph that lies between us. Jam alfo tired of travelling, as much as you ought naturally to be of ftaying at home. I therefore pro- pofe to you to come hither, and pafs fome days with me in this folitude. 1 want to know what you have been doing, and propofe to exact a rigorous account of the method in which you have employed yourfelf during your retreat. 1 am pofitive you are in the wrong in many of your fpecula- tions, efpecially where you have the misfortune to differ from me. All thefe are reafons for our meeting, and I wilh you would make me fome reafonable propofal for that purpofe. There is no habitation on the ifland of Inchkeith, otherwife I thould challenge you to meet me on that {pot, and neither of us ever to leave the place, till we were fully agreed on all points of controverfy. I expect General Conway here to- morrow, whom I fhall attend to Rofeneath, and I fhall re- main there a few days. On my return, I hope to find a letter from you, containing a bold acceptance of this de- fiance.” Ar length (in the beginning of the year 1776) Mr Smiru accounted to the world for his long retreat, by the publication of his “ Inquiry into the Nature and Caufes of the Wealth of Nations.” A letter of congratulation on this event, from Mr Hume, is now before me. It is dated rft April 1776, (about fix months before Mr Hume’s death) ; and difcovers an ami- able folicitude about his friend’s literary fame. “* Euge! Belle! 6 Dear Mr Smitu: I am much pleafed with your perform- ance, and the perufal of it has taken me from a ftate of great anxiety. It was a work of fo much expectation, by yourfelf, by your friends, and by the public, that I trembled for its appearance ; but am now much relieved. Not but that the reading of it neceffarily requires fo much attention, Vor. III. (O) * and / Account of Dr Smith. Account of Dr Smith. 106 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. “and the public is difpofed to give fo little, that I fhall ftill “ doubt for fome time of its being at firft very popular. But it has depth and folidity and acutenefs, and is fo much illu- {trated by curious fads, that it mult at laft take the public attention. It is probably much improved by your laft abode in London. If you were here at my fire-fide, 1 fhould dif- pute tome of your priticiplésy i P21 WI i COP. But thefe, and a hundred other points, are fit only to be difcuf- fed in converfation. I hope it will be foon; for I am in a very bad {tate of health, and cannot afford a long de- lay.” Or a book which is now fo univerfally known as “ The Wealth of Nations,’’ it might be confidered perhaps as fuper- fluous to give a particular analyfis ; and at any rate, the limits of this effay make it impoflible for me to attempt it at pre- fent. A few remarks, however, on the object and tendency of the work may, I hope, be introduced without impropriety. The hiftory of a Philofopher’s life can contain little more - than the hiftory of his fpeculations ; and in the cafe of fuch an author as Mr Smitu, whofe ftudies were fyftematically di- rected from his youth to fubjects of the laft importance to human happinefs, a review of his writings, while it ferves to illuftrate the peculiarities of his genius, affords the molt faith- ful picture of his character as a man. SECTION APPENDIX. 107 Se © LON TV. Of The Inquiry into the Nature and Caufes of the Wealth of - Nations *. N hiftorical review of the different forms under which human affairs have appeared in different ages and na- tions, naturally fuggefts the queftion, Whether the experience of former times may not now furnifh fome general principles to enlighten and direct the policy of future legiflators? The difcuffion, however, to which this queftion leads is of fingular difficulty ; as it requires an accurate analyfis of by far the moft complicated clafs of phenomena that can poflibly engage our attention, thofe which refult from the intricate and often the imperceptible mechanifm of political fociety ;—a fubjedt of ob- fervation which feems, at firft view, fo little commenfurate to our faculties, that it has been generally regarded with the fame paflive emotions of wonder and fubmiffion, with which, in the material world, we furvey the effects produced, by the myfteri- ous and uncontroulable operation of phyfical caufes. It is for- tunate that upon this, as on many other occafions, the difficul- ties which had long bafHed the efforts of folitary genius begin to appear lefs formidable to the united exertions of the race ; and that in proportion as the experience and the reafonings of different individuals are brought to bear upon the fame objects, and are combined in fuch a manner as to illuftrate and to limit each other, the fcience of politics aflumes more and more that (O 2) fyftematical * Tue length to which this Memoir has already extended, together with fome other reafons which it is unneceffary to mention here, have induced me, in print- ing the following fe&tion, to confine myfelf to a much more general view of the fubje& than I once intended. Account of Dr Smith. Account of Dr Smith. 108 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. fyftematical form which encourages and aids the labours of future enquirers. In profecuting the fcience of politics on this plan, little af- fiftance is to be derived from the fpeculations of ancient philo- fophers, the greater part of whom, in their political enquiries, confined their attention to a comparifon of different forms of government, and to an examination of the provifions they made for perpetuating their own exiftence, and for extending the glory of the State. It was referved for modern times to inveftigate thofe univerfal principles of juftice and of expedien- cy, which ought, under every form of government, to regulate the focial order ; and of which the object is, to make as equi- table a diftribution as poffible, among all the different members of a community, of the advantages arifing from the political union. Tue invention of printing was perhaps neceflary to prepare the way for thefe refearches. In thofe departments of litera- ture and of fcience, where genius finds within itfelf the mate- rials of its labours ; in poetry, in pure geometry, and in fome branches of moral philofophy ; the ancients have not only laid the foundations on which we are to build, but have left great and finifhed models for our imitation. But in phyfics, where our progrefs depends on an immenfe collection of facts, and on a combination of the accidental lights daily ftruck out in the innumerable walks of obfervation and experiment ; and in politics, where the materials of our theories are equally fcatter- ed, and are collected and arranged with {till greater difficulty, the means of communication afforded by the prefs have, in the courfe of two centuries, accelerated the progrefs of the human mind, far beyond what the moft fanguine hopes of our prede- ceffors could have imagined. Tue progrefs already made in this fcience, inconfiderable as it is in comparifon of what may be yet expected, has been fuf- ficient to fhew, that the happinefs of mankind depends, not on the WoePoP, Ba Did ok. Tog the fhare which the people pofleffes, diretly or indireétly, in the ena&tment of laws, but on the equity and expediency of the laws that are enacted. The fhare which the people poffefles in the government is interefting chiefly to the fmall number of men whofe object is the attainment of political importance ; but the equity and expediency of the laws are interefting to eve- ry member of the community; and more efpecially to thofe,, whofe perfonal infignificance leaves them no encouragement, but what they derive from the general fpirit of the government under which they live. It is evident, therefore, that the moft important branch of political fcience is that which has for its object to afcertain the philofophical principles of jurifprudence; or (as Mr Smiru ex- preffes it) to afcertain “ the general principles which ought to. “ run through and be the foundation of the laws of all. na- “ tions *.” In countries, where the prejudices of the peo- ple are widely at variance with thefe principles, the political. liberty which the conftitution beftows, only furnifhes them with the means of accomplifhing their own ruin: And if it ‘were poflible to fuppofe thefe principles completely realized in, any fyftem of laws, the people would have little reafon. to com-. plain, that they were not immediately inftrumental in their. enactment. The only infallible criterion of the excellence of. any conftitution is to be found in the detail of its municipal: code ; and the value which wife men fet on political freedom, arifes chiefly from the facility it is fuppofed to afford, for the. introduction of thofe legiflative improvements which the general interefts of the community recommend.—I cannot help adding, that the capacity of a people to exercife political rights with. utility to themfelves and. to their country, prefuppofes a diffu-. fion of knowledge and of good morals, which can. only refult from the previous operation. of laws favourable to induftry, to: order and to freedom. Or * See the-conclufion of his Theory. of Moral Sentiments. Account oF Dr Smith. Account of Dr Smith. 110 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. Or the truth of thefe remarks, enlightened politicians feem now to be in general convinced ; for the moft celebrated works which have been produced in the different countries of Eu- rope, during the laft thirty years, by Smiru, QuEsNnal, TuR- GoT, CAMPOMANES, BEccartA, and others, have aimed at the improvement of fociety,—not by delineating plans of new con- {titutions, but by enlightening the policy of adtual legiflators. Such f{peculations, while they are more effentially and more ex- tenfively ufeful than any others, have no tendency to unhinge eftablithed inftitutions, or to inflame the paffions of the multi- tude. The improvements they recommend are to be effected by means too gradual and flow in their operation, to warm the imaginations of any but of the fpeculative few ; and in propor- tion as they are adopted, they confolidate the political fabric, and enlarge the bafis upon which it refts. To direé& the policy of nations with refpe& to one moft im- portant clafs of its laws, thofe which form its fyftem of politi- cal ceconomy, is the great aim of Mr Smirn’s Inquiry: And he has unqueftionably had the merit of prefenting to the world, the moft comprehenfive and perfect work that has yet appeared, on the general principles of any branch of legiflation. The example which he has fet will be followed, it is to be hoped, in due time, by other writers, for whom the internal po- licy of ftates furnifhes many other fubjects of difcuffion no lefs curious and interefting; and may accelerate the pro- grefs of that fcience which Lord Bacon has fo well de- fcribed in the following paflage: ‘ Finis et fcopus quem leges intueri, atque ad quem juffiones et fanctiones fuas dirigere debent, non alius eft, quam ut cives feliciter de- gant: id fiet, fi pietate et religione recte inftitati; moribus honefti ; armis adverfus hoftes externos tuti; legum auxilio adverfus feditiones et privatas injurias muniti; imperio et magiftratibus obfequentes ; copiis et opibus locupletes et flo- rentes fuerint. Certe cognitio ifta ad viros civiles proprie 3 “* {pectat ; PERPEPYBR OWN DIX III “ fpeétat; qui optime nérunt, quid ferat focietas humana, quid falus populi, quid zquitas naturalis, quid gentium mo- res, quid rerumpublicarum forme diverfe : ideoque poflint de legibus, ex principiis et praceptis tam zquitatis naturalis, quam politices decernere. Quamobrem id nunc agatur, ut fontes juftitie et utilitatis publice petantur, et in fingulis juris partibus character quidam et idea jufti exhibeatur, ad quam particularium regnorum et rerumpublicarum leges probare, atque inde emendationem moliri, quifque, cui hoc cordi erit et cure, poflit.”” The enumeration contained in the foregoing paflage, of the different objects of law, coincides very nearly with that given by Mr Srru in the conclufion of his Theory of Moral Sentiments; and the precife aim of the political fpeculations which he then announced, and of which he afterwards publifhed fo valuable a part in his Wealth of Na- tions, was to afcertain the general principles of *juftice and of expediency, which ought to guide the inftitutions of legiflators on thefe important articles ;—in the words of Lord Bacon, to afcertain thofe /eges legum, ‘‘ ex quibus informatio peti poflit, “ quid in fingulis legibus bene aut perperam pofitum aut con- “ ftitutum fit.’? Tue branch of legiflation which MrSmiru has made choice of as the fubject of his work, naturally leads me to remark a very ftriking contraft between the fpirit of ancient and of modern policy in refpect to the wealth of nations*. The great object of the former was to counteract the love of money and a tafte for luxury, by pofitive inftitutions; and to maintain in the great body of the people, habits of frugality, and a feverity of manners. The decline of ftates is uniformly afcribed by the philofophers and hiftorians, both of Greece and Rome, to the influence of riches on national character; and the laws of Ly- curcus, which, during a courfe of ages, banifhed the precious metals: o n “cc * Science de la Legiflation, par le Chev. FILanGiErt, Liv. i. chap. 13. Account of Dr Smith, Account of De Smith, 112 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. metals from Sparta, are propofed by many of them as the moft perfect model of legiflation devifed by human wifdom.—How oppofite ‘to this is the do@rine of modern politicians ! Far from confidering poverty as an advantage to a ftate, their great aim is to open new fources of national opulence, and to animate the activity of all claffes of the people by a tafte for the com- forts and accommodations of life. One principal caufe of this difference between the fpirit of ancient and of modern policy, may be found in the difference between the fources of national wealth in ancient and in mo- dern times. In ages when commerce and manufactures were yet in their infancy, and among ftates conftituted like moft of the ancient republics, a fudden influx of riches from abroad was juftly dreaded as an evil, alarming to the mo- rals, to the induftry, and to the freedom of a people. So different, however, is the cafe at prefent, that the moft wealthy nations are thofe where the people are the moft laborious, and where they enjoy the greateft degree of liberty. Nay, it was the general diffufion of wealth among the lower orders of men, which firft gave birth to the fpirit of independence in modern Europe, and which has produced under fome of its governments, and efpecially under our own, a more equal diffufion of freedom and of happinefs than took place under the moft celebrated conftitutions of antiquity. Wiruourt this diffufion of wealth among the lower orders, the important effects refulting from the invention of printing would have been extremely limited ; for a certain degree of eafe and independence is neceflary to infpire men with the de- fire of knowledge, and to afford them the leifure which 1s re- quifite for acquiring it; and it is only by the rewards which fuch a ftate of fociety holds up to induftry and ambition, that the felfifh paffions of the multitude can be interefted in the in- telletual improvement of their children. The extenfive pro- 2 pagation APPENDIX. 113 pagation of light and refinement arifing from the influence of the prefs, aided by the fpirit of commerce, feems to be the re- medy provided by nature, again{t the fatal effects which would otherwife be produced, by the fubdivifion of labour accom- panying the progrefs of the mechanical arts: Nor is any thing wanting to make the remedy effectual, but wife inftitutions to facilitate general inftruétion, and to adapt the education of individuals to the ftations they are to occupy. The mind of the artift, which, from the limited {phere of his activity, would fink below the level of the peafant or the favage, might receive in infancy the means of intelleétual enjoyment, and the feeds of moral improvement ; and eyen the infipid uniformity of his profeffional engagements, by prefenting no object to awaken his ingenuity or to diftract his attention, might leave him at liberty to employ his faculties, on fubjeéts more interefting to himfelf, and more extenfively ufeful to others. Tuese effects, notwithftanding a variety of oppofing caufes which ftill exift, have already refulted, in a very fenfible degree, from the liberal policy of modern times. Mr Hume, in his Effay on Commerce, after taking notice of the ‘numerous armies raifed and maintained by the fmall repu- blics in, the ancient .world, afcribes the military power of thefe ftates to their want of commerce and luxury. ‘‘ Few “‘ artifans were maintained by the labour of the farmers, and “‘ therefore more foldiers might live upon it.” He adds, how- ever, that ‘the policy of ancient times was VIOLENT, and con- “< trary. to. the NATURAL courfe of. things ;”"—by, which, 1 pre- fame, he means, that it aimed too much.at modifying, by the force of pofitive inftitutions, the order,of fociety, according to fome preconceived idea of expediency ;,,without, trufting fuffi- ciently, to. thofe principles of the human conftitution, which, wherever, they, are. allowed free {cope,, not only conduct man- kind to happinefs, but Jay. the foundation of a progreflive im- Vou. Il. (P) provement Account of Pr Smith. Account of Dr Smith. 114 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. provement in their condition and in their chara@ter. The ad- vantages which modern policy poflefles over the ancient, arifes principally from its conformity, in fome of the moft important articles of political ceconomy, to an order of things recom- mended by nature; and it would not be difficult to fhew, that where it remains imperfect, its errors may be traced to the re- ftraints it impofes on the natural courfe of human affairs. In- deed, in thefe reftraints may be difcovered the latent feeds of many of the prejudices and follies which infect modern man- ners, and which have fo long bid defiance to the reafonings of the philofopher and the ridicule of the fatirift. Tue foregoing very imperfect hints appeared to me to form, not only a proper, but in fome meafure a neceflary introduc- tion to the few remarks I have to offer on Mr Smitu’s Inquiry3 as they tend to illuftrate a conneétion between his fyftem of commercial politics, and thofe fpeculations of his earlier years, in which he aimed more profeffedly at the advancement of hu- man improvement and happinefs. It is this view of political ceconomy that can alone render it interefting to the moralift, and can dignify calculations of profit and lofs in the eye of the philofopher. Mr Smiru has alluded to it in various paf- fages of his work, but he has no where explained himfelf fully on the fubje&t ; and the great ftrefs he has laid on the effects of the divifion of labour in increafing its produétive powers feems, at firft fight, to point to a different and very melancholy conclufion ;—that the fame caufes which promote the progrefs of the arts, tend to degrade the mind of the artift; and, of confequence, that the growth of national wealth implies a fa- crifice of the character of the people. Tue fundamental doftrines of Mr Smiru’s fyftem are now fo generally known, that it would have been tedious to offer any recapitulation of them in this place; even if I could have hoped to do juftice to the fubject, within the limits which I have prefcribed. APPENDIX. 115 prefcribed to myfelf at-prefent. A diftin@ analyfis of his work might indeed be ufeful to many readers ; but it would itfelf form a volume of confiderable magnitude. I may perhaps, at fome future period, prefent to the Society, an attempt to- wards fuch an analyfis, which I began long ago, for my own fatisfaction, and which I lately made confiderable progrefs in preparing for the prefs, before | was aware of the impofhbility of conneéting it, with the general plan of this paper. In the mean time, | fhall content myfelf with remarking, that the great and leading object of Mr Smiru’s fpeculations is to illu- {trate the provifion made by nature in the principles of the hu- man mind, and in the circumftances of man’s external fitua- tion, for a gradual and progreflive augmentation in the means of national wealth ; and to demonftrate, that the moft effefual plan for advancing a people to greatnefs, is to maintain that order of things which nature has pointed out; by allowing every man, as long as he obferves the rules of juftice, to pur- fue his own intereft in his own way, and to bring both his in- duftry and his -capital into the freeft competition with thofe of his fellow-citizens. Every fyftem of policy which endea- vours, either by extraordinary encouragements, to draw_to- wards a particular fpecies of induftry a greater {hare of the ca- pital of the fociety than what would naturally go to it; or, by extraordinary reftraints, to force from a particular fpecies of indu(try fome fhare of the capital which would otherwife be employed in it, is, in reality, fubverfive of the great purpofe which it means to promote. Wuart the circumftances are, which, in modern Europe, have contributed to difturb this order of nature, and, in particular, to encourage the induftry of towns, at the expence of that of the country, Mr Smiru has inveftigated with great ingenuity ; and in fuch a manner, as to throw much new light on the hiftory 3 (P 2) of Account of Dr Smith, 2 116 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. Aecungeee of that ftate of fociety which prevails in this quarter of the globe. His obfervations on this fubje&t tend to fhew, that thefe circum{tances were, in their firft origin, the natural and the unavoidable refult of the peculiar fituation of mankind during a certain period; and that they took their rife, not from any general fcheme of policy, but from the private interefts and prejudices of particular orders of men. Tue ftate of fociety, however, whiclr at firft arofe from a fin- gular combination of accidents, has been prolonged much be- yond its natural period, by a falfe fy{tem of political ceeconomy, propagated by merchants and manufacturers ; a clafs of indi- viduals, whofe intereft is not always the fame with that of the public, and whofe profeffional knowledge gave them many ad- vantages, more particularly in the infancy of this branch of. fcience, in defending thofe opinions which they wifhed to en- courage. By means of this fyftem, a new fet of obftacles to- the progrefs of national profperity has been created. Thofe which arofe from the diforders of the feudal ages, tended di- rectly to difturb the internal arrangements of. fociety, by ob- ftructing the free circulation of labour and of ftock, from em-. ployment to employment, and from place to place. The falfe- fyftem of political ceconomy which has been hitherto preva- lent, as its profeffed object has been to regulate the commercial intercourfe between different nations, has produced its effect. in a way lefs dire@ and lefs manifeft, but equally prejudicial to the ftates that have adopted it. On this fyftem, as it took its rife from the prejudices, or rather- from the interefted views of mercantile fpeculators, Mr Smiru beftows the title of the Commercial or Mercantile Sy{tem; and he has confidered at great length its two principal expedients for enriching a nation; reftraints upon importation, and en- couragements to exportation. Part of thefe expedients, he ob- ferves, have been dictated by the fpirit of monopoly, and part by - APPEND X. 117 by a fpirit of jealoufy againft thofe countries with which the ‘ balance of trade is fuppofed to be difadvantageous. All of them appear clearly, from his reafonings, to have a tendency unfa- vourable to the wealth of the nation which impofes them. —His remarks with refpect to the jealoufy of commerce are expreffed in a tone of indignation, which he feldom affumes in his political writings. ; “ In this manner (fays he) the fneaking arts of underling “ tradefmen are erected into political maxims for the conduct “ of a great empire. By fuch maxims as thefe, nations have “* been taught that their intereft contifted in beggaring all their. “ neighbours. Each nation has been made to look with an in- ** vidious eye upon the profperity of all the nations with which “ it trades, and to confider their gain as its own lofs. Com=- “* merce, which ought naturally to be among nations as among “* individuals, a bond of union and friendfhip, has become the “ moft fertile fource of difcord and animofity. ‘The capricious: “ambition of Kings and Minifters has not, during: the pre- ** fent and the preceding century, been more fatal to the repofe’ “* of Europe, than the impertinent: jealoufy of merchants and “ manufacturers. The violence and injuftice of the rulers of. ** mankind is an ancient evil, for which perhaps the nature of “human affairs can fcarce admit of a remedy. But the mean. “ rapacity, the monopolizing fpirit of merchants and manu- ‘** faéturers, who neither are nor ought to be the rulers of man- «kind, though it cannot perhaps be corrected, may very eafi- _ “ Ty be prevented from difturbing the tranquillity of any body ~ “© but themfelves.”’ Sucu are the liberal principles sicko, according to Mr Smirn, ought to direct the commercial policy of nations; and of which it ought to be the great object of legiflators to facilitate the efta- blifhment. In what manner the execution of the theory fhould be conducted in particular inftances, isa queftion of a very dif- I ferent Account of Dr Smith, Account of Dr Smith. 118 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. ferent nature, and to which the anfwer mutt vary, in different countries, according to the different circum{ftances of the cafe. In a fpeculative work, fuch as Mr Smir.’s, the confideration of this queftion did not fall properly under his general plan ; but that he was abundantly aware of the danger to be: appre- hended from a rath application of political theories, appears, not only from the general ftrain of his writings, but from fome incidental obfervations which he has exprefsly made upon the fubje&. ‘‘ So unfortunate (fays he, in one paflage) are the “ effets of all the regulations of the mercantile fyftem, that they not only introduce very dangerous diforders into the {tate of the body politic, but diforders which it is often dif- ficult to remedy, without occafioning, for a time at leaft, ftill greater diforders.—In what manner, therefore, the na- tural fyftem of perfect liberty and juftice ought gradually to be reftored, we muft leave to the wifdom of future ftatefmen and legiflators to determine.” In the lait edition of his Theory of Moral Sentiments, he has introduced fome remarks, which have an obvious reference to the fame important doc- trine. The following paflage feems to refer more particularly to thofe derangements of the focial order which derived their origin from the feudal inftitutions. ‘© THe man whofe public fpirit is prompted altogether by humanity and benevolence, will refpeét the eftablifhed powers and privileges even of individuals, and {till more of the great orders and focieties into which the ftate is divided. Though he fhould confider fome of them as in fome meafure abufive, he will content himfelf with moderating,what he often cannot annihilate without great violence. When he cannot conquer the rooted prejudices of the people by reafon and perfuafion, he will noc attempt to fubdue them by force; but will religioufly obferve what, by Cicero, is juftly called the divine maxim of PLATO, never to ufe violence to his ? ee ce country — A PPEN DI. 11g country no more than to his parents. He will accommodate, as well as he can, his public arrangements to the confirmed habits and prejudices of the people; and will remedy, as well as he can, the inconveniencies which may flow from the want of thofe regulations which the people are averfe to fub- mit to. When he cannot eftablifh the right, he will not dif- dain to ameliorate the wrong; but, like Soron, when he cannot eftablifh the beft fyftem of laws, he will endeavour to eftablith the beft that the people can bear.” Tues cautions with refpect to the practical application of general principles were peculiarly neceffary from the Author of “ The Wealth of Nations ;”’ as the unlimited freedom of trade, which it is the chief aim of his work to recommend, is ex- tremely apt, by flattering the indolence of the ftatefman, to fuggeft to thofe who are invefted with abfolute power, the idea of carrying it into immediate execution. ‘ Nothing is more a3 ce adverfe to the tranquillity of a ftatefman (fays the author of an Eloge on the Adminiftration of Cotzerr) than a fpirit of moderation ; becaufe it condemns him to perpetual obferva- tion, fhews him every moment the infufficiency of his wif- * dom, and leaves him the melancholy fenfe of his own im- perfection ; while, under the fhelter of a few general prin- ‘ciples, a fyftematical politician enjoys a perpetual calm. By the help of one alone, that of a perfect liberty of trade, he would govern the world, and would leave human affairs to arrange themfelves at pleafure, under the operation of the prejudices and the felf-intereft of individuals. If thefe run counter to each other, he gives himfelf no anxiety about the confequence ; he infifts that the refult cannot be judged of till after a century or two fhall have elapfed. If his contem- poraries, in confequence of the diforder into which he has thrown public affairs, are {crupulous about fubmitting quietly to the experiment, he accufes them of impatience. They ce ] alone, Account of Dr Smith. 120 AISTORY of the SOCIETY. Account of * alone, and not he, are to blame for what they have fuffered 3 a. “ and the principle continues to be inculcated with the fame “ zeal and the fame confidence as before.” Thefe are the words of the ingenious and eloquent author of the Eloge on CoLBERT, which obtained the prize from the French Academy in the year 1763; a performance which, although confined and erroneous in its’ fpeculative views, abounds with juft and important reflections of a practical nature. How far his remarks apply to that particular clafs of politicians whom he had evidently in his eye in the foregoing paflage, I fhall not prefume to decide. Ir is hardly neceflary for me to add to thefe obfervations, that they do not detract in the leaft from the value of thofe political theories which attempt to delineate the principles of a perfect legiflation. Such theories (as I have elfewhere obferved *) cought to be confidered merely as defcriptions of the u/timate ob- jects at which the {tatefman ought toaim. The tranquillity of his adminiftration, and the immediate fuccefs of his meafures, de- pend on his good fenfe and his practical fill ; and his theoretical principles only enable him to direct his meafures fteadily and wifely, to promote the improvement and happinefs of mankind, and prevent him from being ever led aftray from thefe important ends, by more limited views of temporary expedience. “ In “ all cafes (fays Mr Hume) it muft be advantageous to. know 4¢ what is moft perfect in the kind, that we may be able to “« bring any real conftitution or form of government as near it as poflible, by fuch gentle alterations and innovations as may not give too great difturbance to fociety.” Tue limits of this Memoir make it impoflible for me to exa- mine particularly the merit of Mr Smiru’s work in point of originality. ‘That his do¢trine concerning the freedom of trade ca _ a n~ and * Elements of the Philofophy of the Heman Mind, p. 261: APPENDIX. 12t and of induftry coincides remarkably with that which we find in the writings of the French Oeconomifts, appears from the flight view of their fyftem which he himfelf has given. But it furely cannot be pretended by the warmeft admirers of that fyftem, that any one of its numerous expofitors has approached to Mr Smiru in the precifion and perfpicuity with which he has ftated it, or in the {cientific and luminous manner in which he has deduced it from elementary principles. The awkward- nefs of their technical language, and the paradoxical form in which they have chofen to prefent fome of their opinions, ‘are acknowledged even by thofe who are moft willing to do juftice to their merits; whereas it may be doubted with re- fpect to Mr Smiru’s Inquiry, if there exifts any book beyond the circle of the mathematical and phyfical fciences, which is at once fo agreeable in its arrangement to the rules of a found logic, and fo acceflible to the examination of ordinary readers. Abftracting entirely from the author’s peculiar and original fpe- culations, I do not know, that upon any fubje&t whatever, a work has been produced in our times, containing fo methodical, fo comprehenfive and fo judicious 4 digeft of all the moft pro- found and enlightened philofophy of the age. . In juftice alfo to Mr Smitu, it muft be obferved, that al- though fome of the ceconomical writers had the ftart of him in publifhing their doctrines to the world, thefe dodtrines ap- pear, with refpect to him, to have been altogether original, and the refult of his own reflections. Of this, I think, every per- fon muft be convinced, who reads the Inquiry with due atten- tion, and is at pains to examine the gradual and beautiful pro- grefs of the author’s ideas: But in cafe any doubt fhould re- main on this head, it may be proper to mention, that Mr SmitTuH’s political lectures, comprehending the fundamental principles of his Inquiry, were delivered at Glafgow as early as. the year 1752 or 1753; at a period, furely, when there exifted ~ Vo. IIL (Q) no Account of Dr Smith. Account of Dr Smith. 122 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. no French performance on the fubjecét, that could be of much ufe to him in guiding his refearches*. In the year 1756, in- deed, M. Turcot (who is faid to have imbibed his firft no- tions concerning the unlimited freedom of commerce from an old merchant, M. Gournay) publifhed in the Encyclopedie, an article which fufficiently fhews how completely his mind was emancipated from the old prejudices in favour of commercial regulations: But that even then, thefe opinions were confined to a few fpeculative men in France, appears from a paflage in the Mémoires fur la Vie et les Ouvrages de M. Turcot ; inwhich, after a fhort quotation from the article juft mentioned, the au- thor adds: ‘*‘ Thefe ideas were then confidered as paradoxical; “ they are fince become common, and they will one day be ‘* adopted univerfally.’’ Tue Political Difcourfes of Mr Hume were evidently of breater ufe to Mr Smiru, than any other book that had ap- peared prior to his letures. Even Mr Hume’s theories, how- ever, though always plaufible and ingenious, and in moft in- {tances profound and juft, involve fome fundamental miftakes ; and, when compared with Mr Smitu’s, afford a ftriking proof, that, in confidering a fubje&t fo extenfive and fo complicated, the moft penetrating fagacity, if directed only to particular queftions, is apt to be led aftray by firft appearances ; and that nothing can guard us effectually againft error, but a compre- henfive furvey of the whole field of difcuffion, affifted by an accurate and patient analyfis of the ideas about which our reafonings are employed.—It may be worth while to add, that Mr Hume’s Effay “ on the Jealoufy of Trade,” with fome other of his Political Difcourfes, received a very flattering proof of M. * In proof of this, it is fufficient for me to appeal to a fhort hiftory of the pro- grefs of political economy in France, publifhed in one of the volumes.of Ephemerz- des duCitoyen. See the firft part of the volume for the year 1769. The paper is entitled, Notice abrégée des différents Ecrits modernes, qui ont concouru em France @ former la fcience de P économie politique. 7 ee, we ee De. Xx. 123 M. Turcot’s approbation, by his undertaking the tafk of tranflating them into the French language. I Am aware, that the evidence I have hitherto produced of Mr Smirn’s originality may be objeéted to as not perfectly de- cifive, as it refts entirely on the recolleAion of thofe ftudents who attended his firft courfes of moral philofophy at Glafgow ; a recollection which, at the diftance of forty years, cannot be fuppofed to be very accurate. There exifts however fortu- nately, a fhort manufcript, drawn up by Mr Smrru in the year 1755, and prefented by him to a fociety of which he was then a member; in which paper, a pretty long enumeration is given of certain leading principles, both political and literary, to which he was anxious to eftablith his exclufive right; in order to prevent the poffibility of fome rival claims which he thought he had reafon to apprehend, and to which his fituation as a Profeffor, added to his unreferved communications in private companies, rendered him peculiarly liable. This paper is at prefent in my poffeffion. It is expreffed with a good deal of that honeft and indignant warmth, which is perhaps unavoidable by a man who is confcious of the purity of his own intentions, when he fufpeéts, that advantages have been taken of the franknefs of his temper. On fuch occafions, due allowances are not always. made for thofe plagiarifms which, however cruel in their ef- fects; do not neceffarily imply bad faith in thofe who are guilty of them; for the bulk of mankind, incapable themfelves of original thought, are perfectly unable to form a conception of the nature of the injury done to a man of inventive genius, by encroaching on a favourite fpeculation. For reafons known to: fome members of this Society, it would be improper, by the publication of this manufcript, to revive the memory of private differences ; and I fhould not have even alluded to it, if I did not think it a valuable document of the progrefs of Mr SmrtHn’s. political ideas at a very early period. Many of the moft im- I (Q 2) ‘ portant Account of Dr Smith, ” —_— 124 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. Account of portant opinions in the Wealth of Nations are there detail- Dr Smith. ed; but I fhall only quote the following fentences. “ Man “is generally confidered by ftatefmen and projectors as the “‘ materials of a fort of political mechanics. Projectors dif- “ turb nature in the courfe of her operations in human af- “ fairs; and it requires no more than to let her alone, and “ sive her fair play in the purfuit of her ends, that fhe may oftablifh her own defigns.’—And in another paflage: “ Little * elfe is requifite to carry a {tate to the higheft degree of opu- “ lence from the loweft barbarifm, but peace, eafy taxes, and “ a tolerable adminiftration of juftice; all the reft being * brought about by the natural courfe of things. All govern- “ ments which thwart this natural courfe, which force things “© into another channel, or which endeavour to arreft the pro- * prefs of fociety at a particular point, are unnatural, and to “* fupport themfelves are obliged to be oppreffive and tyranni- “ cal, A great part of the opinions (he obferves) enu- “¢ merated in this paper is treated of at length in fome lec- “ tyres which I have ftill by me, and which were written in “ the hand of a clerk who left my fervice fix years ago. They “ have all of them been the conftant fubjects of my lectures “ Gnce I firft taught Mr Crarere’s clafs, the firft winter I “ fpent in Glafgow, down to this day, without any confi- “¢ derable variation. They had all of them been the fub- “ jets of lectures which I read at Edinburgh the winter “ before I left it, and I can adduce innumerable witnefles, both “ £rom that place and from this, who will afcertain them fuffi- “ ciently to be mine.” Arter all, perhaps the merit of fuch a work as Mr Smitu’s 4s to be eftimated lefs from the novelty of the principles it con- tains, than from the reafonings employed to fupport thefe prin- ciples, and from the fcientific manner in which they are un- folded in their proper order and connection. General affer- tions 4, PoP EN DA, 125 tions with refpect to the advantages of a free commerce, may be collected from various writers of an early date. But in queftions of fo complicated a nature as occur in political ceco- nomy, the credit of fuch opinions belongs of right to the au- thor who firft eftablifhed their folidity, and followed them out to their remote confequences ; not to him who, by a fortunate accident, firft {tumbled on the truth. BeEs1pDEs the principles which Mr Smiru confidered as more peculiarly his own, his Inquiry exhibits a fy{tematical view of the moft important articles of political ceconomy, fo as to ferve the purpofe of an elementary treatife on that very extenfive and difficult fcience. The fkill and the comprehenfivenefs of mind difplayed in his arrangement, can be judged of by thofe alone who have compared it with that adopted by his immediate pre- deceffors. And perhaps, in point of utility, the labour he has employed in connecting and methodifing their fcattered ideas, is not lefs valuable than the refults of his own original fpecula- tions: For it is only when digefted in a clear and natural or- der, that truths make their proper impreflion on the mind, and that erroneous opinions can be combated with fuccefs, Ir does not belong to my prefent undertaking (even if I were qualified for fuch a tafk) to attempt a feparation of the folid and important do¢trines of Mr Smttru’s book from thofe opi- nions which appear exceptionable or doubtful. 1 acknowledge, that there are fome of his conclufions to which I would not be underftood to fubfcribe implicitly ; more particularly in that chapter, where he treats of the principles of taxation, and which is certainly executed in a manner more loofe and unfa- tisfactory than the other parts of his fyftem. It would be improper for me to conclude this fection with- out taking notice of the manly and dignified freedom with which the author uniformly delivers his opinions, and of the Ee fuperiority Account of Dr Smith, Account of Dr Smith. 126 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. fuperiority which he difcovers throughout, to all the little paf- fions connected with the factions of the times in which he wrote. Whoever takes the trouble to compare the general tone of his compofition with the period of its firft publication, can- not fail to feel and acknowledge the force of this remark. It is not often that a difinterefted zeal for truth has fo foon met with its juft reward. Philofophers (to ufe an expreflion of Lord Bacon’s) are “ the fervants of pofterity ;’’ and moft of thofe who have devoted their talents to the beft interefts of mankind, have been obliged, like Bacon, to ‘‘ bequeath their fame” to a race yet unborn, and to confole themfelves with the idea of fowing what another generation was to reap: Infere Daphni pyros, carpent tua poma nepotes. Mr SmitH was more fortunate; or rather, in this refpect, his fortune was fingular. He furvived the publication of his work only fifteen years; and yet, during that fhort period, he had not only the fatisfaction of fecing the oppofition it at firft ex- cited, gradually fubfide, but to witnefs the practical influence of his writings on the commercial policy of his country. SECTION a APPENDIX. 127 SECTION V. Conclufion of the Narrative. BOUT two years after the publication of “ the Wealth of Nations,’? Mr Smiru was appointed one of the Com- miffioners of his Majefty’s Cuftoms in Scotland ; a preferment which, in his eftimation, derived an additional value from its being beftowed on him at the requeft of the Duke of Buc- cLEuGH. The greater part of thefe two ‘years he paffed at London, in a fociety too extenfive and varied to afford him any opportunity of indulging his tafte for ftudy. His time, how- ever, was not loft to himfelf; for much of it was fpent with fome of the firft names in Englith literature. Of thefe no uns favourable fpecimen is preferved by Dr BARNARD, in his well known “ Verfes, addrefled to Sir Joshua REYNOLDs and his friends.” If I have thoughts, and can’t exprefs ’em, G1Bz0N fhall teach me how to drefs ’em In words fele& and terfe : Jones teach me modefty and Greek, Situ how to think, Burke how to fpeak, And BEAucLERc:to converfe *, In confequence of Mr Smitn’s appointment to the Board of Cuftoms, he removed, in 1778, to Edinburgh, where he fpent the laft twelve years of his life; enjoying an affluence which was more than equal to all his wants ; and, what was to him of ftill greater value, the profpect of pafling the remainder of his days among the companions of his youth. His mother, who, though now in extreme old age, {till pof- feffed a confiderable degree of health, and retained all her fa- culties unimpaired, accompanied him to town ; and his coufin Mifs * See Annual Regifter for the year 1776. Account of Dr Smith, Account of Dr Smith. 128 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. Mifs JANE Douctas, (who had formerly been a member of his family at Glafgow, and for whom he had always felt the affeG@tion of a brother), while fhe divided with him thofe ten- der attentions which her aunt’s infirmities required, relieved him of a charge for which he was peculiarly ill qualified, by her friendly fuperintendence of his domeftic ceconomy. Tue acceffion to his income which his new office brought him enabled him to gratify, to a much greater extent than his former circumftances admitted of, the natural generofity of his difpofition ; and the ftate of his funds at the time of his death, compared with his very moderate eftablifhment, confirmed, beyond a doubt, what his intimate acquaintances had often fu- fpected, that a large proportion of his annual favings was al- lotted to offices of fecret charity. A fmall, but excellent li- brary, which he had gradually formed with great judgment in the feleG@tion; and a fimple, though hofpitable table, where, without the formality of an invitation, he was always happy to receive his friends, were the only expences that could be confi- dered as his own*. Tue change in his habits which his removal to Edinburgh produced, was not equally favourable to his literary purfuits. The duties of his office, though they required but little exer- tion of thought, were yet fufficient to wafte his fpirits and to diffipate his attention ; and now that his career is clofed, it is impoffible to reflect jon the time they confumed, without la- menting that it had not been employed in labours more profi- table to the world, and more equal to his mind. Durinc the firft years of his refidence in this city, his ftu- dies feemed to be entirely fufpended ; and his paffion for let- ters * Some very affecting inftances of Mr Smirn’s beneficence, in cafes where he found it impofible to conceal entirely his good offices, have been mentioned to me by a near relation of his, and one of his moft confidential friends, Mifs Ross, daugh- ter of the late Patrick Ross, Efq; of Innernethy. They were all ona fcale much beyond what might have been expetted from his fortune; and were accompanied. with circumftances equally honourable to the delicacy of his feelings and the libe- rality of his heart. A APP BIN IDOE, 129 ters ferved only to amufe his leifure, and to animate his conver- fation. ‘The infirmities of age, of which he very early began to feel the approaches, reminded him at laft, when it was too late, of what he yet owed to the public, and to his own fame. The principal materials of the works which he had announced, had been long ago colleéted ; and little probably was wanting, but a few years of health and retirement, to beftow on them that fyftematical arrangement in which he delighted ; and the ornaments of that flowing, and apparently artlefs ftyle, which he had ftudioufly cultivated, but which, after all his experience in compofition, he adjufted, with extreme difficulty, to his. own tafte * Tue death of his mother in 1784, which was followed by that of Mifs DovexLas in 1788, contributed, it is probable, to fruftrate thefe projects. They had been the objects of his af- feGtion for more than fixty years; and in their fociety he had enjoyed, from ‘his infancy, all that he ever knew of the endear- ments of a family. He was now alone, and helplefs; and, though he bore his lofs with equanimity, and regained’ appa- rently his former cheerfulnefs, yet his health and ftrength gra- dually declined till the period of his death, which happened im July 1790, about two years after that of his coufin, and fix af- ter that of his mother. His Jaft illnefs, which arofe from a Vou. III. (R) chronic * Mr Situ obferved to me, not long before his death, that after all his praétice in writing, he compofed as flowly, and with as great difficulty, as at firft. He added, at the fame time, that Mr Hume had acquired fo great a facility in this re- fpeét, that the laft volumes of his Hiftory were printed from his original copy, with a few marginal corrections, Ir may gratify the curiofity of fome readers to know, that when Mr Smitu was employed in compofition, he generally walked up and down his apartment, dicta- ting to a fecretary. All Mr Hume’s works (I have been aflured) were written with his own hand. A critical reader may, I think, perceive in the different ftyles - of thefe two claffical writers, the effects of their different modes of ftndy. Account of Dr Smith, Account of dr omit. 130 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. chronic obftruétion in his bowels, was lingering Yand painful ; but had every confolation to footh it which he could derive from the tendereft fympathy of his friends, and from the com- plete refignation of his own mind. A rew days before his death, finding his end approach rapidly, he gave orders to deftroy all his manufcripts, excepting fome de- tached effays, which he entrufted to the care of his executors; and they were accordingly committed to the flames. What were the particular contents of thefe papers, is not known even to his moft intimate friends ; but there can be no doubt that they confifted, in part, of the letures on rhetoric, which he read at Edinburgh in the year 1748, and of the leftures on natural religion and on jurifprudence, which formed part of his courfe at Glafgow. That this irreparable injury to letters proceeded, in fome de- gree, from an exceflive folicitude in the author about his poft- humous reputation, may perhaps be true ; but with refpect to fome of his manufcripts, may we not fuppofe, that he was in- fluenced by higher motives? It is but feldom that a philofo- pher, who has been occupied from his youth with moral or with political enquiries, fucceeds completely to his with in fta- ting to others, the grounds upon which his own opinions are founded ; and hence it is, that the known principles of an indi- vidual, who has approved to the public his candour, his libe- rality, and his judgment, are entitled to a weight and an authority, independent of the evidence which he is able, up- on any particular occafion, to produce in their fupport. A fecret confcioufnefs of this circumftance, and an apprehenfion, that by not doing juftice to an important argument, the pro- grefs of truth may be rather retarded than advanced, have pro- bably induced many authors to with-hold from the world the unfinifhed refults of their moft valuable labours; and tc con- tent themfelves with giving the general fanction of their fuf- 3 frages APPENDIX. 131 frages to truths which they regarded as peculiarly interefting to the human race *. ‘Tue additions to the Theory of Moral Sentiments, moft of which were compofed under fevere difeafe, had fortunately been fent to the prefs in the beginning of the preceding winter ; and the author lived to fee the publication of the work. The mo- ral and ferious {train that prevails through thefe additions, when connected with the circumftance of his declining health, adds a peculiar charm to his pathetic eloquence ; and communicates a new intereft, if poflible, to thofe fublime truths, which, in the academical retirement of his youth, awakened the firft ardours of his genius, and on which the laft efforts of his mind re- pofed. . (R 2) In * Since writing the above, I have been. favoured by: Dr Hurton with the fol- lowing particulars. “ SoME time before his Jaft illnefs, when Mr Smrru. had occafion to go to Lon- don, he enjoined his friends, to whom he. had entrufted the difpofal of: his manu- {cripts, that in the event of his death, they fhould deftroy all the volumes of his leGtures, doing with the reft of his manufcripts what they pleafed. When now he had become weak, and faw the approaching period of his life, he fpoke to his friends again upon the fame fubjed. They entreated him to-make his mind ealy, as he might depend upon, their fulfilling his defire. He was then fatisfied. But fome days afterwards, finding his anxiety not entirely removed, he begged one of them to deftroy the volumes immediately. This accordingly was done; and his mind was fo much relieved, that. he was able to receive his friends in the evening. with his ufual complaceney. j “ ‘Tuey had been in ufe to fap with him every Sunday; and that evening there - was a pretty numerous meeting of them. Mr Smiru not finding himfelf able to fit up with them as ufual, retired to bed before fupper ; and, as he went away, took leave of his friends by faying, “ I believe we muft adjourn this meeting to fome other place.” He died a very few days afterwards.” Mr RrppeExt, an intimate friend of Mr Smitn’s, who was-prefent at one of the converfations on the fubje& of the manufcripts, mentioned to me, in addition to Dr Hurton’s note, that Mr Smitu regretted, “ he had done fo little.” « But I meant (faid he) to have done more; and there are materials in my papers, of which I could have made a great deal. But that is now out of the queftion.” THat Account of Dr Smith. Account of Dr Smith. 132 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. In a letter addreffed, in the year 1787, to the Principal of the Univerfity of Glafgow, in confequence of his being elected Reétor of that learned body, a pleafing memorial remains of the fatisfaétion with which he always recolleéted that period of his literary career, which had been more peculiarly confecrated to thefe important ftudies. ‘‘ No preferment (fays he) could have “* given me fo much real fatisfaction. No man can owe greater obligations to a fociety than I do to the Univerfity of Glaf- gow. They educated me; they fent me to Oxford. Soon after my return to Scotland, they elected me one of their own members; and afterwards preferred me to another of- fice, to which the abilities and virtues of the never to be for- gotten Dr Hurcueson had given a fuperior degree of illu- “* (tration. “é “ “c “ce ee ee Tuar the idea of deftroying fuch unfinifhed works as might be in his pof-~ feffion at the time of his death, was not the effeét of any fudden or hafty refolution, appears from the following letter to Mr Hume, written by Mr Situ in 1773, at a time when he was preparing himfelf for a journey to London, with the profpeét of a pretty long abfence from Scotland. My DEAR FRIEND, Edinburgh, 16th April 1773. As I have left the care of all my literary papers to you, I muft tell you, that ex- cept thofe which I carry along with me, there are none worth the publication, but a fragment of a great work, which contains a hiftory of the aftronomical fyftems that were fuccellively in fafhion down to the time of Des Cartes. Whether that might not be publifhed as a fragment of an intended juvenile work, I leave entire- ly to your judgment, though I begin to fufpeét myfelf that there is more refinement than folidity in fome parts of it. This little work you will find in a thin folio pa- per book in my back room. All the other loofe papers which you will find in that defk, or within the glafs folding doors of a bureau which ftands in my bed- * room, together with about eighteen thin paper folio books, which you will likewife find within the fame glafs folding doors, I defire may be deftroyed without any exa- mination. Unlefs I die very fuddenly, I fhall take care that the papersI carry _ with me fhall be carefully fent to you. I ever am, my dear Friend, moft faithfully your’s, ADAM SMITH: To Davin Home, Efq; St Andrew’s Square. APPENDIX. -133 * ftration. The period of thirteen years which I fpent as a * member of that fociety, 1 remember as by far the moft ufe- ** fal, and therefore, as by far the happieft and moft honourable “ period of my life; and now, after three and twenty years “ abfence, to be remembered in fo very agreeable a manner by “‘ my old friends and protectors, gives me a heart-felt joy ‘* which I cannot eafily exprefs to you.” Tue fhort narrative which I have now finifhed, however barren of incident, may convey a general idea of the genius and character of this illuftrious Man. Of the intellectual gifts and attainments by which he was fo eminently diftinguifhed ;— of the originality and comprehenfivene(s of his views ; the extent, the variety and the correctnefs of his information ; the inex- hauftible fertility of his invention ; and the ornaments which ' his rich and beautiful imagination had borrowed from claflical culture ;—he has left behind him lafting monuments. To his private worth the moft certain of all teftimonies may be found in that confidence, refpect and attachment, which followed him through all the various relations of life. The ferenity and gaiety he enjoyed, under the preflure of his growing infirmities, and the warm intereft he felt to the laft, in every thing con- nected with the welfare of his friends, will be long remember- ed by a finall circle, with whom, as long as his ftrength per- mitted, he regularly {pent an evening in the week; and to whom the recolleGtion of his worth {till forms a pleafing, though me- lancholy bond of union. Tue more delicate and charaéteriftical features of his mind, it is perhaps impoflible to trace. That there were many pecu- liarities, both in his manners, and in his intelle@tual habits, was manifeft to the moft fuperficial obferver ; but, although to thofe who knew him, thefe peculiarities detra@ed nothing from the re{pect Account of Dr Smith. Account of Dr Smith. 134 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. refpect which his abilities commanded ; and, although to his in- timate friends, they added aninexpreflible charm to his conver- fation, while they difplayed, in the moft interefting light, the artlefs fimplicity of his heart; yet it would require a very {kil- ful pencil to prefent them to the public eye. He was certainly not fitted for the general commerce of the world, or for the bu- finefs of adtive life. ‘The comprehenfive fpeculations with which he had been occupied from his youth, and the variety of materials which his own invention continually fupplied to his thoughts, rendered him habitually inattentive to familiar objects, and to common occurrences; and he frequently exhibited in- {tances of abfence, which have fcarcely been furpafled by the fancy of BRuyERE. Even in company, he was apt to be in- groffed with his ftudies ; and appeared, at times, by the motion of his lips, as well as by his looks and geftures, to be in the fer- vour of compofition. I have often, however, been ftruck, at the diftance of years, with his accurate memory of the moft trifling particulars ; and am inclined to believe, from this and fome other circumftances, that he poffeffed a power, not perhaps uncommon among abfent men, of recollecting, in confequence of fubfequent efforts of reflection, many occurrences which, at the time when they happened, did not feem to have fenfibly at- tracted his notice. To the defect now mentioned, it was sbabky owing, in part, that he did not fall in eafily with the common dialogue of converfation, and that he was fomewhat apt to convey his own ideas in the form of a lecture. When he did fo, however, it never proceeded from a wifh to ingrofs the difcourfe, or to gra- tify his vanity. His own inclination difpofed him fo ftrongly to enjoy in filence the gaiety of thofe around him, that his friends were often led to concert little {chemes, in order to bring him on the fubjeéts moft likely to intereft him. Nor do I think I fhall be accufed of going too far, when I fay, that he was APPENDIX, 138 was fcarcely ever known to ftart a new topic himfelf, or to ap- pear unprepared upon thofe topics that were introduced by others. Indeed, his converfation was never more amufing than when he gave a loofe to his genius, upon the very few branches of knowledge of which he only poffeffed the outlines. THE opinions he formed of men, upon a flight acquaintance, were frequently erroneous ; but the tendency of his nature in- clmed him much more to blind partiality, than to ill-founded prejudice. The enlarged views of human affairs, on which his mind habitually dwelt, left him neither time nor inclination to ftudy, in detail, the uninterefting peculiarities of ordinary characters ; and accordingly, though intimately acquainted with the capacities of the intellect, and the workings of the heart, and accuftomed, in his theories, to mark, with the moft delicate hand, the niceft fhades, both of genius and of the paffions; yet, in judging of individuals, it fometimes happened, that his eftimates were, in a furprifing degree, wide of the truth. THE opinions, too, which, in the thoughtleffnefs and confi- dence of his focial hours, he was accuftomed to hazard on books, and on queftions of fpeculation, were not uniformly fuch as - might have been expected from the fuperiority of his under- ftanding, and the fingular confiftency of his philofophical prin- ciples. They were liable to be influenced by accidental cir- cumftances, and by the humour of the moment ; and when re- tailed by thofe who only faw him occafionally, fuggefted falfe and contradictory ideas of his real fentiments. On thefe, how- ever, as on moft other occafions, there was always much truth, as well as ingenuity, in his remarks; and if the different opi- nions which, at different times, he pronounced upon the fame fubject, had been all combined together, fo as to modify and li- mit each other, they would probably have afforded materials for a decifion, equally comprehenfive and juft. But, in the fociety of his friends, he had no difpofition to form thofe qualified con- clufions Account of Dr Smith. Account of Dr Smith, 136 HISTORY of th SOCIETY. clufions that we admire in his writings ; and he generally con- tented himfelf with a bold and matfterly fketch of the obje@, from the firft point of view in which his temper, or his fancy, prefented it. Something of the fame kind might be remarked, when he attempted, in the flow of his fpirits, to delineate thofe characters which, from long intimacy, he might have been fup- pofed to underftand thoroughly. The picture was always lively, and expreflive ; and commonly bore a {trong and amufing re- femblance to the original, when viewed under one particular afpect ; but feldom, perhaps, conveyed a juft and complete con- ~ ception of it in all its dimenfions and proportions.—In a word, it was the fault of his unpremeditated judgments, to be too fyftematical, and too much in extremes. But, in whatever way thefe trifling peculiarities in his man- ners may be explained, there can be no doubt, that they were intimately connected with the genuine artleffaefs of his mind. In this amiable quality, he often recalled to his friends, the ac- counts that are given of good LA FonTAINE; a quality which in him derived a peculiar grace from the fingularity of its combination with thofe powers of reafon and of eloquence which, in his political and moral writings, have long engaged the admiration of Europe. In his external form and appearance, there was nothing un- common. When perfectly at eafe, and when warmed with converfation, his geftures were animated, and not ungraceful 3. and, in the fociety of thofe he loved, his features were often brightened with a fmile of inexpreffible benignity. In the company of ftrangers, his tendency to abfence, and perhaps ftill more his confcioufnefs of this tendency, rendered his manner fomewhat embarrafled ;—an_ effet which was probably not.a, little heightened by thofe fpeculative ideas of propriety, which his reclufe habits tended at once to perfect in his conception, and to diminifh his power of realizing. He, never fat for. his I picture 3. APPENDIX. 137 picture ; but the medallion of TAss1z conveys an exact idea of Account of his profile, and of the general expreflion of his countenance. Tue valuable library that he. had collected he bequeathed, together with the reft of his property, to his coufin Mr Davip Dovctas, Advocate. In the education of this young gentle- man, he had employed much of his leifure; and it was only two years before his death, (at a time when he could ill fpare the pleafure of his fociety), that he had fent him to ftudy law at Glafgow, under the care of Mr Miirar ;—the ftrongeft proof he could give of his difinterefted zeal for the improve- ment of his friend, as well as of the efteem in which he held the abilities of that eminent Profeflor. Tue executors of his will, were Dr BLack and Dr Hutton; with whom he had long lived in habits of the moft intimate and cordial friendfhip ; and who, to the many other teftimonies which they had given him of their affection, added the mourn- ful office of witnefling his laft moments. Vor. III. (S) DONA. bs : + , % ? Z Pn oro "aes 103 ‘hetObhda ees ay ¢ els Bt ae All aca ’ et 5 , ; ny aig? a Se sth al ES Le svete sees - Chet + ation - i, re [ std ‘fi, “air C tT iWeae ne bigs fia sespeiki hy ates he ‘ee \ ww Mets nF ‘ ‘Np eeepc 4 bot gave td thek rials 4 me i! Pe iat Pies si ia? at, es ae ee ‘Sst sieiath ey ca tlat: Sor MBAR nih 4p. fits” io eaten Cn ay ea toaster ati: oY Wk Se at Bs crt We tee iak gue Ca MOAR iS Seg nde "8: 2 CEE Lian see sy UE sh ahi ise. std Wi gona’ sa KAS heathe ett ron wits heanidith ity ied Syitd date dity ttl ! bras eee a pint sb, “ioA¥O apsarn ‘itt ot 20d Bidet th ‘etka: haben chi 2 eat faeiftanivad a © legit pats » nists ba ay fo i et * sober it ‘ Ge heart tobe eat, Cant at f are Lees ; 2 hie ites : a Ai be Reef Tet were ae . 4 7. i. . g s - , es yee athe! tea Eta Ti bs, nn ) ay seh ahh » i's : ” oe Sh oP oes i , ¢ - i | vv. BS eae 4 ipa ne te Le ; fi ae FX ’ : ik " : in ae Sacer hea 4 ; ay c i ah ui hi Sy i. a ey a git fk scat Tayi. at; ie 4 bar aI f . Sin” Ue P 0 Tes ie Pe APPENDIX. 139 DONATIONS prefented to the Rovat Society of Edinburgh, continued from the preceding Volume. . From the Author. On the Difeafes of the Lymphatic Glands, by es Fobn- Jone, M. D. Worcefter. 1787. From the Author. Memoire fur\les Ifles Ponces, et Catalogue Raifonné des Produits de Etna, par M. le Commandeur de Dolomieux. Paris 1788. From Colonel Hugh Montgomery of Skelmorly. Drawings of a Stone found at Coilsfield in Ayrfhire, June 15. 1789. From Lord Daer. An Efquimaux Drefs. March 1. 1790. From Mr Somerville Wilfon, Surgeon to the Winterton Eaft Indiaman. Two Perfian MSS. in folio, and an Arabic MS. in quarto. On the latter is this infcription: “* MS. of part of the Arabian “ Nights Entertainments in Arabic, written by Moulla Mu/fta- * pha at Baffora, and refcued with the original MS. from the * {aid Muftapha’s houfe after his death of the plague in April tc East From Colonel Macleod of Macleod. Three MSS. in the Shanfcrit. No. 1. is a copy of the Gita, which is tranflated by Mr Wilkins. No. 2. is the Int BaGHAwar, or the Life of the Indian APoLto. No. 3. the CHanp1. See Afiatic Refearches, vol.i. p. 280. Alfo a MS. of the Koran in folio. The above are all very — beautifully illuminated. The three firft are in rolls. (S 2) - From Lift of Dona- tions, 140 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. From the Author. Traité Analytique des Mouvemens apparens des Corps Celeftes, tom. ii. par M, du Sejour. | From the Author. Memoire fur la Combuftion du Gas Hydrogene, par M. Seguin. Paris 1790. From the Author. Obfervations on the Difeafes of Fruit and Foreft Trees, by Mr Forfyth, Kenfington gardens. Nov. 7.1791. From the Royal Society of London. Philofophical Tranfadtions, vol. Ixxx. From the Author. A treatife on the dugina Pectoris, by Dr Butter of London. From the Literary and Philofophical Society at Manchefter. Memoirs of the Society, vol. iii. and vol. iv, part 1. From the Author. Annali di Chimica, tom, i. di L. Brugnatelli, Softituto alla Catedra di Chemica nel univerfita de Pavia. 1790. From the Author. Experimental Inquiry concerning the Cheltenham Water, and Cautions concerning the Poifon of Lead and Copper, by A. Fothergill, M.D. F.R.S. Lond. &&c. teed the Author. Obfervations on Scrophulous AffeCtions, by Robert Hamilton, M.D. Lond. 1791. From APPENDIX. 141 From James Byers, Efq; .A Series of ancient Roman Weights of Bafaltes or Porphyry. Dec. 19. 1791. From the Author. On Ele€tricity, with occafional Obfervations on Magnetifm, by B..Peft, M. D..): v7 01. On the Properties of Matter and the Principles of Chemiftry, by the fame. 1792. On Electric Atmofpheres, by the fame. 1793. From the Royal Society of Antiquaries in Scotland. The Tranfadtions of the Society, vol.i. 1792. From Profeffor Heyne of Gottingen. Befchreibung der Ebene von Troja, &c. being a tranflation of M. Chevalier’s paper, [No. I. Lit. Cl. of this Vol.] made under the eye of Profeflor Heyne. Leipfic 1792. From the Royal Irifh Academy. A Standard Thermometer, conftuéted by Samuel Healy, Dublin. PF OST- Lift of Donaa tionss n » AUP PEN DE Ox. 141 ‘ POSTSCRIPT TO THE HISTORY. ON Monday, the 4th of November 1793, Dr Hore, Pro- feffor of Medicine in the Univerfity of Glafgow, read a paper, entitled, 4n Account of a Mineral from Strontian, and of a peculiar Species of Earth which it contains. Want of room, and the length _of the differtation, prevent its appearance in the prefent volume. But as the difcovery of a new earth cannot fail to be interefting, it has been thought proper to trefpafs a little on the order of time, and to infert here the following abftraa. THE mineral is found in the lead-mine of Strontian in Argyle- fhire. It was brought to Edinburgh about fix years ago in confi- derable quantity. It was generally received as the aérated barytes. At that time, Dr Hope had fome doubts of its being the barytic {par, and ufed, in his prelections, when he filled the chemical chair in the Univerfity of Glafgow, to mention fuch of its diftin- guifhing characters as he had then difcovered. The Strontian {par fometimes is colourlefs, oftener it has a greenifh or yel- lowifh hue. Its texture is fibrous, and it frequently fhoots in- to cryftals, which are flender fpiculz or hexagonal columns. The fpecific gravity of it goes from 3.650 to 3.726. Tuts mineral is infipid, and requires nearly 800 times -its weight of water to diffolve it. It effervefces with acids, and during folution carbonic acid is difengaged to the amount of 30-2 grains per cent. When moderately heated, it crackles, and lofes its tranfparency. By a very vehement heat, the car- bonic acid is expelled, and the mafs lofes 38.79 per cent. of its weight, and ceafes to effervefce with acids. - The calcined {par, when water is poured on it, fwells. burfts, and becomes hot in a greater degree, and with more rapidity, than lime. It is acrid, TA4 HISTORY of the SOCIETY. : acrid, and-is foluble in water. The folution of it has a tafte not unlike that of lime-water, changes to a green, paper ftain- ed with the juice of violets or radifhes, and on expofure to the © air quickly acquires a cruft on its furface. The earth of Strontian mineral, which Dr Hope denominates Strontites, re- quires about 180 times its weight of water, at a low tempera- ture, for its folution. In boiling water, it diflolves much more abundantly, and is depofited during cooling in the form of eryftals. Thefe cryftals are tranfparent and without colour, in the fhape of quadrangular plates, fometimes fquare, more com- monly oblong, with the margins cut like a wedge. Now and then are feen folid parallelopepids and cubes. On expofure to the action of the air, they become white, powdery and effer- vefcent, lofing almoft + of their weight. In a dull red heat, they undergo the aqueous fufion, and a white refractory powder remains. They contain 68 per cent. of humidity. Di~ {tilled water, at temperature 60, diflolves them flowly, in the proportion of 8.5 grains to the ounce. An ounce of water, at a temperature fufficient to keep the folution boiling, diflolved no lefs than 218 grains. This remarkable folubility affords a difcriminating feature of this earth. An hundred parts of the Strontian mineral confift, of earthy bafis 61.21, of carbonic acid 30.20, and of water 8.59. Dr Hope next details at great length the phenomena attend- ing the action of fulphuric, nitric, muriatic, acetous, oxalic, tartaric, fluoric, phofphoric, arfenic, fuccinic, boracic and car- bonic acids on Strontian mineral in mafs and in fine powder, and defcribes the properties of the refulting compounds in re- gard to fenfible qualities, effects of air and of heat, and folubi- lity in water. It may fuffice to extract only from what is faid on the aétion of nitric and muriatic acids. Strong nitric acid fcarcely attacks the fpar, unlefs affifted by heat. If duly di- luted, it diffolves it rapidly and completely. The folution is colourlefs and tranfparent, and having a pungent tafte, yields 3 cryftals BiPPELW DI 145 cryftals readily, which, when moft regular, are octohedral, confifting of two quadrangular pyramids, united at their bafes. They efflorefce in 'a dry atmofphere, in a moift they deliquefce. One ounce of diftilled water, at temperature 60, diffolves an e- qual weight of this nitrate of Strontites; when boiling, one ounce, feven drachms. fourteen grains. It deflagrates on hot coals. Subjected to heat ina crucible, it decrepitates gently, melts and boiling lofes its acid. The contact of a combuftible body at this time caufes a deflagration, with a beautiful vivid red flame. Murratic acid affaults the Strontian mineral in a manner very fimilar to the nitric. The folution is free from colour, has a pe- netrating peculiar tafte, and affords cryftals freely. Thefe are long flender fpicule or hexagonal prifms. Muriate of Stron- tites, in a very moift air, fhows a difpofition to attra@ humidi- ty, contains 42 per cent. of water, and when heated, firft un- dergoes the aqueous, then a true fufion, but without lofs of acid, which may be expelled by a more vehement heat. One ounce of diftilled water, at temperature 60, diffolved twelve drachms, one {cruple ; when boiling above four ounces. STRONTITEs, and all its combinations, poflefs the remarkable property of tinging flame of a red colour. The muriate has it in the moft eminent degree, and its effects are well exhibited by put- ting a portion of the falt on the wick of a candle, which is thereby made to burn with a very beautiful blood-red flame. The nitrate ftands next, then cryftallized Strontites, and after it the acetite. The following combinations of little folubility . give comparatively a very feeble tinge: Tartrite, fulphate, ox- alate, fluate, arfenicate, carbonate, phofphate, and borate. The order of enumeration denotes their relative tinging powers. A CERTAIN portion of humidity, either belonging to the compofition or/added, is neceflary to enable any of thefe Stron- titic falts to alter the hue of the flame. The muriate itfelf, de- prived of moifture, produces no effect. , Vor. HI.) (T) ALL 146 HISTORY of th SOCIETY. Ac the folutions of Strontites in acids are decompofed by the three alkalies in their effervefcent ftate, and in part by vir+_ tue of a double elective attraction. The artificial carbonate of Strontites thus obtained, parts with its fixed air more readily than the native. Pure potafs feparates Strontites from nitric and muriatic acids, but partially, and in a cryftalline form. Neither pruffiate of potafs nor of lime caufea precipitate in any of the folutions. SrRoONTITES generates a hepar with fulphur either in the hu- mid or dry way. Its cryftals are fparingly diffolved by alco- hol; a yellow coloured tincture refults. Arter fini‘hing the detail of the properties of the Strontian mineral and its earthy bafis, Dr Hope proceeds to enquire, whe- ther this foflil and its earth are fimilar to any that are already known. He concludes they are not. Strontian fpar refembles moft the aerated terra ponderofa, and in feveral refpe&ts has a ftrong analogy with it; yet it effentially differs. Irs fpecific gravity is lefs, it parts with its carbonic acid when urged by heat, fomewhat more readily, and without fuf- fering fufion ; when calcined, it imbibes moifture with vaftly greater avidity, {welling and cracking with more heat and noife. Strontites diffolves much more abundantly in hot wa- ter than barytes, and the form of the cryftals of thefe pure earths is very diflimilar. The compounds generated by Stron- tites differ from thofe of barytes. It will fuffice to mention the nitrate and muriate. This earth, united to nitric and mu- riatic acid, forms falts that fuffer changes from expofure to air, which do not happen to the nitrate and muriate of barytes. They are likewife much more foluble in water, and have cry- ftals of a peculiar figure. , Tue combinations of Strontites with acids are not, like thofe of barytes, decompofed by prufliate of lime or of potafs. STRONTITEs APPENDIX. 147 _ STRONTITEs and its compounds tinge flame, which barytes does not... Laftly, thefe earths difagree in the order of their attractions. From thefe confiderations, it is concluded, that the mineral - is not aérated barytes. Sometimes the Strontian foflil refembles calcareous fpar ; yet they eflentially differ in property and compofition. That from Strontian is much heavier, and retains its fixed air with more obftinacy in the fire. The incomparably greater folubility of the pure earth in hot than in cold water, and the cryftalline form it afflumes, fufficiently diftinguifh it from lime, which the difpofition of the nitrate and muriate to cryftallize, no lefs tends. to do. 2 Tue quality of colouring flame does not ferve here as a cir- cumftance of difcrimination, as Dr Hope has difcovered, that muriate of lime alfo tinges the flame of a red colour, but in a ‘lefs vivid manner. Strontites further differs from lime in the order of its attractions. . No parallel is drawn between Strontian mineral and other earthy bodies, as they have not the f{malleft refemblance. As the earthy bafis of the Strontian fpar poffeffes remarka- ble qualities, that are peculiar to it, and forms with acids com- binations unlike thofe generated by the known earths, and dif- fers from all of them in the order of its attra¢tions, the author of the paper concludes, that it is an earth /wi generis, a feparate and diftin& genus, conftituting the fixth fimple earth, to which, _ as above mentioned, ‘he gives the appellation of Strontites. Dr Hope afterwards details a long train of experiments to. _ eftablith the order of the attraétions of this new earth; firft,. determining the order in which the principal acids attra@ it, and then fhowing the place due to its attra¢tion among thofe of other fubftances for acids. The tables that are fubjoined ex- hibit thefe attractions Dr 748 © HISTORY of the SOCIETY. Dr Hort likewife read fome obfervations on the native car- bonate of barytes or aérated terra ponderofa of Dr WiTHER- ING. The two following deferve moft to be noticed. AFTER quoting the words of Doétors WiTHERING and - PriestLey, M. Sace, Fourcroy, Pexnyetier, and of Mr Wepcewoop junior, to fhow, that they all agree in afferting, that the fixed air cannot be expelled by heat from this fubftance, he mentioned feveral experiments, in which heat alone deprived it of its carbonic acid, rendered the earth cauftic, and caufed a ‘lofs of weight equal to 23 per cent. He defcribed the qualities of the calcined barytic fpar. : Tue fecond obfervation of importance relates to the cryftal-— lization of the pure barytes, which fubftance he has obtained in beautiful and regular cryftals ; the more obvious, as well as chemical properties of which he at full length recounted. TABLES fhewing the attraction of and for StRONTITES. TAB. I. Ey wes iy Cie StronTiTEs, | Sulphuric Acid. Oxalic. Yartarous. Fluorte. Nitric. Sulphuric Acid.| Barytes Barytes Lime Lime | Barytes Oxalic Strontités Lime ¢ Barytes Barytes . Potafs Tartarous Potafs Strontites Strontites Strontites Soda Fluoric Soda Potafs Potafs Potafs Strontites Nitric Lime Soda Soda Soda Lime Muriatic : Paeguenie Muriatic. Arfenic. Phoafpborsc. Boratic. Garboute, ‘Age Barytes Lime Lime Lime Lime cetous ‘Arkeme Potafs Barytes Barytes Barytes f Barytes Boke Soda Strontites Strontites Strontites Strontites Pipi Stiontit Potafi Potafi Potafi Potafs Cascee ti ontites otafs otafs ‘otafs ota: Lime Soda Soda Soda Soda The Brackets in Tab. II. denote, that it has not been difcovered how Strontites ftands with regard to Barytes and Lime, in its attraClion for the acid below which this mark is made, END OF THE HISTORY? I. PAPERS OF THE PHYSICAL GLASS. I. ExPERIMENTS 4nd OBSERVATIONS on the UNEQUAL RE- - PRANGIBILITY of Licut. By RoBERT BLair, M.D. ' _ [Read Fan. 3. and April 4. 1791.) I) Y the difcovery of the different refrangibility of light, Sir Isaac NewrTon laid open the true caufe of the principal _ imperfetion of refracting telefcopes ; and having inferred from _the experiments which he made, that the refraction of the dif- ferent rays compofing the prifmatic fpectrum, was always in a given ratio to the refraction of the mean refrangible ray, this great philofopher was led to conclude, that the imperfection which he had difcovered in dioptrical inftruments was without remedy. Ir Sir Isaac Newton had been queftioned concerning the poflibility of refracting light, without any divergency of the heterogeneal rays, his reply without doubt would have been, that all his experiments, whether by fingle refractions or by oppofite refraétions, tended to eftablifh the contrary conclufion. But that he would have afferted nothing beyond this, may fafe- ly be inferred’ from his own memorable words: “ Although “ the arguing from experiments and obfervations by induction “ be no demonftration of general conclufions, yet it is the beft bs ee “* way On the UNEQUAL way of arguing which the nature of things admits of, and may be looked upon as fo much the ftronger by how much the induction is more general; and if no exception occur from phenomena, the conclufion may be pronounced gene- rally; but if at any time afterwards any exception fhall occur from expériments, it may then begin to be pronounced with fuch exceptions as occur.” Tuis is the general doctrine which he lays down as applicable in all experimental enquiries ; and fo far was he from confider- . ing the particular cafe above mentioned as an exception to this general rule, that from fome expreffions he makes ufe of, it evidently appears, that he was not without fufpicion, of what has fince been difcovered to be the truth. In his fixth letter to Mr OrpENBURGH, dated from Cam- bridge in the year 1662, he exprefleth himfelf in the following “cc words: “ Mr Hook thinks himfelf concerned to reprehend me for laying afide the thoughts of improving optics by re- fra€tion. What I faid there was in refpect of telefcopes of | the ordinary conftrudtion, fignifying that their improvement is not to be expected from the well figuring of glafles, as op- ticians have imagined. But [defpaired not of their im- provement by other conftructions, which made me cautious to infert nothing that might intimate the contrary. For al- though fucceflive refractions which are all made the fame way, do neceffarily more and more augment the errors of the firft refraGtion, yet it feemed not impoflible for contrary refractions fo to correét each others unequalities, as to make their difference regular; and if that could be conveniently effected, there would be no farther difficulty. Now to this end I examined what may be done; not only by glafles alone, but more efpecially by a complication of diverfe fucceflive mediums ; as by two or more glaffes or cryftals, with water, or fome other fluid, between them; all which together may perform the office of one glafs, efpecially of the object glafs, 6é on REFRANGIBILITY of LIGHT. F “ on whofe conftruétion the perfection of the inftrument “* chiefly depends. But what the refults in theory or by trials “ have been, I may poflibly find a more proper occafion to de- “* clare.” In the year 1757, the late Mr Joun DoLtonD, in confe- quence of fome ftrictures on Sir Isaac Newton from abroad, repeated the noted experiment of refracting a ray of light through prifms of glafs and water, placed with their refracting angles in oppofite directions, and fo proportioned to each other, that the ray, after thefe oppofite refraGtions, emerged parallel to the incident ray. According to the Newtonian do@trine, there ought here to have been no divergency of the heterogeneal rays, and no colour produced by thefe equal and oppofite refractions. Bur this was not the refult of the experiment. The ray was coloured very fenfibly ; and the author of the experiment find- ing that he could, by thefe oppofite refrations, produce colour, — notwithftanding the parallelifm of the incident and emergent light, with reafon concluded that he might, by properly pro- portioning the refracting angles of his prifms, effeét an inclina- tion of the refracted to the incident light, without any colour or divergency. The event turned out as he expected. Pusuinc his experiments farther, he difcovered, fome time afterwards, that a colourlefs refraction might be produced by a combination of different kinds of glafs, as well as by a com- bination of glafs and water, which feemed to remove complete- ly the great obftacle to the perfection of the refracting telefcope, ' difcovered by Sir Isaac NewTown. As it was found foon afterwards, that the other principal im- perfeGtion which limits the performance of telefcopes, namely, the aberration arifing from the {pherical figures of lenfes, might be correGted by properly proportioning to each other the {phe- ricities of the convex and concave lenfes, of which the com- pound object glafs is compofed ; it was expected by men of fcience, that an increafe of the aperture and power of the in- ftrument, 6 2 On the UNEQUAL {trument, would be the neceffary confequence of fuch important fteps, towards the perfection of its theory. Thefe expectations have not hitherto been fully anfwered. } Ir the theory of the achromatic telefcope is fo complete as it has been reprefented, may it not reafonably be demanded, whence it proceeds, that HuceNivus and others could execute telefcopes with fingle object glaffes eight inches and upwards in diameter, while a compound objet glafs of half thefe dimen- fions, is hardly to be met with? or how it can arife from any defe& in the execution, that reflectors can be made fo much fhorter than achromatic refractors of equal apertures, when it is well known that the latter are much lefs affected by any im- perfections in the execution of the lenfes compofing the object glafs, than reflectors are by equal defects in the figure of the great fpeculum ? / Tue general anfwer made by artifts to enquiries of this kind, is, that the fault lies in the imperfection of glafs, arid particu- larly in that kind of glafs of which the concave lens of the compound object glafs is formed, called flint-glafs. Ir was in order to fatisfy myfelf concerning the reality of this difficulty, and to attempt to remove it, that I engaged in the following courfe of experiments. The refult of this inve- ftigation I now do myfelf the honour of fubmitting to the Royal Society. Tue imperfections of glafs for optical purpofes arife partly from its want of perfect tranfparency, and from being more or lefs affected with a tinge of fome particular colour, but princi- pally from irregularities which are frequently found in its re- fractive denfity. This laft imperfection is fo conftant an at- tendant upon flint-glafs, and every other kind of glafs which poffeffes the difperfive quality in a confiderable degree, that it has been fufpected, not without appearance of reafon, to arife neceflarily from that ingredient in its compofition on which this REFRANGIBILITY of LIGHT. " this quality depends. It is certain that great labour and ex- pence have been beftowed on this object without the defired effect. . Cons!pERiNG therefore that it is not impoffible to introduce 2 fluid medium to fupply the place of one of the lenfes, in the compound achromatic object glafs, 1 was defirous of fearching whether nature afforded fluids poffeffed of the requifite qua- lities. - : t Ir appears from the paflage already quoted, that Sir Isaac Newton not only fufpected that optical inftruments might admit of improvement by a combination of folid and fluid me- diums, but had atually made experiments on the fubje, and confidered this as the moft likely means of carrying thefe inftru- ments to their greateft perfection. “Dr Davip Grecory, Savilian profeffor of aftronomy at Oxford, entertained fimilar ideas on this fubject, as appears from his treatife, entitled, ‘‘ Catoptrice et Dioptrice Sphezricz “ Elementa.” In this work, which was publifhed at Edinburgh in the year 1713, he treats of optical inftruments, both by re- fraction and refletion ; and, after fhewing the advantages of ‘the latter in theory, concludes his treatife with the following words: “ Quod fi ob difficultates phyficas, in {peculis idoneis “ torno elaborandis et poliendis, etiamnum lentibus uti opor- teat, fortaflis media diverfe denfitatis ad lentem objeCtivam * componendam adhibere utile foret, ut a natura factum ob- fervemus in oculi fabrica, ubi chriftallinus humor (fere ejuf- dem cum vitro virtutis ad radios lucis refringendos) aqueo et vitreo (aquz, quoad refractionem, haud abfimilibus) conjun- gitur, ad imaginem quam diftinéé fieri potuit, a natura mi- hil fruftra molienti, in oculi fundo depingendam: fed et alii funt in animalis oculo, prediti artificii ufus, qui non fant hujus loci.” , ; ‘Tuts coincidence of opinion of thefe great opticians refpect- ing the ultimate perfection attainable by the telefcope, deferves ; to 8 On the UNEQUAL to be remarked.- Various attempts of this kind have been made by later philofophers and artifts. Indeed, the ftructure of the eye, compofed of folids and fluids varioufly combined, feems to prefent fo obvious and inftru@ive a pattern for imitation, that it is no wonder if the expectations entertained of the pro- duétions of art, rofe in proportion as they could be made to approach the conftruction of this exquifite model of Divine workmanfhip. Mr Dotionp’s firft experiments went no sabi than to prove to him, that glafs difperfes the heterogeneal rays of light more than water, when the refraétion-of the mean re- frangible ray is equal in both mediums. With thefe fcanty data, this able artift zealoufly went to work to conftruct tele- {copes on this new difcovered principle. But on this occafion his attempts were not attended with any degree of fuccefs. This need not much be wondered at. Befides the difficulty he ‘mentions, arifing from the fpherical aberration, (which, by the by, if he had confidered the matter more attentively, he would have feen to be eafily furmountable) he would find between plate-glafs and water, but an inconfiderable difference of dif- perfive, power ; and if he made ufe of flint-glafs he would have all thofe difficulties to ftruggle with, which his fucceflors have not been able to remove, though fully apprized of their caufe. Turs want of fuccefs in his firft trials with fluids, and the difcovery he foon after made of a difference in the difperfive power of different kinds of glafs, which he was more fuccefs- ful in applying to the improvement of telefcopes, feems to have put an end to all thoughts of the ufe of fluids, nor has any thing of that kind been fince attempted, as far as I have been able to learn, fome unfuccefsful trials excepted, to conftruct thofe fmall perfpetives called opera glafles, on a plan fimilar to that of Mr Dotionp, by including fpirit of wine between two concave menifcufes of flint-glafs, the fluid fupplying the place REFRANGIBILITY of LIGHT. Ps place of crown-glafs, and the advantage propofed being a faving of the light loft by refleGtion. THE experiments of Mr DoLtonp proved, that the difper- five power of water is lefs than that of the glafs with which he made his experiments ; and it feems wonderful that this fhould have been almoft the only attempt made to inveftigate this qua- lity in fluid mediums. We find many tables afcertaining the mean refra¢tive denfity of fluids, from experiments made both before the difcovery of DoLLOND and fince. But though fome of the fluids examined were poffeffed of the difperfive quality im a remarkable degree, this is pafled over unobferved, and it would feem unfufpected, if we except the very ingenious con- jecture of Mr Micuext ; to whom it occurred, that the appa- rent difference in the experiment above mentioned, made by Sir Isaac Newton, from the fame experiment repeated by Mr DottonD, might arife from the former ufing, inftead of pure water, a folution of Saccharum Saturni, which he mentions his having fometimes made ufe of to increafe the refraction. Mr Micuet fufpected that lead, even in this form, might increafe the diflipative refraGtion, as it does in the compofition of glafs. The refult of his experiments on this fubject may be feen in the additions to Dr PriestTxLey’s Optics, at the end of the fecond volume; Of the methods employed for inveftigating the optical qualities of different mediums. In afcertaining the mean refractive and difperfive qualities of fluids, I made ufe of two kinds of apparatus. Where the properties of the fluids were entirely unknown, prifms were employed to come to a grofs knowledge of their properties, and thofe, fluids which promifed to be of ufe in the praétical part of optics, were more critically examined by means of lenfes, where Vor. II. B the Io \ On th UNEQUAL the effe@t,. from being magnified, becomes more confpicu- ous. Tue prifmatic apparatus confifts of a fmall prifm- of brafs, whofe three angles are equal. Through this prifm, and paral- lel with one of its fides, are bored two holes at a fmall diftance from each other, equal in fize to the pupil of the eye. The fides of the prifm are ground flat, and there are two bits of glafs with parallel fides, of the fame dimenfions as the fides of the prifm. There are alfo prifms of the fame fize, and with the fame angles of different kinds of glafs, and fome crown- glafs prifms, with fmaller angles, which, by being applied to the large prifm, or to each other, vary the refracting angle at pleafure. WHEN it is propofed to try the properties of any fluid, one of the fmall plates of glafs is applied over the holes on the fide of the brafs prifm. A few drops of the fluid are then dropped into the hole ; and when it is full, the other plate is laid over the holes upon the oppofite fide, and the whole is fecured by tying a bit of pack-thread round the ends. One of the glafs prifms is now to be applied to the brafs prifm, contiguous with one of the parallel plates, the refracting angles of the two prifms being placed in oppofite directions, fo as to form a {mall paral- lelepiped. Noruine farther is neceffary than to apply the eye to the hole which contains the fluid, in fuch a way as to obferve through it any bright well defined object. The bars of the window anfwer the purpofe very well in the day-time, and the moon, or a candle in the night. The intention of the two holes is for the fake of greater expedition. The properties of two fluids may thus be examined and compared at the fame time. As the prifmatic portion of fluid and the glafs prifm have equal refracting angles, and refrac in oppofition to each other, it will eafily be underftood, that if the object feen through the : twa et ka neers REFRANGIBILITY of LIGHT. 11 two prifms coincides with the fame objet feen diretly, the mean refractive denfity of both mediums will be the fame. When this is the cafe, if the object feen through thefe prifms appears free from prifmatic colour, the difperfive power of the. fluid medium is alfo the fame with the difperfive power of the glafs prifm. But otherwife they will be.different. TuoseE mediums, it is to be obferved, are faid to have the fame mean refractive denfity, which, under equal obliquities of incidence, equally refract the mean refrangible rays, and two mediums are faid to have the fame difperfive power, which pro- duce an equal inclination of rays of the fame colour, to the mean refrangible ray, when the whole refraftion of the mean refrangible ray is equal in both. WHEN an objett, feen through the equal wedges of glafs and fluid, appears coloured, one of the fmaller glafs wedges is to be applied and fhifted till the object appears colourlefs. It is eafy to diftinguifh, by the order in which the prifmatic colour lies, whether the {mall prifm is to be applied in fuch a way as to increafe the difperfion of the rays-occafioned by the fluid, fo ‘as to enable it to counterbalance that of the glafs; or whether the refra€ting angle of the glafs prifm requires to be enlarged, to enable it to countera¢t the difperfion occafioned by the fluid. By proceeding in this way to fhift the angles of the prifms, till, firft, the direct and refracted images of an object coincide, without regarding the colour; and, next, till the refracted image appears colourlefs, without regarding the coincidence ; the ratio of the mean refractive and difperfive powers of that kind of fluid, and that kind of glafs, with which the experi- ments are made, will be obtained, from the angles of the prifms “being given in both cafes. In order to afcertain the abfolute refractive denfity of glafs, or any other medium, that is to fay, the general ratio of the fines of the angles of incidence to the fines of the angles of re- B2 fraction 12 On the UNEQUAL fraction of the mean refrangible ray, which obtains in that me- dium, I took a direct method, fimilar in principle to that em- ployed by Sir Isaac Newron, and defcribed by him in the feventh propofition of the firft book of his Optics, and likewife in his Optical Lectures, p. 54. ; but which I may venture to fay will be found much eafier, and perfectly accurate. InsTEAD of caufing the rays to pafs through the. fights of a large and accurate quadrant, at the diftance of ten or twelve feet, as directed by Sir Isaac Newton, I employed a Hap- LEy’s quadrant, in the following manner: Fic. 1.—I reprefents the index-glafs and H the horizon- glafs of a Hapiey’s quadrant. SI reprefents a folar ray, in- cident on the index-glafs, thence reflected to the horizon-glafs. H, and from it to the eye at E. The line sg reprefents another folar ray, incident on thegprifm P, and through it refracted to the eye at E. When the prifm is turned flowly round its axis, till the fpectrum G appears at its greateft height, this is its pro~ per pofition. The angle formed by the dire and refracted ray is then the leaft poffible, and the angles of incidence and emergence are equal. Let the prifm be fecured in this pofition. A flight infpection of the figure will thew, that when the re- flected and refracted images of the fun are made to coincide, the angle marked by the index of the quadrant, is the fame which the incident ray sg forms with the refracted ray PE produced. For SZH is the angular diftance of the fun and his doubly reflected image, marked by the index; and the an- ‘gle sgG, which the ray incident on the prifm forms with the refracted ray produced, is equal to it; sg and S,I being paral- lel, and PZ and HZ being coincident. Tue manner in which the ratio of the fines of the angles of incidence and refraction may be computed from the above an- gle, and the refracting angle of the prifm being given, is fully explained in the celebrated works which have juft been quoted. Ir REFRANGIBILITY of LIGHT. 13 Ir may be proper here to remark, that as it is the ratio of refraction of the mean refrangible ray which is wanted, the centre of the reflected image of the fun ought to be made to coincide with the centre of the coloured fpectrum, as repre- fented in the figure; and if, inftead of this, the coincidence, " 4s formed with the moft or leaft refrangible ray, or any of the intermediate rays, it will be the ratio of refraction of thefe rays, and not of the mean refrangible ray, which will be found from the obfervation. Hence this method might be practifed for determining the difperfive power, as well as thee mean re- fraCtive denfity of any tranfparent fubftance, whether folid or fluid; but I have preferred a combination of prifms or lenfes, becaufe it is the relative ratios, more than the abfolute ratios, which are moft immediately wanted. Experiments on the difperfive powers of fluids. I EXAMINED, by the prifmatic apparatus which has been de- fcribed, the optical properties of a great variety of fluid medi- ums. It will fuffice to mention the moft remarkable of thefe. Many folutions of metals and femi-metals, in different forms, were fubjected to trial, and thefe were always found to be more difperfive than crown-glafs. The folution of fome falts in wa- ter, as for inftance of crude fal ammoniacum, greatly increafes. its difperfive power. The marine acid difperfes very confider- ably, and this quality increafes with its ftrength. Hence [ found the moft difperfive fluids to be thofe in which the marine acid and the metals are combined. The chemical preparation « galled caufficum antimoniale or butyrum antimonii, in its moft eon- centrated ftate, when it has juft attracted fufficient humidity to render it fluid, poffeffes the quality of difperfing the rays in fuch an aftonifhing degree, that three wedges of crown-glafs are neceflary to remove the colour produced by one wedge of this ° fubftance, 14 On the UNEQUAL fubftance, of an equal refracting angle, oppofed to them. The great quantity of the femi-metal retained in folution, and the highly concentrated {tate of the marine acid, feem to be the caufe of this fcarce credible effet. ~ Ns Corrosive fublimate mercury, added to a folution of crude al ammoniacum in water, poffeffes the next place to the butter ~ of antimony among the difperfive fluids which I examined. It may be made of fuch a degree of flrength, as to require a wedge of crown-glafs, of double the refracting angle, to re- move the colour which a prifm of it produces. The mercury and marine acid contained in this folution, are manifeftly the caufe of its difperfive power. For neither the water nor the volatile alkali, which are its other component parts, will be found capable, if tried feparately, of contributing towards this effect. Tue effential oils were found to hold the next rank to me- tallic folutions, among fluids which poffefs the difperfive qua- lity. The moft difperfive I found to be thofe obtained from bituminous minerals, fuch as the native petrolea, pit-coal and amber. When the refraction is without colour, the proportion of the refraéting angle of a prifm of thefe, to the refracting an- gle of a prifm of crown-glafs ating in oppofition, is about two tothree. The difperfive power of the effential oil of faffa- fras, is not much inferior to thefe. The effential oil of le- mons, when genuine, requires the refracting angles of the prifms neceffary to produce ,a colourlefs refraction, to be as three to four. In oil of turpentine, this proportion is as feven to fix; and the effential oil of rofemary is ftill lefs difperfive. Some expreffed oils which were examined, were found not to differ fenfibly in difperfive power from crown-glafs, which was alfo the cafe with reétified fpirits, and with nitrous and vi- triolic ether. A + REFRANGIBILITY of LIGHT. 15 A variety of other fluids were examined in the fame way ; but not having yet colleéted them into a table, I have only men- tioned, in general terms, the moft remarkable. Havine been thus fuccefsful beyond my hopes, in difcover- ing fluids capable of removing the great imperfection of tele- {copes, arifing from the different refrangibility of light, the next objeé was, to feleét from this variety thofe which feemed beft adapted to optical purpofes. Tuere can be no doubt that thofe aaa an which moft difperfe the rays, are, ceteris paribus, to be preferred. It will alfo be found, when the method of correcting thofe errors, which arife from the fpherical figures of lenfes, comes to be confidered, that there is apparently an advantage in ufing a dif- perfive medium, whofe mean refractive denfity exceeds the mean refractive denfity of crown-glafs. As the antimonial cauftic poffeffes both thefe advantages, in a degree far beyond what was to be expected in any fluid, I in- cluded fome of it between two double convex lenfes of crown- glafs, whofe radii of convexity. were as two to one. The leaft convex fides of thefe were turned towards each other, and they were kept at a proper diftance by means of a glafs-ring. The : cavity was then filled with the ftrongeft butter of antimony. Here it is evident that there is a concave lens of the difperfive fluid, aGting in oppofition to the two convex lenfes of crown- glafs, and that the proportion of the radii of thefe is the fame which was found by the prifms to corre&t the colour, namely, three wedges of crown-glafs, to one of the butter of anti- mony. Tuis compound object-glafs’ being put into a tube, an eye- glafs was applied, and, according to expectation, the colour was found to be removed. But I was furprifed to find, on di- recting the inftrument to a planet, and ufing a deep eyé-glafs, that this fluid, in its highly concentrated ftate, was fubject, like flint- 16 On the UNE QUAL flint-glafs, to great irregularities in its denfity, difcoverable by e ftreams of light, like comet’s tails, 1ffuing in different directions from the difc of Venus, which was the planet obferved. By fhaking the object-glafs, thefe might be, in a great meafure, removed, but foon returned; and after ftanding all night, broad veins, in different parts of the included fluid, were per- ceptible to the naked eye. Ir was neceflary on this account to reject very denfe fluids. The antimonial preparation I found might be reduced to a fuf- ficient degree of fluidity, by mixing it with fpirit of wine or vitriolic ether, into which a {mall quantity of the marine acid had been previoufly dropped. This prevents any precipitation of the femi-metal in the form of a calx. In this diluted form, either this preparation, or the folution of corrofive fublimate mercury alone, in fpirit of wine, or in water, with the addition of crude fal ammoniacum, may be employed for producing refraction without colour, and without being fubject to that irregularity of denfity to which flint-glafs, and very denfe dif- perfive fluids, are fubject. : But as folutions of faline fubftances in this diluted ftate do not differ materially in difperfive power from the effential oils, thefe two kinds of fluids may be ufed indifferently. THERE is, however, a particular cafe, in which water or vi- triolic «ther, impregnated with antimony or mercury, will have the advantage, from being lefs denfe than effential oils ; and that is, where it is required to produce a fingle refrac- tion, in which there fhall be no difference of refrangibility of heterogeneal light. As this expreffion may found ftrange in the ears of opticians, I fhall, before proceeding farther in the ap- plication of the experiments which have been recited, explain what is meant by it. Cafes ; REFRANGIBILITY of LIGHT. VW Cafes of refraction in which the violet rays are leaft refrangible, and the red rays moft refrangible; or in which all the rays are equally refrangible; or in which the red rays are refracted from the per- pendicular, and the violet rays towards the perpendicular, while the mean refrangible rays fuffer no refraction. Ir has been mentioned, that when prifms of crown-glafs and oil of turpentine refraét in oppofition, the tranfmitted light is colourlefs, when the proportion of the refracting angles of thefe prifms is as feven to fix. Hence, if oil of turpentine be in- cluded between two double convex lenfes, the radii of whofe comvexities are as fix to one, and the deep fides of thefe be placed inwards, fo as to be in contact with the fluid ; in the re- fraction through this compound lens, the aberration from the difference of refrangibility will be removed. I can prove the truth of what I write, by a compound object glafs of this kind, which I have had in my poffeflion above four years. It is twenty inches in focal length, and its performance as a tele- fcope, with one inch and a half of aperture, is not contempt- ible. Now, it has long ago been afcertained, that the mean refractive denfity of oil of turpentine is lefs than that of glafs ; and thence I affirm, that when light paffes from crown-glafs into oil of turpentine, a confiderable refra€tion of the whole pencil from the perpendicular takes place, and the violet rays are, in this cafe, the leaft refrangible, and the red rays the moft refrangible. . Tuis is manifeft from the faéts which have juft been ftated. In the objeét-glafs above mentioned, there are four refraétions, all of which are made in the fame direétion ; ‘namely, two re- frations at the two external furfaces of the lenfes, which are in contact with air, and two at the internal furfaces, which are in contact with oil of turpentine. Vor. IU. Gi In e ~ 18 On the UNEQUAL In the refractions which take place in the confine of glafs and air, it has been put beyond all doubt, by Sir Isaac New- TON’s experiments, that the red rays are leaft refracted, and the violet rays moft refracted»; and it is equally clear, from what has juft been mentioned to be the refult of trials with prifms, and from the correction of colour in the above mentioned ob- ject-glafs, that when light pafles obliquely out of crown-glafs into oil of turpentine, it is refracted from the perpendicular, and the red rays are moft refraéted, and the violet rays leaft refracted. If this were otherwife, the heterogeneal rays, which are made to diverge in two refractions, which take place in the confine of glafs and air, could never have this divergency re- moved by the refractions made in the confine of glafs and the fluid. It is manifeft, that if, in thefe laft mentioned. refrac- tions, the feparation of the heterogeneal rays were in the fame order as in the refraction from air into glafs, the colour and di- vergency of the rays, inftead of being removed by thet moult be increafed. I sHALL not enter upon the application of this fact to the beft received theories of refraction ; but it may be worth while to remark the great importance of minute accuracy in obferving the refults of experiments. Dr Hook attempted to make ob- ject-glaffes of telefcopes, by interpofing a fluid between a plano- convex lens, and a piece of glafs, both fides of which were plane and parallel. The convex fide of the lens; was turned. inwards ; and the author feems to have had no other view in this fcheme, but to obviate the difficulty which was found in giving a good figure to lenfes ground to very long radii. The refraction being thus reduced to that which takes place in the confine of glafs and the fluid employed, may be diminifhed in any proportion, and confequently the focal length of the object- — glafs lengthened at pleafure. One of the fluids which he ap- pears to have made ufe of, was oil of turpentine. The diffe- rence between the phenomena attending an object-glafs of this conftrution ns ft ; ; a as nes 9 —— i REFRANGIBILITY of LIGHT. t9 conftruction and a fimple lens, if they had been attentively ob- ferved, would have led Dr Hoox to the truth; and a man of his zeal and invention would not have failed to apply the dif- covery to the improvement of optics, not to mention the tri- umph it would have afforded the opponent and rival of New- TON, to have aflerted, and had it in his power to make good his affertion, that. in fome cafes the violet rays are the leaft re- frangible, and the red rays the moft refrangible. Even Mr Dottonp could not conceive that the prifmatic colour could be corrected by refractions which are .all made the fame way; and. ftill lefs would he have admitted that fin- gle refractions may take place without divergency or colour *.. As this continues to be the opinion of the beft informed opti- cians of the prefent day, it will be neceffary to enter into a more explicit inveftigation of the fubject. Fic. 2. Let ABC reprefent a glafs prifm, and BCD a prifm of water in contact with it; and let the angles of thefe - prifims be fo proportioned to each other, that a ray of light S I, which enters the glafs prifm perpendicularly, fhall,, after being refracted from the perpendicular at the point G, in pafling out of the glafs into the water, emerge at K, perpendicular to the fide C D of the water prifm, which is fuppofed to be confined. by parallel plates of glafs. As the ray both enters and emerges from the refracting mediums perpendicularly, it will fuffer no refraction, excepting when it pafles from the glafs into the wa- ter, where its incidence is oblique. Here it, will be ‘refracted _ from the perpendicular, and, will emerge coloured, the violet rays being moft refracted, and the red rays leaft refradted. . ., Let the water be now impregnated with antimony or mer- cury, to increafe its difperfive power. As this will alfo increafe its mean refraétive denfity, and occafion a diminution of the C2 refraction _.* Philofophical Tranfations of London, vol. 1. page 74¢. 26 On the UNEQUAL refraCtion in pafling into it from the glafs, conceive the angle BCD to be diminifhed as the refraction diminifhes, fo that the refracted ray GK fhall ftill) emerge perpendicular to DC. When the angles of the glafs prifm and prifm of difperfive fluid bear to each other a certain proportion, the ray will be found to emerge colourlefs ; and when this happens, it is evi- dent that all the rays are equally refraéted at the point G, in paffing out of the glais into the fluid. For they fuffer no other: refraction whatever. Tuis is a neceflary confequence of the glafs and fluid differ- ing in their mean refractive denfity, and of the rarer medium poffefling the requifite degree of difperfive power. Tus cafe of a fingle refraction taking place, without any difference of refrangibility of the rays, may be illuftrated by Sir Isaac NewTon’s explication of refraction, by means of attraction, in the following manner. He fuppofes refraction to arife from an attracting force acting on light, in lines per- pendicular to the furface of the medium ; and the caufe of one kind of rays being more refracted than another, to arife from their being more attracted. Wuew the medium is furrounded by a vacuum, the refrac- tion will be proportioned to the whole attracting force of that medium. But when light paffes from one refracting medium into another, it will only be attraéted by the difference between their attraGing forces, as they aét in oppofition to each other. Now, if the difference of attraGtion of the moft and leaft refrangible rays were, in all mediums, proportioned to the whole attraction of the mean refrangible ray, it would be im- poflible to produce refra€tion without colour *. But fubfequent tits got f experiments * Tats at leaft is true as to fenfe in thofe {mall refractions which take place in tele~ fcopes and microfcopes ; and it would be mathematically true in all cafes, if the angles of incidence and refraction were proportional. But as it is not the angles themfelves which are fo, but their fines, it is a miftake to fuppofe that colourlefs refraction cannot be produced by large contrary refrattions of the fame medium, properly difpofed for the purpofe. REFRANGIBILITY of LIGHT. 21 experiments have proved, that this fappofed general law of re- _ fraction does not hold in nature. ee ee “ih _In the inftance before us, if we fuppofe the force with which glafs attracts the red, green and violet rays to be reprefented by the numbers five, fix and feven ; then may the force with which the difperfive fluid attracts thefe rays, be reprefented by the numbers four, five and fix. For the reafon why all the rays are equally refracted in their tranfition from one of thefe mediums into the other, is becaufe the rare medium has the property of refraCting the violet rays more, and the red rays lefs, than the denfe medium, when the obliquity of incidence is fo propor- tioned to their denfity, that the mean refrangible ray fhall fuffer the fame refra¢tion in both. Now, in the cafe above ftated, the attraction of the rare medium for the feveral rays, is fo proportioned to the attraction of the denfe medium for thefe fame rays, that the difference of thefe attractions is every where equal, and confequently the re- fraction arifing from thefe differences of attraction is alfo equal. Thus the green ray is attratted by the denfe medium with the | force fix, and by the rare medium with,the force five, the dif- ference of which is ome; and there is the fame difference be- tween the attracting forces acting on the red and violet rays im the two mediums, being in one cafe the difference between five and four, and in the other between fix and feven; fo that the difference of attracting force, and confequently the refraction fuppofed to arife from it, is the fame in all the rays, being al- ways that which will be produced by an attracting force, repre+ fented by unity. aes Ir the difperfive power of the rare medium, of which the prifm BCD is formed, be ftill farther increafed, the red rays will become the moft refrangible, and the violet rays the leaft refrangible ; a law of refraCtion, which, as has been already explained, obtains when light is refracted in the confine of exown-glafs and oil of turpentine, and of many other fluids. Te 22 On ith UNEQUAL Ir the mean refractive denfity of the difperfive fluid, con- tained in the prifm BCD, be fo far increafed as to become equal to the mean refractive denfity of the glafs prifm ABC, the mean refrangible ray will fuffer no refraétion in pafling ob- liquely from the one medium into the other at the point G, but the violet ray will be refra€ted towards the perpendicular, and the red ray will be refracted from the perpendicular. The rea- fon of which is, that the difperfive medium refracts the violet ray more, and the red ray lefs than the other medium; fo that the former may be confidered as an equally denfe medium with the latter relative to the green ray, but more denfe relative to the violet ray, and lefs denfe relative to the red ray. Turis cafe of refraction takes place in the confine of crown- glafs and butter of antimony, when the latter is fo far diluted as to have the fame mean refractive denfity with crown-glafs ; that is to fay, when both mediums equally refract the green ray, under equal obliquities of incidence. THeEse varieties of refraction will poflibly be better compre- hended by the affiftance of diagrams. Fic. 3. reprefents a prifm of crown-glafs, which is entered perpendicularly by a red, green and violet ray, moving parallel with each other. As their incidence on the fecond furface of the prifm is oblique, they will, in pafling from the glafs into air, be refraGted from the perpendicular. This deflection of the light from its rectilineal courfe, is fuppofed to be produced by the perpendicular attracting forces, reprefented by the num- bers five, fix and feven. The violet ray will therefore be moft deflected, the green next, and the red ray leaft. Fic. 4. reprefents a prifm of difperfive fluid, which the three rays enter with the fame degree of obliquity which they had before they emerged from the glafs prifm. The attracting forces of the fluid for the feveral rays, are reprefented by the numbers q Min hn? =. =< 4 REFRANGIBILITY ofLIGHT. 23 numbers four, five, fix; and each of them will be deflected towards the perpendicular, ina ‘aig proportioned to the force acling on it. Fic. 5. reprefents the two prifms in conta¢t, and the three rays entering the glafs prifm perpendicularly, and emerging perpen- dicularly from the fluid ; fo that the only refraction they fuffer in their paflage, is in the confine of the two mediums. Ar the point of contact, the rays will be acted on by both mediums, with the fame forces which they exerted when fepa- rate. But thefe forces will act in oppofition, and therefore the rays will only be affected by their difference ; and as the dif- ference of attraction of the two mediums is the fame in all the rays, they will all be equally refracted. The red ray is attract- ed towards the glafs by the difference between the forces four and five, the green by the difference between five and fix, and the violet by the difference between fix and feven, each of which differences is equal to unity, as reprefented in the figure. Ir the difperfive power of the fluid, contained in the prifma- tic veffel, be diminifhed by decreafing the proportion of mer- cury or antimony which it contains, the violet ray will begin to be more refracted, and the red ray lefs refracted, than the green ray. But if that quality be increafed, the contrary of this will happen; the red ray now becoming the moft refrangi- _ble, and the violet ray the leaft refrangible. Ir the difperfive medium employed, be of that precife degree ef ftrength, which enables it to refract the green ray in the fame degree in which it is refracted by crown-glafs; in this cafe it has been afferted, that when light paffes obliquely from the one of thefe mediums into 'the other, the green rays will fuffer no refraction, but the red rays will be refracted from the perpendicular, and the violet rays towards the perpendicular. The reafon of this will appeals from infpecting the three follow- ing gus Fic. 24 On the UNEQUAL Fic. 6. reprefents a prifm of crown-glafs, in which the red, green and violet rays, at their emergence into air, are attracted, as before, with the forces five, fix and feven. Fic. 7. reprefents a prifmatic veffel filled with butter of an- timony, whofe mean refraGting force is equal to that of the crown-glafs, fo that the green ray is attracted by it with the force fix. But in confequence of its great difperfive power, the red and violet are attracted, (we fhall fuppofe for the fake of round numbers) with the forces four and eight. Fic. 8. reprefents the two prifms in contaét, and confequent- ly a@ting in oppofition to each other. Now, the force with which each of the mediums acts on the green ray, is reprefented by fix; the difference between which being nothing, the green ray will proceed in its rectilineal courfe, as it would do in the fame uniform medium. Bur as the red ray is attraéted by the crown-glafs with a force reprefented by five, and by the difperfive medium with a force equal only to four, it will, in paffing out of the former into the latter, be deflected towards the crown-glafs, by the dif- ference between thefe forces, which is equal to unity. Tue violet ray, on the contrary, is attracted by the crown- glafs with the force feven, and by the difperfive medium with the force eight, and will therefore be refracted towards the lat- ter, in the fame degree in which the red ray is refracted from it, as reprefented in the figure. It is'a circumftance worth re- marking, that a particle of red light, and a particle of violet light, under precifely the fame circumftances of expofure to the action of grofs bodies, fhould be urged in contrary direc- tions. I nAve tried thefe feveral cafes of refraction likewife with compound objedt-glaffes, which fhew the effect better than the prifms. Thus, if a plano-convex lens have its plane fide turn- ed ; i | } Ss. ee - REFRANGIBILITY of LIGHT. 25 ed towards a diftant object, the rays will enter it, as to fenfe, perpendicularly, and will therefore fuffer no refraction. If the convex furface of this lens be brought in contact, with a fluid . of lefs mean refrative denfity than the glafs, but exceeding it in difperfive power, in that degree which occafions an equal re- fraGtion of all the’ rays, all thefe rays will then’ be converged to the fame point, which are incident at the fame diftance from the axis of the lens. The focal diftance of this compound lens will be greater or lefs in proportion to its radius of convexity, and to the difference of refraction between it and the fluid made ufe of. While the fluid is confined on one fide by the plano- convex lens, let the lens which is brought in contac with it on the oppofite fide, have one of its fides ground convex, and the other concave ; the radii of their fphericities being equal to the focal diftance at which the rays are made to converge, by the refraction which takes place, when light paffes from the plano- convex lens into the fluid. It is manifeft that the light will now both enter into this compound lens, and emerge from it perpendicularly, and will therefore fuffer no refraction, except in the confine of the convex fide of the plano-convex and the difperfive fluid, where all the rays are equally refrangible. A compound lens of this kind, is reprefented in the ninth figure, which, after what has been faid, will require no farther expla- nation ; excepting only, that inftead.of being fpherical, it is re- prefented with that curvature which converges homogeneal rays, incident at all diftances from the axis, to the fame point. If the required curvature could be given to lenfes with fuffi- cient accuracy, this figure feems to réprefent as perfect a con- ftruction of the object-glafs of a telefcope as can be defired. But there is reafon to think that a fpherical figure may be com- municated, not only much eafier, but with greater accuracy than a fpheroidal or hyperboloidal, which would be required ; and even if this difficulty could be got over, there would ftill re- main a fundamental fault in the theory. Before relating the Vor. III: D obfervations a6 On the UNEQUAL obfervations by which this was detected, it will be requifite to explain the method of removing the fpherical aberration, by a combination of convex and concave lenfes. For next to the in- diftinétnefs arifing from the unequal refrangibility of light, this aberration, occafioned by the fpherical figures of lenfes, is the great obftacle to the advancement of the powers of vifion. Of the aberration from the fpherical figure. Tus fubject has been treated of in all thecwartety of cafes which can occur in fingle glafs lenfes, by the great Hucenius, in his Dioptrics, a pofthumous work. He there demonftrates that the quantity of this aberration is very different in different lenfes of the fame focal diftance, according to the convexities or concavities. of their two fides, and the manner in which thefe are expofed to parallel rays. In convex lenfes, thofe rays which pafs at a diftance from the axis, are converged to a point nearer to the lens than its geome- trical focus. The diftance between the point at which the ex- ternal ray of a pencil incident on a lens, interfects its axis and the geometrical focus, is called the linear aberration of that lens. expofed to parallel rays, with its plane fide towards them, this aberration will amount to four times and a half the thicknefs of the glafs. By the thicknefs of a convex lens is meant its greateft thicknefs in the middle, after fubtracting its thicknefs, if it has any, at the outer edge; and by the thicknefs of a con- cave lens, is meant its thicknefs at the external edge, after de- ducting its thicknefs in the middle. On turning the convex fide of the lens towards the light, the linear aberration will only exceed the thicknefs of the lens by one fixth part. WHEN Hucentus demonftrates, that when a plano-convex lens is f REFRANGIBILITY of LIGHT, 27 _., Wuen both fides of a lens are convex, and the proportion of their convexities is as one to fix, if the moft convex fide be ex- ‘ pofed to parallel rays, the aberration will exceed the thicknefs of the lens one fourteenth, which is the {malleft poflible aber- ration of any convex lens. ‘aks Ir it is required to increafe the aberration, this may be done by grinding one fide of the lens convex, and the other fide con- cave, toa longer radius. Such a lens, with its concave fide _ turned towards parallel rays, will have more aberration than any plano-convex or double convex lens of the fame focal di- ftance. . : HuceEnNtuvs proceeds to fhew, that the fame aberration is pro- duced by concave lenfes as by fimilar convex ones. When a . plano-concave lens is expofed to parallel rays, with its plane fide outward, the external ray of the pencil, being produced back- ward after refraction, will interfect the axis of the lens nearer to it than its focus, by four times and a half the thicknefs of the lens. But if its concave fide be expofed to the parallel rays, the aberration will only exceed the thicknefs of the lens one fourteenth part. A double concave, whofe radii are as one to fix, with the moft concave fide turned outward, difperfes the rays with the leaft aberration; and a concave menifcus, with its convex fide outward, produces more aberration than any plano-concave or double concave lens, of an equal focal di- ftance.. é . Tuese are fufficient data for correcting the aberration from the fpherical figure, in cafes where both a convex and concave lens are required, in the conftruction of the compound. objeét- glafs. ; aathits : fifi : Fic. 10. Let AB reprefent a convex lens receiving a pencil of rays from the object S, and converging rays incident near the axis, as ST, to the point F; and external rays, as SB, to the point nod i arr reer D; 28 On th UNEQUAL D; fo that DF reprefents the greateft linear aberration in this cafe. - AGAIN, let GH (Fig. 11.) reprefent a concave lens, receiving the parallel rays SH, RK, which it refraéts in the lines H X and KV. This ray KV being produced backward, will interfect the axis of the lens nearly at the point N, which is called the virtual focus of the concave ; and the external ray HX produced backward, will interfect the axis’ in fome point P nearer to the lens than its focus, P N being’ the linear aberra- tion. : Ir may here be obferved, that the convex is in that pofition which produces the leaft aberration, and the concave in the po- fition which produces moft aberration. Hence, to render the aberrations DF (Fig. 10.) and PN (Fig. 11.) equal, the fo- cal diftance of the convex muft be much ‘fhorter than. that: of the concave; and if the diftances of the points F and N from the convex and concave lenfes be: required to be the fame, as reprefented imthe figures, then muft the object be placed much nearer to the convex. Hence the image of the near object S, is reprefented at the fame, diftance from the convex lens in: fi- gure tenth, as the virtual focus of the concave in figure’ ele- venth, where it is reprefented as receiving parallel: rays, which are fuppofed to come from an infinitely diftant object. Now, when the diftance between K and N, which is the point from which parallel rays are made to diverge by the con- cave lens, is equal to the diftance between T and F, which is the point to which rays iffuing from S are made to converge by the convex; and when the aberrations DF and PN are alfo equal ; I fay, that in this cafe, if the two lenfes be placed con- tiguous, in the manner reprefented in the twelfth figure, parallel rays, incident on thefe lenfes, will be converged to the point S, without any aberration of the external ray. For REFRANGIBILITY of LIGHT. 29 For it is an axiom in optics, that if a ray of light after re- fraction be returned dire@tly back to the point of incidence, it will be refracted in the line which was before defcribed by the incident ray. Ir therefore we conceive the whole of the light emitted from the point S (Fig. 10.), and converged by the convex lens towards the points D and F, to be returned direftly back from thefe points, it will be accurately converged to the point S,- whence it iffued. Now, the parallel rays SH, RK, (Fig. 11.) after their emergence from the concave lens, in the lines HX, KV, are precifely in the fame relative fituation, .as the rays fuppofed to be returned directly back from F and D are in, at their in- cidence on the convex; and therefore, when thefe lenfes are placed contiguous, in. the manner reprefented in the twelfth figure, parallel rays incident on the concave lens, and immedi- ately after their emergence from it, entering the convex lens, ' will be accurately cnnvarees to the point S, without any aber- ration. THis, eine is the “ fimple cafe, will fuffice to explain the nature of that aberration, which arifes from the fpherical figures of lenfes, and a method of obviating it by combining a convex and concave, THE demonftration is perfect as far as regards the external ray, which is here reprefented pafling from the external part of the concave into the external part of the convex, in immedi- ate contact with it; and if the furfaces of the two lenfes, which refpeét each other, were either in contact or parallel, it would be true with regard to all the rays. But as this is not the cafe, there arifes a fmall fecondary aberration, the effect of which only becomes fenfible i in large apertures. Hence may be underftood the reafon why the indiftinétnefs arifing from the fpherical figures of lenfes, may, in the com- : mon achromatic telefcope, be more nearly removed in thofe conftructions of object-glaffes in which three lenfes are em- ployed, 36 On the UNEQUAL ployed, than in thofe compofed only of two; and alfo the ad- vantages in this refpect, which may be detived from introdu- cing fluid mediums, which differ from glafs in their mean re- fractive denfity, and in the quantity of aberration produced by their refractions. For it will be found upon computation, that when the. fluid medium is rarer than glafs, the aberration from the fpherical figure is increafed, and becomes greater in pro~ ' portion as its denfity diminifhes. Now, by making the denfity of the fluid medium approach nearer and nearer to the denfity of the glafs with which it is in contact, we may increafe the rarity of our refracting medium, or, which amounts precifely to the fame thing, diminifh the difference of denfity of the two mediums at pleafure. Ir will appear from what has been explained, that the aber- ration from the figure cannot be corrected by interpofing a dif- perfive fluid between two convex lenfes, of a greater refractive — denfity than the interpofed fluid. For all the refractions being made the fame way, tend to converge the external rays to points nearer the lens than its geometrical focus. Hence, when rare fluids are made ufe of to remove the aberration from the difference of refrangibility, fome farther contrivance becomes neceflary to correct the fpherical aberration. Tue moft obvious way, and which on trial I found fuccefs- ful, is to include the rare difperfive fluid between two glafles, ground concave on one fide and convex on the other, and thus form fuch a concave as fhall be required. By combining this with a convex, an achromatic object-glafs may be formed, as reprefented in the fixteenth figure. _The objection to this con- ftruCtion is, that one of the advantages arifing from the ufe of fluids is given up, namely, the prevention of that lofs of light by reflection, which is a confequence of the fluid being in immediate contact with the glafs, whereas in the prefent cafe, the {pace between the convex and concave is occupied by air. On REFRANGIBILITY of LIGHT. 31 On this account I attempted to introduce a third medium, by filling this vacancy with a fluid of the leaft difperfive kind, and of lefs mean refractive denfity than the difperfive fluid. For this purpofe I employed fometimes rectified fpirit of wine, and fometimes vitriolic zther ; and by giving to the lenfes the pro- per degree of curvature, in which great variety may be intro- duced, I fucceeded in forming object-glafles, in which both aberrations are removed, and hardly any more light loft than in a fimple object-glafs. Havine gained this point, I now determined to try how far the aperture of the object-glafs might be increafed, without increafing its focal length, expecting, at leaft, to equal reflectors in this refpe&t. But the firft trials to execute object-glafles on this principle, though they left no reafon to complain of want of fuccefs, when compared with fuch inftruments as are now in ufe, furprifed me with new phenomena, and new obftacles to the perfection of the theory of telefcopes, more unaccountable and perplexing than any I had before encountered. Thefe I fhall now proceed to give an account of. Of the imperfet corretion of prifmatic colour which is obtained by a combination of mediums of different difperfive powers. I TooK a compound object-glafs of the conftruction laft mentioned, compofed of three lenfes, two of them plano-con- vex and the other a menifcus. The radius of convexity of one of the plano-convex lenfes is about four inches, and the con- vex fide is turned towards the objet. The radii to which both fides of the menifcus are ground, are about five inches, one fide being convex and the other fide concave. The concave fide is made to refpect the plane fide of the above mentioned plano- convex, and the vacancy between them is filled with vitriolic ether. The third plano-convex lens is ground to a radius of fix imches. Its convex fide is turned towards the. convex fide of brioy the: 42 On the UNEQUAL the menifcus, and the vacancy between them is replenifhed by a fluid of the requifite degree of difperfive power, which is confined by means of a ring of glafs. Thefe lenfes are two inches and feven eighths of an inch in diameter, and the focal length of the compound objedt-glafs is ten inches; the curva- tures of the lenfes being fo proportioned, as nearly to correct the aberration from the fpherical figure. Tue fluid I employed to remove the colour arifing from the different refrangibility of light, was an effential oil, whofe dif- perfive quality I could eafily increafe or diminifh, by mixing it with others differing in their difperfive qualities, though of nearly the fame mean fefra¢tive denfity ; by which means, the correction of the error from the figure was not difturbed, by varying the ftrength of the difperfive fluid. I now expeéted perfectly to remove the colour, by adding a little of one or other of the difperfive fluids, as occafion might require. Berore relating the event of this trial, it will be proper to explain the manner of examining the difperfive power of fluids by means of lenfes, and of Gaeta: when the colour is perfectly corrected. Wuen the image of a lucid point is formed { in the focus of a fimple lens, the violet rays are converged to a focus neareft to the lens, and the deep red rays are converged to a focus at the greateft diftance from it. The confequence of this is, that if this image be examined by an eye-glafs nearer to the lens than is required for diftiné vifion, it will appear furrounded with a red fringe, which is the prevailing colour of the leaft refrangi- ble rays ; and if the eye-glafs be placed at a diftance beyond that which is required for diftiné vifion, it will be furrounded with a blue fringe, which is the prevailing colour of the moft refrangible rays. Tue reafon of this will appear more clearly from infpecting the thirteenth figure, where the red rays appear outermoft with- in the focus at A, and the violet rays appear outermoft be- yond REFRANGIBILITY of LIGHT. 43 3 1 yond the focus at B. Thefe colours may alfo be feen, when an image of any luminous object, as the fun, is formed by a -lens upon a white ground; and they will be fo much the more confpicuous, by how much the diameter of the lens is greater, in proportion to its focal diftance. Just the reverfe of this will happen in a compound objea- glafs, if, in correcting the colour, the medium employed dif- perfes more than it ought to do, A blue fringe will then ap- pear round a luminous objeét, when the eye-glafs is pufhed in; and ared fringe, when it is drawn out beyond what is neceflary for diftin@ vifion. In this way, the correction of the colour- may be examined, and the qualities of refracting mediums inveftigated, to an ex- treme degree of accuracy ; yet the effect will be rendered ftill more fenfible, by covering half the obje&-glafs. For when this is done, the colour produced by the uncovered half of the objet glafs appears, without being mixed with that-of the op- pofite fide, even when the eye-glafs is adjufted to diftiné vi- fion. Thus, in Fig. 13. the colours produced by both fides of the lens, are mixed at the general focus F. But if the rays co- ming from one fide be intercepted, thofe which are refraCted by the other fide will appear in their proper colours. By thefe means, and by employing a very luminous object, furrounded by a dark ground, and a high magnifying power, the leaft un- corrected colour may be rendered fenfible. is My firft obfervations, which clearly proved the correction of colour which is obtained by the combination of two mediums differing in difperfive power, to be only partial, were made in the fummer of the year 1787, at Merchifton. I uap, fome time before, found it impoffible to fucceed, in this refpe&t, with prifms compofed of crown and flint glafs. _ But as I neither was able to make’ the phenomena fo apparent by this method as with lenfes, nor had a command of prifms with that great variety of refraGting angles neceflary to put it wer. Ui.” x. beyond 34 On the UNEQUAL beyond all doubt, that the colour obferved might not proceed from the angles of the prifms not being precifely thofe, which would render the correction of colour moft perfect, I paid no farther attention to the fubjeé at that time. In examining the object-glafs above mentioned, the object obferved was a {mall window in a white wall, at the diftance of feveral hundred yards to the eaftward of my ftation, the fun fhining upon the wall from the weft. The circumftances of the phenomena, which 1 have extraéted from memorandums written at the time of making the experiments, were as follow : “ Faly 28.1787. In conftruction A, (by this is meant the ten inch object-glafs above defcribed), when rendered as achro- matic as poflible, a purplith light appt on one fide the focus, and a greenifh light on the other.” In the next obfervation of this kind of incorrigible éoleaky the flame of ARGAND’s lamp was ufed as an object, the great brilliancy of its light rendering the phenomena more confpi- cuous. A cylinder of brafs was placed over the glafs-tube, which intercepted all the light, excepting what pafled through a fmall round hole oppofite to the flame. I found no obje& preferable to this for the purpofe, except the planet Venus, which cannot always be commanded. My obfervation mentions, that ** with the patent lamp, the colour is deep carmine within the. focus, and greenifh yellow without it.” ANOTHER memorandum on this fubjeét runs thus: ‘ Con- ftruction 10. (by this is meant another object-glafs, compofed, like the former, of crown-glafs, an effential oil, and {fpirit of wine, inftead of zther, but a few inches longer than it, and ~ more perfect) difcovers a great deal of colour of fome kind, in covering half the object-glafs. The object, though coloured, is then more diftinét than upon uncovering the other half; the colour is thus converted into miftinefs. On altering the difper- fion of the fluid, the colour on one fide alters from purplith violet REFRANGIBILITY of LIGHT. 36 violet to reddifh violet, and on the other from greenifh orange to greenifh blue. As the difperfion is diminifhed, the red _ gains on the violet within the focus, and the greenifh blue up- on the orange without it, and vice verfa; and there is a confi- derable latitude, within which, varying the difperfion, makes little difference in the diftinétnefs.” As this laft obfervation put it beyond doubt that an invefti- gation of the caufe of thefe appearances’ was of the laft im- portance to the improvement of optics, I now began to reafon concerning them. Tue firft conjecture that offered was, that this colour might fomehow proceed from the furfaces of the convex glafs lenfes, and the concave lenfes of difperfive fluids, not correfponding at different diftances from the centre, as the plane furfaces of prifms every where do. In order to examine what effect this might have, I procured two pieces of plate-brafs, with which I could cover the whole of the object-glafs; and out of one of thefe I caufed a ring, of a quarter of an inch in breadth, to be cut towards the centre, and out of the other, a ring of the fame breadth, clofe to the circumference. For I perceived that, if the colour arofe from the caufe above mentioned, its appear- ance ought to be different through thefe two rings, when there is an accurate correction of colour in that part of the object- glafs, which is equi-diftant from the centre and the circumfe- ‘-yence. But upon trying the experiment, the fame purple and green colour appeared through both thefe rings, as through the whole object-glafs, and the colours lay in the fame order in both cafes. My remark upon this experiment is in the following words: “‘ Upon trying with a ring either external or internal, the appearances remain the fame, as when the whole aperture is ufed ; which feems to prove that this colour arifes from the difperfion not being proportional, and not, as was fuppofed, from the furfaces not correfponding. It is evidently the greateft - bar to increafing the aperture, and giving high powers; there E 2 1s 36 On th UNEQUAL is only a partial correction of colour; the ss eaicings scabies ble rays cannot all be converged to one focus.” Tue next method that occurred to me of determining the point in queftion was more decifive. This was to obferve whe- ther any of this green and purple colour appeared through the moft perfect kind of achromatic object-glafs above defcribed, and reprefented in the ninth figure, in which there is only one refraction. This 1 found to be the cafe; and therefore confi- dered myfelf as in poffeffion of fufficient authority for concli- ding, that the theory advanced by Mr Doxtonp, and gene-" rally received, was defective. For with the large aperture and high power made ufe of in thefe experiments, the colour that appears in viewing a bright objeé is not weak and hardly fen- fible, but a beautiful bright purple inclining to crimfon, and a ftrong full green, and thefe in fuch a quantity as evidently to. ‘be the obftacle to increafing the aperture of the object-glafs.. Tus was the conclufion I was then led to, and which I have found confirmed by numerous experiments made fince. But before entering farther on the fubjeét, it will be neceflary to explain what is meant by different mediums not difperfing the heterogeneal rays of light proportionally. ‘ Ler ABvand CD (Figures 14. and 15.) reprefent the fur- faces of two mediums, both of which equally refract the mean refrangible ray. This we fhall fuppofe to be the green ray, though, in this explication, it is not material which is called .the mean refrangible ray. ‘The angles of incidence KGL, MRN, will then be equal, and the angles of refraction of the green ray HGg, PRy, will, alfo be equal in both thefe me- diums. Let one of thefe mediums CD exceed the other AB fo much in difperfive power, as to make the difference of the angles of refraction of the green ray, and extreme violet ray, in the medium CD, double of what it is in the medium A B3 that is to fay, the angle vRy double the angle yGg. Then ¢ if REFRANGIBILITY of LIGHT. 37 if the difference of the angles of refra@tion of the green ray and deep red ray, in the medium CD, be alfo double of the difference of the angles of refraction of thefe rays in the me- dium AB, that is to fay, the angle yRe double the angle gGr; I fhould fay that the two mediums difperfed thefe three kinds of rays, namely the red, green and violet rays proportionally. But if, when the difference between the angles of refraction of the green ray, and extreme violet ray, in the medium CD, is double of what it is in the medium AB; the difference of the angles of refraction of the green ray, and deep red ray in the medium CD, fhall be found to exceed the difference between the angles of refraction of thefe rays, in the medium AB, only one half, for example ; then I would fay that the two mediums do not difperfe thefe differently refrangible rays proportion- ally. _For in this cafe the medium CD difperfes or feparates the green ray, and extreme, violet ray, twice as much as the me- dium A B does ; whereas the feparation of the green ray, and. deep red ray, in this fame medium CD, exceeds only by one half their feparation in the medium AB. Ir is farther manifeft, that the red, green and violet rays cannot be rendered parallel by any combination of the refrac- tions of the two mediums, upon the laft mentioned fuppofition. The whole refraction, through a prifm compofed of the me- _ dium CD, may be fuch as to give exaétly the fame inclination of the red and violet rays, which a prifm compofed of the me- dium AB does, when both rays fuffer a greater refra@ion ‘through the latter; and therefore both thefe rays may be equally refraéted and converged to the fame point by means of a convex lens. of the leaft difperfive medium AB, and a concave lens duly proportioned to it, formed of the moft seed pe me- dium CD. Bur if we now add to thefe the green ray, jit is evident that at too cannot be refraéted parallel with the red’ and violet rays.. For 38 On th UNEQUAL For when the whole refraétion of the leaft difperfive me- dium AB is fuch as juft to unite the red and violet rays, the green ray, which is more refracted by this medium A B, in proportion to the whole refraction of the red and violet rays in the medium AB, than it is refracted by the difperfive medium C.D, in proportion to the whole refraction of the red and violet rays in the medium CD, will, when the red and violet rays are united by contrary refrations through thefe two mediums, be refracted too much ; the balance of refraction being always, in this cafe, in favour of the leaft difperfive medium; and therefore the green light will emerge from this compound re- fraction more refracted than the united red and violet light, and the inclination of the emergent green light to the emergent united red and violet light, will be greater or lefs according as the ratio in which the red, green and violet light are feparated by the refraction of the two mediums, approaches more or lefs to equality. What this inclination amounts to, in any par- ticular inftance, muft be determined by experiment. Hence if the cafe of unproportional difperfion, above fta-. ted, fhould be found to hold true in faét, we fhall arrive at this new truth in optics, That though in the refraction of a pen- cil of folar light, made in the confine of any medium, and a vacuum, the deep red rays are always the leaft refrangible, and the violet rays are always the moft refrangible ; yet it depends entirely on the fpecific qualities of the medium, which fhall be the mean refrangible ray; the very fame ray, which in the refraction through one medium is the mean refrangible ray, being found in others. among the lefs refrangible rays. For it — is manifeft that the ray which bifeéts the angle formed by the moft and leaft refrangible rays, and falls in the middle -of the coloured fpectrum, is to be accounted the mean refrangible ray- Tuus, in Fig. 14. the green ray Gg is the mean refrangi- ble. an in Fig. 15. the green ray Ry is found among the lefs REFRANGIBILITY of LIGHT. 39 lefs refrangible rays, and fome other ray, Rw, which is one of the more refrangible rays in the medium AB, is the mean re- frangible ray in this medium C.D. — Tuer moft obvious way of examining the optical properties of different mediums, is by means of prifms. But I have not found this method either fo eafy or fo accurate as that by means of lenfes, which has been already explained. It has been fhewn, that the image of a lucid point (fee the thirteenth figure) is’ every where, between the lens and that point where the rays crofs, furrounded with a fringe of the colour of the leaft re- frangible rays; and that every where beyond the point of crof- fing, the image is furrounded with a fringe of the colour of the moft refrangible rays; and that thefe colours appear more diftin@tly at the focus itfelf, when one half of the lens is co- vered. Hence, in order to determine which rays are the moft or leaft refrangible, after refraGtion through any lens, whether fimple orc om pound, it is only neceflary to examine the colours of thefe fringes, which is the more eafily done, as they are greatly magnified by the eye-glafs. In fingle lenfes, the fringe within the focus, which is com- pofed of the leaft refrangible rays, will always be found to be of a red colour, with a mixture of orange; and the fringe be- yond the focus, compofed of the moft refrangible rays, will be found to be of a blue colour. Thefe are the colours which, it is well known, are produced by fimple refra€tion, made in the confine of every known medium and a vacuum. From what hath been already related, it appears, that colour is likewife produced in what has been termed achromatic refrac- tion, though it be lefs in quantity, in proportion to the whole refraction ; and the rays which are found moft and leaft refran- gible, in thefe two cafes, differ very widely. In a compound object-glafs, formed of a concave, which dif- perfes the rays in a greater degree, and a convex, which dif- perfes the rays in a lefs degree, there was always found, when the > 40 On the UNEQUAL the correction of colour was rendered the moft perfect poffible, a fringe of. purple within the focus, and a fringe of green be- yond the focus; and thefe coloured. fringes appeared, whether the concave confifted of flint-glafs, or of an effential oil. There- fore, in this kind of compound refraction, the rays of light, when their union is rendered the moft perfect poffible, emerge differently refrangible ; and the rays which emerge moft re- frangible, have the property of exciting in us the idea of a green colour; and the rays which emerge leaft refrangible, have the property of exciting in us the idea of a purple co- lour. Wuen, for the fake of brevity, I fpeak here, or elfewhere, of the union of the red and violet rays, as if it were performed by a fingle refraction, whereas, in general, the moft that can be effected is to render them parallel by oppofite refractions, I would be ufderftood to refer to the moft fimple and perfect cafe of achromatic refraction, in which the extreme red and violet rays are really equally refrafted, and confequently united, by a fingle refraction, as already explained in the references to the fifth and ninth figures. ’ Tue fringe of purple light is formed in part by an union of the red and violet rays, which in fimple refraction differ moft in refrangibility, but which are here equally refrangible; and partly of the united orange and indigo light, whiclr are alfo united, and form the fecond order of coloured light in this fe- condary fpectrum. Tue green fringe is compofed in pa of the homogeneal green rays, which, in common refraction, are the mean re- frangible, or nearly fo, but are now the moft refrangible of . all. The remainder of this green fringe is formed by an union. of the yellow and blue rays, pak ass what may be termed an. heterogeneal green. Ir will appear from the foregoing ftatements, in what man- ner this difpofition of the rays is a neceflary confequence of the: in >, eis tiie, sales ——. rr REFRANGIBILITY f LIGHT. as the concave and convex lenfes being compofed of mediums which do not difperfe the rays proportionally, as before ex- plained. But the matter will be beft underftood, by recurring to the cafe above mentioned, of fingle achromatic refraction. Thus Ijcontinue to denominate it, though, the Society will per- ceive that this term achromatic, is here ufed with manifeft im- Propriety; ; ; and will alfo; make proper allowance for the fenfe in,which,J have employed the term. Aomogeneal light, in. con: formity to the common language of optics. . Tr was formerly aflerted, that when two mediums differ in mean refractive, denfity, and the difperfive power of the rare medium exceeds that of the denfe medium in a certain propor- tion, light-of. all colours will be equally refracted in the confine of the two mediums; and it is true that the red and violet rays will be equally.refracted, and the rays of other colours as near- ly fo as by any combination of two. mediums of different dif- perfive powers. But on account of the two mediums not at- tracting, and.confequently feparating the rays of different’ co= lours in a given ratio, the fame green and purple-coloured fringes appear in an object-glafs of this kind; as in one in which oppofite refraGtions are employed; fo that in the refraétion which takes place in the confine of two fuch mediums, the rays of light are ftill unequally refrangible. But inftead of the de- gree of refrangibility being, as in) common refraction, accor- ding to the order; of the colours, red, orange, yellow, green, blue, indigo, wiolet, the. prifmatic fpeétrum is, as it were, doubled, the rays being, at the fame time, compreffed nearer to each other ;, and their degrees of refrangibility being now according to the following order: Red and violet united, the leaft refrangible;, next, to thefe in-refrangibility, the orange and indigo united ; then the united yellow and: blue; and, laftly, the homogeneal green rays, which are the moft refrangible. ei Mila, Bid! sels ctor are h Ff olen Of bexsh 7 , 42 On the UNEQUAL Of the perfe correftion of the aberration arifing from the unequal refrangibility of light. Tus fact now eftablifhed on the fulleft evidence, that the divergency of the heterogeneal rays is not to be removed by a combination of crown-glafs with flint-glafs, or with thofe dif- perfive fluids employed in the object-glafles, with which the experiments above related were made, difcovered a moft im- portant problem in optics, namely, the entire removal of the aberration from the difference of refrangibility of light, by any combination of mediums whatever. Tuts problem, it was evident, was only to be attempted by again having recourfe to the volume of nature, and fearching’ out the hidden ‘qualities of refra@iing mediums. ‘Though in all the compound objeét-glafles which were examined, after be- ing rendered as achromatic as poflible, the fame colours ap- peared, and in the fame order; yet every trial could only be confidered as {peaking for itfelf, if the expreflion may be al- lowed. The experiments were indeed numerous, and will, ¥ hope, be found to have been made with fufficient care and at- tention ; yet to have formed from them any general conclufion, that in every endeavour to unite the rays of all colours, by 2 combination of mediums differing in difperfive power, the green rays will emerge moft refracted, and the red and violet leaft refracted, as above explained, could only ferve to prevent farther inveftigation, by reprefenting the perfection of the theory of optical inftruments by refraction as a defperate at- tempt. Tue order in which I proceeded farther to explore this fub- ject was the following : Havine found fringes of colour, as above defcribed, in combinations of crown-glafs with the effential oils, and in com- binations of crown-glafs and flint-glafs, when the refraction is rendered REFRANGIBILITY of LIGHT. 43 rendered as colourlefs as poflible, I began by trying other dif- perfive mediums, which owe this property to different metallic or faline particles with which they are impregnated, in hopes of finding fome difperfive medium, which might feparate the differently refrangible rays in the fame proportion in which crown-glafs does, and thus afford a method of refraéting all of them alike, and confequently without colour. But I was dif- appointed. The compound object-glafles, formed of a variety of difperfive fluids and crown-glafs, exhibited green and purple fringes, as before, which proved the difperfive power of the two mediums not to be proportional. : My next ftep was to vary the combination by rejecting glafs entirely as a refracting medium, and only employing it to con- fine the fluids. As a fluid medium was here to be ufed as a convex lens, thofe which had been found leaft difperfive, were to be made choice of. Accordingly, water, {pirit of wine, ni- trous and vitriolic ether, and all the limpid indifperfive fluids I could come at, were made trial of. But ftill the refult was the fame. The green and purple fringes appeared, | on covering half the object-glafs.. ‘I ruen fubftituted fome other of the more perfect indifper- five kinds of glafs inftead of crown-glafs ; but with no better fuccefs. - Next I combined two effential ‘oils, both of them more dif- perfive than crown-glafs, but differing fo confiderably in this - refpect between themfelves, that the lefs difperfive could be ufed as a convex, while the other was fo difpofed as to perform ‘the office of a concave. For it will eafily be underftood, that lenfes of any kind may be formed of fluid mediums, by in- cluding them between glaffes, which have one fide formed convex, and the other concave, to the fame radius, and thus ferve merely to confine the fluids, without producing themfelves any effe&t in refracting the light. If a flat fide is wanted, a Her of plain glafs with parallel fides muft be ufed, and in B2 concave 44 On the UNEQUAL concave lenfes of this kind, the farther contrivance of a: ibsranni ring to confine the fluid is required.. Tue effect of the above votabinition: which was of bat of turpentine with a mineral oil, I immediately perceived to be different from what was obferved in the preceding trials... The green and purple fringes {till appeared, and they lay in the fame order as before ; but their breadth was greatly diminifhed, I judged about one half. Tuis new fact was the only fruit of this laft. fet of experi- ments, which were attended with much trouble and Jlofs of time. For to make them with the requifite degree of preci- fion, pains muft be taken, not only to get the refraction as’co- lourlefs as the qualities of the mediums will admit; but alfo:to compute the error from the fpherical figure, and. procure lenfes accurately ground to the {pheres which: are required.’ Unlefs thefe points are duly attended to, accuracy in the refults is not to be expected. I wow: confidered how this Berdbaace of the breadth “of the coloured fringes, obferved in the laft mentioned experiment, might beft be turned to account. In the firft place, it was ob- vious, that an objeét-glafs, formed by a combination of the mediums ufed in that experiment, would have an advantage over others, in which the correction of the aberration from the difference of refrangibility is more imperfe@t. But as this fault, though greatly diminifhed, would ftill prevent the ufe of high magnifying powers, I weighed the circumftances more attentively, and the matter appeared to me in the meet : light : A convex lens, formed of the leaft difperfive of the two effential oils, being fo combined with a concave lens, formed of that which is moft difperfive, as to unite the red and violet rays, leaves fringes of uncorrected colour, much narrower than thofe produced by compound object-glaffes of the fame focal diftance, formed by a combination of either of thefe fluids with REFRANGIBILITY of LIGHT. 45 with glafs.° Hence I was led to conclude, that if I took an achromatic convex lens, compofed of the two effential oils, and combined it with an achromatic concave lens of a longer focal diftance, compofed of crown-glafs and either of the effential oils, I fhould be able, through fuch a double compound object- glafs, to converge the rays to a focus, without any aberration whatever fromthe difference of refrangibility of light. For if the compound convex and compound concave are properly pro- portioned to each other, the fecondary fpe@rums, or fringes of green and purple, may be rendered of the fame breadth in both lenfes ; and from the obférvations before related, this will hap- pen when there is a confiderable balance of refraction in favour of the convex lens. For it is compofed -of materials which form a much narrower fecondary fpeGtrum, under an equal re- fraGtion of the whole pencil, than thofe mediums do, of which the compound concave is formed». Tuis will be anderftood, by attending to what takes place in the refraétions of light through the Jenfes, without again re- i to are more o halite cafe of prifins. Fie. 17% YW peite a cbittorntt concave lens, formed of a concave lens of glafs, and a concave lens of a difpetfive fluid, but. of a fhorter focus than the concave lens, and fo proportion- ed ag to produce a tefraGtion as free from colour as can be ob- tained by a “combination of thefe two mediums. This lens being expofed to parallel Tays, will make them diverge, after re- fraction, from its virtual focus, and the united red and violet rays will be the leaft refracted, and will be inclined in a certain angle to the green rays which are moft refracted, as reprefented - inthe figure. of svi P Fic. 18. reprefents a compound convex lens, formed of a convex of an effential oil, which difperfes the rays in a a Teffer’ degree, combined with a’ concave of an effential oil, which 46 Oa the UNEQUAL which difperfes the rays in a much greater degree. The convexity of this compound lens is fuch, as to unite, at a convenient diftance, rays diverging as from the virtual focus of the, compound concave. . The whole refraction through the convex is confequently much greater than through the concave. But notwithftanding this, the angle formed by the green ray with the united red and violet rays, is reprefented equal in the two lenfes. For as the effect of the mediums of which the compound concave is formed, is to feparate the united red and violet rays from the green rays, much more than thofe ‘of which the compound convex is formed, when the refraction of the pencil is equal, it becomes neceflary, in order to render this feparation equal in both lenfes, to diminifh the refraction through the concave. r An objeét-glafs formed of fuch a compound concave and ‘compound convex, appears more complicated than it is in rea- lity. It may. be rendered complete without employing more than two fluid mediums and three glafs lenfes, which were found neceffary merely to corre¢t the aberration from the fphe- rical figure. Thus, in the nineteenth figure, the two compound lenfes are reprefented in contact ; and it is manifeft, that the pieces of plain glafs with parallel fides, which were neceflary to confine the fluid when the lenfes were feparate, are now ufelefs ; for it is the very fame fluid which is on both fides of thefe plain pieces of glafs ; and as they produce no effect in refradct- ing the light, they are better removed, as reprefented in this figure. PARALLEL rays incident on the concave lens, are here re- prefented converged to a focus, without any aberration what- ever. This is a neceflary confequence of what hath been re- lated concerning the properties of the refracting mediums, of which this compound obje¢t-glafs is formed. -In both the concave and convex, the red and violet rays are united, and form the leaft refrangible rays, and in both, the green REFRANGIBILITY of LIGHT. 47 green rays are the moft refrangible. But as the angle formed by thefe moft and leaft refrangible rays, would be much greater in the concave if the whole refractions were equal, the whole refraction is here reprefented to be precifely that which is requifite for giving the fame inclination of the green rays to - the united red and violet rays, which takes place after refrac- tion through the convex. Hence, as thefe refractions are equal _and oppofite, they deftroy each others effect. The rays proceed after refraction without any divergency from unequal refrangi- bility ; and the aberration from the fpherical figure being alfo corrected by means of the concave glafs lens, which is more denfe than either of the fluids, they are converged to the fame point. Tue conftruction reprefented in thefe figures, is not, how- ever, the moft perfect and convenient for the purpofe. The beft method is to divide the concave glafs neceflary for re- moving the fecondary colour, by making two of the lenfes, or all three of them, concave menifcufes. But throwing the whole concave glafs into one lens, and exhibiting the compound convex and compound concave lenfes feparately, anfwers beft the prefent purpofe of explaining the principle on which the aberration from unequal refrangibility may be totally removed. On the fame account, the difference of the difperfive power of the two fluids, is reprefented greater than it is in reality. ‘Havine completed an object-glafs of this kind, I carefully examined whether any colour was yet difcernible. For though the red and violet and green rays were now united, it was a thing poffible, that rays of other colours might {till have a {mall inclination to thefe. But I could difcover no colour by the moft rigid teft; and therefore conclude the refraction ‘of all the rays of the fpectrum to be now equal. If there be any de- viation from this equality of refraction, it is infenfible; and infenfible- errors, in thofe cafes where fenfe is the only judge,. may be accounted no errors at all. I 48 On the UNEQUAL I HAD now attained the objeét I was in fearch of, namely, \ imethod of refrating equally all the rays of whgch light is compofed. Nor was the conftruction of object-glafles for tele- fcopes, which it afforded, liable to any very material objection. ‘The-principal inconvenience arofe from the neceffary depth of ’ the fpheres of the lenfes required, which was now the only re- ‘maining obftacle to fhortening the refraQling telefcope at plea- fure. . 2 In the firft trials I made to difcover a difperfive medium which fhould feparate the rays in the fame proportion in which _ glafs does, I was in hopes of perfect fuccefs, and therefore not at all curiots in obferving the breadths of the coloured fringes, ftill hoping that the next trial might afford a refraction without any colour whatever. I therefore thought it expedient to repeat fome of them, with greater attention to that circum- ftance. Tue firft fluid I happened to make trial of, was a metallic folution with a mixture of marine acid. _Upon comparing an objeét-glafs, rendered achromatic by this folution, with another as nearly fimilar to it as poffible, in which an effential oil was employed for that purpofe, the breadth of the coloured fringes appeared indifputably much narrower in the former than the latter *. I repeated the experiment frequently, to enable me to judge of the proportion of focal diftance of a compound con cave, neceflary to correct this fecondary colour, upon the prin- ciple which hath juft been explained. Upon a comparative trial, I found it better to form the compound convex of a com- bination of this fluid and glafs, than of a combination of two effential oils. ‘The convex was not only fhorter itfelf, with the fame depth of fpheres, but required a fhallower compound concave * Tue caufe, at that time unknown, was, that the folution happened to contain an unufual proportion of the marine acid ; as will be underftood from what follows. ise ih eh eee a - a etl me fe. te roan _ ome. REFRANGIBILITY of LIGHT. 49 concave lens to remove the colour entirely. The colour may be totally removed, and the aberration from the figure corrected, by a concave which lengthens the focal diftance of the convex only one third. ae From what hath been explained refpe@ting the total correc- tion of colour, it will be underftood, that if the concave lengthens the focal diftance beyond what is required, fringes of green and purple ought to begin to appear in an inverted order. This, which may be ftyled the experimentum crucis in this matter, I now had it in my power to try without difficulty. The refult turned out exa@ly as I expeGted. Upon applying a compound concave, which nearly doubled the length of the compound convex, a fringe of green appeared within the focus, and a fringe of purple beyond it, which fets the theory of the correction of this fecondary colour in the moft fatisfactory light. THE compound concave in this and all the preceding experi- ments, was formed of glafs and an effential oil. _I now happened, merely with a view of diverfifying the experiment, to apply a compound concave, formed of glafs combined with the muriatic acid, which has been mentioned as a fluid poffeffing a confiderable degree of difperfive power. This opened a new and unexpected fcene. The colours ap- ‘ peared in the fame order as in the laft experiment, but the fringes were fo very broad as greatly to furprife me, and create a fufpicion that every thing was not as I had hitherto taken for granted. Without delay I included fome of the marine acid between two convex lenfes, whofe radii were duly proportioned to the difperfive power of that fluid, for the purpofe of cor- recting the colour. Upon applying an eye-glafs I found my fufpicion verified. The fringes of green and purple appeared nearly of the ufual breadth, but in an inverted order, there being now a green fringe within the focus, and a purple fringe beyond it. Twas the better pleafed at being thus led to’ the Vor. II, aye detection 50. On the UNEQUAL detection of this fingular property of the acid of fea-falt, be- caufe, in making the fame experiment before, this inverfion of the order of the colours had entirely efcaped me. I was then examining it, to find whether it difperfed the feveral orders of rays, in the fame ratio in which glafs does ; and being fatisfied that it did not, from obferving the green and purple fringes, as in other combinations, a circumftance fo little looked for, as the inverfion of the order of the colours, did not ftrike me. Tus obfervation affords a remarkable exception to what I had begun to confider as very probably a general law of -na- ture. In the refraétion which takes place in mediums of the leaft difperfive kind, the green rays, or rather perhaps the rays in the confine of green and blue, are the mean refrangible, and thefe fame rays, in the more difperfive mediums, were always found among the lefs refrangible rays ; and hence when, by a proper combination of two fuch mediums, the red and violet rays are united, thefe united red and violet rays conftitute the leaft refrangible rays, and the green conftitute the moft refran- gible rays, as before explained. Bur in the muriatic acid, the cafe is juft the reverfe of this. Then the green rays, which in mediums that difperfe the leaft, are the mean refrangible, and which in effential oils and metal- lic impregnations are found among the lefs refrangible, appear amongft the more refrangible. Whence in fuch a combination - of the muriatic acid and an indifperfive medium as fhall. unite the red and violet rays, thefe united red and violet rays emerge moft refrangible, and the homogeneal green rays emerge leaft refrangible, being juft the reverfe of what takes place in com- binations of crown-glafs with flint-glafs, or with eflential oils, or faturated metallic folutions. Tus unufual property of the marine acid does not, how- ever, feem to admit of any immediate application to the im- provement of optical inftruments. It is true that, inftead of having recourfe to a compound concave for correcting the fe- . condary REFRANGIBILITY of LIGHT. 51 condary colour, this may be effected by a compound convex, which, inftead of lengthening, will fhorten the focal diftance of the compound object-glafs. But in a conftrudtion of this kind, the correction of the fpherical aberration would be at- tended with more difficulty. Havine thus found an exception to the general refult of my former experiments, which was, that thofe rays which in the leaft difperfive mediums conftitute the mean refrangible rays, are in more difperfive mediums found amongft the lefs refran- gible rays, it feemed not improbable that difperfive mediums might exift, which would feparate the differently coloured rays exactly in the fame proportion in which they are feparated by indifperfive mediums. . I HAD now indeed got hold of a pretty fure clue to lead me to mediums poffeffed of this property. It will appear from » what has been faid concerning attraétion, that when in a me- tallic folution or an effential oil, which feparate the red and violet rays in the fame degree in which they are feparated by the marine acid, the green rays are found amongft the lefs re- frangible rays in the former fluids, and amongft the more re- frangible in the latter fluid, the caufe of this difference mutt be, that the green light is more attracted by the marine acid than by effential oils or metallic folutions, when the attraction for the red and violet light is the fame in all thefe mediums. Hence it feemed reafonable to conclude, that in a medium compounded in a due proportion of the particles compofing thefe two kinds of difperfive mediums, the attra@tion for the green rays would be in an intermediate degree, and might be ndered the fame, in proportion to the attraction for the red and violet rays, which obtains in crown-glafs and other indif- perfive mediums. _ Ir might be found a matter of no {mall difficulty to unite the effential oils with the marine acid, fo as to form a colour- G 2. lefs 4 ga On the UNEQUAL lefs tranfparent fluid. But nothing can be better adapted for this purpofe than metallic folutions. I rirst made trial of butter of antimony, and found the refult to be what I expected. On increafing the proportion of ° ‘ muriatic acid, the fringes of green and purple grew narrower and narrower till they entirely difappeared, and if more was then added they re-appeared in an inverted order. I tried the fame thing with a folution of crude fal ammoniac and mercury fublimate. If the folution contains a certain proportion of thefe two fubftances, the rays of all colours emerge from the compound objeét-glafs equally refracted. If the proportion of the ammoniacal falt, and confequently of the muriatic acid which it contains, be increafed, the green rays, which were the mean refrangible in the difperfive fluid, as well as in crown- glafs, draw nearer to the violet, making a part of the more re- frangible half of the fpectrum, and confequently emerge lefs refracted than the united red and violet rays, and are converged to a focus at a greater diftance from the object-glafs ; fo that the green fringe now appears within the focus, and the purple fringe beyond it. But on increafing the proportion of mercu- rial particles, thefe fame green rays fhift their fituation to the lefs refrangible half of the fpe€trum, which appears from their now emerging moft refracted, and being converged to a point nearer to the objeét-glafs than the united red and violet, whofe refrangibility does not appear to be affected by thefe admixtures which occafion fuch remarkable flu€tuations in the refrangibi- lity of the green rays and other intermediate orders. It may poflibly feem ftrange at firft view, that the green rays fhould emerge moft refracted from the compound object-glafs, when their refrangibility in the difperfive medium is diminifhed, and leaft refraéted under the contrary circumftances. The caufe of this is,-that the principal refraétion of the compound object-glafs is performed a the indifperfive convex lens, which t REFRANGIBILITY of LIGHT. 53 which is oppofite to the refraction produced by the difperfive concave. — _ ‘Tr was formerly obferved, that in the confine of a rare dif- perfive medium, and a denfe indifperfive medium, there may be a fingle refraction, in which all the rays- are equally refran- gible; and it has fince been explained with what limitation this is to be underftood, in confequence of the unproportional difperfion which generally takes: place in fuch mediums; of which I was then ignorant. The explanation which refers to the fecond, third, fourth and fifth diagrams, and to the object- glafs reprefented in the ninth figure, is to be confidered as {trict- ly juft, when, in the fluid employed, the metallic particles are fo far diminifhed, and the particles of marine acid fo far in- creafed, as to render the refraction of the feveral orders of rays proportional in both mediums. I HAVE got an object-glafs of this kind, which is reprefented ‘im the twentieth figure. There are two refractions in the con- fine of glafs and the fluid, but not the leaft colour whatever. Hence it is manifeft that in the refraction which takes place in -the confine of glafs and this fluid, and which, on account of the difference of their denfities, is very confiderable, there is no unequal refrangibility of light. The rays of different colours _ are bent from their re¢tilineal courfe with the fame equality and regularity as in reflection. As cuftom has already appropriated the word ea to. that kind of refraGtion in which there is only a partial cor- rection of colour, in order to avoid confufion, I ‘hall beg per- miffion to diftinguifh this entire removal of aberration by the term aplanatic*, till a better can be thought of. Berore clofing this enquiry concerning the optical proper- ties of tranfparent fubftances, I examined more minutely than I had done before, the qualities of the other mineral acids. The nitrous acid, when of the fame mean refractive denfity as the * From the Greek « privative, and the verb MAardus 54. : On the UNEQUAL the marine acid, does not difperfe the red and violet rays quite fo much. The green ray, as in the marine acid, is found among the'more refrangible rays ; but it approaches nearer to the place of the mean refrangible ray in the nitrous acid than in the marine. The green ray is alfo nearer to the place of the mean refrangible ray, than it is in effential oils or in faturated metallic folutions ; and therefore the nitrous acid appears by thefe experiments to difperfe the feveral orders of rays more nearly in the fame proportion in which crown-glafs does, than any uncompounded difperfive medium, and would, I have no doubt, do fo exaétly, if flightly impregnated with mercury, though this I have not tried. THE vitriolic acid is fcarcely to be claffed among difperfive mediums. The following experiment is the laft I made on the fubject. Ina very good object-glafs, of that kind before de- {cribed, in which fpirit of wine is one of the mediums em- ployed, I fubftituted fucceflively for this fpirit the vitriolic acid and. a folution of fixed alkaline falt, both of them of near- ly the fame mean refractive denfity as the fpirit of wine. Thefe three fluids, although they differ fo widely in their chemical properties, have their optical properties fo nearly alike, that I found it dificult to determine which was the medium em- ployed. For when the fecondary colour is not corrected, as was the cafe in this object-glafs, the change of colour produced in the green and purple fringes to render it apparent, muft be confiderable, a flight fhade of difference not being eafily di- ftinguifhable.' I therefore repeated the trial with an objedt- glafs, in which this green and purple light is totally removed and then both the vitriolic acid, and the folution of fixed al- kali, when of equal mean refractive denfity with fpirit of wine, appeared very fenfibly more difperfive than the fpirit. The difference in this refpect between the acid and the alkali was fcarcely to be diftinguifhed ; and the effect of a folution of cauftic alkali appeared to be nearly the fame as that of mild alkali REFRANGIBILITY of LIGHT. 55 alkali of equal denfity. . By fimilar trials, the phofphoric and acetous acids were found to be confiderably more difperfive than fpirit of wine. - AttuoucesH thefe experiments with compound Bh eee glafles of very large apertures, afford both the readieft and moft accu- rate method of inveftigating the optical properties of refracting mediums, it would be both amufing and inftrutive to repeat them with compound prifms. I could have wifhed in particu- lar, had my prefent fituation been convenient for the purpofe, to have taken the dimenfions of the fecondary fpe@trum, under given angles of incidence and refraction. For by comparing thefe with the dimenfions of the primary fpetrum, accurately afcertained by Sir Isaac Newron, the degree of fuperiority of an object-glafs compofed of crown and flint-glafs, over a fimple object-glafs, and of one in which there is a regular re- fraction of all the rays, over both, might be afcertained. At prefent, 1 can only ftate the circumftances of a comparifon I made between two compound object-glaffes of equal apertures, but very unequal lengths. One was compofed of crown-glafs, fpirit of wine and an effential oil. The focal length is about fourteen inches, and the aperture two inches. The other ob- ject-glafs was of crown and flint- glafs ; its focal length thirty- two inches, and its aperture two inches. I had it for a good ~ one of its kind, and upon examination found no particular de- fect in its ftructure. ‘ » Tue fhort telefcope has a manifeft advantage in the night, efpecially in viewing fine objects, fuch as double ftars of infe- rior magnitudes, where the uncorre¢ted colour is lefs hurtful. Bur I was furprifed; on viewing an object in bright fun- fhine, to find confiderably more of that miftinefs which arifes from the unequal refrangibility of light, than appeared in the long telefcope. I therefore diminifhed the aperture of the fhort one to one inch and a half, and comparing them again, there appeaed no more of this mift in the one than in the other.. 56 On the UNEQUAL other. 1 farther reduced the aperture of the fhort one to one inch, when it became manifeftly clearer than the long one, though, upon examining the coloured fringes, by covering half the object-glafs, they ftill appeared of fuch a breadth as muft neceflarily hurt the diftinétnefs, I uave.here given the refult of this experiment as I find it noted down. Being made with no view to the determination of the point in queftion, the accuracy neceflary for that purpofe was not obferved. It would appear, however, from this grofs and indireét trial, that the aberration from unequal refrangibi- lity would not differ very materially im thefe object-glafles, fup- pofing their apertures and focal diftances to be equal; though in one the partial correction of colour is effected by a combina-~ tion of flint-glafs and crown-glafs, and in the other by a com- bination of crown-glafs and fpirit of wine, with an effential oil. If this aberration were exactly equal in both combina- tions, the mifty indiftinétnefs proceeding from it ought to be the fame in both objeét-glaffes, when the apertures and magni- fying powers applied, are as the fquare roots of their refpective focal lengths. : Ir would appear that the aperture of an ohiee. glafs, com- pofed of crown and flint-glafs of thirty-two inches in focal length, ought not to exceed two inches, and therefore that three inches is too large an aperture for one of forty-two inches focal length ; for the lengths in thefe two cafes ought to be as four to nine. In fome telefcopes of this latter kind, I have obferved a great deal of uncorrected colour, which prevents them from bearing magnifying powers, in proportion to the aperture of the object-glafs. “It is indeed but feldom that the union of the differently refrangible rays is fo perfect as the conftruction ad- mits. I have met with others in which the real aperture is fo far contracted, by diaphragms placed within the tube, as. f{carcely to exceed two inches, From REFRANGIBILITY of LIGHT. 57 ' From infpeéting the tables of the lengths and apertures of telefcopes with fimple objeét-glaffes, it will appear, that the're- quired length for an aperture of two inches is about thirteen feet. This exceeds two feet and an half, the length given to an achromatic telefcope, whofe object-glafs is two inches in dia- meter, between five and fix times. The length of the ftandard Hugenian telefcope, whofe aperture is three inches, is thirty feet. This is between eight and nine times the length of an achromatic telefcope, the aperture of which is likewife three inches, and its length three and a half feet. But if the aber- ration from unequal refrangibility be diminifhed to the fame degree as in the thirty inch telefcope, the length muft be in- creafed, from three and a half feet to about five and a half. For its length muft be to thirty inches, the length of the two inch aperture, as the fquare of two to the fquare of three, and then the telefcope with the fimple objedt-glafs will only exceed it in length between five and fix times as before. Tue obfervations which have been mentioned put it beyond a doubt, that the limit to the apertures and magnifying powers of what have been improperly called achromatic telefcopes, is. the very fame which limits the performance of telefcopes with fimple object-glaffes, namely, the unequal refrangibility of light ; and it would feem, that the aberration from this caufe may be diminifhed, by a combination of lenfes of crown and flint glafs, between five and fix times. Sir Isaac Newron, by accurate experiments, hath deter- mined the diameter of the leaft circular fpace- within which parallel rays of all kinds can be collected by-a fimple lens, to be one fifty-fifth part of the diameter of the aperture of the lens. If the aberration, from unequal refrangibility in a compound object -glafs, vitiates the diftinétnefs lefs than in a fimple object- glafs, in the proportion of one to fix, it may feem a reafonable conclufion, that the leaft circular fpace within which parallel rays of all kinds can be gathered by an objett-glafs compofed Vor. III. H ’ of 58 . On the UNEQUAL of crown and flint glafs, ought to be one fixth of one fifty-fifth part of its aperture. The difference in the focal lengths of the eye-glaffes will then render the indiftinétnefs nearly equal in the two kinds of object-glaffes with equal magnifying powers, in all cafes where their apertures are equal, and their lengths as one to fix. 4 TuerE is, however, a circumftance of the greateft moment to be taken into account before this conclufion can be admitted, which is, that not merely the diameter of the circle of aberra- tion is to be confidered, but alfo the {piffitude-of the rays, both within that circle in general, and at different diftances from its centre. The rarity of the light in the fimple fpe@rum is fuch, that the aberration hurts much lefs than might be expeéled. But in the fecondary fpectrum, as two orders of coloured light are united, the imperfect union of the rays by the compound object-glafs, will hurt the diftin€tnefs’ much more, in propor: tion to the extreme divergency. On this account, it is to be expected, that the proportional lengths of the fpeétrums, when the experiment comes to be pro- perly made, will turn out lefs than as one to fix, notwithftand- ing the degree in which the diftinétnefs is hurt in the two kinds of telefcopes, from the unequal refrangibility of light, rm be nearly in that proportion. THE principal improvement of refracting telefcopes, initia out by the preceding experiments, confifts in an entire removal of this aberration from the unequal refrangibility of light. It appears from the performance of the {mall telefcope above men- tioned, in which the fecondary colour is not removed, that con- fiderable advantages may alfo be expected from fubftituting a more perfect medium for flint-glafs; from a more perfect cor- rection of the aberration from the fpherical figure ; from pre- venting that lofs of light by reflection, which takes place when light enters into, or emerges from denfe mediums furrounded with REFRANGIBILITY of LIGHT. . 59 with air; and from diminifhing thofe errors which arife from faults in the workmanhhip. Tue difadvantages under which reflecting telefcopes labour, arife from their requiring larger apertures to tranfmit the fame quantity of light; from being found to be more affected by imperfections of the atmofphere than refracting telefcopes, and being liable to tarnifh ; but {principally from imperfections in the workmanfhip of the object fpeculum hurting their perform- ance much more than equal imperfections in the objeé-glafs hurt refractors. Tue deviation of a ray from its intended courfe, occafioned by an imperfection in the figure of a reflecting fpeculum, is to its deviation, arifing from an equal imperfection ina lens, as four to one, when the ray pafles from glafs into air, and in the proportion of fix to one, when it paffes from air into glafs. At a medium, therefore, it may be ftated as five to one. It follows from hence, that fuppofing all other:caufes of imperfection re- moved. but this of workmanfhip, and that the metal of fpecu- lums were capable of as good a polifh as glafs, and of refleCting as much light as glafs tranfmits, ftill the perfeGtion of the images of objects formed by refraction would greatly exceed thofe by refleAion. Sucu is the cafe in the refraétions which take place in the confine of glafs and air. But in the refraétions made in the confine of glafs, and mediums of greater denfity than air, the difference is ftill much greater. Tue proportion of the fine of the angle of incidence to the fine of the angle of refraction of a ray in pafling out of one medium into another medium, is compofed of the proportion of the fine of the angle of incidence to the fine of the angle of refraction out of the firft medium into any third medium, and of the proportion of the fine of the angle of incidence to the fine of the angle of refraGtion, out of that third. medium into the fecond medium. H 2 TuHus, 60 On th UNEQUAL Tuus, if the fine of the angle of incidence of any ray, in paffing out of glafs into air, be to the fine of its angle of re- fraction as twenty to thirty-one, and the fine of the angle of incidence of the fame ray, in pafling from air into oil of tur- pentine, be to the fine of its angle of refraction as twenty-five to feventeen, the proportion of the fine of the angle of inci- dence of that ray, ,to the fine of its angle of refraction, in paf- fing out of glafs into oil of turpentine, will be as five hundred to five hundred and twenty-feven. Hence the point to which light is converged by the refrac- tion of a f{pherical fegment of glafs, furrounded with oil of tur- pentine, will be found to be above eighteen femi-diameters of the {phere from the apex of the lens, when light paffes from oil of turpentine into glafs, and feventeen femi-diameters of the {phere diftant from the fpherical fegment, when light .pafles from glafs into oil of turpentine ; whereas in glafs furrounded by air, the focal diftance in thefe two cafes is only two femi- diameters, and three femi-diameters; and when light is con- verged to a point by a concave reflecting fpeculum, the focal diftance is only half a femi-diameter of the {phere to which the fpeculum is ground concave.. Now, in all thefe cafes, the er- rors of the rays arifing from imperfections in the workmanfhip of object-glafles, or objeét-{peculums, are as the focal diftances to the radii of convexity; fo that what Sir Isaac NewTon mentions, of his having nearly defpaired of reflecting telefcopes from this confideration, need not be wondered at. Tue great pains, however, which he took with his own hands, and the ingenious methods which he fuggefted, and which have been fo ably profecuted fince his time, have gone farther than could be expected towards obviating this_ fundamental. fault of refletors. Whatever can be perform- ed by reflection, may be expected from the long experience and indefatigable exertions of Dr HERSCHEL, aided by the counte- nance REFRANGIBILITY of LIGHT. 6x nance and liberal fupport of the Royal Founder of our Society, the general Patron of Science. I APPREHEND there is a caufe which will render fhort tele- {copes always more diftin& than long ones, where all other cir- cumftances are, as nearly as poflible, alike; and that it has ‘operated in favour of reflecting telefcopes.. It is well known that grofs bodies act on light at a diftance. Some phenomena I have obferved, appear to me to put it beyond doubt, that light alfo aéts upon light, in fuch a way as to propagate this action of grofs bodies much farther than is imagined. But I muft delay entering farther on this fubject ; and {hall only obferve, that it was principally with an eye to this circumftance, that L endeavoured. in my attempts to execute object-glafles on the above principles, to ftrgin the increafe of aperture to the ut- mott. IT will.be underftood, that when the aberrations from the _ difference of refrangibility of light, and from the fpherical fi- gures of lenfes are removed, there remains no farther limit to fhortening telefcopes, excepting from the requifite depth of the {pheres and thicknefs of the glaffes. I Frnp that in fmall object-glaffes of about nine inches focal length, the aperture may be increafed as far as three inches, and hardly beyond this, on account of the quick increafe of depth of the fpherical furfaces, and thicknefs of the glafs. From the difficulty found in procuring good. glafs of fufficient - thicknefs, it may perhaps be better to. make the aperture for common purpofes lefs than this. I fhall therefore ftate it at two inches. Hence the lengths neceflary for increafed apertures may readily be found, as the increafe of length is in the fame ratio as the increafe of aperture, a double aperture requiring a double length, and fo forth. Thefe lengths and apertures may be compared with the lengths and apertures neceflary in’ fingle lenfes, and. in different kinds of refleGtors, by the common. tables, . It. 62 On the UNEQUAL Ir appears from the preceding experiments, that in com- pound: object-glafles of crown and flint-glafs, there is only a partial correétion of the aberration from unequal refrangibi- lity, and therefore in them, and others of that kind, the aper- tures and magnifying powers muft only be increafed in a fub-_ duplicate ratio of the increafe of length, as in fingle lenfes. I writ not pretend to ftate with abfolute certainty the pre- cife aperture which an achromatic telefcope of a given length ought to have. This muft be determined by experience. If two inches be taken for the greateft aperture which ought to be given to a telefcope of this kind two and thirty inches long, then three inches will be too much for one of forty-two inches, . as hath been already obferved. But whichfoever of thefe - lengths and apertures be taken as the ftandard, it is certain, that if we would avoid a greater degree of that indiftinétnefs which is occafioned by the aberration from difference of refran- gibility, the aperture and magnifying power muft not be in- creafed in a greater proportion than the fquare root of the in- - creafed length. Befides, therefore, that this imperfect correc- tion renders fuch telefcopes incapable of bearing high magni- fying powers for thofe of moderate lengths, large inftruments, if they were to be attempted, would ftill be unmanageable, on _ account of their immoderate lengths. The focal length of an objedt-glafs of this kind, four feet in diameter, would require to be upwards of fifteen hundred feet, im order to enable it to bear the magnifying power adapted to that aperture, with the fame diftinétnefs that is found in an object-glafs two inches in diameter, and thirty-two inches in focal length. But when the aberration from difference of refrangibility is totally re- moved, the focal length of an objett-glafs four feet in diame- ter, need not exceed twenty feet. Havine mentioned to fome friends the imperfect correction of the aberration from difference of refrangibility, which 1s obtained by the common combination of two mediums: which differ REFRANGIBILITY of LIGHT. 63 differ in ‘difperfive power, I was informed, that fomething of the fame kind had been obferved by fome foreign philofophers, and in particular by the celebrated M. Crarraut and M. Bosco- view: : ’ , Tue? obfervation of ihe former appears in‘a Memoir of the French Academy of Sciences, of fo old a date as the year 1757. As the paflage relating to this fubjeét is fhort, and does great cre- dit to the’author, as’ an accurate obferver of the refults of ex- periments, I-fhall beg permiffion to tranfcribe it. “ [Il ya en- ‘core un’ fait important que nos experiences nous ont appris, ** c’eft que les corrections des iris faites par les prifmes combi- “ nés, ne font jamais aufli parfaites qu’on le croiroit d’aprés Jes termes de M. Dottonp. Dans le cas du prifme de verre “ placé dans l’eau; par example, aprés avoir fait varier les *« plaques qui determinent langle du prifme d’eau, jufqu’au “point ‘ou les objeéts viis a travers les deux prifines, ne paroif- “ fent point décolorés, du moins aux vies ordinaires, on trouve * en placant ces a dans la chambre.noire, qu’il refte toti- # jours: quelque petit limbe''de couleur vers les bordes de “ image dw’ foleil;’ce qui vient fans doute de ce que les par- ties du {pecire que chaque matiere réfringente donne, ne font ** pas exactement’ proportionelles aux longueurs totales de ces “ fpectres. Mais ces inégalités qui deminuent 4 mefure que les angles des’ prifines font? plus petits, doivent étre comme ** infenfibles dans le cas des lentilles adoffées, vii la petitefle des ‘* angles de refringence qui ont liew alors.” I {hall only re- mark on this paflage, that M. CLarraut would have obferved the uncorrected colour better, if he had made ufe of a much fmaller pencil of light than he appears to have done, and would not have concluded fo haftily, that this uncorrected aberration was of little confequence to the performance of telefcopes, if he had recollected, that the fmallnefs of the angles of the lenfes is. greatly overbalanced by the magnifying power of the eye-. glafs. M. 64 ‘On the UNEQUAL ‘M. Boscovicu formed an hypothefis concerning a perfec correction of colour, by a combination of mediums, which ap- pears to have greatly mifled him. Asa combination of two mediums is neceflary to unite two of the unequally refrangible rays, he imagines three mediums neceflary to unite three, four to unite four, and, in fhort, that to effect a perfect union of the rays of the fpectrum, as many mediums are required as there are unequally refrangible rays compofing it, that is to fay, an ~ indefinite number. He fuppofes, however, than’ an union of three of the rays only, by means of three mediums, would greatly improve telefcopes. This author feems to have founded his hypothefis on the fame kind of loofe analogical reafoning, which had before led the celebrated EULER into a fimilar mi- ftake. Tue eye is compofed of three humours and eared coats 3 and M. Boscovicu takes it for granted, that a more perfec union of the rays than what takes place in a combination of crown and flint glafs, is effected by their means. But this is a fuppofition very remote from the truth indeed. ,, So far is this fecondary colour from being corrected in the human eye, that in the conftruction of this admirable organ, it hath been deemed unneceflary to introduce any contrivance for the cor- rection of the Newtonian aberration. Natura nihil agit fruftra. The perfection of the Contriver equally appears from a mani- feftation of his power, and of his ceconomical exertion of that power. On account of the fhortnefs of the focal diftance of the humours of the eye, in proportion to the aperture of the pupil, the aberration from the {pherical figure would be enor- mous ; and we find it obviated. by the very elaborate artifice of rendering the chryftalline humour more denfe towards the cen- tre. The aberration from difference of refrangibility might have been removed, by imparting a proper degree of difperfive power to the vitreous humour. But this, being unneceflary for the common purpofes of life, is withheld. Dr REFRANGIBILITY of LIGHT. 65 ») Dr MASKELYNE has taken the pains to compute the quantity of this aberration in the eye, and is of opinion that it is not incompatible with diftiné vifion *. But as it has been juft-af- ferted 4s a matter of fact, that the aberration from difference of refrangibility is not corrected in the human eye, it will be expected that the proofs on which this affertion is founded, fhould be explained. Thefe are fo ample as to leave no caufe - of uncertainty ; nor are the neceflary experiments attended with much trouble. For it happens that the humours are better placed for the purpofe in the natural eye, than art could difpofe them elfewhere. HH) Wuen I take the penknife which now lies before me, and hold it between me and the fky, at the diftance to which the eye is conformed for diftine vifion; the blade appears diftindt, and well defined. If the eye be now accommodated to a more diftant object, the blade of the knife begins to be furrounded with a penumbra ; and if this penumbra be carefully attended to, it appears to be coloured, and the colour next to the knife is red inclining to orange, which is the colour of the leaft refran- gible rays. Ir the eye be again accommodated to the diftance neceflary ' for feeing the knife diftinétly, the bars of the window, which is at a greater diftance than the knife, are furrounded with a penumbra, and the colour of this penumbra is blue, which is the prevailing colour of the moft refrangible rays. The fame appearances will be obferved in all cafes where the confine of a dark and luminous object is carefully examined, and will be fo much the more confpicuous by how much the contraft of light and darknefs is. flronger. It requires, however, a ca- pacity of viewing with attention an obje@ to which the eye is hot conformed, which muft be acquired by habit. The fol- lowing eafy experiment may be tried by any one. Shutting one eye, obferve with the other the four well defined black pa- Vou. III. I rallg] * Philofophical Tranfaétions of London, Vol. lxxix. p- 256. 66 On the UNEQUAL rallel lines which denote four o’clock in the enamelled dial-plate of a watch, and make the watch approach the eye very flowly. So long as the eye can conform itfelf to the diftance, the black lines will appear diftinét and of their proper colours. But when the watch, continuing to approach, is brought too near for the eye, by any effort, to fee the lines diftin@lly, the coloured fringes will begin to make their appearance, and the fpreading of the lefs refrangible rays into the black ftrokes, and the more refrangible rays into the white intervals, will make them appear to change their colours from black and white to orange and blue. Ir any doubt fhould remain concerning the prifmatic colour produced by the refraction of the humours of the eye, let the obferver look at a bar of the window, where it is oppofed to the fky, and holding his hand parallel with the bar, bring it flowly over his eye, he will obferve, juft before the bar dif- appears, one fide of it edged with red inclining to orange, and the other with blue, and thefe colours in as great quantity as would be produced by a prifm of a pretty confiderable refract- ing angle. The application of thefe obfervations to what was before faid of the fringes of colour produced by fimple and compound lenfes, is obvious. If the aberration from difference of refrangibility were perfectly correéted, no colour whatever would appear, either in the penumbras, or on covering part of the pupil. Had this been effected, it is probable that the vi- treous humour would be found fufliciently difperfive to correct the colour produced by the aqueous and cryftalline humours, and that the ratio in which it feparated the rays which form the coloured fpeétrum, would be the fame as in them. Such a colourlefs refraétion might then be produced as has been found to arife from a combination of crown-glafs with a fluid me- dium, containing a due proportion of metallic particles and particles of marine acid, Ir REFRANGIBILITY of LIGHT. 67 Ir-the coloured penumbras, inftead of being red when the .eye is conformed to a greater diftance ‘than’ that of the object obferved, and blue when conformed to a lefs diftance, had been purple in the former cafe, and green in the latter, it would be reafonable to:conclude, that the vitreous, humour was.a difper- five medium of the. fame kind with effential oils, and fuch as owe’ this property to metalline particles with. which they are im- pregnated.. . Bur if the purple fringe had uppeared round ‘the object, Hilton the eye is conformed to too fmall.a diftance for feeing it diftin@lly, and with a green fringe under the contrary circum- ftances, this would indicate a difperfive power in the vitreous humour, fimilar to that of the muriatic acid. In fome animals, and particularly in_ birds of prey, the images of objects on the retina are required to be more perfect than in the human eye. It would be an object of fome mo- ment in comparative phyfiology, to'determine whether there be any partial or total correction of aberration from the difference of refrangibility in the eyes of thefe animals, which, if found neceflary, will without doubt be the cafe. In fome experiments . which I once attempted with the vitreous humour, I found ir- regularities arife in the refraction, from giving it a figure diffe- rent from its natural one. Poffibly fuch difficulties might be obviated, by diluting the humours with fome mild pad of known optical properties. Tue aberration from unequal refrangibility not being. cor- rected in the eye, is one caufe why vifion through a good tele- {cope is more perfect, independent of magnifying power, than naked vifion when moft perfect ; a fa&t which muft appear fo extraordinary, that it can fearcely be expected to be credited, except by thofe who have convinced themfelves of it by expe- rience: In order to explain this, it muft be obferved, that the ulti- mate effect required to be produced by a telefcope or microfcope, IT 2 is 68 On the UNEQUAL is not a perfect union of the rays at the focus of the objedt-glafs, but at the retina. This is to be effe@ted by fo difpofing the rays. at their emergence from the eye-glafs, that the humours of the eye fhall accurately converge each of the pencils to one. point of the retina. If we conceive a point of the retina to become a radiant point whence the rays iffue, the rays of different co- lours, at their emergence from the cornea, will be inclined to. each other in a certain degree, on account of their unequal re- frangibility, and will continue to diverge, till they arrive, we thall fuppofe, at the eye-glafs. Now, this is exactly the ftate in which rays emerging from the eye-glafs, and tending towards: the eye, ought to be, in order to infure their perfeét union at that point of the retina from which the above mentioned rays were fuppofed to radiate. ANOTHER caufe which operates in favour of telefcopic vifion, is the fmallnefs of the pencil where it enters the eye. When the diameter of the pencil is equal to that of the pupil, the rays, in pafling the edge of the iris, are inflected, that is to. fay, they are made to deviate from their retilineal courfe, fome- of them being bent towards the iris, and others from it, and thus throw a fcattered light round the image on the retina. The radiation of the bright fixed ftars proceeds partly from. this caufe. This fource of indiftin€inefs is totally removed in. a telefcope, where the diameter of the pencil, at its entrance: into the eye, is fo much lefs than the pupil, that none of the: rays pafs near enough the iris to fuffer any inflection. The fize of the pencil muft not, however, be diminifhed too far; for if this is done beyond a certain degree, the diftin&tnefs will: be quite deftroyed, as was firft obferved by HuGENtus. I sHALL now recapitulate, and prefent in one view, the con- tents and fcope of this difcourfe. Tue unequal refrangibility of light, as difcovered and fully explained by Sir Isaac Newron, fo far ftands its ground un- controverted, REFRANGIBILITY of LIGHT. 69 controverted, that when the refraction is made in the confine of any medium whatever, and a vacuum, the rays of different colours are unequally refracted, the red-making rays being the _ Jeaft refrangible, and the violet-making rays the moft refran- gible. Tue difcovery of what has been called a different difperfive power in different refractive mediums, proves thofe theorems of Sir Isaac NEwTon not to be univerfal, in which he concludes that the difference of refraction of the moft and leaft refrangi- ble rays, is always in a given proportion to the refraction of the mean refrangible ray. There can be no doubt that this pofi- tion is true with refpeét to the mediums on which he made his experiments ; but there are many exceptions to it. For the experiments of Mr Dotionp prove, that the diffe- rence of refraction between the red and violet rays, in propor- tion to the refraction of the whole pencil, is greater in fome kinds of glafs than in water, and greater in flint-glafs than in crown-glafs. Tue firft fet of experiments above recited, prove, that the quality of difperfing-the rays in a greater degree than crown- glafs, is not confined to a few mediums, but is poflefled by a. great variety of fluids, and by fome of thefe in a moft extraor- dinary degree. Solutions of metals, effential oils, and mineral acids, with the exception of the vitriolic, are moft remarkable in this refpect. Some confequences of the combinations of mediums of dif- _ ferent difperfive powers, which have not been fufficiently at- tended to, are then explained. Although the greater refrangi- bility of the violet rays than of the red rays, when light pafles from any medium whatever into a vacuum, may be confidered as a law of nature; yet in the paffage of light from one medi- um into another, it depends entirely on the qualities of the mediums, which of thefe rays fhall be the moft refrangible, or whether there fhall be any difference in their refrangibility. t THE 70 On the UNEQUAL Tue application of the demontftrations of HucEnivs to the correction of the aberration from the {pherical figures of lenfes, whether folid or fluid, is then taken notice of, as being the next ftep towards perfecting the theory of telefcopes. Next it appears from trials made with objeét-glaffes of very large apertures, in which both aberrations are corre¢ted as far . as the principles will admit, that the correction of colour which is obtained by the common combination of two mediums which differ in difperfive power, is not complete. The homo- geneal green rays emerge moft refracted, next to thefe the uni- | ted blue and yellow, then the indigo and orange united, and laftly the united violet and red, which are leaft refracted. Ir this production of colour were conftant, and the length of the fecondary fpectrum were the fame in all combinations of mediums when the whole refraction of the pencil is equal, the perfect corre€tion of the aberration from difference of refrangi- bility would be impoflible, and would remain an infurmount- able obftacle to the improvement of dioptrical inftruments. ‘Tue object of the next experiments is, therefore, to fearch, whether nature affords mediums which differ in the degree in which they difperfe the rays compofing the prifmatic {pectrum, and at the fame time feparate the feveral orders of rays in the fame proportion. For if fuch could be found, the above men- tioned fecondary fpeétrum would vanifh, and the aberration from difference of refrangibility might be removed. The re- fult of this inveftigation was unfuccefsful with refpect to its principal obje&t. In every combination that was tried, the fame kind of uncorrected colour was obferved, and it was thence concluded, that there was no direct method of remo- ving the aberration. Bur it appeared in the courfe of the experiments, that the breadth of the fecondary {peétrum was lefs in fome combina- tions than in others, and thence an indirect way opened, lead- ing to the corre¢tion fought after; namely, by forming a com- pound - REFRANGIBILITY of LIGHT. 7 pound concave lens of the materials which produce moft colour, and combining it with a compound convex lens formed of the materials which produce leaft colour; and it was obferved in what manner this might be effected by means of three mediums, though apparently four are required. In fearching for mediums beft adapted for the above purpofe, a very fingular and important quality was deteéted in the mu- riatic acid. In all the difperfive mediums hitherto examined, the green rays, which are the mean refrangible in crown-glafs, were found among the lefs refrangible, and thence occafion the uncorrected colour which has been defcribed. In the muriatic acid, on the contrary, thefe fame rays make a part of the more refrangible-; and in confequence of this, the order of the co- lours in the fecondary fpeftrum, formed by a combination of crown-glafs with this fluid, is inverted, the homogeneal green being now the leaft refrangible, and the united red and violet the moft refrangible. Tuis remarkable quality found in the marine acid led to complete fuccefs in removing the great defe& of optical inftru- ments, that diflipation or aberration of the rays, arifing from their unequal refrangibility, which has rendered it impoffible hitherto to converge all of them to one point, either by fingle or oppofite refractions. A fluid in which the particles of ma- rine acid and metalline particles hold a due proportion, at the fame time that it feparates the extreme raysof the {pectrum much more than crown-glafs, refracts all the orders of rays exactly in the fame proportion as the glafs does; and hence rays of all co- lours, made to diverge by the refraction of the glafs, may ei- ther be rendered parallel by a fubfequent refraction made in the confine of the glafs and this fluid, or by weakening the refrac- tive denfity of the fluid, the refraGtion which takes place in the confine of it and glafs, may be rendered as regular as re- fiction, while the errors arifing from unavoidable imperfec- tions of workmanthip, are far lefs hurtful than in reflection, and 2, On the UNEQUAL and the quantity of light tranfmitted by equal apertures of the telefcopes much greater. Sucu are the advantages which the theory prefents. In re- ducing this theory to practice, difficulties muft be expected in the firft attempts. Many of thefe it was neceflary to furmount before the experiments could be completed. For the delicacy of _ the obfervations is fuch, as to require a confiderable degree of perfection in the execution of the objeét-glaffes, in order to ad- mit of the phenomena being rendered more apparent by means of high magnifying powers. Great pains feem to have been taken by mathematicians to little purpofe in calculating the ra- dii of the fpheres requifite for achromatic telefcopes, from their not confidering that the objet-glafs itfelf is a much nicer -teft of the optical properties of refracting mediums than the grofs experiments made by prifms, and that the refults of their demonftrations cannot exceed the accuracy of the data, however much they may fall fhort of it. I staxz conclude this paper, which has now greatly exceed- ed its intended bounds, by enumerating the feveral cafes of unequal refrangibility of light, that their varieties may at once be clearly apprehended. In the refraction which takes place in the confine of every known medium and a vacuum, rays of different colours are unequally refrangible, and the red-making rays are leaft re- frangible, and the violet-making rays are moftrefrangible. Tuts difference of refrangibility of the red and violet rays 4s not the fame in all mediums. Thofe mediums in which the difference is greateft, and which, by confequence, feparate or difperfe the rays of different colours moft, have been diftin- guifhed by the term di/perfive, and thofe mediums which fepa- rate the rays leaft have been called indi/perfive. Difperfive me- diums differ from indifperfive, and {till more from each other, an another very eflential circumftance. Ir PLAT ET: Figy.'4.. Fig: 5. Red. Green. Valet heed. Green. Violet. Red. “Green. Violet. Se is Fig. 8. Red. Green. Violet. s : i+ a ~ iz me pamper nip e we elnnars ree 4 PLATE I, a ed i uibed Sd a rfl ee + ames s A inebiagecad iaeicsinte A wy be - ramen ~ PERS etn a AE) ST pepe CLINT SONI C8 \ : \ ; ~ ’ 2 i + . sel. we = 40 a ee oiets SATIS at v INVESTIGATION of PORISMS. 159 6. Tue fubje& of Porifms is not, however, exhaufted, nor is it yet placed in fo clear a light as to need no farther illuftration. It yet remains to enquire into the probable origin of thefe pro- pofitions, that is to fay, into the fteps by which the ancient geo- mieters appear to have been led to the difcovery of them. It remains alfo to point out the relations in which they ftand to the other claffes of geometrical truths ; to confider the fpecies of analyfis, whether geometrical or algebraical, that belongs to them ; and, if poflible, to affign the reafon why they have fo long efcaped the notice of modern mathematicians. It is to thefe points that the following obfervations are chiefly di- rected. I BEGIN with defcribing the fteps that appear to have led the ancient geometers to the difcovery of Porifms; and muft here fupply the want of exprefs teftimony by probable reafonings, _~fuch as are neceflary, whenever we would trace remote difco- veries to their fources, and which have more weight in mathe- matics than in any other of the fciences. 7. Ir cannot be doubted, that it has been the folution of problems which, in all {tates of the mathematical fciences, has led to the difcovery of moft geometrical truths. The firft ma- ‘thematical enquiries, in particular, muft have occurred in the form of queftions, where fomething was given, and fomething required to be done ; and by the reafonings neceffary to anfwer thefe queftions, or to difcover the relation between the things that were given, and thofe that were to be found, many truths were fuggefted, which came afterwards to be the fubjects of fepa- rate demonftration. ‘The number of thefe was the greater, that - the ancient geometers always undertook the folution of problems with a fcrupulous and minute attention, which would fcarcely fuffer any of the collateral truths to efcape their obfervation. We know from the examples which they have left us, that they never confidered a problem as refolved, till they had diftinguifh- ed all its varieties, and evolved feparately every different cafe that . 160 On the ORIGIN and that could occur, carefully remarking whatever change might arife in the conftruction, from any change that was fuppofed to take place among the magnitudes which were given. Now, as this cautious method of proceeding was not better cal- culated to avoid error, than to lay hold of every truth that was connected with the main object of enquiry, thefe geometers foon obferved, that there were many problems which, in certain circum- ftances, would admit of no folution whatever, and that the gene- ral con{truction by which they were refolved would fail, in con- fequence of a particular relation being fuppofed among the quantities which were given. Such problems were then faid to become impoffible ; and it was readily perceived, that this al- ways happened, when one of the conditions prefcribed was in- confiftent with the reft, fo that the fuppofition of their being united in the fame /udyjec?, involved a contradiction. Thus, when it was required to divide a given line, fo that the reftan- gle under its fegments, fhould be equal to a given {fpace, it: was evident, that if this {pace was greater than the fquare of half the given line, the thing required could not poflibly be done; the two conditions, the one defining the magnitude of the line, and the other that of the rectangle under its fegments, being then inconfiftent with one another. Hence an infinity of. beautiful propofitions concerning the maxima and the minima of quantities, or the limits of the poffible relations which quan- tities. may ftand in to one another. 8..Sucu cafes as thefe would occur even in the folution of the fimpleft problems ; but when geometers proceeded to the analyfis of fuch as were more complicated, they muft have re- marked, that their conftructions would fometimes fail, for a rea- fon dire@ly contrary to that which has now been affigned. In- {tances would be found where the lines that, by their interfection, were to determine the thing fought, inftead of interfeCting one another, as they did in general, or of not meeting at all, as im the above mentioned cafe of impoflibility, would coincide with. INVESTIGATION of PORISMS. 161 with one another entirely, and leave the queftion of confe- quence unrefolved. -But though this circumftance muft have created confiderable embarraflment to the geometers who firft obferved it, as being perhaps the only inftance in which the language of their own fcience had yet appeared to them ambi- guous or obfcure, it would not probably be long till they found out the true interpretation to be put on it. After a little reflec- tion, they would conclude, that fince, in the general problem, the magnitude required was determined by the interfection of the two lines above mentioned, that is to fay, by the points common to them both; fo, in the cafe of their coincidence, as all their points were in common, every one of thefe points muft afford a folution; which folutions therefore muft be infinite in number ; and alfo, though infinite in number, they muft all be related to one another, and to the things given, by certain laws, which the pofition of the two coinciding lines mutt neceflarily determine. On enquiring farther into the peculiarity in the ftate of the data which had produced this unexpefed refult, it might like- __ wife be remarked, that the whole proceeded from one of the . conditions of the problem involving another, or neceflarily including it; fo that they both.together made in fact but one, and did not leave a fufficient number of independent conditions, — to confine the problem to a fingle folution, or to any determi- nate number of folutions.. It was not difficult afterwards to q perceive, that thefe cafes of problems formed very curious pro- - pofitions, of an intermediate nature between problems and a theorems, and that they admitted of being enunciated fepa- _ rately, in a manner peculiarly elegant and concife. It was to — fach propofitions, fo enunciated, that the ancient geometers _ gave the name of Pori/ms. 9g. Tuis deduction requires to be illuftrated by examples. _ Suppofe therefore that it is propofed' to refolve the following _ problem: ; Vou. IIL. “ite PROP, a 162 On the ORIGIN and PROP. -l.- PROB. Présts Acircte ABC, a ftraight line DE, anda point F, being given in pofition, to find a point G in the ftraight line DE, fuch that GF, the line drawn from it to the given point, fhall be equal to G B, the line drawn from it touch- ing the given circle. Suppose the point G to be found, and GB to be drawn touching the circle ABC in B; let H be the centre of the circle ABC; join HB, and let HD be perpendicular to DE; from D draw DL, touching the circle ABC in L, and join HL. Alfo from the centre G, with the diftance GB or GF, defcribe the circle BK F, meeting HD in the points K and K’. Ir is plain, that the lines H D and DL are given in pofition and in magnitude. Alfo, becaufe G B touches the circle ABC, HBG is aright-angle ; and fince G is the centre of the circle BKF, therefore HB touches the circle BK F, and confequent- ly the fquare of HB, or of HL, is equal to the rectangle K’HK. But the reGangle K’ HK, together with the fquare of DK, is equal to the fquare of DH, becaufe K K’ is bifected in D; therefore the fquares of HL and DK are alfo equal to the fquare of DH. But the fquares of H L and L D are equal to the fame fquare of DH; wherefore the {quare of DK is e- qual to the fquare of DL, and the line DK to the line DL. But DL is given in magnitude; therefore DK is given im magnitude, and K is therefore a given point. For the fame reafon, K’ is a given point, and the point F being alfo given by hypothefis, the circle B K F is given in pofition. The point G therefore, the centre of the mee BK F is given, which was to _ be found. HENcE INVESTIGATION of PORISMS. 163 Hence this conftruction: Having drawn H D perpendicular to DE, and DL touching the circle ABC, make DK and DK’ each equal to DL, and find G the centre of a circle de- fcribed through the points K, F and K’; that is, let FK’ be joined, and bifected at right angles by the line M N, which meets DEinG; Gwwill be the point required, or it will be fuch a point, that if GB be drawn from it, touching the circle ABC, and GF to the given point, G B and G F will be equal to one another *. ; Tue fynthetical demonftration needs not be added; but it is neceflary to remark, that there are cafes in which this con- ftruction fails altogether. For, firft, if the given point F be any where in the line HD, as at F’, it is evident, that MN becomes parallel to DE, and that the point G is no where to be found, or, in other words, is at an infinite diftance from D. Tuils is true in general; but if the given point F coincide with K, then the line MN evidently coincides with DE; fo that, agreeably to a remark already made, every point of the line DE may be taken for G, and will fatisfy the conditions of the problem ; that is to fay, G B'will be equal to GK, wherever the point G be taken inthe line DE. The fame is true if F coincide with K’. Tuis is eafily demonftrated fynthetically ; for if G be any _ point whatfoever in the line DE, from which GB is drawn touching the circle ABC; if DK and DK’ be each made e- - qualto DL; andif a circle be defcribed through the points |B, K, and K’; then, fince the rectangle K HK’, together with B the fquare of DK, that i is, of DL, is equal to the fquare of q X 2 DH, =! iy * This folution of the problem was fuggefted to me by Profeflor Rosison ; and is ___ more fimple than that which I had originally given. 164 On the ORIGIN and DH, that is, to the fquares of DL and LH, the rectangle K HK’ is equal to the fquare of HB, fo that HB touches the circle BK K’,. But BG is at right-angles to HB ; therefore the centre of the circle BK K’ is in the line B G3; and it is alfo in the line D E; therefore G is the centre of the circle BK KY, and GB is equal a GK. Tuus we have an inftance of a problem, and that too a very fimple one, which is in general determinate, admitting only of one folution, but which neverthelefs, in one particular cafe, where a certain relation takes place among the things given, becomes indefinite, and admits of innumerable folu- tions. The propofition which refults from this cafe of the problem is a Porifm, according to the remarks that were made above, and in effect will be found to coincide with the 66th propofition in Dr Srmson’s Reftoration. It may be thus enunciated: “ A circle ABC being given in pofition, and alfo a ftraight line D E, which does not cut the circle, a point K may be found, fuch that if G be any point whatever in the line DE, the ftraight line drawn from G to the pdint K, fhall be equal to the ftraight line drawn from G, touching the circle A BC.” ro. Tue following Porifm is alfo derived in the fame man- ner from the folution of a very fimple problem : PROP. If) PR OB hece. A TRIANGLE ABC being given, and alfo a point D, to draw through D a ftraight line DG, fuch, that, perpendi- culars being drawn to it from the three angles of the tri- . angle, viz. AE, BG, CF, the fum of the two perpendi- culars on the fame fide of DG, fhall be equal to the re-- maining “INVESTIGATION of PORISMS. 165 maining perpendicular ; or, that A Eand BG together, may be equal to CF, : Suppose it done: Bifect AB in H, join CH, and draw HE perpendicular to DG. Because AB is bifected in H, the two perpendiculars A E _ and B G are together double of H K ; and as they are alfo equal to CF by hypothefis, CF muft be double of HK, and CL of. LH. Now, CH is given in pofition and magnitude; there- fore the point L is given; and the point D being alfo given, the line D L is given in pofition, which was to be found. _ _ Tue conftruétion is obvious. Bife@ AB in H, join CH, and take H L equal to one-third of CH ; the ftraight line which. joins the points D and L is the line required. - Now, it is plain, that while the triangle ABC remains the fame, the point L alfo remains the fame, wherever the point D -may be. The point D may therefore coincide. with L; and when this happens, the pofition of the line to be drawn is left undetermined ; that is to fay, any line whatever drawn through. L will fatisfy the conditions of the problem. ‘Here therefore we have another indefinite cafe of a problem; and of confequence another Porifm, which may be thus enun- ciated : “A triangle being given in pofition, a point in it may be found, fuch, that any ftraight line whatever being drawn through that point, the perpendiculars drawn to this ftraight line from the two angles of the triangle which are on one fide of it, will be together equal to the perpendicular that is drawn to the fame line from the angle on the other fide of it.” 11. Turis Porifm may be made much more general; for if, inftead of the angles of a triangle, we fuppofe ever fo many points to be given in a plane, a point may be found, fuch, that any ftraight line being drawn through it, the fum of all the _ perpendiculars that fall on that line from the given points on one eat’. On be ORIGEN and one fide of it, is equal to the fum of the perpendiculars that fall on it from all the points on the other fide of it. | Or {till more generally, any number of points being given not in the fame plane, a point may be found, through which ° if any plane be fuppofed to pafs, the fum of all the perpendi- culars which fall on that plane from the points on one fide of it, is equal to the fum of all the perpendiculars that fall on the fame plane from the points on the other fide of it. Ir is unneceflary to obferve, that the point to be found in thefe propofitions, is no other than the centre of gravity of the given points’ and that therefore we have here an example of a Porifm very well known to the modern geometers, though not diftin- guifhed by them from other theorems. 12. THe problem which follows appears to have led to the difcovery of more than one Porifm. PROP. IL PROB. Fie. 3. A circLE ABC, and two points D and E, in a diameter of it being given, to find a point F in the circumference of _the given circle, from which, if ftraight lines be drawn to the given points E and D, thefe ftraight lines fhall have to one another the given ratio of « to 6 *. Suppose the problem refolved, and that F is found, fo that FE has to FD the given ratio of « to @. Produce E F any how to B, bife@& the angle EFD bythe line FL, and the angle DFB by the line F M. Turn, becaufe the angle EF D is bifected by FL, EL is to LD as EF to FD, that is, ina given ratio; and as ED is given, each of the fegments EL, LD, is given, and alfo the point L. AGAIN, * The ratio of a tof is fuppofed that of a greater to a lefs. converted into a Porifin. INVESTIGATION o PORISMS. 167 AGAIN, becaufe the angle DF B is bifeed by FM, EM is to M Das EF to FD, that is, in a given ratio; and therefore, fince E D is given, EM, MD, are alfo given, and likewife the point M. Bur becaufe the angle L F D is half of the angle E FD, and ‘the angle DFM half of the angle D F B, the two angles L F D, DF M, are equal to the half of two right angles, that is, to a right angle. The angle I. FM being therefore a right angle, and the points L and M being given, the point F is in the cir- cumference of a circle defcribed on the diameter L M, ped con- fequently given in pofition. Now, the point F is alfo in the circumference of the given circle ABC; it is therefore in the interfeGion of two given circumferences, and therefore is found. Hence this conftruction: Divide E D in L, fo that EL may be to LD in the given ratio of « to @; and produce ED alfo to M, fo that EM may be to M D in the fame given ratio of « to 6. Bifect LM in N, and from the centre N, with the di- ftance NL, defcribe the femicircle LF M, and the point F, in which it interfects the circle A BG, is the point required, or that from which F E and F D are to be drawn. Tue fynthetical demonftration follows fo readily from the preceding analyfis, that it is not neceflary to be added. _ Iv mutt however be remarked, that the conftruGtion fails when the circle LF.M falls either wholly without, or wholly within the circle ABC, fo that the circumferences do not in- terfecét ; and in thefe cafes the folution is impoflible. It is plain alfo, that in another cafe the conftrution will fail, viz. when it fo happens that the circumference L FM wholly coincides _ with the circumference ABC. In this cafe, it is farther evi- dent, that every point in the circumference ABC will anfwer the conditions of the problem, which therefore admits of in- numerable folutions, and may, as in the foregoing inftances, be 13. WE 168 On the ORIGIN and 13. We are therefore to enquire, in what circumftances the point L may coincide with the point A, and the point M with with the point C, and of confequence the circumference L F M with the circumference AB C. On the fuppofition that they coincide, EA is to AD, and alfo EC toC D, as «to 8; and therefore EA is to EC as AD to CD, or, by converfion, EA to AC as AD to the excefs of CD above AD, or to twice DO, O being the centre of the cir- cle ABC. Therefore alfo, E A is to AO, or the half of AC, as AD to DO, and EA together with AO, to AO, as AD together with DO, toDO; that is, EO to AO as AO to DO, and fo the relangle EO. O D equal to the fquare of AO. Hence, if the fituation of the given points E and D, (fig. 4.) in. refpect of the circle A BC, be fuch, that the rectangle _ EO. OD is equal to the fquare of AO, the femidiameter of the circle; and if, at the fame time, the given ratio of «to 6 be the fame with that of EA to AD, or of EC to CD, the problem admits of innumerable folutions ; and as it is mani- feft, that if the circle ABC, and one of the points D or E be given, the other point, and alfo the ratio which is required to render the problem indefinite, may be found, therefore we have this Porifm: “ A circle ABC being given, and alfo a point D, a point E may be found, fuch, that the two lines inflected from thefe points to any point whatever ‘in the circumference ABC, fhall have to one another a given ratio, which ratio is alfo to be found.” _ Tuts Porifm is the fecond in the treatife De Pori/imatibus, where Dr SIMSON gives it, not as one of Euciip’s propofitions, but as an illuftration of his own definition. It anfwers equally well for the purpofe 1 have here in view, the explaining the origin of Porifms ; and I have been the more willing to introduce it, that it has afforded me an opportunity of giving what feems to be the fimpleft inveftigation of the fecond propofition in the fecond book of the Laci Plani, by proving, as has been done above, INVESTIGATION of PORISMS. 169 above, that on the hypothefis of that propofition, L F M (fig. 3.) is a right angle, and L and M given points. 14. Hence alfo an example of the derivation of Porifms from one another. For the circle A BC, and the points E and D, remaining as in the laft conftruction, (fig. 4.) if through D we draw any line whatever HDB, meeting the circle in B and H, and if the lines EB, EH be alfo drawn, thefe lines will cut off equal circumferences B F and HG. Let FC be drawn, and it is plain from the foregoing analyfis, that the angles DFC, CFB are equal. Therefore if OG, OB be drawn, the angles BOC, COG are equal, and confequently the angles DOB, DOG. Inthe fame manner, by joining A B, the angle DBE being bifected by B A, it is evident, that the angle AOF is equal to the angle A OH, and therefore the angle FOB to the angle HOG, that is, the arch F B to the arch HG. Now, it is plain, that if the circle ABC, and one of the points D or E be given, the other point may be found; therefore we have this Porifm, which appears to have been the laft but one in the third book of Euctip’s Porifms™*. “ A point being given, either without or within a circle given in pofition, if there be drawn, any how through that point, a line cutting the circle in two points; another point may be found, fuch, that if two. lines be drawn from it to the points, in which the line already drawn cuts the circle, thefe two lines will cut off from the circle equal circumferences.” THERE are other Porifms that may be deduced from the fame original problem, (§ 12.) all conneéted, as many remarkable properties of the circle are, with the barmonical divifion of the diameter. 15. THE preceding propofition alfo affords a good illuftra- tion of the general remark that was made above, concerning the conditions of a problem being involved in one another, in the Porifmatic, or indefinite cafe. Thus, feveral independent condi- tions are here laid down, by help of which the problem is to Vot. IIL x be * Simson De Porifmatibus, Prop. 53. 170 On the ORIGIN and be refolved : Two points D and E are given, (fig. 3.) from which two lines are to be inflected, and a circumference A BC,in which thefe lines are to meet, as alfo a ratio, which they are to haveto one another *. Now, thefe conditions are all independent of each other, fo that any one of them may be changed, without any change whatever in the reft. This at leaft is true in general ; but neverthelefs in one cafe, viz. when the given points are fo related to one another, that the re¢tangle under their diftances from the centre, is equal to the fquare of the radius of the cir- cle, it follows from the foregoing analyfis, that the ratio which the infleGted lines are to have to one another, is no longer a matter of choice, but is a neceflary confequence of this difpofi- tion of the points. For if any other ratio were nowaffigned than that of AO to OD, or, which is the fame, of EA to AD, it would eafily be fhewn, that no lines having that ratio could. be infle¢ted from the points E and D, to any point in the circle ABC. Two of the conditions are therefore reduced into one ; and hence it is that the problem is indefinite. 16. From this account of the origin of Porifms, it follows, that a Porifm may be defined, 4 propojition affirming the poffibi- lity of finding Juch conditions as will render a certain problem inde- terminate, or capable of innumerable folutions. To this definition, the different characters which Pappus has given will apply without difficulty. The propofitions defcribed in it, like thofe which he mentions, are, ftrictly {peaking, nei- ther theorems nor problems, but of an intermediate nature be- tween both; for they neither fimply enunciate a truth to be demonftrated, nor propofe a queftion to be refolved; but are affirmations of a truth, in which the determination of an un- known quantity is involved. In as far therefore as they affert, that a certain problem may become indeterminate, they are of the nature of theorems ; and in as far as they feek to difcover the * The given points, and the centre of the given circle, are underftood, throughout, to be in the fame ftraight Vine. o> nr +P = reas Sieewercar aed Ly RS Sa babi en ee 2 INVESTIGATION of PORISMS. — 191 the conditions by which that is brought about, they are of the nature of problems. 17. In the preceding definition alfo, and the inftances from which it is deduced, we may trace that imperfeé de- {cription of Porifms which Pappus afcribes to the later geo- meters, viz. “* Porifma eft quod deficit hypothefi a theore- “mate locali.””. Now, to underftand this, it muft be ob- ferved, that if we take the converfe of one of the propofitions called Loct, and make the conftruction of the figure a part of the hypothefis, we have what was called by the ancients a Lo- cal Theorem. And again, if, in enunciating this theorem, that part of the hypothefis which contains the conftruction’ be fuppreffed, the propofition arifing from thence will be a Porifm ; for it will enunciate a truth, and will alfo require, to the full underftanding and inveftigation of that truth, that fomething fhould be found, viz. the circumftances in the conftruction, fup- pofed to be omitted. ' Tuus, when we fay; If from two given points E and D, (fig. 4.) two lines E F and FD are infle@ted toa third point F, fo as to be to one another in a given ratio, the point F is in the circumference of a circle given in pofition: we have a Lo- Cus. Bur when converfely it is faid; If a circle ABC, of which the centre is O, be given in potent as alfo a point E, and if D be taken in the line E O, fo that the rectangle EO.OD be equal to the fquare of AO, the femidiameter of the circles and if from E and D, the lines EF and DF be infle@ed to any point whatever in the circumference ABC; the ratio of EF to D F will be a given ratio, and the fame with that of EA to AD: we have a local theorem. _ Awp, laftly, when it is faid; If a circle ABC be given in pofition, and alfo a point E, a point D may be found, fuch, that if the two lines E F and FD be infleéted from E and D to -any point whatever F, in the circumference, thefe lines ‘hall Y 2 + have 172 On the ORIGIN and have a given ratio to one another: the propofition becomes a Porifm, and is the fame that has been juft inveftigated. Herz it is evident, that the local theorem is changed into a Porifm, by leaving out what relates to the determination of the point D, and of the given ratio. But though all propofitions formed in this way, from the converfion of Loci, be Porifms, yet all Porifms are not formed from the converfion of Loci, The firft and fecond of the preceding, for inftance, cannot by converfion be changed into Loci; and therefore the definition which defcribes all Porifms as being fo convertible, is not fuf- ficiently comprehenfive. FERMAT’s idea of Porifms, as has been already obferved, was founded wholly on this definition, and therefore could not fail to be imperfect. 18. Ir appears, therefore, that the definition of Porifms given above, (§ 16.) agrees with Pappus’s idea of thefe propo- fitions, as far at leaft as can be collected from the imperfect fragment which contains his general defcription of them. © It agrees alfo with Dr Simson’s definition, which is this *: “ Po- “ rifma eft propofitio in qua proponitur demonftrare rem ali- “* quam, vel plures datas efle, cui, vel quibus, ut et cuilibet ex “‘ rebus innumeris, non quidem datis, fed que ad ea que data fant eandem habent relationem, convenire oftendendum eft “ affetionem quandam communem in propofitione defcrip- “ tam.” Ir cannot be denied, that there is a confiderable degree of obfcurity in this definition + ; notwithftanding of which, it is certain, “ce * Sumson’s Opera Reliqua, p. 323. + Tue following tranflation will perhaps be found to remedy fome of the ob{curity complained of. «¢ A Porism is a propofition, in which it is propofed to demo ftrate, that one or more things are given, between which and every one of innumerable other things, not given, but aflumed according to a given law, a certain relation, defcribed in the propolition, - is to be fhewn to take place.” ° Iv ~—# INVESTIGATION of PORISMS. 173 certain, that every propofition to which it applies muft contain a problematical part, viz. “ in qua proponitur demonftrare rem “ aliquam, vel plures datas efle;” and alfo a theoretical part, which contains the property, or communis affectio, affirmed of cer- tain things which have been previoufly defcribed. It is alfo evident, that the fubject of every fuch propofition is the relation between magnitudes of three different kinds ; de- terminate magnitudes, which are given; determinate magni- tudes, which are to be found; and indeterminate magnitudes, which, though unlimited in number, are conne¢ted with the others by fome common property. Now, thefe are exaétly the conditions contained in the definition that has been given here. 19. To confirm the truth of this theory of the origin of Po- rifms, or at leaft the juftnefs of the notions founded on it, I muft add a quotation from an Effay on the fame fubjedt, by a member of this Society, the extent and correctnefs of whofe views make every coincidence w th his opinions pecu- liarly flattering. Ina paper read feveral years ago before the Philofophical Society, Profeflor DuGALp Stewart defined a Porifm to be, “ A propofition affirming the poffibility of find- ** ing one or more of the conditions of an indeterminate theo- “ rem ;” where, by an indeterminate theorem, as he had pre- vioufly explained it, is meant one which expreffes a relation be- tween certain quantities that are determinate, and certain o- thers that are indeterminate, both in magnitude and in num- ber. The near agreement of this with the definition and ex- planations which have been given above, is too obvious to re- quire Ir may be proper to remark, that there is an ambiguity in the word given, as ufed here and on many other occafions, where it denotes indifferently things that are both de- terminate and £nown, and things that, though determinate, are unknown, provided they can be found. This holds as to the firft application of the term in the above definition ; from which however no inconveniency arifes, when the reader is apprifed of it. Inthe courfe of this paper, I have endeavoured, as much as poflible, to avoid the like ambi- guity. 174 ~ On the ORIGIN and quire to be pointed out; and I have only to obferve, that it was not long after the publication of Simson’s pofthumous works, when, being both of us occupied in fpeculations con- cerning Porifms, we were led feparately to the conclufions — which I have now ftated *. 20. WE * Ix an enquiry into the origin of Porifms, the etymology of the term ought not to be forgotten. The queftion indeed is not about the derivation of the word Mogioza, for concerning that there is no doubt ; but about the reafon-why this term was applied to the clafs of propofitions above defcribed. Two opinions may be formed on this fubjeét, and each of them with confiderable probability. imo, One of the fignifications of xopifw, is to acquire or obtain; and hence Ieescue, the thing obtained or gained. Accordingly, Scarura fays, Ef vox a geometris defumpta qui theorema aliquid ex demonfirativo Jyllogifmo neceflario fequens inferentes, illud quafi \u- crari dicuntur, quod non ex profeffo quidem theorematis hujus inflituta fit demonflratio, fed tamen ex demonflratis reGe fequatur. In this fenfe, Evcuip-ufes the word in his Ele- ments of Geometry, where he calls the corollaries of his propofitions, Pors/mata. This circumftance creates a prefumption, that when the word was applied to a particular clafs of propofitions, it was meant, in both cafes, to convey nearly the fame idea, as it is not at all probable, that fo correét a writer as Evcutp, and fo ferupulous in his ule of words, fhould employ the fame term to exprefs two ideas which are perfectly different. May we not therefore conjeéture, that thefe propofitions got the name of Porifms, en- tirely with a reference to their origin. According to the idea explained above, they would in general occur to mathematicians when engaged in the folution of the more difficult problems, and would arife from thofe particular cafes, where one of the con- ditions of the data involved in it fome one of the reft.. Thus, a particular kind of theo- rem would be obtained, following as a corollary from the folution of the problem; and to this theorem the term [egicu« might be very properly applied, fince, in the words of Scapuxa, already quoted, Non ex profeffo theorematis hujus inflituta fit demonftratio, fed tamen ex demonflratis reéte fequatur. i 2do, Bur though this interpretation agrees fo well with the fuppofed origin of Porifms, it is not free from difficulty. The verb agiu has another fignification, to find out, to difeover, to devife ; and is ufed in this fenfe by Parrus, when he fays, that the propofi- tions called Porifms, afford great delight, rois Ouvepeevors oguy xa mogiCuv, to thofe who are able to underfland and wwvesticatEe. Hence comes mogirpos, the act of finding out, or difcovering, and from wofieyec, in this fenfe, the fame author evidently confiders Tlogicyre as being derived. His words are, Egacay de (4 again) TMopiouc evo to megoteivoe pevoy et¢ Tlopizuov outs Te wpOTEWOMEVs, the ancients faid, that a Portfm ts fomething propofed for the FINDING OUT, or DISCOVERING of the very thing propofed. t feems fingular, however, that Porifms fhould have taken their name from a circumftance common to them with fo many other geometrical truths ; and if this was really the cafe, it muft have-been on ac- count of the enigmatical form of their enunciation, which required, that in the ana- lyfis of thefe propofitions, a fort of double difcovery fhould be made, not only of the rrutH, but alfo of the meanine of the very thing which was propofed. They may there. fore have been called Pori/mata or Invefligations, by way of eminence. ee ee oe cs es ned — ie vs INVESTIGATION o PORISMS. 175 20. WE might next proceed to confider the particular Po- rifms which Dr Simson has reftored, and to fhew, that every one of them is the indeterminate cafe of fome problem. But of this it is fo eafy for any one, who has attended to the prece- ding remarks, to fatisfy himfelf, by barely examining the enun- ciations of thofe propofitions, that the detail into which it would lead feems to be unneceflary. I fhall therefore go on to make fome obfervations on that kind of azaly/fis which is particularly adapted to the inveftigation of Porifms. Ir the idea which we have given of thefe propofitions be juft, it follows, that they are always to be difcovered, by con- fidering the cafes in which the conftruction of a problem fails, in confequence of the lines which, by their interfection, or the points which, by their pofition, were to determine the magni- tude required, happening to coincide with one another. A Po- rifm may therefore be deduced from the problem it belongs to, in the fame manner that the propofitions concerning the maxima and minima of quantities are deduced from the problems of which they form the limitations; and fuch no doubt is the moft natural and moft obvious analyfis of which this clafs of propofitions will admit. It is not, however, the only one that they will admit of; and there are good reafons for wifhing to be provided with ano- ther, by means of which, a Porifm that is any how fufpected to exift, may be found out, independently of the general folu- . tion of the problem to which it belongs. Of thefe reafons; - one is, that the Porifm may perhaps admit of being invefti- gated more eafily than the general problem admits of being re- folved ; and another is, that the former, in almoft every cafe, helps to difcover the fimpleft and moft elegant folution that can be given of the latter. Tue truth of this laft obfervation has been already exempli- t __ fied in two of the preceding problems, where the Porifmatic cafe, by determining the point K in the firft, and L in the fecond 196 - On the ORIGIN and fecond of them, became neceflary to the general folution. In more difficult problems, the fame will be found to hold ftill more remarkably, and this is evidently what Pappus had in view, when, in a paflage already quoted, he called Porifms, “ Colleétio artificiofifima multarum rerum que fpeétant ad “ analyfin difficiliorum et generalium problematum.”’ On this account, it is defirable to have a method of invefti- gating Porifms, which does not require, that we fhould have previoufly refolved the problems they are connected with, and which may always ferve to determine, whether to any given problem there be attached a Porifm, or not. Dr Srmson’s ana- lyfis may be confidered as anfwering to this defcription ; for as _ that geometer did not regard thefe propofitions at all in the light that is done here, nor in relation to“their origin, an inde- pendent analyfis of this kind, was the only one that could oc- cur to him; and he has accordingly given one which is extreme- . ly ingenious, and by no means eafy to be invented, but which he ufes with great fkilfulnefs and dexterity throughout the whole of his Reftoration. : Ir is not eafy to afcertain whether this be the precife me- thod ufed by the ancients. Dr Simson had here nothing to direct him but his genius, and has the full merit of the firft inventor. It feems probable, however, that there is at leaft a great affinity between the methods, fince the /emmata given by Parpus as neceflary to Euciip’s demonttrations, are fubfervient alfo to thofe of our modern geometer. 21. I sHALL employ the fame fort of analyfis in the Po- rifms that follow, at leaft till we come to treat of them alge- braically, where a method of inveftigating thefe propofitions will prefent itfelf, which is perhaps more fimple and direct than any other. The following Porifm is the firft of Euciip’s, and the firft alfo that was reftored. It is given here to exem- plify the advantage which, in inveftigations of this kind, may be derived from employing the Jaw of continuity in its utmoft extent, a INVESTIGATION of PORISMS. 174 extent, and purfuing Porifms to thofe extreme cafes, where the indeterminate magnitudes increafe ad infinitum; into which _ ftate Dr Stmson probably did not think it fafe to follow them, and was thereby deprived of no inconfiderable help to- ‘ward the fimplifying of his conftructions. If therefore it can be fhewn, that this help may be obtained without any facrifice _ of geometrical accuracy, it will be fome improvement in this branch of the analyfis. t Tue Porifm juft mentioned may be confidered as having : occurred in the folution of a problem. Suppofe it were requi- __red ; two points A and B, (fig. 5.) and alfo three ftraight lines % DE, FK, KL, being given in pofition, together with two points H and M, in two of thefe lines, to infle€t from A and B to a point in the third line, two lines that fhall cut off from K F and K L two fegments, adjacent to the given points H and _M, having to one another the given ratio of @ to . Now, in order to find whether there be any Porifm conneé- ed with this problem, fuppofe that there is, and that the fol- _ lowing propofition is true. ° PROP. IV. PORISM. Fie. 5. 22. Two points A and B, and two ftraight lines DE and F K, being given in pofition, and alfo a point H in one of them, a line LK may be found, and alfo a point in it M, both given in pofition, fuch, that AE and BE, infleéted from the points A and B to any point whatfoever of the line DE, fhall cut off from the other lines F K and L K, fegments, H G and MN, adjacent to the given points H and M, having to one another the given ratio of a to 6. SPERST, let AP, BE’ ‘be infleGed to the point E’, fo that AE may be parallel to FK, then fhall E’ B be parallel to K L, Wot. lil: Z, the 178 On the ORIGIN and the line tobe found. Forif it be not parallel toK L, the point of their interfection muft be at a finite diftance from the point M, and therefore making as 6 to «, fo this diftance to a fourth pro- portional, the diftance from H, at which A E’ interfects F K, will be equal to that fourth proportional. But A E’ does not inter- fect FK, for they are parallel by conftruction ; therefore BE’ cannot interfec&t K L; K L is therefore parallel to BE’, a line given in pofition. . AealIn, let A E’} BE’ be infle@ted to E’, fo that AE” may |— pafs through the given point H; then it is plain, that BE’ mutt pafs through the point to be found M ; for if not, it may be demonftrated, juft as has been done above, that AE” does not pafs through H, contrary to the fuppofition. ‘The point to. be found is therefore in the line E’B, which is given in pofi- tion. Now, if from E there be drawn EP parallel to AE, and ES parallel to BE’, BSistoSE as BL to LN, and AP to PE as AF to FG; wherefore the ratio of FG to LN is com- pounded of the ratios of AF to BL, PE to SE, and BS to ~ AP. But the ratio of PE to SE is the fame with that of AE’ ~ to B FE, and the ratio of BS to AP is the fame with that of DB to DA, becaufe DB isto BS as DE to E’E, or as D A to AP. Therefore the ratio of FG to LN is compounded of the ratios of AFtoBL, AE’ to BE, and DB to DA. In like manner, becaufe E” is a point in the line DE, and AE’, BE” are inflected to it, the ratio of FH to LM, is com- pounded of the fame ratios of AF to B TEAsAtE to BE’. and DB to DA; and therefore the ratio of FH to I.M is the fame with that of FG to NL, and the fame confequently with that of HGto MN. But the ratio of HG to MN is given, being by fuppofition that of « to @; the ratio of FH to LM~ 2 INVESTIGATION of PORISMS. ~ ‘x79 _ magnitude. Now, LM is parallel to BF’, a line given in po- fition ; therefore M is ina line QM parallel to AB, and given in pofition. But the point M is alfo in another line B E” given in pofition; therefore the point M, and alfo the line KLM drawn through it parallel to BE’, are given in pofition, which were to be found. Bi Tue conftruction is thus: From A draw AE’ parallel to _ FK, meeting DE in E’; join B EF, and take in it B Q, fo that _ asato@foHFto BQ and through Q draw QM parallel to AB. Let HA be drawn, and produced till it meet D E in E’, and let BE” be drawn meeting QM in M. Through M draw K ML parallel to BE’; then is K ML the line, and M the point, which were to be found. Ir is plain, that there are two lines which will anfwer the conditions of the Porifm ; for if in QB, produced on the other fide of B, there be taken Bg equal to BQ; and if gm be drawn parallel to AB, interfecting M B in m; and if ma be drawn pa- rallel to BQ, the part mz, cut off by EB produced, will be equal to MN, and have to H G the ratio required. {r is plain alfo, that whatever be the ratio of « to @, and whatever be the magnitude of FH, if the other things given remain the fame, the lines found will be all parallel to BE’. But if the ratio of « to @ remain the fame likewife, and if only ‘the point H vary, the pofition of KL will remain the fame, and the-point M will vary. 4 _ 23. Tuts conftruction, from which, and the foregoing analyfis, the fynthetical demonftration follows readily, will be found to __ be more fimple than Dr Stmson’s, owing entirely to the ufe that has been made of the Jaw of continuity in the two extreme cafes, _ where, according to the language of the modern analyfis, HG becomes infinite, in the one, and equal to nothing, in the _ other. Had it been affirmed, agreeably to that fame lan- a, guage, that in the firft of thofe cafes, becaufe of the conftant 1 : Le f ratio 180 On the ORIGIN ae ratio of HG to MN, thefe lines muft both become infinite at } the fame time, and in the fecond, that for the fame reafon they i muft both vanith at the fame time, we might have been accufed of departing: from the ftrit form of reafoning employed in the ancient geometry. But when the thing is {tated as above, and it is proved, that when A E’ does not meet K F, it is impoflible for BE’ to meet ML; and again, that when AE” paffes through ~ H, it is impoffible for B E” not to pafs through M, the air of paradox is entirely removed, and the tracing of the law of continuity is rendered perfectly confiftent with the utmoft fe- verity of geometrical demonftration. . Dr Simson has applied this Porifm very ingenioufly to the folution of the fame problem from which it is here fuppofed to- be derived *; and it is worthy of remark, that fuppofing the points A and B, and the lines DE and FK to be as in the fi- gure of this Porifm, if the third of the given lines be not pa- rallel to BE’, that problem can always be refolved, and ad- mits of two folutions ; but if it be parallel to B EF’, the problem, either becomes impoffible, or a Porifm ; that is, it either admits. of no folution, or of an infinite number. We fhall foon have — occafion to extend the fame obfervation to other Porifms. a ANOTHER general remark which I have to make on the ana-. 7 lyfis of Porifms is, that it frequently happens, as in the laft example, that the magnitudes required may all, or a part of them, be found by confidering the extreme cafes ; but for the difcovery of the relation between them, and the indefinite magnitudes, or res innumer@, we muft have recourfe to the hy- pothefis of the Porifm in its moft general, or indefinite form, and mutt endeavour fo to conduét the reafoning, that the inde- finite magnitudes fhall at length wholly difappear, and leave a © propofition, containing only a relation of determinate magni- ‘tudes to one another. Now, in order to accomplifh this, Dr * Opera Reliqua, de Porifmatibus, prop, 25: ey INVESTIGATION of PORISMS. 181 Srmson frequently employs two ftatements of the general hy- pothefis, which he compares together; as for inftance, in his analyfis of the laft Poritim; he affumes, not only E, any point whatfoever in the line DE, but alfo another point O, any whatfoever in the fame line, to both of which he fuppofes lines to be inflected from the given points A and B.. This double ftate- ment, however, cannot be made, without rendering the invefti- gation long and complicated ; and therefore it may be of ufe _ to remark, that it is never neceflary, but may always be avoided. by an appeal to fimpler Porifms, or to Loci, or to the propofi- tions of the data. I fhall give the following Porifm as an ex- ample, where this is done with fome difficulty, but with confi- derable advantage, in regard to the fimplicity and fhortnefs of the inveftigation. q PROP. V. PORISM. fic. 6, 24. Let there be three ftraight lines AB, AC, CB given int pofition, and from any point whatfoever in ‘ them, — as D, let perpendiculars be drawn to the two, as DF, DE; a point G may be found, fuch, that if GD be drawn from it to the point D, the fquare of that line thall “have a given ratio to the fum of the f{quares of the per- /pendiculars DF and D E, which ratio is to be aund. "Draw from A and B the lines A H, BK at right angles to. BC-and CA, and divide A B in L, fo that A L_may be to LB in the given ratio of the fquare of AH to the f{quare of BK, or, which is the fame, of the fquare of AC to the {quare of CB. © The point L is therefore given; and if N be taken fo as to have to A L the fame ratio that AB? has to A A’, N will | be given.in magnitude. Alfo fince AH?:BK?::AL:LB, and &F 182 ‘be the ORIGIN and and A H?: AB::: AL:N, ex pradt K?:A Bt: LB:N. From L draw LO, LM perpendicular to A C, CB; LO and LM are given in magnitude. — Now, becaufe A B*: BK?:: AD?: DF, N:LB: AD*:DF, : LB fothat DF? = Tae AD, and for the fame reafon, DE? = Fete LB | mee BD*. But (Loci Plani, Append. Lem. 1.) No Dt + AL LB AL AB “hee 153 Ds tra AL+a— Bi? Ao ae. DL’; that is, AB DE*+DF = LO‘ LM +5 DLs Jorn LG; then by hypothefis, LO>-+ LM? has to L G the fame ratio which D F?+ D E* has to D G*; and if this ra- R tio be that of R to N, LO*+LM**= coh L G*; and therefore R AB DE+DF = a) GEE De. But DE?-+-DF = AB R De 5 gs LOe ine = VPs and AB ar" DL: = — ~(D G*—L G*). The excefs of the fquare of DG above the a. of LG, has therefore a conftant ratio to the fquare of DL, wz. that of AB to R. The angle DLG is therefore a right angle, and the ratio of AB toR, the ratio of equality, otherwife LD would be given in widenicaled which is contrary to the fuppofition. The line LG is there- fore given in pofition ; and fince R is to 'N, that is, AB toN, as the fquares of LO and LM to the fquare of LG, therefore the fquare of LG, and confequently the line LG, is given in magnitude. The point G is therefore given, and alfo the ratio of : INVESTIGATION of PORISMS. 183 of the sepals of DE and DF to the fquare of DG, which is the fame with that of AB to N. Hence this conftruétion: Divide A B in L, fo that A L may be to LB as the fquare of AH to the fquare of BK, and make as the fquare of A H to the fquare of AB, fo AL toN; and, laftly, having drawn from L upon A C and CB the per- pendiculars LO and L M, make LG perpendicular to AB, and fuch, that as AB to N, fo the fum of the fquares of LO and L M to the fquare of LG; G will be the point required, and the given ratio, which the fquares on D F and DE have to the fquare on DG, will be that of AB to N. Tuts is the conftruction which follows moft diredtly from the analyfis; but it may be rendered more fimple. For fince A H?: AB?::AL:N, and BK’: AB?::BL:N, therefore A H? +BK?:AB*::AB:N. Likewife, if AG, BG be joined, AB:N::AH?:AG*, and AB:N::BK?:BG*; wherefore AB:N::AH?+BK::AG*+BG’, that is, AH?+5 K?: A B}::AH?+BK?:AG?+BG’, and AG?+GBh = AB The angle AGB is therefore a right angle, and AL:LG:LB. If therefore AB be divided in L, as in the preceding conftruction ; and if LG, a mean proportional be- tween A L and LB, be placed at right angles to AB, G will be the point required, ; Cor. Ir is evident from the conftrution, that if at the points A and B we fuppofe weights to be placed that are as the fquares of the fines of the angles CAB, CBA, L will be the centre of ” gravity of thefe weights. For AL is to LB as \C* to CB’, or inverfely as the fquares of the fines of the angles at A and B.. 25. Now, the ftep in this analyfis by which a fecond intro- duGtion of the general hypothefis is avoided, is that in which _the angle GL D is concluded to be a right angle. This con- _clufion follows from the excefs of the fquare of DG above - the fquare of G L, having a given ratio to the fquare of LD, at the fame time that L D is of no determinate magnitude. For, if 184 On the ORIGIN and if poflible, let GL D be obtufe, (fig. 7.) and let the perpendiculay: from G upon AB meet AB in V, which point V is therefore given. And fince the excefs of the fquare of GD above the fquare of IL.G is equal to the fquare of LD, together with twice the rectangle DLV, therefore by the fuppofition, the fquare of LD, together with twice the rectangle DLV, muft have a given ratio to the fquare of LD; the ratio of the rec- tangle DL V to the fquare of LD, that is, of VL to LD, is therefore given, fo that V L being given in magnitude, LD is _ alfo given. But this is contrary to the fuppofition, for L D is indefinite by hypothefis ; and therefore GLD cannot be ob- tufe, nor any other than a right angle. Tue fame conclufion that is here drawn immediately from the indetermination of LD, would be deduced, according to Dr S1mson’s method, by afluming another point D’, any how, and from the fuppofition, that the excefs of G D’* above G L* was to I, D’? in the fame ratio that the excefs of GD* above GL? is to L D’, it would follow without much difficulty, that G LD mutt be a right angle, and the given ratio, a ratio of e- quality. The method followed above is fhorter and lefs intri- cate than this laft, and has, I think, the advantage of dif- covering more plainly the /pivit of the analyfis, and the ef- fect which the indefinite nature of the quantities, fuppofed in- determinate in the Porifm, has in afcertaining the relation, that mutt fubfift between the magnitudes that are given, and thofe that are to be found. 26. Tuis Porifm may be extended to any number of lines whatfoever, and may be thus enunciated: “ Let there be any _ number of ftraight lines given in pofition, and from any point in one of them, let perpendiculars be drawn to all the reft, a point may be found, fuch, that the fquare of the line joining it, and the point from which the perpendiculars are drawn, fhall have to the fum of the fquares of thefe perpendiculars a given ratio, which ratio is alfo to be found.” : THE & INVESTIGATION of PORISMS. _ 185 Tue analyfis of the Porifm, when thus generalized, is too long to be given here*. We muft not, however, omit to take notice, that the point L, where the perpendicular from the point to be found meets the line, from which the perpendiculars are drawn to the reft, is in all cafes determined by the rule fuggeft- ed in the corollary. (§24.) For if at the points in which the faid line is interfected by the others, there be placed weights proportional to the fquares of the fines of the angles of inter- feétion, L will be the centre of gravity of thefe weights. 27. THESE Porifms facilitate the folution of the general problems from which they are derived. For if it were pro- pofed, three ftraight lines AB, AC, BC being given in pofition, and alfo a point R, (fig. 6.) to find a point D in one of the given lines AB, fuch, that the fum of the fquares of the per- pendiculars drawn from D to the other two lines, fhould have a given ratio to the fquare of DR, it is plain, that the finding of the point Gin the Porifm, would render the conftruétion eafy. For the fquares of RD and GD, having each given ratios to the fum of the fquares of the perpendiculars drawn from D, have a given ratio to one another. The ratio of the lines, RD and GD themfelves, is therefore given, and the points R and G being given, D is in the circumference of a circle given in po- fition ; and it is alfo in the ftraight line AB given in pofition ; therefore it is given. The fame holds, whatever be the num- ber of lines given in pofition. Tue fame Porifms affift alfo in the folution of another problem. For if it were propofed to find D, fo that the fum Vou. IIL Aa of * Tars Porifm, in the café confidered above, vz. when there are three ftraight lines Biven in pofition, was communicated to me feveral years ago, without any analyfis or : _- demonftration, by Dr Trait, Prebendary of Lifburn in Ireland, who told me alfo, that he had met with it among fome of Dr Srmson’s papers, which had been put into his hands, at the time when the pofthumous works of that geometer were preparing for the prels. The application of it to the fecond of the problems, (§ 27.) was allo fuggefted by Dr Tran. 1806 On the ORFGIN and of the fquares of the perpendiculars drawn from it to AC, and CB, fhould be equal to a given {quare, this would be done by finding G; and then becaufe the fum of the fquares of the perpendiculars is given, and has a given ratio to the fquare of DG, DG will be given, and confequently the point D. This is alfo true, whatever be the number of the lines. 28. Tue connection of the Porifms with the impoffible cafes. of thefe problems, is abundantly evident; the point L being ~ that from which, if perpendiculars be drawn to AC. and CB, the fum of their fquares is the leaft poffible. For fince (fig. 6.) DF?+DE?:DG?::LO?+LM :LG*, and fince LG is lefs than DG, LO?-++L™M? muft be lefs than DF?+ DE. ‘Hence alfo a point Q may be found, from which, if per- pendiculars be drawn to the fides of the triangle ABC, the fum of the fquares of thefe perpendiculars is lefs than the fum of the fquares of the perpendiculars drawn to the fides of the tri- angle from any other point. For if ad (fig. 8.) be any line drawn parallel to AB, and if “it be divided in a, fo that aA may be to Ad in the duplicate ra- tio of aC to Cd, or of AC to CB, then of all the points in the line ad, A is that from which, if perpendiculars be drawn to the lines AC, CB, the fum of their fquares is the . lealt poffible. But fince aa is to 44 as the fquare of AC to the fquare of BC, that is, as AL to LB, therefore the /ocus of A is the ftraight line LC, joining the given points Land C. The — point to be found therefore, or that from which perpendicu- - ; lars being drawn to the fides of the figure, the fum of their fquares is the leaft poffible, is in the ftraight line LC. For let g be any point on either fide of LC, and let the line ab be drawn through g parallel to AB, meeting LC in a, then the fam of the {quares of the perpendiculars from g upon AC, CB, is greater than the fum of the fquares of the perpendicu- Jars from A upon the fame lines. Therefore adding the fquare of the perpendicular from q, or a, on AB, to both, the fum of the fquares of the perpendiculars from g, will be greater than the: 3 INVESTIGATION of PORISMS. 187 the fum of the fquares of the perpendiculars from a, The point, therefore, which makes the fum of the fquares of the per- pendiculars drawn from it, to. the fides of the triangle ABC, a minimum, is not on either fide of the line LC; it is therefore in the line LC. ; ____ For the fame reafon, if AC be divided in L’, fo that AL’ is to t LG as the fquare of AB to the fquare of BC, and if BL’ be join- ed, the point to be found is in BL’, It is therefore in the point Q, where the lines CL and BL’ interfect one another. Tue point Q, in any other figure, may be found nearly in the fame manner. Let ABCD, for inftance, (fig. 9-) be a quadri- lateral figure ; let the oppofite fides, AB and DC, be produced till they meet in E, and let ad be drawn parallel to AB, meet- ing CE ine, and let A be the point in the line ad from which 4 _ perpendiculars are drawn to the three lines BC, CD, DA, fo that the fum of their fquares is lefs, than if they were drawn _ from any other point, in the fame line ; then if weights be pla- _ ced at 4, a and ¢, proportional to the fquares of the fines of the angles Cba, baD, aeD, » is the centre of gravity of thefe weights. (§ 26.) Now, thefe weights having given ratios to one another, the /ocus of the point a, from the known properties of the centre of gravity, is a ftraight line La, given in pofition. The point to be found is, therefore, in that line. For the fame | reafon, it is in another ftraight line L’a’ alfo given in pofition ; » and therefore it is in Q, the point of their interfection. THERE are many other remarkable properties of this point, ' he which appear fometimes ‘in the form of Porifms, and fome- times of theorems. Of the former, fome curious inftances \4 will be found in Dr Smatx’s Demontftrations of Dr Stew- 3 “ART? s Theorems *. Of the latter; I thall only add one, omitting \- Dthe demonftration, which would lead into too long a digreflion. ; are drawn to the fides of the triangle, fo that the fum of their Aquares is is the leaft poffible ; twice the area of the triangle is a ee mean * Tranf R. S. Edin. vol. ii. p. 112, &c. - 188 On the ORIGIN and mean proportional between the fum of the fquares of the fides. __ of the triangle, and the fum of the fquares of the above men~ tioned perpendiculars.” 29. Bur to return to the fubject of Porifms: It is evident from what has now appeared, that in fome inftances at leaft, there is a clofe connection between thefe propofitions and the: maxima or minima, and, of confequence, the impoflible cafes, -of problems. The nature of this conneétion requires. to be: further inveftigated, and is the more interefting, that the tran- fition from the indefinite, to the impoflible cafes of a problem. feems to be made with wonderful rapidity. Thus, in the firft propofition, though there be not, properly {peaking, an impof- Gible cafe, but only one where the point to be found goes off ad infinitum, we may remark, that if the given point F be any where out of the line HD, the problem of drawing GB equal to GF is always poffible, and admits juft of one folution ; but if F be in the line DH, the problem admits of no folution at: all, the point being then at an infinite diftance, and therefore- — impoflible to be affigned. There is however this exception,. that if the given point be at K, in this fame line DH, determi- ned by making DK equal to DL, then every point in the line: ‘DE gives a folution, and may be taken for the point G. Here: therefore the cafe of innumerable folutions, and the cafe of no» folution, are as it were conterminal, and fo. clofe to one ano-. ther, that if the given point be at K, the problem is indefinite, but that if it remove ever fo little from K, remaining at the: fame time in the line DH, the problem cannot be refolved. I wap obferved this remarkable affinity between cafes, which; in other refpects are diametrically oppofite, in a great variety of inftances, before I perceived the reafon of it, and found, that. by attending to the origin which has been affigned to Porifms,, _ I ought to have difcovered it a priori, It is, as we have feen,, — a general principle, that a problem is converted into a Porifm, — when one, or when two, of the conditions of it, neceffarily in- volve in them fome one of the reft.. Suppofe then that two of — the INVESTIGATION of PORISMS. 189 the conditions are exactly in that ftate, which determines the third; then, while they remain fixed or given, fhould that third one be fuppofed to vary, or differ, ever fo little, from the” ftate required by the other two, a contradiction will enfue. Therefore if, in the hypothefis of a problem, the conditions be fo related to one another as to render it indeterminate, a Porifm _ is produced; but if, of the conditions thus related to one ano- ther, fome one be fuppofed to vary, while the others continue the fame, an abfurdity follows, and the problem becomes im- poflible. Wherever therefore any problem admits both «f an in- — determinate, and an impoffible cafe, it is certain, that thefe cafes are nearly related to one another, and that fome of the condi- tions by which they are produced, are common to both. This affi- nity, which feems to be one of the moft remarkable circum- ftances refpecting Porifms, will be more fully illuftrated, when we treat of the algebraic invettigation of thefe propofitions. 30. Ir is fuppofed above, that ¢wo of the conditions of a problem involve in them a third, and wherever that happens, the conclufion which has been deduced will invariably take place. Buta Porifm may fometimes be fo fimple, as to arife- from the mere coincidence of ove condition of a problem with: another, though in no cafe whatever, any inconfiftency can take place between them. Thus, in the fecond of the foregoing propofitions, the coincidence of the point given in the problem with another point, vz. the centre of gravity of the given tri- angle, renders the problem indeterminate; but as there is no. - relation of diftance, or pofition, between thefe points, that may not exift, fo the problem has no impoflible cafe belonging to it. There are, however, comparatively but few Porifms fo fim- ple in their origin as this, or that arife from problems in which. the conditions are fo little complicated ; for it ufually happens, _ that a problem which can become indefinite, may alfo become impoffible; and if fo, the connection between thefe cafes, which has been already explained, never fails to take place. 31. ANOTHER igo On the ORIGIN and 31. ANOTHER fpecies of impoffibility may frequently arife _ from the porifmatic cafe of a problem, which will very much affect the application of geometry to aftronomy, or any of the {ciences of experiment, or obfervation. For when a problem is to be refolved by help of data furnifhed by experiment or ob-. fervation, the firft thing to be confidered is, whether the data fo obtained, be fufficient for determining the thing fought; and in this a very erroneous judgment may be formed, if we reft fatisfied with a general view of the fubje@t: For though the problem may in general be refolved from the data that we are provided with, yet thefe data may be fo related to one another in the cafe before us, that the problem will become indeter- minate, and inftead of one folution, will admit of an infinite number. Suppose, for inftance, that it were required to determine the pofition of a point F, (fig. 4.) from knowing that it was fi- tuated in the circumference of a given circle ABC, and alfo from knowing the ratio of its diftances from two-given points E and D; it is certain, that in general thefe data would be fuf- ficient for determining the fituation of F: But neverthelefs, if E and D fhould be fo fituated, that they were in the fame ftraight line with the centre of the given circle; and if the rectangle under their diftances from that centre, were alfo e- qual to the fquare of the radius of the circle, then, as was fhewn above, (§12.) the pofition of F could not be deter- mined. Tuis particular inftance may not indeed occur in any of the practical applications of geometry ; but there is one of the fame kind which has aétually occurred in aftronomy: And as the hiftory of it is not a little fingular, affording befides an excellent illuftration of the nature of Porifms, I hope to be ex- cufed for entering into the following detail concerning it. 32. Sir Isaac NewrTon having demonftrated, that the tra-. jectory of a comet is a parabola, reduced the actual determina- tion INVESTIGATION of PORISMS. IQ tion of the orbit of any particular comet, to the folution of a geometrical problem, depending on the properties of the para- bola, but of fuch confiderable difficulty, that it is neceflary to take the afliftance of a more elementary problem, in order to find, at leaft nearly, the diftance of the comet from the earth, at the times when it was obferved. The expedient for this pur- pofe, fuggefted by Newron himfelf, was to confider a fmall part of the comet’s path as rectilineal, and defcribed with an uniform motion, fo that four obfervations of the comet being made at moderate intervals of time from one another, four ftraight lines would be determined, vz. the four lines joining the places of the earth and the comet, at the times of obfervation, acrofs which if a ftraight line were drawn, fo as to be cut by them into three parts, in the fame ratios with the intervals of time above mentioned ; the line fo drawn would nearly reprefent the comet’s path, and by its interfeCtion with the given lines, would determine, at leaft nearly, the diftances of the comet. from the earth, at the times of obfervation. ‘ Tue geometrical problem here employed, of drawing a line to be divided by four other lines given in pofition, mto parts having given ratios to one another, had been already refolved “by Dr Wa tis and Sir Curistopuer Wren, and to their folutions Sir Isaac NewTon added three others of his own,in different parts of his works. Yet none of all thefe geometers obferved that peculiarity in the problem which rendered it in- applicable to aftronomy. This was firft done by M. Bosco- vic, but not till after many trials, when, on its application to the motion of comets, it had never led to any fatisfaCtory refult. he errors it produced in fome inftances were fo confi- derable, that Zanorrri, feeking to determine by it the orbit of the comet of 1739, found, that his conftrudiion threw the co- met on the fide of the fun oppofite to that on which he had — actually obferved it. This gave occafion to Boscovicu, fome years afterwards, to examine the different cafes of the problem, and. 192 On the ORIGIN and and to remark that, in one of them, it became indeterminate ; and that, by a curious coincidence, this happened in the only cafe which could be fuppofed applicable to the aftronomi- cal problem above mentioned ; in other words, he found, that in the ftate of the data, which mutt there always take place, innumerable lines might be drawn, that would be all cut in the fame ratio, by the four lines given in pofition. This he demonftrated in a differtation publifhed at Rome in 1749, and fince that time in the third volume of his Opu/cula. A demonttration of it, by the fame author, is alfo inferted at the end of CasTILLoNn’s Commentary on the drithmetica Univer- __falis, where it is deduced from a conftruction of the general problem, given by Mr TuomAs Simpson, at the end of his Ele- ments of Geometry*. The propofition, in Boscovicn’s words, is this: ‘ Problema quo queritur recta linea quz quatuor rectas po- “* fitione datas ita fecet, ut tria ejus fegmenta fint invicem in ra- *€ tione data, evadit aliquando indeterminatum, ita ut per quod- “ vis punctum cujufvis ex iis quatuor rectis duci poflit recta. “ linea, que ei conditioni faciat fatis f.”’ Ir is needlefs, I believe, to remark, that the propofition thus enunciated is a Porifm, and that it was difcovered by Bosco- vicu, in the fame way, in which I have fuppofed Porifms to have been firft difcovered by the geometers of antiquity. I fhall add here a new analyfis of it, conducted according to the method of the preceding examples, and to which the fol- lowing /emma is fubfervient. LEMMA * Elements, p. 243. Edit. 3. Srmpson’s folution is remarkably elegant, but no men- tion is made in it, of the indetermmaie cafe, + Jos. Boscovicu Opera, Baflani. tom. 3. p. 33% INVESTIGATION of PORISMS. 193 LEMMA I. Fic. 10. 32. Ir two ftraight lines, AE and BF, be cut by three other ftraight lines, AB, CD and EF, given in pofition, and not all parallel to one another, into fegments having the fame given ratio, they will intercept between them fegments of the lines given in pofition, viz. AB, CD, EF, which will alfo have given ratios to one another * PROP, * Demonstration.—Through C and E draw CH and EG, both parallel to AB, and let them meet BG, parallel to AE, in H and in G. Let GF and HD be joined ; and becaufe AC is to CE, that is, BH to HG as BD to DF, by hypothefis, DH is parallel to GF, and has alfo a given ratio to it, wz. the ratio of GB to BH, or of EA to AC. Take GK equal to HD, and join EK, and the triangle EGK will be equal to the triangle CHD, and therefore the angle KEG is given, and likewife the angle-KEF; and fince the ratio of GK to KF ts given, if from K there be drawn KL parallel to EG, meeting EF in L, the ratio of EL to LF will be given. But the ratio of EL to LK is given, becaufe the triangle ELK is given in {pecies; therefore the ratio of FL to LK is given; and the angle FLK being alfo given, the triangle FKL is given in fpecies, as alfo the triangle FGE. The angle FGE being therefore given, the triangle KGE is given in fpecies, and EG has therefore given ratios to EK and EF. But EG is equal to AB, and EK to CD, therefore AB, CD and EF have given ratios to one another Q.E. D. Hence to find the ratios of AB, CD and EF; in EF take any part EL, and make as AC is to CE, fo EL to LF; through L draw LK parallel to EG or AB, meeting -EK, drawn through E parallel to CD in K; then if FK be drawn meeting EG in G, the ratios required are the fame with the ratios of the lines EG, EK, EF. This is evi- dent from the preceding inveftigation. Ir it be required to find the pofition of the line AE, drawn through the point A, fo as to be cut by CD and EF in a given ratio ; draw Ac, any how, cutting DC in c, and pro- duce Ac to e, fo that Ac may be to ce inthe ratio which AC is to have to CE; leteE be drawn parallel to DC, interfecting FE in E, and if AE be joined, it is the line re- quired. Hence the converfe of the lemma is eafily demonftrated, wz. that if AE and BF be two lines that are cut proportionally by the three lines AB, CD, EF; and if AB and EF, the parts of any two of thefe laft, intercepted between AE and BF, be alfo cut pro- portionally, any how, in 4 and f, and if bf be joined, meeting the third line in d, bf will be cut in the fame proportion with AE or BF. For if not, let Bf’ be drawn from 4, meeting CD in d', and EF in f’, fo that bd':d'f'::AC:CE ; then by the lemma, ab: AB:: Ef:EF ; and by fuppofition, a/:AB::EfEF, therefore Ef’ = Ef, which is impoflible. Therefore, d’c. Vo. III. Bb 194 On the ORIGIN and PRORIINVIEN. PORTIS M. PrGuetr. 33. THREE ftraight lines being given in pofition, a fourth line, alfo given in pofition, may be found, fuch, that through any point whatever a ftraight line may be drawn, which will interfeét thefe four lines, and will be divided by them into three fegments, having given ratios to one another. Let AB, CD, EF be the three lines given in pofition, and OL the line to be found, and «da given line, of which the feg- ments «3, Sy, yd have given ratios to one another. Let A bea given point in the line AB, and fuppofe, that AO is drawn from it, interfeCting the lines CD, EF and OL in the points C, E and O, and divided at thefe points into the fegments AC, CE, EO, having the fame ratios to one another, with the given fegments «3, By, v2 of the line ad. Then, be- caufe the lines CD, EF are given in pofition, and alfo the point A, the line AE is given in pofition and magnitude, (§ 32.) and therefore alfo EO, which has a given ratio to AE; the point O is therefore given. AGAIN, let B be any point whatever in AB, and let BL be drawn, according to the hypothefis of the Porifm, fo as to be divided in the points D, F and L, where it interfects the lines CD, EF and OL into the parts, BD, DF and FL, having the fame ratios with the parts «8, By, yd. Let alfo BG be drawn equal and parallel to AE, and let EG be joined ; EG will therefore be parallel to AB, and will be given in pofition ; and if GF be drawn, it will make given angles with EG and EF, becaufe, by the preceding /emma, the ratio of AF to EF, that is, of EGto EF is given.. Through L ~ draw LN parallel to BG, meeting GF produced in N. THEN © INVESTIGATION of PORISMS. 195 TueEN becaufe the triangles BFG, LFN are fimilar, GF is to EN as BF to FL, that is, in a given ratio; and therefore, fince FG alfo makes given angles with the two ftraight lines EG and EF, given in pofition, the point N is in a ftraight line, given in pofition, and pafling through E, viz. EN. Now, fince BF is to FL as BG to LN, and alfo as AE or BG to EO, LN and EO are equal, and being alfo parallel, OL is parallel to EN, that is, to a line given in pofition; and the point O, in OL, is given, therefore OL is given in pofition ; which was to be found. : Conftruction. FROM any two given points, A and B’, in the line AB, draw AE and B’F’ interfeGting CD and EF in C, E, D’ and F’, fo that AC may be to CE, and B’D’ to DF’ in the fame given ratio of «8 to By, (§ 32.) Produce alfo AE to O, and BY’ to L’, fo that AE may be to EO, and BF’ to FL’ in the fame given ratio of wy to 7d If OL’ be joined, it will be the line required. For let B be any point whatfoever in AB, and as AB’ to AB, fo let OL’ be to OL, and let BL be drawn, cutting CD’, and EF in D and F, the line BL is divided in thefe points, fimilarly to the given line wd. For fince the two lines AO and B’L’ are divided fimilarly by the three lines AB’, CD’ and OL’, and fince two of thefe laft, AB’ and OL’, are alfo divided fimilarly to one another by the three lines AO, B’L’ and BL, BL will be divided in D, in the fame ratio wherein B’L’ is divided in D’, or AO in C, (Lem. 1. Cony.). In the fame way, BL is divided in F, in the fame ratio wherein AO is divided in E; BL is therefore fimilarly divided to AO, or to «3, which was to be demonftrated. 34. Hence it is plain, “ If two fimilarly divided lines, as AO and BL, be drawn any how, and if ftraight lines AB, CD, EF, OL, be drawn through the points of divifion of thefe lines, innu- merable lines may be placed between the lines AB, CD, EF and OL, which will be divided by them, fimilarly to the lines AO, and BL.” For, by what is here demonftrated, every line which cuts j Bb2 any: 196. On the ORIGIN and any two of the lines AB, CD, &c. proportionally, will alfo cut the others proportionally, and will be cut by them into feg- ments having the fame ratio to one another, with the fegments of the lines AO and BL. From this it follows, that the aftronomical problem, above mentioned, becomes a Porifm, and is indeterminate, in the cafe when the obfervations of the comet are not very diftant from one another. For on this fuppofition, the arches defcribed by the earth, and by the comet during the time in which the ob- fervations are made, will not differ much from two ftraight lines ; and thefe lines will be divided fimilarly to one another, be- caufe each of them will be divided into parts, proportional to the intervals of time between the obfervations. The places of the earth, at the times of the obfervations, may therefore be nearly reprefented by the points A, C, E and O, in the ftraight line AO, and thofe of the comet by the points B, D, F and L, in the ftraight line BL, thefe lines AO and BL being divided both into parts having the fame ratios. The pofition of BL there- fore is not given, fince, by the Porifm, it may be any lne whatever, which cuts the two lines, AB and OL, ina certain ratio. Ir is alfo to be remarked, that in order to render this, or any other geometrical problem, of no ufe in queftions where the data are furnifhed by obfervation, and are confequently liable to fome inaccuracy, it is not neceflary, that the problem fhould be reduced exaétly to the porifmatic cafe; for even on a near approach to that cafe, a very fimall error in the data will pro- duce fo great an error in the conclufion, that no dependence can be had upon its accuracy. Turs will be made evident in the prefent inftance, by confi- dering how the conftruction of the Porifm is fubfervient to the folution of the other cafes of the problem. Suppofe that four lines, AB, CD, EF, RS, (fig. tr.) are given in pofition, and that it is re- quired to draw a ftraight line that fhall be divided by thefe lines into parts having the ratios of the given lines «@, By, 7 Let INVESTIGATION of PORISMS. 197 Let KT be that line, and affuming the points A and B’, and drawing the lines AO, B’L, fo that they may be fimilarly di- vided to the line ad, as in the conftruction of the Porifm, then if OL be joined, it will be given in pofition, and the extremity K, of the line KT, will be in the line OL, by the Porifm ; but it is alfo in the line RS; itis therefore given. Now, by the lemma, AT is to TB’ as OK to KL’, and the lines OK and KL’ being given, the ratio of AT to TB’ is given, fo that T is given, and therefore TK is given in pofition. Q.E.I. Now, it is evident, that if RS make a {mall angle with OL, any error in the determination of that angle will make a great variation in the pofition of the point K. A fmall change in it may, for inftance, make RS parallel to OL, and confequently will throw off K, to an infinite diftance, fo that the line, which is fought, will be impoffible to be found; and in general, the varia- tion of the pofition of K, correfponding to a given variation in the angle RKO, will be, c@teris paribus, inverfely as the {quare of the fine of that angle. The nearer, therefore, that the problem is to the Porifin, the lefs is the folution of it to be de- pended on, and the more does it partake of the indefinite cha- racter of the latter. 35. Sir Isaac NewTon has extended the hypothefis of the problem from which the preceding Porifm is derived, and has formed from it one more general, which he has alfo refolved, with a view to its application in aftronomy. It is this: ‘‘ To “ defcribe a quadrilateral, given in fpecies, that fhall have its “ angles upon four ftraight lines given in pofition *.”’ ’ As it is evident, that the former problem is but a particular cafe of this laft, it is natural to expect, that a Porifm is alfo to be derived from it, or that the lines given in pofition may be fuch, that the problem will become indeterminate. On attempt- ing the analyfis, I have accordingly found this conjecture veri- fied ; * Prin, Math. lib. x. lem. 29. 198 On the ORIGIN and fied ; the inveftigation depending on a Jemma fimilar to that which is prefixed to the preceding propofition. LEMMA MIL Vic. 12. Ir two triangles ABC, DEF, fimilar to a given triangle, be placed with their angles on three ftraight lines given in po- fition, fo that the equal angles in both the triangles may be upon the fame ftraight lines, the ratios of the fegments of thefe ftraight lines, intercepted between the two tri- angles, that is, of AD, BE and CF, are given *. PROP. * Demonstration. ——Complete the parallelogram under AC and AD, wz. AG, and on DG defcribe the triangle DGH, fimilar and equal to the triangle ABC. Join FG, BH and HE. Through G alfo, draw GK, equal and parallel to HE, and join CK; CK will be equal and parallel to BE, and the triangle CGK equal to the triangle BHE. The angle GCK is therefore given, being equal to the given angle HBE; and the angle GCF being given, the angle FCK is alfo given. Tue triangles DHE, DGF are fimilar ; for the angles FDE, GDH being equal, the angles FDG, EDH are likewife equal ; and alfo, by fuppofition, FD being to DE as GD to DH, FD is to DG as DE to DH. The angle FGD is therefore equal to the angle EHD, and FG is alfo to EH, or to KG, as FD to DE, or as GD to DH. Bur if GL be drawn parallel to HD, the angle KGL will be equal to the angle EHD, that is, to the angle FGD, and therefore the angle KGF to the angle LGD or GDH; and it has been fhewn, that FG is to GK as GD to DH; therefore the triangle FGK is imilar to the triangle GDH, and is given in {pecies. Draw GM perpendicular to CF, and GN making the angle MGN equal to the angle FGK or GDH, and let GM be to GN in the given ratio of FG toGK, or of GD to DE. Join CN and NK. Then, becaufe MG:GN::FG:GK, MG:FG::GN:GK ; and the an- gle MGF being equal NGK, the triangles MGF, NGK are fimilar, and therefore GNK is aright angle. But fince the ratio of MG to GN is given, and alfo of MG to GC, the triangle CGM being given in {pecies, the ratio of GC to GN is given, and CGN being alfo a given angle, becaufe each of the angles CGM, MGN is given, the triangle CGN is given in fpecies, and confequently the ratio of CG to CN is given. The angle NCK is therefore given; and the angle CNK is likewife given, each of the angles CNG, GNK being given, therefore the triangle CNK is alfo given in {pecies. The ratio of CN to CK is therefore given, and fince the ratio of CN to CG is alfo given, the ratio of CG to CK vee. Fe eae IEEE Bk ern INVESTIGATION of PORISMS. 199 PE OP Nis oO RLS M. Fic. 13. 36. TureeE ftraight lines being given in pofition, a fourth may be found, which will alfo be given in pofition, and will be fuch, that innumerable quadrilaterals, fimilar to the fame given quadrilateral, may be defcribed, having their angles placed, in the fame order, on the four ftraight lines given in pofition. Let AD, BE, CF be the three ftraight lines given in pofi- tion, and ad/c a given quadrilateral. Let A be a given point in the line AD, and let ABLC be a quadrilateral, fimilar to the given quadrilateral ab/c, placed, fo that the angles of the tri- angle ABC, fimilar to the given triangle a/c, may be, one of them, at the given point A, and the other two, on the lines BE and CF. The points B and C, and the triangle ABC, will there- fore be given, (Lemma 2. Cor.) and confequently the tri- angle CBL will alfo be given in pofition and magnitude, and the point L will be given. The line to be found mutt pafs through L; let it be LM; let M be any point in it whatfoever, and let MEDF be a quadrilateral fimilar to the given quadrila- teral abc, having its angles on the four lines LM, CF, BE and AD, the angle at M being equal to the angle CLB, fc. Compe ete the parallelogram AG, under CA, AD, and on DG defcribe the quadrilateral GDHN, fimilar and equal to the qua- drilateral is given, and the triangle CGK given in fpecies. The angle KGC is therefore given, and the angle KGF being alfo given, the angle CGF is given, and confequently the ratio of CG to CF. The ratios of the lines CG, CK and CF to one another, that is, of AD, BE and CF toone another, are therefore given. Q.E.D. Cor. Hence alfo it appears, how a triangle given in {pecies may be defcribed, having its angles on three ftraight lines given in pofition, and one of the angles at a given point in one of thelines. The folution of this problem is therefore taken for granted, in the analyfis of the Porifm, though, for the fake of brevity, the conftruGtion is omitted. 200 On the ORIGIN and drilateral ABLC; join BH and LN, and it is evident, that the three lines GG, BH and LN are all equal, and parallel to AD, and are all given in pofition. Join alfo AL, DN, DM, MN and FG. BrEcAUsE the two quadrilaterals DEMF, DHNG are fimilar, the angle FDM is equal to the angle GDN, and therefore the angle GDF to the angle NDM. For the fame reafon alfo, GD: DF:: ND: DM, and therefore the triangles GDF, NDM are fimilar, and the angle FGD equal to the angle MND, and FG: MN:: GD: DN, fo that FG has a given ratio to MN. But becaufe the triangles ABC, DEF are fimilar, CG has a given ratio to CF, (Lem. 2.) fo that the angle GCF being given, the triangle CGF is given in fpecies, and FG has to GC a given ratio; now, FG waé alfo fhewn to have to MN a given ratio; therefore MN has a given ratio to CG, that is, to LN. Acatn, fince the triangle CGF is given in fpecies, the angle CGF is given, and CGD being alfo a given angle, the angle FGD is given, and therefore MND, which is equal to it. But the angle LND is given, therefore the angle LNM is given; and it was fhewn, that MN has a given ratio to NU, therefore the angle MLN is given ; now, the point L, and the line LN, are given in pofition; therefore LM is alfo given in pofition, which was to be found. Tue conftrudtion for finding LM is obvious. Take A and D, two given points in one of the lines given in pofition, and place the two triangles ABC, DEF fimilar to the given triangle abc, fo that two of their equal angles may be at A and D, and the other equal angles on the lines BE and CF, (Lem. 2. Cor.). On BC and EF, defcribe the triangles BLC, FEM, fimilar to the triangle cbl; if LM be drawn, it will be the line required. From the analyfis it alfo follows, that the quadrilaterals de- feribed with their angles on the four ftraight lines given in po- fition, as fuppofed in the Porifm, will intercept between them fegments of thefe lines, having given ratios to one another. . 37 TIE INVESTIGATION of PORISMS. 201 37. Tuts Porifm may alfo be extended to figures of any number of fides, and may be enunciated more generally thus: “ A rec- tilineal figure of any number of fides, as m, being given, and three ftraight lines being alfo given in pofition, m—3 flraight lines may be found given in pofition, fo that innumerable rec- tilineal figures may be defcribed, fimilar to the given re@ilineal pene, and having their angles on the gaa lines given in po- “fition.”’ Hence alfo this theorem: “ If any two reétilineal figures be defcribed fimilar to one another, and if ftraight lines be drawn, joining the equal angles of the two figures, innumera- ble rectilineal figures may be defcribed, which will have their angles on thefe lines, and will be fimilar to the given re¢tilineal figures ; and the fegments of the lines given in pofition, inter- cepted between any two of thefe figures, will have conftantly the fame ratio to one another.” As a Locus, the fame propofition admits of a very fimple enunciation, and has a remarkable affinity to that with which Euciip appears to have introduced his firft book of Porifms. “ If three of the angles of a reGiilineal figure, given in fpecies, be upon three ftraight lines given in pofition, the remaining angie of the boi will alfo be on ftraight lines, given in pofi- tion.’ Ir the rectilineal figures here referred to be fuch, as may be infcribed in a circle, or in fimilar curves of any kind, agreeably to the hypothefis of the problem *, by which thefe laii Porifms were fuggefted, we fhall have a number of other Porifms re- fpefting ftraight lines given in pofition, which cut off, from inAumerable fuch curves, fegments that are given in {pecies. A great field of geometrical inveftigation is, therefore, opened by the two preceeding propofitions, which, however, we muft at prefent be'content to have pointed out. 38. A QUESTION nearly connected with the origin of Po- rifms ftill remains to’ be refolved, namely, from what caufe Vor. II. Cc has * Prin. Math. lib. 1. prop..29. 202 On the ORIGIN and has it arifen, that propofitions which are in themfelves fo im- portant, and that aétually occupied fo confiderable a place in the ancient geometry, have been fo little remarked in the mo- dern? It cannot indeed be faid, that propofitions of this kind were wholly unknown to the moderns before the reftoration of what Evctip had written concerning them ; for befide M. Bos- covicu’s propofition, of which fo much has been already faid, the theorem which afferts, that in every fyftem of points there is a” centre of gravity, has been fhewn above to bea Porifm ; and we fhall fee hereafter, that many of the theorems in the higher geo- metry belong to the fame clafs of propofitions. We may add, that fome of the elementary propofitions of geometry want only the proper form of enunciation to be perfect Porifms. It is not there- fore ftriatly true, that none of the propofitions called Porifms have been known to the moderns; but it is certain, that they have not met, from them, with the attention they met with, from the ancients, and that they have not been diftinguifhed as a feparate clafs of propofitions. The caufe of this difference is - undoubtedly to be fought for in a comparifon of the methods employed for the folution of geometrical problems in ancient, | and in modern times. In the folution of fuch problems, the geometers of antiquity proceeded with the utmoft caution, and were careful to remark every particular cafe, that is to fay, every change in the con- ftruction, which any change in the ftate of the data could pro- duce. . The different conditions from which the folutions were derived, were fuppofed to vary one by one, while the others remained the fame; and all their poffible combinations being thus enumerated, a feparate folution was given, wherever any _confiderable change was obferved to have taken place. This was fo much the cafe, that the /ectio rationis, a geo- metrical problem of no great difficulty, and one of which the folution would be difpatched, according to the methods of the modern geometry, in a fingle page, was made, by APoLLo- NIUS, INVESTIGATION of PORISMS. 203 nius, the fubject of a treatife confifting of two books. The firft book has feven general divifions, and twenty-four cafes ; the fecond, fourteen general divifions, and feventy-three cafes, each of which cafes is feparately confidered. Nothing, it is evident, that was any way connected with the problem, could efcape a geometer, who proceeded with fuch minutenefs of in- veftigation. Tue fame {crupulous exactnefs may be remarked in all the other mathematical refearches of the ancients; and the reafon doubtlefs is, that the geometers of thofe ages, however expert they were in the ufe of their analyfis, had not fufficient expe- rience in its powers, to truft to the more general applications of it. That principle which we call the law of continuity, and which connects the whole fyftem of mathematical truths by a chain of infenfible gradations, was fcarcely known to them, and has been unfolded to us, only by a more extenfive know- ledge of the mathematical fciences, and by that moft perfect mode of exprefling the relations of quantity, which forms the language of algebra; and it is this principle alone which has taught us, that though in the folution of a problem, it may be impoflible to conduct the inveftigation without affuming the data in a particular ftate, yet the refult may be perfe@lly general, and will accommodate itfelf to every cafe with fuch wonderful verfati- lity, as is {carcely credible to the moft experienced mathematician, and fuch as often forces him to ftop, in the midft of his calculus, and to look back,with a mixture of diffidence and admiration, on the unforefeen harmony of his conclufions. All this was unknown to the ancients ; and therefore they had no refource, but to ap- ply their analyfis feparately to each particular cafe, with that extreme caution which has juft been deferibed; and in doing fo, they were likely to remark many peculiarities, which more extenfive views, and more expeditious methods of inveftigation, might perhaps have induced them to overlook. 39. To reft fatisfied, indeed, with too general refults, and not. to defcend fufficiently into particular details, may be confidered: “Ge2 as: 204 On the ORIGIN, &e. as a vice that naturally arifes out of the excellence of the mo- dern analyfis. The effect which this has had, in concealing from us the clafs of propofitions we are now confidering, can- not be better illuftrated than by the example of the Porifm difecovered by Boscovicn, in the manner related above. Though the problem from which that Porifm is derived, was refolved by feveral mathematicians of the firft eminence, among whom alfo was Sir IsAAc Newron, yet the Porifm which, as it happens, is the moft important cafe of it, was not obferved by any of them. This is the more remarkable, that Sir Isaac NewTon takes notice of the two moft fimple cafes, in which the problem obvioufly admits of innumerable folutions, v7z. when the lines given in pofition are either all parallel, or all meeting in a point, and thefe two hypothefes he therefore ex- prefsly excepts. Yet he did not remark, that there are other circumftances which may render the folution of the problem indeterminate, as wellas thefe ; fo that the porifmatic cafe confi- dered above, efcaped his obfervation: And if it efcaped the ob- fervation of one who was accuftomed to penetrate fo far into matters infinitely more obfcure, it was becaufe he fatisfied him- felf with a general -conftruGtion, without purfuing it into its particular cafes. Had the folution been conducted after the manner of Evciip or Apovtontus, the Porifm in queftion muft infallibly have been difcovered. Burt I have already extended this paper to too great a length ; fo that, leaving the ufe of algebra in the inveftigation of Po- rifms, to be treated of on another occafion, I fhall conclude: with a remark from Pappus, the truth of which, I would wil- lingly flatter myfelf, that the foregoing obfervations have had fome tendency to evince: “ Habent autem Porifmata fubtilem ‘“ et naturalem contemplationem, neceflariam et maxime uni- “ verfalem, atque iis, qui fingula perfpicere et invettigare valent, * admodum jucundam.” VIII. _ a ? ge -

are ie ER ee FA On the MUSCLES. 259 ’ toftal, and forming a figure like the letter X, but in which the {troke reprefenting the external mufcle is more oblique than the other ; for the internal intercoftals are lefs oblique than the ex- ternal. See T. 3. fig. 5. Tuen I diffeted fmall bundles of the external and internal intercoftals, with their origins at a diftance from each other, but their infertions meeting in a point, in the rib above or in the rib below, fo as to form triangles, of which the rib made the bafe, (fee T. 3. fig. 6. and 7.); or I diffe&ted them with their infertions, as well as their origins, at a diftance from each other, as in T. 3. fig. 8. = In the laft place, I demonftrated a part of the ftructure which has not been fufficiently examined by authors ; to wit, that the cartilages between the ribs and the fternum, with the exception of the cartilage of the firft rib, are not fixed to the fternum in the fame manner as to the ribs; for the rib, which is hollowed, receives the cartilage, and is fo firmly united to it, that in a recent fubject, they cannot be feparated without la- cerating the cartilage; but the inner part of the cartilage is tied by a capfular ligament to the edges of the pit in the fter- num, and the concave part of the pit is connected by fine cel- lular threads only to the end of the cartilage, fo that the carti- lage and {ternum may, after cutting-the capfular ligament, be feparated from each other without tearing the cartilaginous fi- bres. Hence, when the ribs are moved, the capfular ligament is twifted, and the end of the cartilage rolls upon the fternum. See T. 3. fig. 1, 25 3. and 9. AFTER fully explaining the ftructure, I endeavoured to prove, as Dr HaLuer had done, but with fome additional ar- guments, that both rows of intercoftal mufcles confpired to e- levate the ribs, or that they were mufcles of infpiration ; and that, when the intercoftal mufcles alone acted, and the ribs ‘were not forcibly kept down, they could have no other effect ; Kk2 and 260 OBSERVATIONS and that all the ribs- in infpiration were moved upwards uni- formly. A; Tue chief circumftances which prove beyond a doubt, that the two rows of intercoftal mufcles confpire in elevating the ribs, are, 1. TuaT the firft rib is fo much fixed at both its ends as to ‘be almoft immoveable, and its cartilage, inftead of being connected to the fternum by a capfular ligament, or articulated with it in the fame manner as the cartilages of the other ribs, grows as firmly to the fternum as to the rib. See T. 3. fig. 9. 2. TuatT the fecond rib is more fixed than the third, and the third more fixed than the fourth, and fo on downwards. 3. THaT as the ribs, from the firft rib downwards, grow gradually longer, and defcribe portions of larger circles, we may obferve, that in general, or when we examine a middle portion of the intercoftal mufcles, or a portion half-way between the fternum and vertebrz, the infertion of the lower end of the portion is at a greater diftance from either end of the lower rib, or from a ftraight line drawn between the two ends of that rib, than its origin in the rib above is from the two ends of that rib, or from a ftraight line drawn between them. Hence, whether we con- fider the head of the rib, conne&ted with the vertebre as its centre of motion, or whether we confider the rib as moving upon a ftraight line or axis drawn between its two ends, it fol- lows, that a mufcle placed between two ribs acts with a longer lever upon the under rib than upon the upper one, and there- fore muft elevate the under rib. That the force of this argu- ment might be more readily underftood, I have laid leaden probes along each of the feven uppermoft ribs of an adult fub- ject, from the vertebrz to the fternum, and have reprefented their lengths and curvatures in T. IV. The crooked continued lines reprefent the lengths and curvatures of the different ribs and their cartilages. The ftraight dotted lines reprefent the diltances. On the MUSCLES. 261 diftances between their heads and the fternum. The continued perpendicular line reprefents the diftance of the middle of each rib from a ftraight line drawn between its two ends. The numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,6, 7, exprefs firft, fecond, &c. ribs, of which the firft is the fhorteft and innermoft, and the feventh the longeft and outermoft. The other numbers annexed denote eighths of an inch. 4. To determine the effect of the contraction of any mutfcle, I apprehend, we need only to obferve in the dead body what the fituation is in which the mufcle in queftion is relaxed. Ap- plying this rule, we fhall find, that the whole intercoftal mufcles, internal as well as external, are f{hortened when we elevate the ribs and place them in that fituation in which we find they are in infpiration. 5. Ir the internal intercoftal mufcles had been intended for the depreflion of the ribs, we certainly fhould not have found them continued to the fternum, becaufe their anterior ends are fixed above to the edge of the fternum, or fo near to the infer- tion of the cartilage of the upper rib in the fternum, and their inferior ends are, in confequence of their obliquity, fixed to the under rib fo much farther from the fternum, that they mutt act upon the under rib with more advantage of lever, or are intended for its elevation. On the other hand, if the internal eet had been in- tended for the depreffion of the ribs, we certainly fhould have found them continued backwards to the fpine, becaufe, from their obliquity, their under end would have been fixed.to the vertebrz or nearer to the head of the rib, and their upper end at fuch a‘ diftance from it, that this portion of the mufcle would have been better calculated than any other portion of it for the depreffion of the rib. 6. In a few experiments which I made: on living animals, foon after I began to ftudy anatomy, and which I repeated af- terwards, particularly in 1770, 1 faw plainly, as Dr HanueR had done, 262 OBSERVATIONS done, that both rows of intercoital mufcles were in action du= ring infpiration. Arrer proving, that both rows of intercoftal mufcles con- fpire in elevating the ribs, I ufed to point out the fallacy of the demonttrations, by which BAYLE, HAMBERGERUS, and others, have pretended to prove, that the internal intercoftal mufcles deprefs the ribs. The machine they defcribe as reprefenting the ribs, vertebre and fternum, refembles very exaGtly two wooden rulers A, B, kept parallel by two pieces of brafs, C and D, fuch as are ufed for drawing parallel lines; and the two layers of the intercoftal mufcles are reprefented by the threads EF and HG, patling obliquely from the one ruler to the other, and decuffating each other. See T. 2. fig. 9. Let C, one of the pieces of brafs, reprefent the vertebrz, and the other piece D the fternum. Let A reprefent the upper- moft rib on the right fide of the body, and B the fecond rib. Let EF reprefent the external, and HG the internal intercoftal mufcle. Tuen, let C, reprefenting the immoveable vertebrz, be held faft, and let EF be pulled or thortened, they tell us, that the fecond rib B muft be more affected than the firft, becaufe the lower end of the mufcle being at a greater diftance from C than the upper end of it, the mufcle will act upon the fecond rib with a longer lever, and therefore that the external intercoftal mufcles muft elevate the rib. But when the internal intercoftal mufcles, reprefented by - HG, are fhortened, they obferve, that matters will be reverfed ; and as their origin in the firft rib is farther from the vertebra, or centre of motion, than their infertion in the fecond rib, that having a longer lever, they mutt ferve to pull the firft rib down. AccorDINGLy, the rulers, on pulling alternately the threads EF and HG, will be moved alternately upwards and downwards. Bur On the MUSCLES. 263 But to fhew the fallacy of this, I need only to add to what has been before obferved, that we can perform a full infpiration, without bringing the upper rib, or top of the fternum, up- wards or nearer to our head; whereas the pretended demon- ftration refts entirely on the fuppofition, that all the ribs, not excepting the firft and fternum, have a large play upwards and downwards alternately. Stop the play of the firft rib, or fup- pofe it to be fixed in its place, which is the faa, and the boatt- ed demonttration is annihilated. Tue late opinion of SABATIER *, that both rows of inter- coftal mufcles ferve for expiration, and that the ribs are elevated by the fcaleni and ferrati poftici fuperiores, which are fixed to a few only of the upper ribs, fcarcely merits a comment. It is refuted by what is above mentioned, and by the want of the external intercoftals: near to the fternum, and of the internal near to the fpine; for intercoftals at thofe places would have ferved to deprefs the ribs more powerfully than in any other part of the thorax. Let us now confider the purpofe, First, Of the obliquity of the fibres in the intercoftal mufcles, and, SrconpLy, Of their being difpofed in two layers, the fibres of which decuffate each other. Ir is evident, that the obliquity of the fibres here is not in- tended to increafe their number, or the ftrength of the mufcle, becaufe the fibres would have been more numerous if they had paffed directly from the one rib to the other, or had been in- ferted into the ribs at right angles. I APPREHEND, therefore, that we are to explain the reafons of the ftructure in the following manner : NATURE, in order to give protection tothe heart and lungs, has formed the ribs as broad and flat as poffible, or left no more {pace between them than is required for lodging muicles. ; for * See Anatom. T. 3. p. 465. 7. ms. 264 OBSERVATIONS for their motion in refpiration. Confiftently with this view, as the ribs are fixed at both ends, fo that they cannot be moved backwards and forwards, but are confined to motion upwards and downwards, remaining nearly parallel to each other, ob- lique mufcles are preferred to ftraight; for if the former can, as | have before demonftrated, perform more extenfive motion than the latter, even where both are of the fame length, they . muft have a ftill greater effect, where the two kinds of mufcles are confined between the fame parallels. Tuus, fuppofe the direct diftance, or perpendicular drawn from one rib to another, to be reprefented by three parts, and that the intercoftal mufcle, in confequence of its obliquity, meafures five fuch parts, and that each of thefe is capable, when in action, of fhortening itfelf one-fifth part of its length; it appears from the demonttration, that the oblique mufcle can move the rib through a fpace five times greater sca the ftraight mufcle can do. ON accurate menfuration, I found the length of the inter- coftal mufcle to be one inch’and a half, the perpendicular line one inch, and the bafe about one and one-eighth inch. Hence, calculating on the fuppofition, that the mufcular fibre, in ac- tion, fhortens itfelf one-fifth of its length, it will be found, that the intercoftal mufcles, in confequence of their obliquity, produce a greater motion of the ribs than perpendicular muf- cles could have done, nearly in the proportion of 35 to 12. Tue only point remaining to be explained, is, why nature hath formed two layers of intercoftal mufcles decuffating each other. Tue purpofe of this, I apprehend, is to render the motion of the rib upwards as diredt as poflible, and to prevent it from be- ing drawn or prefled forwards upon the fternum, or backwards upon the vertebrz, fo much as, by its friction, to sia! the freedom of its motion. 3 Gras TL a ee ee es snayos On em p= OW Ghee og ae Tt. a vdadado 13y avi aoa Figs4 A. Fyh del TAB. VI. On the MUSCLES, 265 Upon the whole, by the obliquity of the intercoftal muf- cles, the motion of the ribs is very much greater than could have been performed by ftraight mufcles placed between them : At the fame time, by their confifting of two layers, or two mufcles decuffating and balancing each other, the motion of the ribs, upwards and downwards, is as direct, and with as _ little friion, as if it had been performed by ftraight or perpen- dicular mufcles. Vor. iit (aep ae XIV; XIV. An Account of the Peat-Mosszs of Kincardine and Flan- ders in Perthfbire. By the Reverend Mr Curis ToPHER TAIT, Minifter of Kincardine. [Read Fuly 2. 1792] HE moffes of Kincardine and Flanders are fituated in that extenfive plain or care which begins at Borrowftounnefs, on the fouth fide of the Frith of Forth, and a little above FEaftern Kincardine, on the north fide. It ftretches along both fides, firft of the Frith, and afterwards of the river Forth, as far as Cardrofs, about twenty-two miles weft of the point where it begins. The breadth of this plain, or carfe, at Falkirk, where it is wideft,is about feven miles, including whatis occupied by the Frith. At Stirling it is contracted to three quarters of a mile, and the mean breadth of it, from that place to Cardrofs, is about three miles. The foil is a rich blue clay, beyond any depth that has been examined, excepting that a bed of gravel rifes near to the furface for the fpace of a mile, betwixt Blair Drummond and Ochte tyre, and dips towards the Forth, at the rate of about one foot in the hundred. Almoft the whole of this traét appears to the eye like a dead flat, the only emi- nences in it being thofe of Airth, Dunmore, Craigforth, and the hill of Dript, which are all inconfiderable, both as to extent and height. Thefe eminences alfo contain the only rocks difcover- ed it i eel ee - Jn Ba ae ee . ACGOUNT of PEAT-MOSSES, &c. 267 ed in the extent above mentioned, except that the Dript rock is continued acrofs the river, and that another rock alfo crofles it, at what are called the cruives of Craigforth, and gives a confi derable obftrudtion to the ftream, fo as to prevent the tide from flowing up farther. Throughout the reft of the carfe, no ftones whatever are found in the foil; but beds of fea-fhells, particularly oyfter-fhells, appear in many places of it, as in ditches, where the earth has been dug to a certain depth, and in the banks of the Forth and its branches. A bed of this kind, of confiderable thicknefs, is to be feen near- the bridge of Goody, a fmall river that runs into the Forth ; and another is to be feen in a bank, on the fouth fide of the road between Polmouth and Borrowftounnefs. When the Forth encroaches upon its banks, it alfo difcovers large logs of tim- ber at various depths in the clay. CoNncERNING the river it may be neceflary to remark, that the tide flows as far as the bed of rock near Craigforth, al- ready mentioned, which is about 300 yards below the junc- tion of the Teith and Forth: Above this point, the furface of the river is four feet and a half higher than the furface below, even at {pring tides. The only other fall in the river from that place to Cardrofs, where the carfe terminates, is one of three feet at the ford of Frew, about eight miles diftant from the former, in a ftraight line. Ir will ferve to give fome idea of the flatnefs of this country to obferve, that by a furvey taken of the river, with a view to ren- der it navigable, it was found, that a dam four feet in height, erected at the point of Craigforth, would increafe the depth of the- river more than three feet as far up as the ford of Frew; and that one of five feet in height, erected: at Frew, would make a like addition to the depth of the river, as far as the ford’ of Car- drofs. The height therefore of the furface of the Forth, at the ford of Cardrofs, above the high water mark at the cruives of Hil} 2 Craigforth, 268 ACCOUNT of PEAT-MOSSES Craigforth, is lefs than ten feet, and this on a diftance of forty miles, meafuring by the courfe of the river, or of eighteen miles, meafuring ina ftraight line. The furface of the river is about twenty-one feet below the level of the clay-ground on each fide of it; yet in floods, the country is often overflowed to a confiderable extent. A creat part of the furface of this country is covered by peat bogs, or moffes, as they are ufually called. The firft of thefe mofles. and the furtheft eaft, is that of Kincardine, which lies in the angle between the Forth and the Teith, and reaches weftward as far as Burnbank, after which the carfe is clear of mofs through its whole ‘breadth for the fpace of two miles and a half. Beyond this, Mofs-Flanders commences, and extends weftward all the way to Cardrofs, occupying a large portion of the carfe on both fides of the Forth. The mofs of Kincardine, when mea- fared twenty five years ago, contained above 1800 acres ; but the operations which will be defcribed hereafter have now re- duced it to about 1500. Boru thefe moffes are of the fame nature, as are alfo fome others lefs confiderable, which lie in this tract, to wit, the mof- fes of Frofk, Dunmore and Kinnaird, which occupy a large fhare of the carfe that lies at the head of the Frith, and alfo etwixt the rivers of Forth and Carron. The mofs of Frofk begins about five miles to the fouth-eaft of that of Kincardine, and the mofs of Kinnaird reaches within a mile and a half of the river Carron. The length of all thefe moffes, from the head of Mofs-Flanders near Cardrofs, to the fouth-eaft point of the mofs of Kinnaird, deducing the intervals that are clear of peat, is about fifteen miles, and the total of their contents is com- puted to exceed gooo acres. The greateft height of the mofs above the clay on which it lies is fourteen feet and a half. Tue furface of the peat-mofs which thus rifes above the le- vel of the carfe, when viewed at a little diftance, feems wholly covered ih PERTHSHIRE. 260 covered with heath, but when examined more clofely, is found to be made up only of fmall tufts of heath, intermixed with mofs-plants, fuch as ling, cotton-grafs, and in one fpot with wild rofemary ; thefe tufts being feparated from each other by {paces of bog, which are quite foft, and have no plant whatever on their furface. WueENn laid open, this mofs is found to confift of an accumu- lation of the debris of the fame plants, which are more or lefs ad- vanced in putrefaction, according to the depth, and the degrees of humidity and compreflion. At the bottom of the mofs, or at the furface of the clay on which it refts, is a ftratum compofed chiefly of bits of rotten wood, but with which is mingled fometimes a little black earth, and fometimes alfo bunches of heath, far more entire than thofe which are found nearer to the furface of the mofs. Here alfo are innumerable trunks of trees, lying along clofe by their roots, which roots are {till fixed in the clay, as in their natural ftate. The roots of the heath are alfo fixed in the clay, and appear to have been the production of the foil before the mofs was fuperinduced over it. In the mofs of Kincardine, is a confiderable extent of what is called flow-mo/s, that is, flowing or fluid mofs, the furface of which is {mooth, and which, until lately drained, was fo faturated with the water that was confined in it, either by the great extent of mofs upon all fides, or by the greater height of fome of the ad- joining grounds, as to be almoft literally in the ftate which its name indicates. The other parts of the mofs have generally fuch a degree of folidity as fits them for being cut into peat, at leaft towards the bottom ; for in the upper parts the plants are too little advanced in putrefaction, and too little compref- fed, to have the cohefion requifite to be formed into peat. Tue methods ufed for improving thefe mofles have been various. Sometimes, after the mofs was fo far drained by the com- mon operation of making it into peat, as to bear cattle in dry weather, 270 ACCOUNT of PEAT-MOSSES weather, it was repeatedly plowed and burnt, fo as to be con+- verted into a manure for the clay that was. under it *. Tuts could only be done where the mofs was thin. Where it was too thick to be reclaimed in this manner, the people contented themfelves with improving the furface, by plowing the afhes into it, or by laying upon it clay brought from the: adjacent cultivated grounds. The progrefs, however, that was. ~ made in the cultivation of the mofs by thefe methods was never very confiderable ; and therefore, for fome time patt, they have: given place to that of floating off the whole body of the mofs by water,except a {tratum two or three inches thick in contact with the clay. The foil thus cleared of mofs is excellent, and is found to let immediately for 15 s. per acre. This operation of floating is rendered practicable by the peculiar nature of this mofs, which, as has been faid, is fuperinduced upon. the original foil,. fo that the clay under it is on a level with the adjoining culti- vated grounds. | Turis method of cultivation is fuppofed to have been prac- tifed on the moffes. betwixt the Forth and Carron about the be- ginning of the prefent century, where it is computed, that above: 600 acres. have been cleared with the water colleéted from the- mofs. * Tue people engaged in this work have. their honfes in the mofs. Thefe are at firft fometimes built of fod, fupported by a frame.of wood, laid on the furface: of the mofs; but as foon as any progrefs is made in clearing the ground, they are cut out of the mofs itfelf. For that purpofe, a drain is cut through the mofs, and at leaft a foot deep into the clay, as far as the intended houfe is to reach; a {pace from two to fix yards wide. is then cleared all round it; and laftly the area of the houfe is alfo cleared, leaving a wall of mofs on every fide, about. four feet and a half thick, at bottom, and three feet thick at top. The feet of the cupples which are to fupport the roof are inferted into this wall, but-do not reft upon it, as they reach as low as the clay, from which they rife up, nearly perpendicularly, as far as the top of the wall. The gables are completed with fod or mud. As the mofs-walls dry; and are confolidated, what was originally ten-or twelve feet high, finks down to the height of. five or fix feet. ee * ee —e Oe otto NM GT ae PRI TM Sa In PERTHSHIRE. 271 mofs alone, without the affiftance of any ftream from the high- er grounds. The fame method feems to have been followed in the mofles of Kincardine and Flanders about forty years ago, though with little effect, and without any general plan, till about the year 1770, when the late Lord Kames, who was proprietor of 1500 acres of the mofs of Kincardine, and a confiderable por- tion of mofs Flanders, adopted and greatly improved it. It is now in general ufe, and is conducted in the following man: ner. A CHANNEL, about eighteen inches wide and two fect deep, is dug in the clay along the edge of the mofs intended to be removed, through which a ftream of water is conducted about a foot deep. The workman, with a wooden fpade, then cuts away a layer of the mofs along the edge of the channel to the breadth of about fix feet, and throws it into the water, which, if the channel has a tolerable declivity, will ferve to carry away as much mofs as fix men can throw into it. The mofs being thus removed for the whole length of the channel, to the depth of about thirteen inches, and to the diftance of about fix feet, the opera- tion is repeated upon the mofs below, and fo on, till there is left a ftratum of mofs, only fix inches thick, upon the furface of the clay. This thin ftratum of mofs, being dried by the fum- mer heat, is afterwards dug, or plowed, and burned, and when the afhes thus produced are plowed into the clay, the ground is thought to be fufficiently prepared for a crop of oats. _ Ar the bottom of the mofs when thus cleared, a multitude of the bodies and roots of trees are found, which leave no doubt, that the grounds now covered by the mofs have been ‘once occupied by a foreft. Though it is not, I believe, un- ufual to meet with trees in mofles, yet they are rarely found in fuch abundance as in the prefent inftance. For they are found here lying as thick upon the clay as they can be fup- pofed to have grown upon it; and what is yet more fingular, I the 242 ACCOUNT of PEAT-MOSSES the roots remain fixed in the clay in their natural ftate, cor- refponding, in fize, and in fpecies to. the trees that lie by their fides. THE trees are oak, birch, hazel, alder, willow, and in one place there are a few firs. Among thefe the oak abounds mott, efpe- cially upon the weft fide of the mofs, where forty large trees of this fpecies were lately found lying by their roots, and as clofe to one another as they can be fuppofed to have grown. One of thefe oaks meafures fifty feet, in length, and more than three feet in diameter, and three hundred and fourteen circles, or year’s growths, were counted in one of the roots. In another part of the mofs, an oak was found that meafured four feet in diameter ; and I am aflured, that fome years ago a root was difcovered at Rofs, on the -fouth fide of the mofs, that was fif- teen feet in diameter at the furface of the clay ; and the tree, which was twenty-two feet in length, was four feet eight inches in diameter at the lower end, where it had been cut over, at the height of a yard from the ground. Tue oak is ufually black, and the wood ftill found, efpe- cially on the fide of the tree that lies nextthe clay. It is fit for various purpofes, and would probably be of much greater va- lue, if the people into whofe hands it falls had fkill to dry it properly. As it is managed, it ufually opens into various fif- fures, which difqualify it for being fawn into planks. Tue roots of the oak are all found fixed in the clay in their natural ftate, and ufually rife above it to the height of about: three feet. They are very little rotten, and it requires much la- bour to grub them up. Tue other kinds of trees are fo much decayed, that fewer: obfervations can be made upon them. Their roots are alfo fix- ed in the clay ; but they generally rife not more than a foot and a half above its furface. 3 THE: In PERTHSHIRE. 243 Tue facts which have now been defcribed will perhaps be found, upon examination, to point out the caufe by which thefe trees were brought into their prefent fituation, and alfo the time when that event muft have taken place. For, firft, thefe faéts are utterly inconfiftent with the fuppo- fition that the trees have fallen through natural decay ; as in that cafe, they muft have been broken over at different heights above the furface, and both the trunks and the roots muft have been too far advanced in putrefaction, before the mofs was formed over them, for any part of them to remain found at this day. Tue fame circumftances feem alfo irreconcileable with the. fuppofition, that thefe forefts have been blown down by the wind, as in that cafe alfo the trees muft have been broken over at different heights, and muft frequently have been torn up by the roots; a fingle inftance of either of which has not been feen by the author of thefe remarks. It is indeed faid, that a few fingle roots, in different parts of the mofs, have been ob- ferved, which feem to be torn up, and what is perhaps difficult _ to be explained, no trunk was found attached to them. Ir cannot be admitted as an argument in fupport of the pre- ceding fuppofition, that the trees lie moft frequently in the di- rection from fouth-weft to north-eaft. For as the fouth- weft wind is the prevailing and moft violent wind in this country, the weight of the tops of the trees is generally turned from that quarter ; and by whatever caufe they fall, they will there- _ fore, in general, be direCted towatds the north-eatt. TuE moft plaufible folution therefore is, that the trees have been cut down, The height of the ftumps, which is common- ly about two feet and a half, favours this opinion, as, at that height, the diameter of a large tree is ufually much lefs than it is nearer the ground, and as the cutter can better apply his Vou, III. Mm ftrength 274 ACCOUNT of PEAT-MOSSES ftrength at this than at a greater height. The foundnefs of the: roots and trunks feems alfo inexplicable on any other fuppofi- tion. Marks of an ax, not exceeding two inches and a half in breadth, are fometimes. difcernible on the lower ends of thefe trees. The {mall breadth of the ax, and the length of the time that the trees doubtlefs remained expofed, before they were co- vered with the mofs, feems fufficiently to account for thefe marks not having been more frequently difcovered: Bur it will be afked, what reafon can be affigned for un- dertaking a work of fo great labour as the cutting down of fuch extenfive forefts muft have been? The value of the timber was evidently not the motive of this work, otherwife the trees would not have been left behind. Neither was the clearing: of the ground the object that was in view, fince, after all this la« bour, the ground: remained as. much incumbered as before. If, however, we recollect the hiftory of Britain from the reign of DomiTt1AN to the acceflion of CARACALLA, and confider the local fituation of the mofles, we will find good reafons for- afcribing the deftrution.of the forefts in queftion to the Ro- mans. Ir is well known, that from the time when Jutius Casar firft invaded this ifland to the decline of the Roman power, the Britons, unable to contend with the arms and difcipline of the legions in pitched battles, or-in the open country, were forced. to take fhelter in their woods: and morafles, from which they annoyed the Romans: by their incurfions. The Roman Gene- rals, therefore, from the time of AGRICOLA: at leaft, employed! not only. their own foldiers, but alfo many of the provinciated. Britons, in depriving the free Britons of their places of. refuge, by cutting down the woods, or, at leaft, making great openings . in them, and by draining the moraffes, or making roads-through, them. Thefe feem to be the fervile labours which GaLcGacus, Im: sail e Se ->—— oe ae ia PERTHSHIRE. 296 in his fpeech before the battle with Acricoza, warns the Cale- donians of, as awaiting the vanquifhed. Corpora ipfa ac ma- aus, fylvis ac paludibus emuniendis, inter verbera ac contumelias conterunt *, In like manner, SEvERUus is faid to have employed a great part of his troops, not only in building the wall which bears his name, but in cutting down the woods, draining the marfhes, and throwing bridges over the rivers which ob{tructed his march into the northern parts of Britain+. But though in that march he muft probably have paffed over the very grounds now occupied by the mofles of Kincardine and Frofk, I am inclined to believe, that the deftruction of the forefts up- on the fide of the Forth, is rather to be attributed to his pre- deceffors, who aimed at making the wall between the Friths of Forth and Clyde, the limits of their empire, than to Seve- Rus himfelf, who withdrew his troops from the country be- twixt the two walls, and either ftrengthened Aprian’s wall, from the Tyne to the Solway Frith, or built another nearly in the fame direction, Tue Romans indeed muft have found themfelves more in- commoded by the forefts in queftion than by any other almoft in the ifland ; both becaufe of their vicinity to the Roman pro- vince, and becaufe the only roads by which the Romans could penetrate into the country poflefled by the Caledonians were through the carfe, and acrofs the grounds between the mofles of Frofk and Kincardine. Tue mofs of Kinnaird, which was no doubt formerly united to that of Frofk, is only a mile and a half diftant from M m2 the * Tacitus in Vit. AGRIc. cap. 31. + EeZiigos dito» ray Karndoviav, aucdnra Medypate KE, Tas TE UAaS TAVOV, To TE EAN Howuwr, wet Tous ToTapous C-vywwav, Dro. Cass. Lzb. Ixxvi. cap. 13. The works here enu- merated were attended with fuch difficulty, that though, according to the fame hi- ftorian, SEVERUS was never met by the Britifh army in the field, he loft fifty thou- fand men in the courfe of this expedition. did. 276 ACGGOUNT o PEAT-MOSSES the river of Carron, which river, where it enters the carfe, and ceafes to be fordable, feems to have been the boundary of the Roman province *, and the mofs of Kincardine is only twelve miles diftant from the ftation at Camelon. Forefts, therefore, in either of thefe places would have afforded very convenient refuge to the Caledonians, whether they were making incurfions into the Roman province, or harafling the Roman armies in their expeditions towards the north. Besipgs, that a people, more civilized than the ancient Ca- ledonians, mutt have been in this country before the mofs of Kin- cardine exifted, is completely eftablifhed by the difcovery of a road on the furface of the clay at the bottom of that mofs, after the peat, to the depth of eight feet, had been remo- ved. The part of this road already difcovered is about feventy yards long; the breadth of it is four yards, and it is conftruéted of trees, meafuring from nine to twelve inches in diameter, laid in the direction of the road. Acrofs thefe have been laid other trees about half their fize, and the whole has been covered with brufhwood. The depth of the materials varies in con- formity to the nature of the foil; the trees, which are laid lengthwife, being generally on the furface of the clay, but in the loweft and wetteft parts, they are funk about two feet un- der the furface. Tuis road lies acrofs a piece of ground lower than the ad- jacent grounds, and its direction is from the Forth acrofs the mofs, where it is narroweft, towards a road, fuppofed to be Ro- man, * Tuar the river Carron was the boundary of the Roman province is rendered probable by the fituation of Arthur’s Oven, as it was called, which is fuppofed to have been a temple dedicated to Terminus, and erected near the Roman frontier. It ftood on the weft fide of the river Carron, or between that river and Kinnaird. There is alfo a paflage in Heropran that favours the fame opinion. That hiftorian mentions the army of SEVERUS pafling Te mr eof: SArnjxcvee eduard TE xab YOUaTA THs Poyasiwr aeync. He adds, that on this frontier the Barbarians eafily made their efeape, and concealed themfelves in the thickets and marfbes. ron. Lib. iii. cap. 48. ° It PERTHSHIRE. an7 man, that paffes between the mofs and the river Teith. The veftiges of this laft road have been traced, from about four miles north-weft of the bridge of Dript, where formerly there was a ford, acrofs the river, fouth-eaft by Torwood and Lar- bert, to Camelon on the wall. This road is laid about a foot deep with gravel, under which, in fome places, is alfo a layer of ftones, and it appears to have been about twenty feet wide, though, by the land having been under tillage, its breadth can- not be exa¢tly afcertained. The direétion of it, after it crofles the Forth at Dript, is in a line that points north-weft to the pafs of Leny, the chief avenue to the Highlands on this fide, and. through which the military road to Fort William is now ac- tually conducted. It is therefore confidered, with great probabi- lity, as having been originally defigned for the ufe of the troops employed to repel the incurfions made by the Caledonians, from the mountains, into the Roman province. At the fame time, it may have been connected with the other roads that ftretched more directly toward the north, by Dumblane and the well known fta- tion of Ardoch. It can fcarcely be doubted, that it alfo com- municated with the road in the mofs, and that this laft is to be reckoned a part of the military works of the Romans. On the whole, therefore, the conclufions to which we are: thus neceffarily led appear to be thefe: That before the time: of AcricoLa, the firft of the Roman Generals who attempted to fecure the northern frontier of the province by a regular chain of pofts *, the greater part of the level country on the banks of the Forth was occupied by extenfive forefts: That about this period, or foon afterwards, a great part of thofe fo- refts, * Tue chain of pofts between the Forth and Clyde is mentioned by Tacitus, Vit, AGRIC, cap. 23. as the work of AGRicoLa’s fourth campaign, which coincides with the year 81 of our zra. See HorseLey’s Britan. Book i. chap.3. It was about fifty years afterwards that the wall of Antoninus was built, nearly in the fame line. The age of the mofs cannot therefore be eftimated at much lefs than. 1790 years. ; 278 ACCOUNT o PEAT-MOSSES refts, being at no great diftance from the above frontier, were cut down by the Romans for the purpofe of depriving the na- tives of the faftneffes and places of f{trength from which they were continually making incurfions into the province; and that from the trees thus cut down, and fuffered to rot upon thofe low and marfhy grounds, originated the vaft body of peat- mofs which covers them at the prefent time. The production of peat-mofs from the decay of forefts, is not a poflulatum that will be fuppofed fubject to any difficulty. It is a principle ad- mitted by naturalifts, on the ground of actual obfervation*, withsrefpeé at leaft to countries in high latitudes, and ferves to explain many appearances in other parts of this ifland, which have a great refemblance to thofe that have now been defcri- bed f. * See Lord Cromarry’s paper on Peat-mofs, Phil. Tranf. vol. xxvii. p. 296. + See an Account of Hatfield Chace near Doncafter, Phil. Tranf. vol. xxii. p. 980. It may be proper to obferve, that the moffes of Kincardine, &c. being placed above the level of the adjacent plain, are of the kind that might be expected to break out and overfpread the lower grounds, which however they are not known to have done, while they remained in their natural ftate. They do not indeed abound very much in water, infomuch that the floating off of the peat, when it is carried to fuch an extent as it is now, requires an artificial fupply of water. This fupply is accordingly procured at prefent by an engine which Mr Drummonp has caufed to be ereéted for raifing water from the Teith, and which is one of the moft material improvements that has been made in the hufbandry of the mofs, Bur though there is no memory of the mofs having flowed while it remained jn its natural ftate, on the 21f{t March 1792, it burft out on the welt fide, near the fouthermoft cottage, to the height of its fide-wall, covering fifty-fix yards in breadth, and about the extent of an acre of ground that had been cleared, and -edrly in the morning of the fame day of 1793, (fince the firft communication of this paper), it was difcovered to have flowed again, and to have reached the northermoft cottage of the fame line of houfes. The inhabitants efcaped by a wih- dow on the oppofite fide of the houfe. The mofs afterwards bore down the fide- walls of the houfe that were built of ftone, and continued to flow fluwly forward, I eight ra acces, SS Ue In PERTHSHIRE. 279 eight feet in depth at the middle, and 1200 feet in breadth, until nine o'clock in the morning of the 23d, when it had advanced 600 feet, and covered twelve acres of ground that had been cleared. It would undoubtedly have flowed much farther, had not a great number of men been employed night and day, in giving vent to the water mixed with the mofs that had flowed, and in intercepting that which continued to difcharge itfelf from the main body of mofs. END QF PAPERS OF THE PHYSICAL CLASS. ” CG ee - tA . . + Wine >a! 3 A ovoo Lok ,4ei 298 fr svad ylbos ; dase a 4 noe, ae v LHETATAIGS & sid 35° haw oth hive” oly’ ta; dtquib’ ar’ dos) tgre jigpdneba bad! ve aedve hes oie do: gokatons ely. Be Bhuow 22h: wbotcsia asod) had sedt badhrg to evap wigs sagd cen to sed onteery 6 ton hat, pester ‘ Ube bad tat flom odd diiw bexiin Istnw S67 OF ie eee to (hoy air ods stutt Ustst sgistlslid o2 baasittos dade II, PAPERS OF THE LITERARY CLASS. A I..Tasieau de la Praine de Trove: Accompagné d’une CARTE, levée géométriquement, ent785 et 1786. Par M. CHEVALIER, des Académies de Metz, de CassEL, de Rome, et de la Société Royale d’ EpiNBouRG. [Read ly the Author, Feb, 21. 28. and March 21.1 791] - CHAPITRE LL 4 Voyage de Venife au Cap Baba, fur la céte d *Afic. La fuite du voyage d’Italie, j’attendois 4 Venife une oc- cafion favorable pour entreprendre celui de Ja Gréce. Le Chevalier ZuL1aN1, nommé Ambafladeur de la République auprés de la Porte Ottomane, alloit inceflamment partir pour fa deftination ; je lui demandai une place fur fon vaiffeau, et je fus affez heureux pour l’obtenir.. Cet Ambaffadeur, qui réunit a toutes les qualités d’un habile negociateur, le gout le plus dé- - cidé pour les arts et pour les {ciences, avoit auffi recu dans fon vaifleau le célébre Docteur SpaLLANZANI, l’un des plus ingéni- eux. naturaliftes de ce fiécle, que ’Empereur Jose IL, envoyoit G. 2 dans 4 TABLEAU de la dans le Levant, pour enrichir la fcience de la nature de décou- vertes nouvelles. Jz ne tardai pas 4 appercevoir dans mes refpectables compag- nons de voyage, parmi les brillantes qualités qui les diftin- guent, la méme paflion que j’avois moi-méme pour les monu- mens de l’antiquité; bientdt nous nous fumes entendus, et partout ou le vaiffeau relachoit, il fembloit qu’un inftinét com- mun rapprochat nos penfées et dictat nos projets. AprEs avoir parcouru enfemble les cétes et les tles du Gol- phe Adriatique ; aprés avoir vifité les antiquités de Pola, les montagnes de la Chimére, les fles d’Ithaque, de Corfou, de Céphalonie, de Zanthe, et de Cythére, nous abordames, aprés une affreufe tempéte, au promontoire de Sunium, ov |’on voit encore les impofans débris d’un temple de Minerve Suniade *. Je débarquai la, et par un de ces accidents qui n’arrivent que trop fouvent aux voyageurs, que l’exces de leur curiofité em- porte loin du port, lorfque des vents impérieux forcent le vaiffeau de mettre 4 la voile, je fus réduit ala douce neceffité de voir Athénes et une partie du continent de la Gréce. En quittant l’Attique, je m’embarquois au port Pirée dans Vintention d’aller dire@tement a l’embouchure de I’Hellefpont, pour y chercher la Plaine de Troye, que j’avois fixée, méme avant mon départ de I’ Italie, comme le principal objet de mes recherches; mais les vents contraires, (je devrois plutét les appeller favorables) me jetterent fucceflivement dans les plus belles files de VArchipel, et enfin dans celle de Mityléne, d’ou j’atteignis le Cap Baba, que les anciens appelloient Lectos. Me trouvant fur la céte d’Afie, dans un point trés éloigné _ de lHellefpont, je réfolus de la fuivre avec J’attention la plus {crupuleufe, et d’obferver furtout les plaines et les fleuves qui fe rencontreroient fur ma route ; c’étoit le moyen le plus sar de découvrir la fituation de la plaine de Troye, et les momunens mentionnés * Voiez Les Ruines des plus beaux monuments de la Gréce, par M.xe Roy: et Cuanpter’s Travels in Afia Minor, p. g. ‘PLAINE de TROYE. 5 snentionnés dans les poémes d’HomeERe. Les differentes épreuves que j’avois faites de fon exactitude dans les lieux que je venocis de parcourir, m/’autorifoient 4 penfer qu'il n’en auroit pas manqué dans la defcription de la Troade; et j’étois d’avance convaincu que je devois la trouver telle qu'il l’a dépeinte dans fes vers. ; In ne me fera pas difficile, me difois-je 4 moi-méme, de trou- ver ces deux promontoires qui terminoient le camp des Grécs, et oui étoient les poftes d’Ayax et d’Acuite*. Parmi les vallees voifines de la plaine de Troye, je démélerai celle de Thymbra, ot les alliés des Troyens étoient campés +. Je diftinguerai le cours impétueux du violent Simois t, et les eaux limpides du divin Scamandre||, dont les bords font couverts de fleurs. Elles ne doi- vent pas étre perdues les fources de ce divin fleuve que le Poéte a defignées par des caracteres aufli particuliers et auffi faillans $. Pourquoi ne refteroit-il pas quelques traces des tombeaux de ces guerriers fameux, qui devoient étre objet du culte des naviga- teurs dans la pofterité la plus reculée?** Ces agréables collines qui s’étendoient le long des bords du Simofis n’auront pas perdu, fans doute, leur pofition ni leurs charmes {}. Peutétre méme pourrai-je retrouver encore l’emplacement de Yancienne Troye, le ‘tombeau du vieux sveres {f, celui d’ILus||||, et cette colline des figuiers qui donnoit tant d’inquiétudes 4 ANDRomaquEsf. Vous aurez peine 4 croire, Meffieurs, que ce beau fonge fe foit réalifé ; et je craindrois, avec raifon, de paffer 4 vos yeux pour un enthoufiafte et un vifionnaire, fi la plipart des monu- mens que je viens de citer, n’avoient pas été aumoins remar- _ qués, fi non exactement obfervés, par des voyageurs dont vous refpeétez les noms; et s’ils n’étoient pas encore expofés a la vue de ceux qui prendront dans la fuite la peine de vérifier leur pofition au moyen de la carte topographique que j’ai dretlée. ENIVRE * Tliad. vill. 222. xi. 5. ##_ liad. vii. 86. xxiii. 45. 255- Od. xxiv. 80. — } Ib. x. 430. _ tH Mad. xx. 53. 150. { Ib. xii. 21, 22. xxi. 307. tt Ib. it 793. || Ub. vil. 329. xii. 21. ii. 467. v. 36. il Ib. x. 41g. xi. 166. 371. xxiv. 340- § Ib. xxii. 1476 §§ Ib. vi. 433+ xi. 167. xxii. 145. 6 TABLEAU de la EnrvreE done d’avance d’une foule de jouiffances futures,. alors trés incertaines, je pars du Cap Lectos accompagné d’un. Janiflaire, qui ne manqua pas de chercher a m’effrayer par des dangers imaginaires, afin d’étre plus largement récompenfé pour les avoir courus avec moi, et avoir montré la réfolution de m’en garantir. Apres avoir ebfervé fur ma route les débris d’un temple, et les falines de Tragéfée, dont l’abondance, fuivant StraBon *, dependoit autrefois de certains vents périodiques, ou étéfiens,. qui y apportoient le fel tout formé, j’arrive fur les ruines. d’ Alexandria Troas, que les Turcs appellent E/ki-Stamboul, la vieille Conftantinople, comme sils la croyoient digne par fes, “veftes immenfes d’avoir été l’ancienne capitale de leur Empire. Gi EE Aiea se Defeription d’ Aléxandria Troas et de fes Ruines. “ LExANpDRE le Grand, dit le Dr CHANDLER, au lieu de- “ marquer fes progres par des ravages et des véxations,. “* comme le commun des conquérants, laiffoit fagement des mo- ‘© numens durables de fes victoires dans tous les lieux qu’il fub- ** juguoit. I batiffoit des villes ; il élevoit des temples ; et com- “ me le féjour qu’il faifoit dans chaque ville n’étoit pas de * longue durée, il laiffoit a des miniftres éclairés, et dignes de “ fa confiance, le foin d’éxécuter fes vaftes deffeins. “ ALEXANDRIA Troas fat une des dix huit villes qui por- “ toient fon nom; elle fut commencé par ANTIGONUS, et prit- “ @abord le nom d’Antigonia; mais. Lys1MAQuE, 4 qui elle: “ échut en partage comme patrimoine d’ALEXANDRE, lui donna. * le nom de ce conquérant. “« Dans la guerre d’AnTiocuus elle fe diftingua par fa fi- “ déliré pour les Romains, qui, en récompenfe, lui accorderent “* tous: * Lib. xiii, p.- 902, edit. Amft. 1707. PLAINE d TROYE, 3 * tous les privileges dont jouiffoient les villes d’Italie. Av- GUSTE y envoya une colonie qui en augmenta la population, “ et elle devint la plus confidérable de toutes les villes qui fe trouvoient entre le Cap Sigée et le Cap Ledtos *.”’ SUETONE raconte que CEsAR, par refpect pour la contrée qui donna naiffance 4 fes ayeux, avoit formé le projet d’y tranfporter les richefles de Empire +. On croit qu’ AucusTE en avoit été tenté lui méme, mais que MEcENE, AGRIPPA, et les principaux courtifans de ce prince, connoiffant l’influence de la poéfie fur fon coeur, engagerent Horace 4 lui addrefler cette ode dans laquelle il introduit avec un art et une delicatef- fe admirables, la Déefle JuNon menacant les Romains de toute fa colére s’ils entreprenoient de relever les murailles de Troye : Sed belhicofis fata Quiritibus Hac lege dico, ne nimium pii, Rebufque fidentes, avite: Tecta velint reparare Troje t. . It eft poffible que Cesar ait eu des raifons de fe dégouter de {éjour de Rome, et qu’il lui foit venu dans la penfée de s’en éloigner ; mais on ne peut guéres fuppofer qu’AucusTE, adoré de fes fujets, ait put nourrir un inftant dans fon ame le projet de s’éloigner d’eux, et-qu’aprés avoir pacifié l’univers, il ait pré- feré Pobfcure ville d’Alexandrie, au brillant féjour de Rome. Le premier objet qu’on appercoit en arrivant 4 Efki-Stam- boul du Cap Baba, font les bains chauds, que les Turcs apel- lent Lidja-Hamam. Ils font entretenus par deux fources dont la chaleur eft differente, quoiqu’elles ne foient pas a trente pas Pune de autre. Le thermometre de FAHRENHEIT, qui étoit a Yombre a 82 degrés, eft monté dans l’une a 113, et 2 110 dans lautre. . UNE * Travels in Afia Minor, chap. ix. Srraso, lib. xiii. p. 887. edit. Amft. 1707. F SuzTon. c. 79. ~ Lib. tii. Od. 3. 8 TABLEAU de la Une tradition confervée parmi les Turcs qui habitent les vil- lages voifins, nous apprend, que dans le fiécle dernier ces four- ces tarirent a la fuite d’un tremblement de terre, et qu’elles ne reparurent que dix ans aprés. Les murailles qui les entourent font remplis de débris de ftatues ; parmi lefquelles j’ai reconnu celle de HERCULE jeune, et d’une femme dont la draperie m’a paru du plus beau ftile. La colline fur le penchant de laquelle font fitués les bains de Lidja, eft couverte de tombeaux.. En la parcourant jufqu’au - bord de la mer, on trouve a chaque pas des Turcs occupés a brifer des Sarcophages de marbre blanc, ornés de bas-reliefs et d’infcriptions, pour en faire des boulets, ou des décorations a leur propres fépultures. Depuis long tems les ruines d’ dlex- andria Troas fourniffent de boulets les chateaux des Dardanel- les, et la fource eft loin d’étre epuifée. Crxui de tous les monumens fitués au dehors de la ville, que la main du tems femble avoir le plus refpecté, a la forme d’une colonne brifée, de dix pieds de diamétre; il fe trouve prés des ruines d’un aqueduc, qui s’étend encore fort loin vers Yembouchure de I’Hellefpont, et qui par fa magnificence, et fa folidivé, rappelle le généreux patriotif{me de celui qui I’a bati. Heropes Articus, gouverneur des villes libres d’Afie, voy- ant celle d’Alexandrie condamnée a s’abbreuver de eau cor- rompue des citernes et des puits, écrivit a ADRIEN pour le fup- plier de ne pas permettre q’une ville maritime auffi intéreflante fut privée d’un fecours que de fimples villages de l’Afie avoient obtenu de lui. -ApDRIEN.1ui accorda fa denies et le créa Intendant des: ouvrages quil falloit conftruire pour apporter des eaux dans cette ville. La dépenfe excéda fept millions de drachmes. Les ennemis de Heropes s’en plaignirent 2 ’Empereur, et lui re- préfenterent, que le tribut de cing cents villes avoit été facrifié pour ce feul ouvrage. HeRopes convint que la dépenfe avoit en effet excédé fa premiere eftimation, mais il déconcerta fes ca- lomniatures ‘PLAINE a TROYE. 9 lomniateurs, en prouvant qu'il avoit fourni V’excédant de fes propres fonds. Cet aqueduc, dont les ruines s’étendent a plus d’un mille vers le nord, ou vers l’Hellefpont, n’eft pas le feul monument que ce grand homme ait élevé dans le cours de fa vie; il batit entr’autres le ftade d’Athénes, qui fubfifte encore aujourd’hui, et dont la magnificence eft tant vantée par PAUSANIAS. ; Les murailles d’Alexandrie font prefqu’ entiérement confer- vées ; elles ont huit pieds d’épaifleur, font conftruites en pierre de taille, et flanquées de tours. La colline qu’elles renferment, et fur laquelle la ville étoit fituée d’une manicre trés- avanta=" geufe, eft {éparée a "eft de la chaine de I’Ida, par le vallon ou coulent les eaux thermales, et s’étend en s’abaiffant vers la _ mer, dans l’efpace d’environ une demie lieue quarrée. Les fondateurs de cette ville, ne durent point étre infenfibles aux avantages qu’elle pouvoit tirer de fa fituation a l’embou- chure de I’Hellefpont, et du voifinage de ces eaux thermales, célébres encore aujourd’hui, par leur efficacité contre la lépre, les rhumatifmes, et les maladies de peau: Il paroit que fes ha- bitans n’ignorerent pas non plus le prix du commerce, et l’uti- lité d’un port. La Nature avoit ébauché l’enceinte de celui, dont on admire aujourd’hui les ruines. Je ne fais fi les €normes colonnes de granite qui font jettées ¢a et la dans fon vafte baflin, fervoient autrefois 4 le décorer, ou fi les Tures, aprés les avoir roulées du haut de la ville, ont renoncé a les embarquer a caufe de leur pefanteur. Les édifices publiques font Pees ceux qui refiftent le mieux aux injures du tems. On reconnoit ‘encore parmi les ruines d’Alexandrie, un ftade, un théatre, deux temples, et une im- menfe fabrique, que les navigateurs appercoivent a la mer trés Join, 4 travers les touffes de Valoniers qui couvrent maintenant Vefpace qu’ occupoit la ville. PocockE et CHANDLER regardent cet édifice comme un gymnafe, ou la jeunefle- étoit inftruite dans les fciences, et des Vou. III. 6 exercices ro TABLEAU de la ij exercices du corps *. Le commun des navigateurs lui donne le nom de Palais de Pr1aAM, fans fonger que ce palais devoit étre fort éloigné de la mer, et que celui-ci eft prefque fur fes bords. Quant 4 moi, j'ai été frappé 4 la premiére vue de la reflem- blance de cet édifice avec les thermes de DiocLeTiEN et de Ca- RACALLA, qu’on voit 4 Rome; mais cé qui m’a enti¢rement convaincu qu’il étoit deftiné a P'ufage des bains, c’eft ce grand édifice femicirculaire qui fe trouve 4 l’angle meridional du mo- nument, et dans lequel aboutiffent les canaux de l’aqueduc qui y apportoient les eaux. Si PococKE et CHANDLER, avoient vus ces canaux,—s ils avoient pénétrés dans leurs voiites encore enduites de fédiments aqueux,—s'ils avoient obfervé la dire@tion de ’aqueduc qui s’y termine, ils n’auroient certainement pas méconnu fa deftination. La vallée comprife dans l’enceinte des murailles, et qui les Turcs appellent Beian-Deré, eft en partie artificielle ; elle eft tra- verfée dans toute fa longueur par un grand égout, ol venoient fans doute aboutir toutes les eaux de la ville, et dont ’em- bouchure pour la grandeur et la conftruction, ne le céde en rien au grand égout bati a Rome par.les Tarquins. C: EH ANPS CE Vi nyage a’ Alexandria Troas au Chateau d’ Afie nommé Koum-Kale. Pres avoir fcrupuleufement examiné, mefuré, et deffiné. : tous les monumens d’Alexandria Troas ; aprés avoir fixé géométriquement leur pofition, tant entr’eux que relativement: x * A defeription of the Eaft, vol. ii. part. ii. p. 109. Travels in Afia Minor, p. 27, PLAINE de TROYE. Tt & Pile de Tenedos, qui eft en face, je continuai ma route, en co- toyant toujours la mer Egée. JE trouve d’abord une vafte pac, que j’aurois été tenté de prendre pour celle de Troye, fi j’y avoit reconnu la trace de quelque fleuve. Je laiffe enfuite 4 ma droite les villages de Dabri, de Gheiflik, et de Bos, et jarrive enfin, a travers une longue chaine de baffes collines fans culture, au pied d’une éminence conique, évidemment artificielle, que j’avois appercue 4 Vhorizon dés le moment oii j’avois quitté les murs d’Alexan- drie. Cet objet remarquable attira toute mon attention par fa forme réguliere, par fa mafie énorme, par fa hauteur, qui n’eft pas au deffous de cent pieds, et par fon contour, que je trouvai de quatre cent pas. J’Erots trés empreflé de favoir, fi les Turcs qui habitent les villages voifins avoient coutume de défigner cette petite mon- tagne par quelque nom particulier. Ma curiofité fut pleine- ment fatisfaite, lorque j’appris quils la regardoient comme un tombeau des infidels, et qu’ils lui donnoient le nom tres extra- ordinaire de Tape ou Tepé, accompagné du nom du village le plus voifin, qui eft Udjek. En obfervant la forme de ce monument, et la parfaite reffem- blance du nom Tapé, que les Turcs lui donnent, avec celui que les Egyptiens donnoient a leur tombeaux, je ne Bowron gueéres _me refufer 4 croire, que celui-ci en étoit un lui-méme, ou du- moins une de ces montagnes facrées fur lefquelles les peuples d’Afie avoient coutume d’offrir des facrifices: Mais comme Je n’avois encore aucune idée de la plaine de Troye, qui cepen- dant fe trouvoit alors bien prés de moi, je ne pouvois que for- mer des conjectures, mais point affeoir d’opinion fur la nature de ce monument. Ce ne fut que dans la fuite, je pourrois dire méme aprés le troificme voyage fait dans la Troade, que je pu prononcer un jugement raifonné fur ce monticule, et fur tous ceux de la méme efpéce qui, fe trouvent dans la plaine de Troye 5 je me contentai pour lors d’en mefurer la hauteur et le contour, 52 et 12 TABLEAU de la et de détailler de fon fommet l’un des plus beaux points de vue qwil y ait au monde. Au midi j’appercevois les ruines d’Alex- andrie, 4 plus de quatre lieues de diftance ; 4 mes pieds, du cété du nord, une immenfe plaine entourée de charmantes collines ; A l’eft, les pics de Ida; et a l’oueft, la mer Egée, les iles de Tenedos, d’Imbros, de Samothrace, de Lemnos, et jufqu’au fommet du mont Athos. A un mille environ de ce monument, on trouve le village a Erkefjighis. prés duquel lorfque j’y pafla, le fameux Hassan, dernier Capitan Pacha, faifoit batir un joli Kiofk ou Tchifilik, pour pouvoir s’y repofer lorfque la flotte Turque, au retour de fa croifiére dans 1Archipel, ou de quelqu’autre expédition, at- tend les vents de fud, 4 ’embouchure de I’Hellefpont. » QueELQues jours avant mon arrivée, fes architects avoient fait tranfporter d’Alexandrie un magnifique Sarcophage de marbre blanc, pour en faire l’auge d’une fontaine. Je fut en- core plus choqué du vil ufage auquel on deftinoit ce monument précieux, lorfque j’appercus fur une de fes faces les reftes d’une in{cription Gréque, dont j’avois trouvé le commencement 4. Alexandrie, parmi les morceaux que ces barbares avoient dé-- taché du Sarcophage pour le faconner a leur bizarre fantaifie. Av deffous du Kiofk dont je viens de. parler, on voit un. ruiffeau confidérable, dont les eaux parfaitement limpides, aprés avoir fuivie la chaine des collines qui s’étendent vers le fommet de la grande, plaine, femblent avoir été detournées de leurs cours naturel, pour fuivre un nouveau canal qui les porte dans la plaine voiline, 1]. n’eft pas difficile d’appercevoir, que c’eft la main des hommes quia changé le cours de ce ruiffeau, Son lit, généralement trés peu profond, en formant de nom- breufes finuofités, ayant de parvenir au deflous du Kiofk, ac- quierre 14, tout d’un coup, une grande profondeur, 11 fuit une. ligne rigoureufement droite; et l’on voit fur fés bords un talus trés élevé, formé par les terres qu’om en a retirées pour le. creufer. Vous ; WeLdLascription trouveé sur un Sarcophage au village a ‘Lrkefsight. So face page 12,Lit.cl, MARKVS PAVLINVE AEAIWS AVPLAIVE MoV ATAOOTOAOSE OOONIAKOY YOS AEYPI-IAOY . TAYNEINOY TOY KAI TENOMENOY MAPKPATIAETIN OY kA) ENTSLE MIN@EIO EST-'KFNANAPIAE Kas EVOSOFENTA | RE KALITEIN|S £ OH SAT-N ZO PONEMANTo KA tA TAYKY IAT | TAPITATITOTETPAMMEND AYPIALA HAVAEINS. Kai Tolt Extoy EN@IZEMON , Brae TETONM+E HAWN 912 Al TAYT=W- T-InzoPo We IK PONAAAO PI ON-1 OS TEA FNOS EAKATA EZ OAIAQDE ENPos FI Mov TH PQaFONOAE! | is he cia hi Kai ta IEPATATRQ FAM... W222 Inscription trouveé sur-une pierre squdcrale au village de Hema, Vevez p.26. m : « | Wi Liscription trouvee pres la feanewse mseriplion Stgeene. Voyez P.ZF, CLAVD1O DRVSO MaANics FIL: NERON! GERMAN! CO QV Sn SOPALI AVGVSTA - Sonatina Cos. ORBA a Ge BAC EAN ADRATYM Rim Fil ty, B- miLitvm PR- CAST. ANGVR- I. VIR Tzu AMENTO PON! jussiT C-MARCVS MARSVS | VF Bt eV ovis, PLAINE de TROYE. 13 Vous n’etes pas furpris, Meffieurs, de me voir m’appefantir fur la defcription d’un fimple ruiffeau ; tout devient intéreflant quand on croit approcher de la plaine de Troye: Nullum eft fine nomine faxum *.. Ce feroit un crime d’y négliger quelque chofe; il ne faut pas imiter Cesar, qui pafla fur le Scamandre fans le reconnoitre. Infeius in ficco ferpentem gramine rivum Tranfierat, qui Xanthus erat +. Je fuis donc le cours de ce joli ruiffeau jufqu’ 4 fon embou- chure dans la mer Egée. La j’appercois un marais couvert de’ rofeaux trés épais. et trés elévés ; et, 4 peu de diftance, un mou- lin, qui pourroit bien étre la véritable caufe pour laquelle ona detourné le ruiffeau de fon ancien cours. Cette conjecture eft d’autant plus fondée, que tous les villages d’alentour font ré- duits a la reffource des moulins 4 vent,—reffource trés précaire dans un pays auffi tempéré que cette partie de l’Afie._ II ne fe- roit pas furprenant que le cours de ce ruiffeau, n’eft été de- tourné par Heropes ArtTicus lui-méme, et- que Paqueduc dont les ruines s’étendent vers la plaine de Troye, n’eut été def tiné a porter ces eaux a Alexandria Troas. De l’embouchure du ruiffeau. je dirige ma route vers le vil- lage de Fent-chehbr, en ‘cotoyant le rivage de la mer, qui dans tout cet efpace eft compofé de rochers taillés a pic, d’une hau- _ teur effrayante: J’étois curieux de m/’approcher. de ce rivage, ‘pour y obferver de plus pres differens monticules que j’avois appercus du fommet du monument d’Udjek, et qui me pa-- roiffoient avoir la méme forme que lui. La premiere dé ces éminences que je trouvai fur ma route, eft Buch par les Turcs Beehik- -Lapé, et n’eft pas a eee’ prés *Loycan.. Pharf, lib. ix. 973, + Ibidem... ce TABLEAU de la prés auffi élevée que celle d’Udjek. Pres d’elle on voit une tranchée artificielle, pratiquée dans l’épaiffeur de la montagne, dont il n’eft pas aifé de défigner le motif ni l’ufage. Un peu plus loin je trouvai la fecond éminence, qui me parut de la méme dimenfion que la précédente ; et comme elle, trés bien ex- pofée a la vue de navigateurs qui entrent dans l’Hellefpont. Je n’ai point pu découvrir quel nom les Turcs donnoient 4 celle-ci, mais je fuppofe qu’elle prend, comme beaucoup d’autres, le nom du village qui l’avoifine. Le village de Feni-chebr, peuplé de Grecs, et fitué fur la pointe d’une promontoire élevé, qui avec celui de la Cherfonefe de Thrace forme l’entrée du canal de lHellefpont. Au moment ow j’allois entrer dans l’églife, j’appercois fur un bloc de mar- bre ces deux mots a peine lifibles;s PANOAIKO EIMI c’eft le commencement de la fameufe infcription Sigéenne, con- nue de tous les érudits, et dont CuisHuLL* a donné une de- fcription particulicre. En face de l’infcription, 4 gauche de la porte de la méme églife, on voit auffi un bas relief, en marbre, de la plus belle ex- écution. Il reprefente une femme affife ; des nourrices tenant des enfans emmaillottés dans leurs bras, femblent les prefenter 4 la figure affife. Un autre perfonnage vient 4 la fuite des nour- rices, et porte un petit coffre de la main droite, et une efpece de coquille de la gauche. Le Dr CHANDLER a parfaitement expliqué ce bas relief : * On fait,” dit il, “ que les Grecs avoient coutume de mettre “ Jeurs enfans fous la protection de quelque divinité, et que les nourrices alloient les lui préfenter le cinquiéme jour aprés leur naiffance. Les Romains avoient aufli la méme fuperfti- tion; et Caricuta fe fouvient d’avoir placé fa fille Livia DrusiLA dans le giron de Minerve. I] eft bien naturel de “* croire que le bas relief ci deffus reprefente cette cérémonie “* des nourrices ; que la figure affiffe eft la Déefle Mrnerve, et ‘ ac ec que * Voyez Antiq. Afiatice 5 aufli Infcriptiones Antique ; par CuanpLer. a 7 PLAINE de TROVE. 15 “ gue le petit coffre porté par la dernicre figure, renferme l’en- “ cens, et les offrandes deftinées a la Déefle *.”’ Vous concevez aifément, Meffieurs, l’extréme défir que jeus d’enlever ces deux interéflans monumens, et vous me par- donnerez méme peutétre les tentatives que je fis, et les dangers auxquels je m’expofai, pour les arracher a leur obfcurité et a leur deftruG@tion prochaine: Mais le marbre fur lequel fe trouve l'in- {cription, eft renommé parmi les Grecs, comme le remede le plus fouverain, et le plus efficace,.contre la fi¢évre intermittente. On y place la malade, il s’y couche, il s’y roule, et tout le mon- de le croit gueri; en attendant il efface toujours de plus en plus les, precieux caracteres du monument, et peutétre, hélas! au moment ou je parle, il n’en exifte plus aucune trace. La fuper- ftition des Grecs fut infenfible 4 mes pricres, et leur finefle vigi- lante déconcerta toutes mes rufes. Au refte, comment aurois- je pu réuffir dans une entreprife ou l’or des favans Anglois, et les menaces de Hassan, plus éloquentes encore, avoient: echoué ? , ; : A peu de diftance du village de Jeni-chehr, je me trouvai fur la, pointe d’un haut promontoire, qui domine la vafte plaine- dontj’ai déja parlé. Le torrent qui la traverfe étoit alors a fec,, ‘mais fa largeur et l’irregularité de fon lit, annoncent aflez fes ravages, et fon impétuofité. Un grand marais occupe a droite et a gauche les environs de fon embouchure, et s’étend prefque jufqu’au pied d’une mauvaife fortereffe que les Turcs appellent Koum-Kalé, ‘ le chateau du fable ;’ fans doute parcequ’ il eft bati fur les fables que le torrent amoncéle a fon embouchure. LorsQuE je parcourois des yeux ces differens objets, j’ap- percois au pied du cap ou j’étois affis, deux monticules fitués Yun prés de l'autre, et abfolument femblables 4 ceux que je venois d’obferver fur la crete du promontoire. Un Grec de Jeni chehr m’apprend, que le-plus confidérable de deux, le plus voifin du rivage de la mer, eft appellé Dios-Tapé. Ce nom. f trés: * Travels in Afia. Minor, c. 12; 16 PABLEAU de la trés extraordinaire me fournit, comme on'peut le penfer, ma- tiére a beaucoup de réfletions, que j’eus occafion de dévelop-— per, 4 mefure que j’avancai dans la connoiffance de la plaine et de fes monumens; mais je me contentai pour lors de prendre quelques mefures de leur dimenfions, et je continual ma route Le chateau voifin du cap, bati a l’embouchure du fleuve qui baigne fes murs, confifte én une médiocre enceinte de hau- tes murailles, flanquées de tours, que les Turcs ont grand foin de blanchir, afin de les rendre plus apparentes, et de les expofer davantage au canon de l’ennemi. Le pied de ces murailles eft percé de plufieurs larges embrafures, 4 travers lefquelles d’énor- mes canons vomiffent des boulets de marbre, dirigés a fleur d’eau. Ces canons font placés fur de fimples madriers. Ils ne peuvent jamais tirer qu'un feul coup fur le méme vaiffeau, par- ceque le recul les déplace, et il faut des efforts infinis pour leur rendre leur preficre pofition. Une pareille batterie n’eft donc point fuffifante pour arréter une flotte ennemie, qui feroit fecondée par un vent favorable ; celle qui font fituées du cote oppofé, fur la pointe de la Cherfonefe de Thrace, et qui ont été baties par le célebre Baron de TottT, feroient fans doute d’une excellente défenfe, files Turcs favoient en faire ufage ; mais leurs ennemis natu- rels, les Ruffles, n’ignorent pas leur impéritie dans l’art militaire ; et fi dans la guerre qui a précédé celle-ci, les puiffances inteér- eflées 4 la confervation de l’Empire Turc, n’avoient pas arrété leurs fuccés, ils fe difpofoient a braver le canon des chateaux, et & aller conclure la paix fous les murs du férail. CHAP. PLAINE de TROVE. 17 CGH Ae Pio) FV. Voyage de Koum-Kalé au Mont Cotylus, l’un des plus hauts fommets de la chaine de 1’ Ida. pe S fatigues du voyage m’ayant forcé de prendre un peu de repos, je m’arrétai quelques jours dans un Caravan-/erai, au village de Koum-Kalé, fitué prés du chateau. Lorfque je fus en état de continuer mes courfes, je traverfai le fleuve tout prés de fon embouchure, et je l’y trouvai large de plus de trois cents pieds. Dans les marais qui le bordent, je reconnus de pe- tits lacs d’eau douce, et d’eau falée ; et je fus frappé de la quan- tité prodigieufe de rofeaux et de tamarins que je trouvai fur ma route, en cotoyant le rivage de la mer. EnFIn aprés un demie heure de marche, je vois a une grande diftance un monticule dans le genre de tous ceux dont jai déja parlé. A mefure que j’en approche, je découvre une large ouverture pratiquée dans fes flancs, et plufieurs pans de murailles en ruines, qui paroifloient en étre la charpente, ou les fondemens. Je m’élance fous cette voute, je la parcoure avec avidité dans toute fa longueur, et dans une autre dimenfion tranfverfale, que j’y trouve; j’examine la nature des materi- aux, le ciment qui les unit, et je recueille avec enthoufiafme le nom trés intéreffant de Tapé qu’on lui donne encore. Ce n’eft pas tout, j’obferve que ce monument fe trouve 4 la pointe d’une avance, ou langue de terre, qui fe prolonge dans la plaine, exactement en face du cap de Jeni-chehr. Que de brillantes conjectures s’élevent alors dans mon efprit! mais en- core une fois, il n’eft pas tems de former un fy{téme, et les don- nées ne font pas fuflifantes. Vot. Ill. c Ages 18 TABLEAU de la ApREs avoir jetté un coup d’ceil fur un petit port voifin, que les Turcs appellent Karanlik-Limant, le port fermé, je pourfuis ma route le long du rivage de l’Hellefpont, jufqu’au village de It-Guelmes. Je fus furpris de la quantité de figuiers fauvages qui croiffent aux environs de ce village; et ce fut la raifon qui m’engagea a me faire répéter fon nom, pour découvrir s'il ne feroit point quelque allufion aux productions du terrein qui Yenvironne ; un Grec me répondit qu’on I’appelloit indifférem- ment It-Guelmes ou Evin-Keu : Ce dernier nom me rappela celui d’Erineos, qui fignifie “ lieu fertile en figuiers fauvages.” Je me fouvins, en méme tems, qu’il y avoit prés de la ville de Troye une colline de ce nom, vers laquelle ANDROMAQUE cher- choit a diriger l’attention d’HEecTor, comme étant le feul en- droit par ou la ville pouvoit étre attaquée* ; j’allois en conclure que la ville ne devoit pas étre éloignée de l’endroit ot je me trouvois ; mais il n’y avoit autour de moi, ni Simois ni Scaman- dre, et j’étois d’ailleurs immediatement fur les bords de la mer, fituation qui ne pouvoit s’accorder avec celle de l’ancienne Troye. Ix me parut alors d’autant plus inutile de m’avancer au dela d’ Erin-Keu, que je n’avois pour toute perfpective qu’une longue chaine de montagnes, qui s’étendoit du cété du nord et du nord-eft, jufqu’ a l’horizon. Je revins a peu prés fur mes pas, dans le deffein de fuivre les contours de la vafte plaine que j'avois admirée du fommet de l’eminence d’Udjek, et du cap de Jeni-chehr. BienTOMje defcends dans un charmant vallon, que les Turcs appellent Thimbrek-Deré, vallée de Thimbrek. Cette vallée va fe terminer en s’élargiflant dans la grande plaine. J’allois remon- ter jrfqu’a fa fource le ruiffeau qui la parcoure, lorfque je fus arreté fur la rive gauche, prés du village de Ha/i-éli, par un énorme monceau de ruines, au milieu defquelles j’'appercus des bas- * Tliad. vi. 433. xi. 167. xxii. 145. ee fee On ee N? 5. Tbidem. ATOANO Be Timiay )AIEA 6 Ibidem pos f Lrscripticn semblable a celle du N21. trouvee a vur un plague de marbre. ee Ss, a + TNOTRLAISTIBOBRICHLY NYE + TOY JEPOY APYPOY BKKEABRYCEW + WNIT WTATWN HMWN AY TOKPAT + WW AJIOKAKT--AWOY KAI MASIMIAN --- + KAY KWwaNcTANTIOYyY Kat MASIMIANON + WW ETIKPANELTATWN KAICAPWN TO% + AAMATOY AlOL KATALKEYACENOl +YE EBLETATO HM WIV AYTOKpPATO PHA (gt higuevidis hte 2 pee es a) ne KOS ED WEANIA CEWA EBAOMH to* hone turchble, Bar KoYDTAOMDLY EF ftta NB os 5-- en? @EQN EPMI: E---- 2) . rede 6D TTGE OEOYE OFiINSE KAI EYSERBNTS We Ain MS Sere a SR MR © er tete: Ao. ota GiAANOPO J 10 ./TRN BITTON AITANTA WPONON ATHOHTY XH KAVZOTHPI ZIVAE: 2 Culkin ble 1S\EXEIN ENTEN.---*TAZEIAIA TETVPAMMENAS. i, fTo1e Me, P@EaYTOY EKATON KA! TTAPADOYNAS i5¢\ EXEIN ENOEMATA i) —~ -ON NMOAETHE ppasoAoy TiInEs OA1 TAZ THWA\EZ "7 WAPEIAZ KAI TAN IDALAN TOMSHN KAI eY Zi AS EN TA HANGOHNAI 19 | TOY ETOYS AMO THE tPpOEOAOY g gidve FPECHEOMENOIE girap A\ EN T2 TANASYNAIS o Ta PPIOBOAONA - -- -dtAun ADAX MAT EKATON WN. EYZAIBOl AHAEi_i -f- -- -- EYPYONTO=S 22 -ETEMMATA WPOPEFES CAI 160 Toys Tan diAapKOn|--- EE THw AKOAOY eHNA! Wy KA MepoeyBsLeAt TR 5 NKOTON CLEOAI THE 6 TAN TTANTAN CED NW 9G IAr4e TAzim N OIE EMIT ETA KTAI THN BCE THN FoMTttHN. TAN BASIMKON ? F > AP % ¥ , On cig + deal Ol) ety fe: id a De SO St Bae See ahs = Re eee Rie PME Er a LS eT ey PET ae . ; : os ees i ; Diy dak aires ye oa Bea Pe YO! Bi Ye ae ; oe c , + rd oan ; ; n ie NYH ZAEAE AOL VE Be vdHLoz vl S Wld FAB wv NOLSvdH Seb sodllnwt viv Vv NULYAIN ANNO ANY VINVIdVNY VOL NO BvIndt SATE AoW vi SHLH xox dvi zallopden4 Zvb ZAG WENT Sith. zivicHld ks wr NONTW Se wizaevde ziophyYAd tL wuwwolLs a, LZ NOLO NOA (070 vd ZIYN Vd OLYdNOLAY LL iv SIs ea dALHNYH SHL Iv SON ULY AO OAK IY ShO NUNION IY AItyOu W WH laws 7 eepeqdy 6 ahs at IzWwWHY NodH LAOYNS YINYH | 5 ty NILA IN YD Va NM Nvyiwis WwW oa RON WILHYHOLV NAN vd MOLAYW WAN NOLVLMI TOW KR MAAAINAYNE ACd Add AOA AOL. THY ATHT Ide HIVE YT LOL pucuop2e ap yal wr ans ariguayr uonodgy, p yduoy np souns sx, sump vaney unpleeasuy- fo FWD (20°97 Oneal 220f PLAINE de TROYE. Ig bas-reliefs, des colonnes, des chapiteaux, des entablemens, et des infcriptions. SANs examiner fi le monument qui avoit autrefois exifté dans ce lieu, étoit un temple ou un autre édifice quelconque, preflé dailleurs par les menaces des habitans du village voifin, qui me foupconnoient de chercher des tréfors parmi ces ruines, je me hate de recueillir toutes les infcriptions, bien perfuadé que quelqu’une d’entr’elles contiendroit les titres du monument, ou me fourniroit au moins les moyens de le reconnoitre. L’une de ces infcriptions fait mention d’une ftatue d’argent confacrée 4 JUPITER par DiocLETIEN et Maximien, I’autre d'une ftatue elevée 2 AUGUSTE au nom des habitans d Ilium, et des quarante villes d’Afie, qui célébroient en commun des fétes ; celle-ci étoit gravée au pied de la ftatue d’un certain AT- TALUS, fameux lutteur, dont Escu1NeEs parle dans fa lettre fur la Troade*; celle-la contient le cérémonial des fétes Pana- thénées ; la derniére enfin eft un hommage rendu 4 APOLLON par les habitans d’Ilium. TouTEs ces infcriptions auroient fuffi, fans doute, pour fixer la nature du monument dont je voyois les débris ; mais le ca- ractére de l’architeture et le plan de l’édifice que je démelai fans beaucoup de peine, achéverent de me convaincre que j’avois | decouvert un temple. I] étoit d’ordre Dorique, au moins a l’extérieur ; fes colonnes avoient dix huit pouces de diamétre. Quelques chapiteaux Conrinthiens jettés ca et 1a, me firent foup- conner que la decoration intérieure pouvoit bien étre de cet ordre. he EcHAPPE aux inquiétudes que me cauferent les habitans de Halil-éh, pendant le tems que je paffai fur les ruines du temple, jallai fixer la fource du ruiffeau qui parcoure la vallée de Thim- brek, et je le fuivis enfuite jufqu’a fon embouchure, dans le grand torrent de la plaine que les Turcs appellent Menderé. pe, Mer * Lettre x. Voyez I’Edition des Orateurs Grecs, par ReisKe, vol. iii, p. 679. 20 TABLEAU de la Me voila done encore une fois prés de ce grand fleuve, qui paroit defcendre du haut de l’immenfe plaine dont j’ai déja par- couru une grande partie. J’entreprends de le remonter jufqu’a fa fource, et d’obferver les autres fleuves qu’il peut recevoir dans ‘Vétendue de fon cours. Cette entreprife étoit pénible. II fal- loit fe refoudre a fuivre fcrupuleufement toutes fes finuofités ; il falloit braver les marais, les broffailles, et les difficultés de toute nature qui fe préfentoient 4 chaque pas. Aufli le Turc - qui me fervoit de guide, me prodiguoit-il fans referve les té- moignages les moins équivoques de fa commifération. I] me trouvoit bien fou de venir de fi loin, et de m’expofer a tant de fatigues et de dangers, pour chercher des édifices ruinés, et des fources de riviere. ‘‘ Infidel,” me difoit-il de tems en tems, * n’as-tu point dans ton pays des rivieres et de vieilles ma- “fores 3” AprEs environ un heure de marche, j’appercois fur la droite, le lit d’un petit fleuve alors a fec, couvert de plantes et de gazon. J’y entre, et en le fuivant j’arrive aux bords de ce joli ruiffeau qui j’avois traverfé en defcendant du village d’Erkeflighi. Je ne doutai plus alors, que ce petit ruiffeau n’allat autrefois fe joindre au grand fleuve, comme je l’avois préfumé d’abord, ni que le nouveau canal dans lequel il coule maintenant ne fut ar- tificiel. Mon conduéteur voyant le dégré d’intérét qui j’attachois a connoitre l’origine et l’embouchure des rivicres, m’apprit que la fource de ce joli ruifleau n’étoit pas éloignée. 11 me montra méme du doigt, au fond de la plaine, un groupe d’arbres et de verdure, d’ou il m’affura qu'il fortoit. Avant de vérifier fon affertion, je reviens vers le grand fleuve, au point ou je l’avois quitté; et je n’eus pas plutot fait cent pas, en remontant toujours le long de fes bords, que j’ap- percus les rnines d’un pont fabriqué en pierre de taille, et d’une con{truction fi parfaite qu’il ne peut étre que l’ouvrage des an- ciens. En face de ces ruines, fur la droite du fleuve, je vis en- core PLAINE de TROYE. 21 core une éminence dans le genre de toutes celles que j’avois déja trouvées ; mais celle-ci étoit beaucoup plus ruinée que les au- ‘tres. I] falloit méme étre auffi accoutumé que je l’étois a la vue de ces monumens pour pouvoir diftinguer fa forme ancien- ne a travers fes débris. BIEN convaincu par les obfervations précédentes, que les deux fleuves avoient été réunis autrefois dans les environs des ruines du pont, je dirige ma route vers la fource que mon condu@teur m’avoit indiquée. J’atteignis bientdt les rives du petit fleuve ; la limpidité de fes eaux me frappa de plus en plus; il coule avec une grande rapidité fur un fonds de fable et de cailloux arrondis, entre deux rives verdoyantes, qu’il ne franchit jamais, et qui, au printems, font émaillées de fleurs. Le pont fur lequel je le traverfai étoit un vieux /au/e jetté d’un de fes bords a l’autre, prés d’un moulin, ot je trouvai plufieurs Turcs occupés a pecher des anguilles. On fe figure aifément tous les fouvenirs que les differens ca- racterés de ce joli ruiffeau rappeloient 4 mon efprit, et com- bien j’étois empreflé d’arriver 4 fes fources. Rien ne {fauroit égaler le plaifir et la furprife que j’éprouvai, lorfqu’ aprés avoir traverfé une plaine immenfe, dans laquelle je n’avois pas rencon- tré un feul arbre, je me trouvai au milieu d’une petite forét de faules, de lotos, d’ormes et de peupliers, qui s’étend jufqu’au pied des baffes collines qui terminent la plaine. La matiére dont ces collines font formées eft une efpece de bréche ou pouding, qui a la premiére vue ne differe en rien d’une maconnerie. Les pierres qui la compofent font réunies entr’el- les par une efpece de ciment de couleur rougeatre ; et la Nature a tellement imité l’art dans ce cas particulier, qu’il faut obferver avec le plus grand foin, pour diffiper Villufion qu’elle excite. De nombreufes fources d’une eau claire et limpide s’échappent avec rapidité des crevaffes de ce pouding, et forment, avant de fe réunir dans un canal, le petit marais qu’on voit dans le vallon voifin. A l’embouchure de quelques wnes de ces crevatles, je remarquai 22 J ABLEAU de. la remarquai des débris de murailles, me la conftruction parfaite- ment folide, eft indubitablement louvrage de quelque peuple plus induftrieux que les Turcs. Sur la route quit conduit au village voifin, 4 environ qua- rante pas de la colline dont je viens de parler, je rencontrai une fource infolée, et trés abondante, qui jaillifloit du fond d’un baffin, dont les bords étoient formés par deux pilaftres de gra- nite, et plufieurs fragmens de marbre. Quand aprés je revins dans la Troade vers la fin de Septembre, je remarquai q’une fumée epaiffe s’élevoit de cette fource, et couvroit les arbres et les jardins d’alentour ; en y plongeant ma main, je la trouvai chaude, et mon guide m’affura qu’elle l’étoit bien davantage encore vers le milieu de lhiver. Ow concoit facilement que des fources aufli abondantes doi- vent tout fertilifer autour d’elles ; ; elles fe partagent, en effet, en plufeurs petits ruifleaux pour arrofer des jardins delicieux, oui elle font croitre toutes fortes de légumes et de fruits ; elles fe réuniflent enfuite dans un lit commun, bordé de ae trés épais et tres élevés. Jz monte au village voifin par une pente douce et facile, qui s’éleve infenfiblement de la plaine ; je traverfe d’abord une vatte cimetiére, dont chaque tombeau eft orné d’une colonne de mar- bre ou de granite; et j’appercois prés de la mofquée un large banc de marbre de Paros, porté fur deux appuis, dont I’un eft un triglife du ftile le plus pur. Voila des monumens de l'art. N’y auroit-il pas en autrefois, quelque ville importante fur cette colline? le voifinage d’une plaine fertile. et des belles fources que je viens de voir, dans un pais ou l’eau eft fi rare, et par confequent fi précieufe, auroit été fans doute un puiflant aitrait pour fes fondateurs. LE nom de Bounar, ou Pounar-Bachi, téte de la fource, que les Turcs donnent 4 ce village, eft la traduction littérale du mot Gree Keouvos, que je crois avoir rencontr? dans HoMERE, lorf- qu’il parle des fources du Scamandre.—Mais encore une fois, il n’eft PLAINE de TROYE. 23 n’eft pas tems de faire des applications; continuons 4 raflembler des faits, et 4 comparer entr’ eux les objets que nous avons de- couverts; leur fituation, et leur diftance refpective, ne font pas moins effentielles 4 connoftre, que leurs qualités abfolues. En graviffant toujours la colline qui s’éleve, comme je I’ai déja dit, du niveau de la’ plaine, et qui s’étend a4 prés d’un mille au dela du village de Bounar-Bachi, je me trouve arreté brufquement fur les bords efcarpés d’un précipice d’une pro- fondeur immenfe. Le torrent qui coule au pied de ce précipice eft le méme qui parcoure la plaine. Quand il eft en fureur, il couvre de fes eaux I’étroit vallon bordé de rochers menacans, que la Nature femble avoir deftinés 4 contenir fon impetuofité. Quand il eft a fec, les habitans des villages voifins profitent de cet heureux intervalle pour cultiver fes rivages, rendus fertile aux dépens des contrés qu’il a dépouillées de leur fécondité. Du fommet de cette éminence que les Turcs appellent Balii- dahi, montagne du miel, 4 caufe des nombreux eflaims qui fe trouvent dans les rochers qui la compofent, je decouvre la grande plaine dans toute fon étendue. Sa forme generale me paroit a peu pres femicirculaire, les deux chaines de collines qui Yentourent femblent fe diriger, l’une vers le cap de Jeni-chehr, et autre vers la pointe de In-Tapé-Gheulu. La partie des collines de la droite qui s’étendent entre les villages d’Aktché et de Tchiblak, eft plus riante et plus agréable que le refte; jappercois au loin les Iles de Tenedos, d’Imbros, de Samo- thrace, et de Lemnos, le haut fommet du mont Athos, et la Cherfonefe de Thrace, fituée de lautre cété de |’Hellefpont. Av moment ou j’admirai les avantages de cette fituation, et la beauté des points de vue, un fpectacle nouveau vient enchan- ter mes regards ; il faifoit une vent de fud trés violent, dont _javois déja reffenti les effets dans la plaine, mais qui devint plus fenfible, 4 mefure que j’avancai fur l’éminence de Balli-dahi, ex- pofée de tous cétés a la fureur des vents, et fans aucun abri qui puiffe l’en défendre. La flotte Turque fecondée de ce vent fa- vorable “884 24 TABLEAU de la vorable doubloit a pleines voiles le cap de Jeni-chehr, et entroit dans l’Hellefpont. Hassan Pacua qui la commandoit, re- venoit victorieux de !Egypte. Avec une poignée de foldats, et la terreur de fon nom, il avoit defait la nombreufe armée des Mammelucs; il avoit exterminé les Beys rebelles ; il empor- toit leurs trefors a@ Conftantinople, et emmenoit leurs femmes en captivité. C’eft ainfi que les coffres du Grand Seigneur fe rempliffent, c’eft par des aflaffinats multiplics que l’on fub- vient aux befoins fans cefle d’un grand Empire, qui n’a d’autre loix que la volonté d’un farouche defpote, et d’autres reflources que les fruits de l’exaction. Ces triftes reflexions ne m’occupoient pas alors. J’ignorois que la flotte du cruel Hassan étoit chargée d’infortunées cae tives; fi je l’avois fu, la vue de ces beaux vailleaux a m’en- chantoit, ne m’auroit i»fpiré que de ’horreur. LorsaQuE cette flotte eut depaflé le cap, je revins a mes ob- fervations, et je remarquai avec étonnement, que j’étois en- touré de quatre monticules, abfolument femblables a tous ceux que j’avois trouvés fur ma route; l’un d’eux cependant me pa- rut avoir quelque chofe de fingulier dans fa ftructure ; je m’en approche, et je vois qu'il n’eft pas comme les autres, un mon- ceau de terre couvert de gazon, mais un énorme amas de cail- loux jettés fans ordre les uns fur les autres. Sa forme conique paroit avoir été alterée ; il femble qu’on en ait voulu pénétrer Yinterieur pour le fouiller. Ce n’eft pas tout ; en examinant avec foin la fuperficie du rocher de Balli-dahi, je diftingue des fondemens d’antiques édi- fices dont la magonnerie a pris la confiftance du rocher lui-méme. Ces fondemens ne font-ils point ceux de quelque ancienne ville ; et les colonnes de marbre et de granite qui décorent les tombeaux voifins, ne font-ils point les débris de fes temples et de fes palais? Je n’ai pas encore le droit de le dire; je ne me permit pas méme de le préfumer; mais je puis du moins affurer, que s’il y en avoit une, elle fe trouvoit, comme je Pai déj> re- marqué, PLAINE de TROYLE. pa marqué; au fond d’une plaine immenfe et fertile, et dans le voifinage d’une eau limpide, falutaire et abondante, qu'elle étoit entourée, prefque de tous cotés, par d’affreux précipices, qui la rendoient imprénable, et que jamais fituation ne fut plus favo- rable a l’emplacement d’une ville. Un quart de lieue au fud-eft de Bounar-bachi, on trouve Je village d’ 4radler. La colline qui s’étend entre ces deux villages, et qui fait face a la plaine, eft le feul endroit par ou I’on puiffle atteindre a l’éminence de Bounar-bachi. De tous les autres cotés elle eft environnée de précipices. Comme le torrent de Menderé étoit a fec lorfque je defcendis fur fes bords, je me dé- cidai a marcher dans fon hit, et a continuer de le fuivre jufqu’a fa fource, a travers les troncs d’arbres .et les rochers quwil a roulés fur fon paflage. Des faules, des peupliers, des platanes, croiffent et végétent paifiblement, au milieu des ravages et de la deftruction qui les entourent ; et qu@ique a moitié déracinés, ils payent cependant encore a la faifon, peut-étre, pour la der- niére fois, le tribut de leur foible verdure. APRES avoir marché pendant prés de cing heures, entre le deux chaines de rochers efcarpés qui bordent le vallon, j’arrive dans une plaine, beaucoup moins étendue que celle que je ve- nois de quitter, et a l’entrée de laquelle, on voit un village confi- derable, que les Turcs appellent /né ou Ené. Le pont de bois fur lequel on pafle pour y entrer, eft foutenu par deux colonnes de granite. Les murailles du Caravan/ferai font couvertes d’in- {criptions Gréques, mais entiérement indéchiffrables. Tout fem- ble annoncer que ce village a auffi été bati fur. les ruines de quelque ville ancienne; il y en-avoit une, a peu prés dans ces contrées, que STRABON appelle Axeas, et dont le nom n’eft pas trés méconnoifiable dans celui d’Ené. Cette ville, dit Srrazon*, étoit 4 cinquante ftades de Pale/cepjis. Le torrent qui baigne les murs du village d’Ené, et qui va fe réunir au Menderé, prend fa fource prés du village de 8a- Mord. d harlar, * Geograph. lib. xiii. p. goo. Edit. Amft. 1707. 26 TABLEAU de la harlar, 4 cing heures de diftance:vers:le midi. Tl eft.a fec pen+ dant une grande partie de l’année, et le pais qu'il traverfe eft heriflé de montagnes. Ne feroit-ce point ici le fameux Scamandre dont parle Ho- MERE? Le voila qui fe réunit 4 un autre fleuve, dont les» ca- rattéres fembleroient indiquer le violent Simois. On fait que ces deux fleuves fe réuniffoient autrefois';—miais que dis-je? les fources de ce Scamandre fe trouveroient a quinze lieues de la mer, et des vaifleaux de Grecs ; et comment, d’ailleurs, les bat- tailles quife donnoient dans une plaine, entre les: rives des deux fleuves, auroient-elles pu’ fe: donner dans des montagnes. impra~ ticables? Je plaindrois l’obfervateur qui ne fe croiroit pas arre- té par ces difficultés qu’ Homers lui préfente, et qui réfolu de trouver un Scamandre a quelque prix que ce foit, appelleroit 4 fon fecours les convulfions de la Nature, et lui feroit enfanter des montagnes, plutdt que de renoncé a des fy{témes extrava- gans *. ; Une longue et pénible excurfion que je fis dans les environs d’Ené, et aux fources du torrent qui en’ eft voifin,. ne m’offroit aucun objet bien intéreffant: J’eus' feulement occafion d’ obfer- ver quelques ruines’au village d’ E/tuptchu, que je crois lancien= ne Palefcepfis; une mine d’argent que StRaBON place, en effet, dans les environs; et au village de Kemalli, une infcription Latine, en Phonneur de Drusus. Je revins a Ené, et je continuai mon voyage,en fuivant toujours le lit du Menderé, et avancant vers la haute montagne, ow l’on m’avoit affuré qu’il prenoit fa fource ; j’appercois fur ma route, les differens villages de Baloukii, de Ke/il, de Tehiaouch, et j’arrive enfin a celui d’ Audgiler, ou des chaffeurs, qui fe trouve au pied de la montagne que je cherchois depuis fi long tems, au prix de toutes fortes de fatigues et de dangers ; car il eft bon d’obferver, que tous les montagnards ne fe refemblent pas; et que ceux de la Troade, en particulier, ne font pas, a beaucoup pres, auf maniables, * Voyez Woon’s Defcription of the Troade, paffim. 4 . ooo PLAINE de TROYE. 27 maniables, et aufli doux,.que ceux.de la Suiffe, ou du nord de l’Ecofle. CeTTE montagne que les Turcs appellent Kas-Dabi, la mon- tagne-de Loic, fait partie.de la longue chaine.de lida, qui s’étend du nord au midi, et dont les rameaux font projettés, en s’abaif- fant ducoté de left et de Poueft. C’eft ce mont Cotylus, dou STRABON, trompé par Demetrius, fait.defcendre le Scaman- dre, qu’il confond avec le Simois *, comme je montrerai dans la fuite. : PENDANT que je-me préparois a en atteindre le fommet, et que mes guides m’entretenoient des peines qu’ils alloient effuyer pour m’y conduire, une pluye.affreufe me forca de différer cette grande entreprife. I] fallut attendre que les fentiers devinflent praticables, et ils ne le furent qu’au bout de trois jours. ALORS je me mis.en marche a travers de bois remplis de bétes fauves, et de.gibier de toute efpece, qui fait la principale nouritrure, et le principal commerce du village d’Audgiler, en- tiérement peuplé de \chafleurs. Aprés avoir monté pendant quatre heures, et traverfé plufieurs torrents, qui, groflis par la derniére pluye, rouloient en s'écumant au fond des précipices, jatteignis enfin le fommet de cette montagne, qu’ Homers a fi bien dépeinte, en difant, que “ mille ruiffeaux en découlent, et “ que fes noires foréts fon remplis de bétes fauves +.” O! vous peintres et poétes orgueilleux de vos tableaux, je vous attends par un beau jour, fur le fommet de I’Ida: Venez y brifer votre orgueil, et vos pinceaux, contre les chef-d’ceuvres de la Nature! Comparez donc, fi vous l’ofez, vos productions mefquines, avec fes fublimes ouvrages; n’étes-vous pas acca- blés, anneantis, par la grandeur, et l’inimitable variété des ob- jets quelle étale a vos yeux? Quet eft celui de vous, qui hazardera de me peindre ce ciel pur et azure; ces nuages legers et vaporeux qui le fillonnent ; dz la * Geograph. lib. xiii. p. 898. + Iliad. viii. 47. xi.183. &e. ~ 28 TABLEAU de la ‘ la maffe impofante de ces montagnes accumulées ; la blancheur éblouiflante de la neige qui-les couronne ; la profondeur effray- ante des précipices; le fracas du torrent qui fe brife contre les rochers ; ces grouppes d’arbrifleaux, penchés fur la furface de fes eaux, quils colorient de leur verdure, en s’y réfléchiffant ; ces blocs monftrueux de granite, dont les uns font fufpendus fur la téte du voyageur, et les autres déja détachés de la mon- tagne, font foiblement foutenus fur les bords du précipice ; les fommets bouleverfés des collines inferieures, femblables aux vagues agitées d’une mer en courroux; ces fleuves nombreux, qui s’échappent a travers les vallons et les plaines ; et ces deux mers immenfes, la Propontide, et l’Egée, dont les eaux, frap- pées des rayons du foleil, femblent enflammer les deux extrémi- tés oppofées de ’horizon ? Vous pouvez, comme tous les hommes fenfibles, éprouver la jouiffance complete de toutes ces beautés; votre cceur peut embraffer la foule innombrable des fentimens variés, que ce fpectacle fait naitre ; mais vos couleurs font trop foibles pour les peindre, et vos cadres trop étroits pour les contenir; vous pouvez, dans vos ouvrages, furpafler des rivaux encore plus mediocre que vous, mais ne vous flattez jamais d’atteindre le. fublime de la Nature! e CHAP. Me ui PLAINE de TROVE. 29 Gy HA; P..-. V- Second et troifiéme Voyage de Conftantinople a Troye. Uorque je me fuffe abftenu jufqu’alors, de porter un jugement, et d’arréter mes opinions, fur Ia plupart des objets que je venois d’obferver, on fent qu’il devoit m’étre bien difficile d’écarter tous les fouvenirs de ma mémoire, et de me refufer a l’évidence des applications que je pouvois faire. J’en- trevoyois de grandes découvertes ifolées, mais il n’y avoit point encore d’enfemble dans mon fy{téme. Du mont Ida, je me rends a Conftantinople. Lorfque j’y parlai de mon voyage dans la Troade, et des conjectures fingu- liéres que je formais, peu s’en fallut qu’on ne me crut l’efprit aliéné ; on s’amufa long tems aux dépens de ce qu’on app lioit mes Tombeaux, et mon Scamandre; mais les plaifanteries ne me firent point perdre courage. Je retournai bientét dans la Tro- ade, avec M. Cazas, l’un des plus habiles deffinateurs de 1’Eu- rope, qui arrivoit alors de Palmyre, et qui dans le moment ac- tuel, prépare a Rome, un riche fuppl¢ment a l’ouvrage de Mr Woop. Nous partimes enfemble de Conftantinople, fur un vaiffeau Grec, dont le-capitaine, fort avancé en age, naviguoit dans Y’Archipel depuis fa plus tendre enfance. Je profitai de fes con- noiflances, pour vérifier dans l’Hellefpont la fituation de Lamp- faque, des ports de Seftos et d’Abydos, de l’ancienne Dardanus, et de tous les fleuves qui fe jettent dans ce canal fameux. Mais ce n’eft point ici le lieu de faire conno’tre mes travaux fur cette partie de la Gréce ; je me fuis borné au feul tableau de la Plaine: de: 30 TABLEAU de la de Troye ; le theatre de I’Iliade, quoique circonfcrit dans un trés petit efpace, eft bien digne de m’employer tout-entier. Nous arrivames donc, M. Cazas et moi, 4 Koum-Kalé, au moment ou le foleil alloit difparoitre derri¢re le haut fommet de mont Athos. Le ciel étoit ferein, et fans nuage ; la couleur azurée des pics.d’Imbros, et de Samothrace, contraftoit d’une mani¢re admirable avec le longue faifceaux de lumiére, que le foleil lancoit a travers le ciel le plus pur. Ce tableau me rappela ce que j’avois autrefois. lu dans PLineE, et regardé com- me une fable; ce naturalifte prétend, que l’ombre du mont Athos s’étendoit, dans certaines faifons, jufques dans le marché de Myrina, ville de Vile de Lemnos, fituée 4 quatre-vingt fept milles du mont Athos. Le témoignage de PLine a ce fujet, ne m’avez pas paru plus digne de fois que celui de SrRABON, qui aflure, que les habi- tans du fommet de la méme montagne, voyent le foleil levant, trois heures plutot que ceux qui habitent le rivage de la mer. J’iinclinois fort 4 ranger ces. deux aflertions fur la méme ligne, lorfqu’en jettant les yeux dans l’ouelt, j’appercus un immenfe cone d’ombre, dont la pointe étoit au fommet de l’Athos, et dont la bafe projettée horizontalement, fembloit rafer la furface de la mer, et fe diriger vers l’ile de Lemnos. Dans peu de momens, cette ombre s’éleva dans l’atmofphere, fe diffipa, et perdit peu a peu fa forme, 2 mefure que le foleil defcendit au deffous de Vhorizon. JI] n’en fallut pas davantage pour juf- tifier PLINE a mes yeux, mais STRABON ne left pas encore, et ne fauroit l’étre. La vigilance des Turcs, paroiffoit devoir étre un grand ob- {tacle aux operations géographiques, que je voulois entrepren- dre; pour y échapper, je m’avifai d’un ftratagéme, qui me procura la liberté de déployer mes in{ftrumens dans tout le pays, fans éprouver aucun défagrément. Je plantai hardiment mon. graphom tre fous le canon méme du chateau : Auffitét les Ja- niflaires m’entourent ; fans paroitre intimidé de leur preéfence, fe wid in a ay OO ——p an ee “eee te eee oe acs agin pte ery esiaoe PLAINE de TROVE. 31 je tachai de fixer leur attention fur la bouffole du graphoméetre, quvils connoiffent comme une in{ftrument de marine, et je leur demandai la permiffion de la vérifier avant de me mettre en mer. Les Turcs ont une confiance, et une crédulité, qui font lapanage de leur grand caractére, et le réfultat de leur profonde ignorance. Chacun des Janiflaires s’emprefle de m’étre utile ; l’un porte le pied de l’inftrument, l’autre la chaine, un_troi- fiéme les piquets ; et tous fe réuniffent, pour m’aider a faire un ouvrage pour lequel ils m’auroient empale, s’ils en avoient connu les funeftes confequences. Cerre rufe que j’employai.dans. le refte. de la Troade, fut par tout fuivie du méme: fuccés.. M. Cazas deflina tous les monumens; mais; il s’abftint pour le moment, d'y placer des figures, depuis qu’un: Emir * lui.eut prouvé, d’un-air menacant et courroucé, qu’il feroit comptable. devant Dieu, de tous les petits hommes qu’il engendroit avec fon pinceau. Gz fecond voyage, et un troificéme, que je fis enfuite, dans la Troade, ne laifferent pas que de me fournir de now velles idées, et de rectifier les erreurs que j’avois pu commettre dans le premier. CH A P. * Sete particuliére de Turcs, qui fe croient de la famille de Manomer 3, et qui font pour cette raifon, plus orgueilleux, et plus fanatiques que les autres. 32 TABLEAU de la G, Bi ASPr op Vi Hiftoire de plus célebres voyageurs, tant anctens que modernes, qui ont vifité la Plaine de Troye. L eft tems maintenant, Meflieurs, de vous communiquer mes opinions et mes conjectures fur les differens objets que je viens de décrire; mais avant tout, pour vous préparer a les adopter fans répugnance, et a ne pas vous effrayer de leurs fin- gularité, je vais m’étayer d’abord du témoignage des plus célé- bres voyageurs tant anciens que modernes. La longue durée de la guerre de Troye, n’eft pas, comme Von fait, une fiction de la poéfie, c’eft une vérité de l’hiftoire. Pendant dix ans, les peuples de la Gréce ravagerent la cété d’Afie, et les iles qui y font adjacentes. La capitale de la Troa- de ne fut pas toujours l’objet de leurs combats; ils y revenoient, fans doute, par intervalle, et ce ne fut, a ce qu'il paroit, que la deniére année qu'ils l’attaquerent avec leurs forces réunies. Fut-elle prife, ou réfifta-t-elle a tous les efforts des Grecs, com- me quelques hiftoriens l’ont prétendu, c’eft ce’ que je ne me flatte pas de décider ;-mais ce qu’il y a de certain, c’eft que pendant cette derni¢re campagne, il périt, de part et d’autre, un grand nombre de guerriers illuftres, auxquels, fuivant l’ufage, on éleva des monumens, au milieu méme des batailles. Le grand intérét de cette guerre, dut mettre en mouvement la Gréce et l’Afie, pendant qu’elle dura; lorfqu’elle fut ter- minée, les foldats, et les généraux, qui en avoient été les ac- teurs, a leur retour dans ieur patrie commune, durent en faire la le b ) , as PLAINE de TROYE, 23 la matiere de leurs récits, et l’inftrument de leur renom- mee. : L’uisTorre et la poéfie s'emparerent auflitét de ces grands évenemens, pour les tranfmettre a la poftérité, Dictys de Crete et Darts de Phrygie publierent, dit-on, les premiers, la relation de cette guerre, dont ils avoient été les acteurs, et les témoins. Bienror les guerriers qui avoient péri fous les murs. de Troye, partagerent les honneurs refervés aux dieux ; lencens fuma fur le tombeau d’AcHILLE, et la plaine de Troye devint un vafte temple, oi les voyageurs de toutes les nations, fe fai- foient un devoir religieux, d’offrir un facrifice avant d’entrer dans 1’ Hellefpont. In me femble voir le grand Homerg, abordant pour la pre- miére fois fur ces rivages fameux, et rendant a lombre d’A- cHILLE le plus digne hommage quelle ait jamais recu ; je le vois marchant d’un air grave et penfif, entre les rives du Simois et du Scamandre: Son ceil brulant embrafle avec avidité tous les objets qui l’entourent ; rille fouvenirs fe préfentent a la fois a fa mémoire ; fon coeur s’attendrit ; fon imagination s’en- flamme ; le plan de I’Iliade eft formé ! ~Ut Ducis implevit vifus veneranda vetuftas— * Heropote eft, je penfe; aprés Homers, le plus ancien au- teur qui nous ait parlé de la Troade. Suivant lui, la plaine, et les environs de Troye, aprés la guerre, fut long tems un fujet de difcorde, entre les Athéniens et les Mitylénéens. Ceux-ci foutenoient que leur droits 4 la poffeffion de la Troade n’etoient pas moins fondés que ceux des autres Grecs, qui avoient con- tribué, avec MENELAus, a arracher HELENE de la main des Troyens. | Vot. III. é Jr * Lucan. Pharf. Lib. ix. 987. "ce 34 TABLEAU de la Je n’ai point d’épreuve, que ce pére des hiftoriens ait fait le voyage de Troye; mais j’ofe aumoins affurer, que la defcrip- tion qu'il donne de la marche de Xerxes, eft parfaitement d’accord avec ma carte. “ L’armée de Xerxés, (dit-il), en ‘* quittant la Lydie, marcha vers le fleuve Caicus, et la Myfie. “ Laiffant enfuite le mont Cana fur la gauche, elle avanca du Caicus par Atarné, vers la ville de Carina. De-la, elle con- tinua fa marche a travers la plaine de Thébé, et pafla par la ville Adramythium, et d’Antandros ; dirigeant enfuite fes pas vers la partie gauche du mont Ida, elle entra dans le territoire des Troyens. Pendant qu'elle étoit campée au pied de cette montagne, un orage affreux, qui s’éleva pendant la nuit, fit périr un nombre confiderable de foldats. Quand larmée- arriva au Scamandre, ce fut la premiere rivicre qu’elle ren- contra depuis Sardes, dont les eaux ne fuffirent pas pour les hommes et les chevaux. _XERxXEs monta fur la Citadelle de Troye, afin d’obferver la fituation de la place, et s’informer des particularités qui y avoient rapport. Il facrifia mille beufs «3 Minerve Iliade, et les Mages ‘c2rirent des libations aux heé- ros. Dans la nuit qui fuivit ces cérémonies, une allarme s’étant repandue dans le camp, auflitot que Je jour vint a pa- roitre, l’armée fe mit en marche, ayant a gauche les villes de “ Rhetée, d’?Ophrynéum, et Dardanus voifine d’Abydos; et a la. ““ droite le pays des Gergithes-Troyens.” L’oraTEuR Escuines fut conduit 4 Troye par la fimple curiofité, et pour y rechercher les monumens mentionnés dans V'Iliade. I] avoit pour compagnon de voyage un jeune homme dont la conduite légere et imprudente l’empécha d’exécuter fon projet, et ’expofa méme aux plus grands dangers. L’aventure qui les obligea tous deux de quitter la Troade avec la plus grande précipitation eft véritablement déplorable. Elle eft ra- contée en détail par Escnines lui-méme dans la dixicme des lettres attribuées a cet orateur*. “cc “ce “cc 73 «é ‘© ALEXANDRE, * Vid. Oratores Graeci, Edit. Reifke, Vol. iii, p. 679. ce ce “ 173 ce ce “ec “ce “ce ce ce 66 it3 ce ce “ ce “ce cc 73 ce “ce te 6é ce 6c cc “ec “ ce ce PLAINE de TROYE. 285 “ ALEXANDRE, (d’aprés les differens auteurs dont le té- moignage a été recueilli par FrerNsHemtus dans- fon fupplé- ment a QuiNTE CuRcE), arrivé a Seftos, envoya la plus grande partie de fes troupes 2 Abydos, de l’autre coté du rivage, fous la conduite de PARMENION, et il lui donna cent foixante vaifleaux de guerre, et plufieurs autres de charge. Quant a lui, il alla avec le refte 4 Eléonte, qui eft confacrée a PRoTEsILAUS, de quil’on voit la fépulture, fous un petit tertre, environné d’ormes d’une nature merveilleufe ; car les feuilles qui naiffent aux branches tournées du cété de Troye tombent en méme tems qu’elles font ouvertes, bienque toutes les autres confervent leur verdure, comme pour faire fouve- nir de la funefte avanture de ce héros, qui paffa en Afie avec les Grecs dans une floriflante jeunefle, et qui fut la premiére victime de la guerre des Troyens. Au refte, ALEXANDRE lui fit des facrifices mortuaires, et le pria de permettre qu’il en- trat dans une terre ennemie, fous des anfpices plus heureux qwil n’y étoit entré lui-méme. De-la, il fe rendit avec foix- ante vaiffeaux a Sigée, et vit ce port qui fut mis en réputa- tion par les Grecs, dont il avoit regu la flotte du tems de la guerre de Troye. Comme il voguoit déja au milieu de PHellefpont, étant lui-méme le pilote du vaiffeau que le por- toit, il immola un taureau a Neptune et aux Neréides, et pour faire une offrande aux dieux marins, il jetta dans la mer le vafe d’or dont il avoit fait les libations. Lorfgu’il fut arrivé au port, il lanca un dard fur le rivage, et fauta le premier 4 terre, prenant les dieux a témoins qu il ne vouloit avoir VAfie que par une guerre légitime. Enfuite il fit élever des autels en ’honneur de Jupirer Défenfeur, de MINERVE et @HERCULE, au méme lieu on il étoit defcendu a terre, et commanda que 1’on en drefsat auffi a l’endroit oui il étoit parti de |’ Europe. : “ Arnst il prit fon chemin par la campagne, ot I’on voit en- core des marques de l’ancienne ville de Troye. I] y con- e2 * fidéra 36 TABLEAU de la “ fidéra curieufement les reftes de tant douvrages héroiques ; * et lorfque quelqu’un.des habitans lui eut offert la lyre de Paris, il repondit, gw’il ne faifoit grand cas de cet inflrument de liches et molles voluptés, mais qu’on lui feroit plaifir de lui donner la lyre @Acuiu.e, fur laquelle il faifoit réfonner les lou- anges des grands hommes, avec la méme main dont il furpaffoit leurs actions. cc “ce “ce “ce “c “ De plus, comme ilavoit une admiration particuli¢re pour Acuitve, de qui il fe glorifioit d’etre defcendu, il courut tout nud avec fes favoris a l’entour de fon fépulcre ; il l’oig- nit d’huile, et mit deflus une couronne. EPHESTION cou-— ronna aufli la fépulture de PATROCLE, pour témoigner qu’il avoit la méme place dans l’amitié d’ALEXANDRE que Pa- TROCLE dans celle d’Acu1LLE. Au refte, parmi les difcours qwAvexanpre fit d’Acuitre, il dit: Qu’il Peftimoit dou- blement heureux a’ avoir eu, durant fa vie, un véritable et fidel amt, et avoir trouvé, aprés fa mort, un excellent poéte pour célébrer Ses louanges. Jl fit auffi des facyifices 4 tous les autres héros, dont on voyoit les tombeaux dans cette contrée *.”’ Lorsque les Romains pafferent la premicre fois en Afie, pour chafler ANTIOcHUs du pays qu’il occupoit en deca de mont Taurus, ils ne furent pas infenfibles aux charmes du pais dont leurs fouverains prétendoient tirer leur origine. Mais le cruel Fimsria montra des difpofitions oppofées a celles de fes conci- toyens. Ayant pris le commandement de l’armée, aprés la mort du conful VALERIUS Fiaccus, qu il avoit fait périr en Bithynie, il s’avanca vers Ilium. Les Troyens a fon approche, fermerent les portes de leur ville, et envoyerent, en méme tems des députés a Syixa, en lui propofant de fe rendre a lui. Syt- LA leur confeilla de fe foumettre 4 leur vainqueur Fimsria ; il leur promit de venir bientét a leur fecours; et leur rappela, pour les encourager, que les Romains tiroient leur origine des Troyens = * Supplement, in Q. Cuntium, Lib, ii. cap. 3> $ - | ee ee —— 4 i is Pe ee a SF eee Se ee a eS oe +) PLAINE de TROYE. 37 Troyens : En méme tems il envoya des députés 2 Fimpria pour _Vengager a traiter les Troyens avec douceur. L’orgueilleux -Frimpria piqué de cet ordre, afliégea, fur le champ, la ville ; et aprés s’en étre rendu maitre, dans l’efpace de onze jours, comme il fe vantoit en préfence d’un Troyen de s’étre emparé dans fi peu de tems d’une ville qu’AGAMEMNON, avec mille. vaiffeaux, n’avoit pris qu’aprés dix ans de fiége ; ‘“* il eft vrai,” répondit le Troyen, “ mais nous n’avions pas un HEcTOR * pour nous défendre.” Fimsria rafa la ville, et maflacra tous fes habitans. Sy1LLa ayant fait fa paix avec MITHRIDATE, fit marcher fon armée contre FimBR1A, qui, réduit a une fitua- tion défefpérée,; fe donna la mort. Syxxa fit tous fes efforts pour apporter quelques confolations aux malheureux Troyens, et leur donna toute forte de marques d’interét et ee bienveil- lance. César digne rival d’ALEXANDRE, et qui limita méme jufque dans fa pafflion pour Homere, voulut renouveller l’al- liance qui l’uniffoit avec les Troyens. II leur accorda de nom- breux privileges, et les combla de bienfaits. S’il en faut croire Pauteur de la Pharfale, ce guerrier purfuivant PomPEE penetra dans la Troade pour en vifiter les monumens : Sigeafque petit fame mirator arenas Et Simoentis aquas, et Graio nobile bufto Rbetion, et multum debentes vatibus umbras *. Pompee enleva la ftatue d’AjAx, qui étoit dans le temple élevé pres de fon tombeau, et la tranfporta en Egypte. AucusTe la fit reftituer aux Troyens dans la-fuite. Juiz, fille de cette Empereur, manqua, dit-on d’etre noyée dans le Scamandre, en parcourant la plaine de Troye: Acrippa fon époux fe montra fort fenfible a cet accident, et en témoigna fon indignation aux Troyens comme s’ils avoient pu en étre refponfables. Tous * Lucan, Lib. ix. 961. an TABLEAU de la Tous ces illuftres voyageurs ne nous ont rien appris dela . Troade, fi non que fes monumens attiroient, encore de leurs tems, la curiofité des plus grands perfonages. Du refte, les princes, et les femmes d’alors voyageoient comme aujourd’hui, par ambition, par vanité, ou pour fe dérober a ennui. ALex- ANDRE honoroit ACHILLE, pour établir fa parenté avec ce hé- ros, et faire accroire qwil avoit hérité de fon courage. La mai- fon de JuLes exemptoit les Troyens d’impéts, pour rappeler qu'elle étoit iffue de celle de Priam ; et lorfque l'infame JuLtz les fit accabler d’une injufte amende,.c’eft, fans doute, parce- qu'elle ne recut pas des Troyens les honneurs qu'elle fe croyoit en droit d’en attendre. Revenons aux voyageurs éclairés dont les journaux ont triomphé des fiécles pour arriver jufqu’a nous. C’zst une chofe bien étrange, que les deux plus grands géo- graphes de l’antiquité, PAUSANIAS et STRABON ne {foient ja- mais allés dans la Troade. Le premier en parle fur le rapport d’un certain Myfien, qui lui racontoit des prodiges touchant le tombeau d’Ayax; le fecond s’appuye fur le témoignage d’un certain Demetrius de Scepfis, auquel il ne paroit pas avoir une grande confiance; qu’il accufe de contradiction; qu’il ne trouve point d’accord avec HOMERE ; mais dont ila cependant adopté la defcription, fans doute, parcequ’il n’a pas pu s’en procurer de plus exacte. Ix ne m’a pas été poflible de fuivre plus avant dans l’hiftoire ancienne, les monumens, et les fleuves de la Troade. Je laiffe aux érudits le foin de continuer ces recherches, et de remplir, s’ils le peuvent, par de nouveaux témoignages, l’immenfe lacune que la barbarie du bas Empire femble avoir laiflée, entre le dernier des auteurs anciens qui a parlé de la Troade, et le pre- mier des voyageurs modernes. Je ne ferois point, au refte, étonné qu’aprés |’établiffement du Chriftianifme, les temples et les tom- beaux des guerriers ne foient tombés dans l’oubli: Is ont du cefler d’attirer l’-hommage comme les autels d’un ee ege. IAS ME OF BST 2 ee PIA PNG Yde DROW EB, 30, Iége. Tout le monde fait avec quel zéle CLEMENT d’Alexan- drie s’éleva contre cette efpece d’idolatrie, et avec quelle véhé- mence il reprochoit aux nouveaux Chrétiens de prodiguer a ces nombreux tombeaux un encens qui n’étoit du qu’a la Divinité *. Mats pourquoi les prétres du bas Empire n’ont-ils pas ren- verfé ces monumens? Pourquoi n’en ont-ils pas effacé jufqu’ a la trace? C’eft qu’ils connoiffoient la vénération des Grecs pour: les f€pultures, et c’auroit été peut-etre le plus fair moyen de les: ramener a leur ancien culte, et de les détourner du nouveau,. que d’ofer porter la main fur les tombeaux de leurs guerriers. Les Turcs devenus maitres de la Troade, par la deftruétion: et la conquéte de empire, portent peut-étre plus loin le refpeét pour les morts que les Grecs dont ils ont triomphé. Le pré- texte de la commodité publique ou particuliére, ne fuffit pas chez eux, comme chez nous, pour violer les tombeaux ; mal- heur a celui qui fe rendroit coupable de cette profanation! Auffi s’oppofent-ils avec la plus grande vigilance aux enterprifes des étrangers curieux, qui cherchent a fonder ces monticules facrés, _ dont la tradition leur a fait connoitre lufage, et auxquels ils ont confervé le méme nom qu’on leur donnoit dans la plus haute: antiquiteé. Le Dodteur Pocock. eft, je crois, le premier des modernes qui ait pénétré dans la Troade, ou dumoins, qui en ait tenté la defcription. Cet article de fon ouvrage, quoique rempli de fautes et d’ob{curité, m’a cependant guidé trés utilement dans- mes recherches. I] avoit vu la plus grande partie des tombeaux; il avoit vu la vallée de Thymbra, et le fleuve Thymbrius ; mais il ne leva pas la carte du pays; et trop ferupuleux admirateur deSrRason, il aima micux fe laifler égarer par ce géographe, que: de s’en rapporter a fes propres yeux, qui Il’auroient probable-- ment conduit a fe trouver d’accord avec Homere, sil avoit fi-- delement obfervé la Nature. De fon tems, au refte, il n’étoit peut-étre pas facile, ni prudent, d’expofer des inftrumens de: géometrie,,, *- Cohortatio ad Gentes, cap. iii. 4o TABLEAU de la géometrie, a la face des Turcs ; ils n’avoient pas encore connu le joug des Ruffes, et ils n’ toient pas auffi traitables qu’ils le font aujourd’ hui. Le Do@eur RicHArD CHANDLER, de l’univerfité d’Oxford, membre de la Société des Antiquaires de Londres, parut, il ya quelques années, dans la Troade, a la fuite de Pococke. La hardieffe, et la franchife avec laquelle ce favant et eftimable voyageur parle des tombeaux d’AcHILLE et de PATROCLE, d’AN- TILOQUE et d’syYETEs, contrafte d’une maniére frappante avec la timide circonfpeétion de Pococke. ‘“ Ces monumens,” dit celui-ci, “ pourroient bien étre de la plus haute antiquité; le orand eft peut-étre le tombeau d’AcwiLLe et les deux autres ceux de PATROCLE et d ANTILOQUE.” “ Lrs deux éminences,’”’ dit celui-la, “‘ que j’appergois dans “ Ja vigne, font les tombeaux d’AcHILLE et de PaTROCLE; le “ troificme eft celui d’ANTILOQUE fils de NesTor ; je diftingue “ du cédté oppofé le tombeau d’Ayax, et a une plus grande di- “* ftance le tombeau d’ AisVETEs.”’ Quawnp on a lu louvrage du Docteur CHANDLER, on ne fauroit le foupconner d’avoir avancé légérement fon opinion far les monumens dont il parle. I] a fes preuves, j’en fuis fur, mais je regrette véritablement qu’il ait paru mettre fi peu d’im- portance a des objets qui demandoient la difcuffion la plus ap- profondie ; je le blame d’avoir aflez compté fur la crédulité de fes lecteurs, ou fur leur inftruction, pour imaginer qu ils adopteroient fur fa parole les prodiges qu’il leur annonce ; je le blame enfin de ne s’étre pas appuyé des conjectures de fon céleé- bre compatriote. Au refte, je trouve dans la réunion de leurs refpeCtables témoignages une autorité dont je vais m’armer avec confiance, et j’ofe.efpérer avec fucceés, contre la défiance et l’in- credulité. te J’aurots defiré de toute mon ame pouvoir aufli appeler a mon fecours, les obfervations de Mr Woop, le célébre auteur du PLAINE de TROVE. 41 dit: voyage de Palmyre, et de 1’Effai fur le génie d’HomeEre ; mais je ne crains pas de le dire, Meffieurs, parce que je le prouve- rai bient6t,—Mr Woop s’eft égaré dans la Troade. G.. Hip Ag ®..< VEE Erreur de Strabon fur le Scamandre.. (\TRABON ne pouvant parler de la Troade a fes leteurs: d’aprés fes propres obfervations, parce qu’il n’y étoit jamais: allé, a cherché a s’appuyer de celles de quelque géographe- éclairé. Demetrius. de Scepfis fut celui dont il adopta la de- {cription ; mais la maniére.dont il's’y prend pour infpirer aux: autres de la confiance en cet auteur, femble prouver qu’il en: avoit peu lui-méme. “ Il y ade la contradiftion dans ceci,”’ dit-il dans-un endroit, “ mais j’approuve le refte; et je crois: “© que dans beaucoup de chofes il faut. s’en rapporter 4 Drme- ““ rrius de Scepfis, homme inftruit, né fur les lieux, et qui: “* dailleurs a pris tant d’intérét a la fcene de I’Iliade, qu'il a: “* compofé trente livres fur les foixante vers d’ HoMERE qui ont: “ rapport a la plaine de Troye.”—“ Ecoutons,” ajoute-t-il en- core ailleurs, ‘“‘ Demetrius de Scepfis, cet homme verfé dans - Ja connoiflance de la Troade, puifqu’il y eft né; il nous ap- “* prend que le Scamandre prend fa fource dans le mont Coty- “Tus, avec le Granique et l’fepus. Il avoue, de plus, que “le Scamandre coule vers l’occident, tandis que les deux au- ** tres coulent vers le nord.” Vou. III... bee AYANT. 42 TABLEAU de la AyANnT une fois adopté la do¢trine de cet obfervateur, StRA- BON doit maintenant chercher a l’accorder avec les poémes d’Home_re ; il en fent la néceffité, et il a la bonne foi de ne pas en diffimuler la difficulté. ‘‘ Au refte,” dit-il, “ les vers fui- “ vans d’Homere fourniffent matiére a une grande difcuffion : Keera dixavov xarrsppow, tydor Oe anyas Aoi avaiccsos Lanmavdes divqevros. ‘H pty yee J vdars Ascoa pect, HUOl dE xumvos Tiverous 22 abric, aot) upog cistomevoso" ‘H Virden Segel meogees cinvin yaracn, "H yon oxen, 7 && ddurog xeusadrrw *. ‘“« Ips arriverent enfin aux deux belles fources, je veux dire, 4 “ Pendroit oti jailliffent les deux fources du Scamandre; car “ cette riviere a deux fources: L’une eft chaude, et il s’en éleve de la fumée, comme autour de la flamme: L’autre, en été, eft froide comme la gréle, la neige, ou la glace tranfparente.”’ “ Ceci,” dit SrrasBon, “ préfente une difficulté. On ne “ trouve point de fources chaudes dans cet endroit; et la “ fource du Scamandre n’eft pas la, mais dans la montagne. “ P’ailleurs il n’y ena pas deux; il n’y enaqu’une. II eft « donc probable que la fource chaude a difparu, mais que la “ fource froide s’échappant du Scamandre par un paflage fou- “ terrain, paroit prés de la; ou bien l’on peut imaginer en- “ core, que ce courant d’eau a été appelé Ja fource du Scaman- “ dre, parce qu'il eft voifin de ce fleuve; c’eft en effet, de “ cette maniére, que l’on peut dire qu’une riviere a plufieurs “© fources.”’ Cette application eft fi miferable, f obfcure, fi inintelligible, qu’on ne fait lequel on doit blamer le plus, de Demetrius de Scepfis, qui commet une erreur groflicre, ou de STRABON qui cherche a la confacrer. ce “ce . ” x Le * Wiad. xxii. 147. PLAINE de TROYE. 43 LE mont Cotylus, of Demetrius place la fource du Scaman- dre, au lieu de celle du Simois, eft 4 quinze lieues du rivage de la mer. C’eft le Kas-dahi, ou /a montagne de I’Oie, dont j’ai fait Ja defcription dans mon journal. I] eft, aprés le mont Gargara, le fommet le plus élevé de la chaine de I’Ida, peuplé de détes fauves, comme au tems d’HoMERE, et environné d’autres mon- tagnes, dont les rameaux s’étendent a loueft jufqu’a la mer, et a eft vers la Myfie. L’armée Grecque n’a jamais pu faire la guerre au milieu de ces impraticables montagnes. Ainfi, d’aprés SrrazBon, ou plutdt d’aprés Demetrius, il faut fuppofer qu’HomERE nous a trompé, quand il nous a dit que les plus grandes batailles fe donnoient entre les rives des deux fleuves ; que la ville de Troye étoit fituée prés des fources du Scamandre, et que le Grecs alloient fouvent dans le méme jour jufqu’au pied des murailles, et revenoient a leur camp. Javurois pu me difpenfer d’entrer dans ces détails, et de m’étendre fi au long fur la réfutation de Srrason, il me fuffi- foit de me trouver d’accord avec HoMERE, de prouver que les fources du Scamandre font encore aujourd’hui dans la plaine de *'Troye, a l’endroit ot elles doivent étre pour fatisfaire 4 tous les incidens de I’Iliade, et que le fleuve qu’elles forment, a tous les caractéres que le poéte lui donne. Mais aprés avoir expofé quelques unes des erreurs dans lequel Srrason eft tombé, en accordant fa confiance 4 DEMETRIUS, je rendrai maintenant juftice a certaines parties de fa defcription que j’ai trouvées ex- actes; car quoique cet auteur juftement célébre, ne reconnoiffe pas les fources du Scamandre, et les rejette a dix lieues de la plaine ou elles font a prefent, et ou elles étoient indubitablement de fon tems, il n’en a pas moins montré une connoiflance fuffi- fante de fon fujet dans beaucoup d’autres points. f2 CHAP. 44 TABLEAU de ia Cc H A FP VIE, Examen de quelques paffages de Strabon. WL fuffit de jetter les yeux fur la carte de la plaine de Troye & pour reconnoitre auffitét combien cette carte eft d’accord avec la defcription de STRABON, qui, quoique exacte a beau- coup d’égards, ne fauroit cependant paroitre intelligible dans bien des cas, aux yeux mémes de fes plus zélés admirateurs. “ Dans cet endroit,” dit-il avec Demetatus, “deux chaines “* de montagnes recourbées fe détachent de la grande chaine de “ |’Ida, et s’étendent vers la mer, l’une dans la direétion du Cap “ Sigée, et l’autre dans celle du Cap Rhétée. Chacune d’elles “ forme une ligne femicirculaire, et elles fe terminent, l’une et “ Pautre, dans la plaine, 4 la méme diftance de la mer que la “ nouvelle Ilium. Cette ville eft, en effet, firuée dans 1’efpace ““ qui s’étend entre les extremités de ces collines, comme I’an- “ cienne Troye l’étoit entre leur origine. Elles comprennent « dans leurs enceinte, la plaine du Simois, arrofée par ce fleuve, “ er celle du Scamandre. Ces deux parties forment un enfem- “ ble, qui eft encore appelé la plaine de Troye, et qui fut, “ fuivant le poéte, le théatre du plus grand nombre des combats. “ Le bois des figuiers fauvages, le tombeau d’ As YETEs, Batieia, ‘ Je monument d’ILus, le Scamandre, et le Simois, qui coulans “ Pun du coté du Cap Sigée, l'autre du cété du Cap Rhetée fe yéuniffent, en face, et 4 une petite diftance de la nouvelle “ Tlium, fe jettent enfuite dans la mer prés du Cap Sigée, et “ forment, avant de s’y jetter, un marais, appelé Stoma Limné, © Je marais de l’embouchure *.” Jusqu’ ici * Geograph. p. 892. Edit. Amft. 1707. > PLAINE de TROYE. 45 Jusqu’ici STRABON n’auroit pas été plus exact quand il au- roit eu la carte fous les yeux. La plaine ou eft fituée le village de Bounarbachi eft, en effet, bordée de deux collines, a peu prés femicirculaires, qui fe dirigent, l’une vers le Sigée, et V’autre vers le Rhetée. On y retrouve encore aujourd’hui la plus grande partie des objets mentionnés par le poéte: Lacolline des figuiers fauvages, le tombeau d’EsveT#s, le monument d’ILus, le Scamandre, dont le cours eft dirigé vers le Sigée, comme celui de Simois vers le Rhetée. Ces deux fleuves, qui fe ré- uniffoient autrefois, et alloient fe jetter dans la mer pres du Cap Sigée, en formant un marais qu’on voit encore aujourd’hui, a leur embouchure, ne fe réuniffent plus. Le Scamandre, comme on peut le remarquer dans la carte, fuit une direétion nouvelle. Les figuiers fauvages ne croiffent plus dans les envi- rons de Bounarbachi; mais on en trouve par tout ailleurs, dans la plaine, et fur les montagnes voifines. Batieia, ou le tom- beau de MyrInneE, n’a point refifté aux injures du tems; mais fa fituation eft une confequence evidente des objets connus qui Venvironnoient. “ VrenT enfuite,” continue Strazon, “ la ville de Rhetée, “ fituée fur une éminence, prés de laquelle s’étend une plage fa- ** blonneufe, ou fe trouve Aiantéum, c’eft a dire, le tombeau ““ et le Temple d’Ajax, avec fa ftatue *.” L’oRIGINAL eft encore ici un peu obfcur et confus, mais autant qu’on y peut trouver un fens, il s’accorde en général avec la carte. “La longueur de la céte, qui s’étend entre le Cap Rhétée “et le Cap Sigée, ou eft le tombeau d’AcuinxeE, eft de /rixante “ flades en ligne droite ; elle fe prolonge au deffous de la nou- “* velle Ilium, dont la diftance au port des Grecs eft d’environ ** douze ftades +.” La diftance entre ces deux Caps, fixée géométriquement, eft, a peu prés, moindre de moitié que celle que STRABON donne ici 3 * P. 8go. + Ibidem. 46 TABLEAU de la ici ; mais parfaitement d’accord avec celle que Pine le Natura- litte afigne *. Quant a celle de la nouvelle Ilium au port des Grecs, ou a la mer, quel fond pouvons nous faire fur l’exacti- tude de StRABON, qui d’abord la fixe a douze ftades, et deux pages aprés la porte jufqu’a vingt? “ Un peu au deffus eft fitué le village des Troyens, ot Yon “ croit qu’étoit autrefois l’ancienne Ilium, a la diftance de “ trente ftades de la nouvelle ; ‘et dix ftades au deflus du village “ des Troyens, eft la belle Coloné, efpece d’éminence de cing “ ftades d’étendue, au pied de laquelle coule le Simois +.” In y a encore ici quelques traits de reffemblance, entre la de- fcription de STRABON et notre carte ; mais aprés l’échantillon d’inexactitude que nous venons de remarquer dans fes mefures précédentes, nous ferons excufables de ne pas faire plus de fonds fur celles-ci. Les agréables collines qui s’étendent entre les vil- lages de Tchiblak et Aktché, far les bords du Simois font nécef fairement la belle Coloné, de haut de laquelle Mars, femblable 3 ume tempéte, encourageoit les Troyens a grands cris f. STRABON les place 4 quarante ftades au deffus de la nouvelle Ilium, et nous apprend qu’elles s’étendoient a cing ftades le long des bords du Simois. A mefure, en effet, qu’on s’éloigne du village de Tchiblak, qui fe trouve a peu pres a quarante ftades de l’ancienne Ilium, leurs fommets couverts de gazon, perdent leur forme moélleufe et adoucie, et deviennent arides, rocailleux et efcarpés. Quant au village des Troyens, /ienfium vicus, qu’on croyoit occuper l’emplacement de l’ancienne Troye, STRABON ne put pas étre foupconné d’avoir voulu adopter cette croyance, puifqu’il a commencé par dire, que l’ancienne Troye étoit a ’endroit d’ou partent les deux collines femicir- culaires. “ Ta vallée de Thymbra n’eft pas éloignée de l’ancienne “ Thum ; elle eft arrofée par le Thymbrius, qui fe jette dans. “ Te ® Nat. Hift. lib. v. c. 33 t Wiad. xx. 50. + P. 892. ad finem. ee ae To PLAINE de TROYE. 47 ** le Scamandre. Le temple d’APotion eft fitué fur les bords “* de ce premier fleuve*.”” L’ouvEeRTURE de la vallée de Thymbra fe trouvoit entre la nouvelle et l’ancienne Ilium. Elle étoit, quoique STRABON puiffe ou veuille en dire, (car il n’eft pas encore aifé de la de- viner ici), elle étoit, dis-je, plus voifine de la premiére de ces villes que de la feconde. Le fleuve Thymbrius, aprés l’avoir _arrofée, alloit autrefois fe jetter dans les bras de la riviere formée par la réunion des deux fleuves, et que STRABON appelle Sca- mandre, fans doute, parceque le Simois étant prefque toujours a fec, on confervoit aux deux fleuves réunis, le nom de celui qui portoit a la mer le tribut le plus conftant de fes eaux. L’em- bouchure du Thymbrius n’a point changé de place; mais le Si- mois feul recoit ce fleuve, depuis que le Scamandre en eft fe- paré. Les ruines du temple d’APOLLON fe voyent encore, dans la vallée de Thymbra, fur les bords du Thymbrius, prés du village de Halil-eli. “ LE monument que l’on montre comme le tombeau d’ Asy- ETES, eft prés de la route qui conduit d'Ilium recens 4 Alex- “© dria Troas f.” Environ un mille au deffus d’Erkeflighi, on voit encore ce grand tombeau. Il eft en effet, prés de la route qui conduifoit autrefois de la nouvelle Ilium a Alexandria Troas. I] eft méme impoflible, 4 caufe des montagnes, d’aller de Bounar-bachi a Alexandrie, fans paffer prés de ce monument, ainfi il fe trou- voit également fur la route de la nouvelle et de l’ancienne Troye a Alexandrie. “ CErre partie de la plaine qui s’enfonce dans la montagne eft étroite; elle s’étend en partie vers le midi, jufqu’aux en- virons de Scepfis, en partie vers le nord jufqu’a Zéléia, ville des Lyciens f.” “cc T7 ce On * Srraso, p. 893. i P. 891. + P. 895. 48 TABLEAU de la ON reconnoit ici clairement ce vallon étroit, et bordé de pré— cipices, ot coule le Simois, et qui s’étend vers le fud, depuis la: plaine de Bounarbachi, dont il n’eft qu’une continuation,. jufqu’a celle d’Ené, voifine d’E/ki-kuptchu, Pancienne Scepjis : On voit aufli, que cette feconde plaine, prend a Ené une direc- tion qui s’éloigne du fud ; mais les bornes de la carte n’ont pas permis qu’on la repréfentat dans toute fon étendue, ¢’eft a dire, . jufqu’au Cotylus, et a l’ancien pays des Lyciens, qui fe trou-- vent, en effet, au nord. La plaine de Troye n’a done point changé de face depuis. SrrasBon. Jétois fuffifamment autorifé a placer l’ancienne: Troye a l’origine des collines, et la nouvelle a leur extrémité ;; et ce géographe ne pouvoit m’accufer d’infidélité, dans des pofi- tions auffi clairement défignées par lui-méme. Des recherches. particuliéres m’ont fait découvrir l’emplacement de ces deux. villes ; ainfi il fera déformais inutile de recourir avec Mr Woop aux tremblemens de terre, dont rien n’offre la trace dans la: plaine de Troye, et dont tout, au contraire, démontre la fauffeté, . pour expliquer la difparition, ou la deftruction des monumens, des fleuves, et des vallées, qu’on retrouve encore dans le lieu. méme oi HomeRt les a vus, et ou STRABON n’auroit pas man-- qué de les trouver lui-méme, fi, au lieu de s’en rapporter 4 Vautorité de Demetrius de Scepfis, il: avoit pris-la peine de fe: tranfporter dans la Troade. In eft furprenant que le Docteur CHANDLER ait cru: nécef-- faire d’informer fon leGteur, que le Simois avoit. été confondu: avec le Scamandre, et foit, en méme tems, tombé dans 1’erreur quwil cherche a corriger, en avangant, que le Simois étoit la ri-- viere la plus voifine du Cap Sigée et du Ledtos, tandis qu'il auroit du dire cela du Scamandre. Homers, plus exact que tous les voyageurs. qui l’ont fuivi: dans la plaine de Troye, indique la fituation relative du Sca- mandre, avec la plus grande précifion et la plus grande exacti- tude, quand il dit: —de 0 of Me Liainylrov.- +, Wee |. Mo Lip Ut 7 14, pl a, Af), ; V0twie he Lo fie page dG Lit Cl Cnt ae (A Bee ee) AR oe term ii i Vi OO can LocaspatngatilisNLorta Seva k Aagus.2 6 GPYGUUS 3Fontes Scamand? tu0.4 Calticolone PUCCIO» SOMOS BAUME SC gnee cate neaves tt Gb ELIL3LA4. ANMerws AchworvwmDL ccs PG SpulrunMyriaies Ll Monwmeentians. Tramilisé siyctes& CGestaDiomeds hee toce lb. 3D Achill: Scameandr Cortato tb, 22¥ Loc, Luque te ldOoX¥lugueilbM Glrgne vn Fb. 20. PLAINE de TROYPE. 49) — 2de rw "Exroe Tlevder’- eres pu poayns ex agiseon magvaro THONS. "Oxbus rap roraucio Lxeporvdes* “ Et Hector ne favoit pas ce qui fe paffoit, parcequ’il com-- “ battoit a la gauche de l’armée.(des Troyens), fur les rives du _ “ Scamandre.”’ CeH A 'P. * IX. Examen de la carte de la Plaine de Troye par Pope. A critique amére que Mr Woop fait de la carte, qu’on voit a la téte de la traduction de I’Iliade, par le célébre Pope, m’a:infpiré la curiofité d’examiner cette carte, et de la eomparer avec la mienne t. A la feule maniére dont elle eft dé- fignée, il eft aifé de juger, qu’elle n’eft pas l’ouvrage d’un géo- graphe ; car les objets n’y font pas repréfentés fuivant la con- vention a vol d’oifeau, mais en perfpeftive, comme dans un: tableau de payfage. Cette faute eft de peu'de conféquence aux yeux des litterateurs, et je pardonnerois 4 Popr lui-méme de VPavoir commife, pourvuque fon mauvais deflin fut exaé, et qu’on put y appliquer les différentes circonftances de la guerre de Troye, dont il donne la defcription Ja plus complette, et la: plus détaillée ; mais cette carte offre des erreurs fi extraordi- naires, que j’ai d’abord été tenté de croire, qu’elles ne pou-- voient provenir que de la mal-adreffe du graveur, qui a tranf-- Vor. Ill. o£ porté® * Thad. xi. 497. : + Voyez An Effay on the original Genius and Writings of Homer, p. 87, - 50 TABLEAU de la porté fur la droite les objets deftinés 4 occuper la gauche. En effet, comment put-on fuppofer que Pope ait placé le Cap Sigée a la gauche du camp des Grecs ? Les erreurs au fujet du tombeau d’Asyetis, et de celui d’ILus font moins choquantes, et plus pardonnables que la pré- cédente. Il a placé le premier de ces tombeaux entre les deux fleuves, fur la rive gauche du Scamandre, tandis qu’il fe trouve fur la droite ; mais le poéte s’étoit contenté d’indiquer ce tom- beau comme l’endroit le plus avantageux que Poxirés, fils de PriaM, put choifir pour obferver les mouvemens des Grecs *; il n’avoit pas porté le fcrupule jufqu’a défigner le point mathé- matique ou il étoit fitué. QuanrT 4 la pofition du tombeau d’lLus, Pope a evidem- ment mal compris le fens d’Homerg, en la placant a moitié chemin du camp des Grecs et de la ville de Troye; ce n’eft pas la ce qu’Homere a voulu dire, en nous apprenant, que le tombeau d’ILus étoit au milieu de la plaine: STRABON nous ex- plique fa penfée, quand il nous dit, qu’Ixus fut enterré au milieu de la plaine, parce qu’il avoit ofé Phabiter le premier +. Du refte,il a parfaitement deviné la fituation du camp des Grecs, entre les deux caps ; la réunion des deux fleuves, a peu de diftance des vaifleaux ; la forme générale de la plaine ; le cours du Simois, plus étendu que celui du Scamandre ; la jufte diftance de la ville ala mer; le voifinage de la méme ville, et des deux fources du Scamandre: Mais quel motif peut l’avoir déterminé 4 les placer du cété oppofé a celui ot elles fe trouvent dans la nature? J’y ai réfléchi long tems, et avec d’autant plus d’intérét, que parmi tous les auteurs qui ont écrit fur la Troade, il en eft peu qui m’en impofe plus que Pore. NE pourroit-on pas fuppofer, que ce grand homme, ayant découvert dans quelque paflage de I’Iliade, que les fources du Scamandre étoient au couchant; accoutumé d’ailleurs a regarder, fuivant lPufage recu, la gauche d’une carte comme le couchant, ait, * Iliad. ii. 791. + Srrago, p. 886, Edit. Amft. 1707. PLAINE de TROYPE. 51 ait, a défaut de connoitre les petites reffources de la géographie, facrifié toutes fes autres pofitions, telles que celles du Cap Sigée, du Simois, &c. a l’impérieufe loi d’étre fidel a fon original? Ceft ainfi, fi l’on me pardonne de fuppofer qu’un trés grand poéte puifle étre un médiocre géographe, c’eft ainfi dis-je, qu'il faut rendre compte des défauts de cette carte, qui, avec toutes fes imperfections, a di cotter a Pope, infiniment de peine, et exiger de fa part de grandes combinaifons. Je ne vois, du _ moins, que ce moyen, d’expliquer comment le méme homme peut produire une carte auffi défeCtueufe, a l’appui de l’eflai le plus complet, et le plus exa@, fur les batailles d’ HoMERE. J'ai été tellement enchanté, Meffieurs, de la précifion avec laquelle cet effai s’accorde avec ma carte, que j’ai cru devoir le mettre fous vos yeux, a fin d’augmenter votre confiance dans mes travaux, par une autorité d’un grand poids parmi vous, et dans le refte du monde favant. “ L’ANCIENNE ville de Troye étoit,” dit il*, “ a une plus “ grande diftance de la mer que les ruines d’Alexandria Troas, ** qu’on a mal-a-propos confondues avec les fiennes. Les “* 'Troyens, en effet, n’oferent combattre hors de leurs murailles, ** qu’aprés la retraite d’AcHILLE ; mais dans la fuite ils atta- ‘* querent les Grecs, jufqu’ aupreés de leurs vaifleaux, trés éloig- “ nés de la ville. D’ailleurs, comme obferve StRAzON, fi cette “ ville avoit été voifine du rivage, il y auroit eu de la folie, et ** de limprudence de la part des Grecs, a attendre la dixiéme ‘“* année du fiége, pour fortifier leur camp, contre un ennemi ** qui les auroit menacés de fi prés; et il y auroit.eu de la ‘ lacheté de la part des Troyens, a refter fi long tems dans 1’in- “* action, et 2 rien tenter contre une armée fans retranchemens +. * De plus, dans la fuppofition ou la ville eut été prés du rivage, g2 “ Pefpace * Voyez ’Effai au commencement du liv. v. de fa traduction de I’Iliade. + Srrazo, p. 893. Edit. Amft. 1707. 52 TABLEAU de la ‘* Yefpace intermédiaire n’auroit pas été fuffifant pour les com- “ bats, et les évémemens dont il a été le théatre. “© Les lieux les plus remarquables autour de Troye,” conti- nue toujours Pops, “ étoient: 1. Les portes Scées. Elles ** souvroient fur le champ de bataille, et c’étoit par la que fortoient les Troyens, lorfqu’ils alloient au combat. Tout prés de ces portes étoit le chéne, confacré a Jupiter. 2. La * colline des figuiers fauvages, ou VErineos. Elle étoit ad- “* jacente aux murailles de la ville, puifqu’ ANDROMAQUE ** cherche a diriger l’attention d’HrcTor du cété de cette colline, comme étant le feul endroit par ou l’ennemi pouvoit efcalader la ville *. Il paroit qu’elle s’étendoit jufqu’au grand ““ chemin; car dans la courfe d’HecTor et d’AcHILLE, ces “* deux guerriers, aprés avoir paflé la colline des figuiers, parvi- “ ennent a la grande route}. 3. Les deux fources du Scaman- “ dre, étoient un peu plus loin, fur la méme dire¢tion ¢.”? En effet, les deux guerriers aprés avoir traverfé la colline des fi- guiers, et la route publique, s’arrétent pres de ces fources. “* 4. Callicoloné étoit le nom d’une agréable colline, qui s’étendoit *“ fur le bords du Simois de l’autre cété de la ville ||. 5. Baticia, * on le tombeau de Myrinne, étoit en face de la ville, 4 peu “ de diftance §. 6. Le monument d’ILus, vers le milieu de la * plaine**.” Pope, aprés nous avoir fait connoitre la fituation des princi- paux objets qui avoifinoient la ville, et qui étoient fitués dans la plaine, nous trace celle des différens champs de bataille. “ Ty paroit,” dit-il, ‘‘ par le quatre-cens foixante-feptiéme “« vers du fecond livre de ’Iliade, que l’armée Greque, fous la “* conduite de différens chefs, étoit rangée fur les rives du Sca- “ mandre, du coté des vaiffeaux ; pendant que celle de Troye et **. des 66 6c * Iliad. vi. 432. |] Iliad. xx. 53. + Ibid. xxii. 145. § Ibid. ii. 813. + Ibid. xxii. 147. ¥% Ibid, xi. 166. 66 PLAINE de TROYE. 53 des auxiliaires, étoit vers le tombeau de Myrinne*. Le. premier champ de bataille, of Dromepe fit de fi grands ex- ploits, étoit prés de la réunion du Simois et du Scamandre ; car JUNON et PaLLAs venant a lui, defcendent au confluent des ces deux rivieres t. Les Grecs, alors, n’avoient pas en- ‘core paflé le Scamandre, puifque JuNon dit, que /es Troyens les bravent jufques prés de leurs vaiffeaux t. Mais au com- mencement du fixiéme livre, les batailles fe donnent entre les rives du Simois et du Scamandre. : “« On fe bat dans le huitiéme livre, prés des retranchemens des Grecs fur le rivage de la mer; et dans l’onziéme livre, aux environs du tombeau d’ILus: Dans le douziéme, le trei- ziéme et quatorziéme, prés du retranchement des Grecs; et dans le quinziéme, aux vailleaux. “ Dans le feiziéme, les Troyens étant repouflés par PATRO- ce, le combat s’engage entre la flotte, la riviére, et les hautes murailles des Grecs ||. Dans le méme livre, PATRO- CLE savancant de plus en plus, va combattre jufqu’aux portes de Troye §. Dans le dix-feptiéme, on fe difpute le corps de PATROCLE fous les murailles de Troye **. Dans le méme livre, HEcTorR et ENEE pourfuivent, jufques dans leurs retranchemens, les Grecs, qui emportent le corps de PATROCLE tT}. Dans le dix-huitiéme, AcHILLE, venant a paroitre, les Troyens fe retirent, et placent leur camp en dehors des fortifications. “ Dans le vingtiéme, on combattoit encore prés de la mer ; puifque les Troyens pourfuivis par AcHILLE, traverfent le Scamandre, en fuyant vers leur ville {f.” Pore paroit furpris de ce qu HOMERE n’ait point exprimé de quelle maniére les armées paffoient le fleuve. La raifon de y fon * Mitad. it. 815. 4 § Iliad. xvi. 700. + Ibid. v. 773. ** Ibid. xvii. 403. } Ibid. 791. tt Ibid. xvii. 760. }} Ibid. xvi. 396. tt Ibid. xx. 1: 54 TABLEAU de la fon filence, a cet égard, eft bien fimple; c’eft que le Scaman- dre eft un ruiffeau, qui a tout-au-plus, quinze pieds de large, et trois pieds de profondeur. [] auroit du foupconner cette raifon, puifqu’il a trés bien remarqué lui-méme, que les batailles fui- vantes fe donnoient dans /e jieuve, ou fous les murs de la ville. Comment auroit-on pu fe battre dans un fleuve qui auroit eu quelque profondeur ? Lae gels eth! Sf aa? om Examen de la méme carte par Mr Wood. A certitude de notre propre fupériorité, peut nous porter % négliger l’opinion et les travaux des autres. Ce fentiment, quoique peu modelte, provoque indulgence, quand il eft cou- ronné de fuccés ; mais quand, au mépris des guides, on vient 4 s’égarer, on perd dés lors tous les droits 4 la compaffion, et Von mérite toute Ja févérité de la critique. Je ne crains pas de le dire, Meffieurs, parce que je vais le prouver, Mr Woop a mal vu la Troade. Cette partie de fon eflai fur Homere, n’eft pas feulement imparfaite, elle eft déci- démment mauvaife. I] n’eft pas étonnant, au refte, qu’ayant pour but principal, de nous faire connoitre les intéreflantes ruines de Palmyre, et de Balbec, il n’ait pas pu donner a la plaine de Troye, le tems, et l’attention qu’elle méritoit. Ce n’étoit pas un crime a Mr Woop a l’omettre, mais c’en eft un véritable, d’avoir mieux aimé la boulverfer, que de I’étudier avec l’ouvrage de PocockeE 4 la main. SUIVONS "aL ——— - Stoo JCOV our woyer se LO,” FE PALVIEE D6" — Nitin? et eee i 9 Yoru Lryjp2007 Oy, Guat yo MSTA SPOON ST INO AS ACT TS LG ~ yeryen yy pup uni AD EDK ome wae se one) vrozty Af poe > PIO FTL ‘aye — i * AY TIAAVIEV P| : FOZ £ER2OF,” ae . = DYp YorH LY JIO2Z - svoa WSMV JO Mor, SPOON alt LNO AS RTE HOrqae gq ames MONS ILL bad be) conuy ae sUyT — WY SY WPL VE 200 270f o7 PLAINE de TROVE. $5 Survons cet homme célébre. Vous allez étre étonnés, Mef- fieurs, de la peine qu il fe donne, pour découvrir la fituation de Pancienne Troye, et les fources du Scamandre, a plus de quinze lieues de la mer ; vous ferez étonnés, qu'il ait vu le Scamandre*, qu'il l’ait defliné fur fa carte, fans le reconnoitre; vous ferez étonnés, qu’il ne fafle aucune mention de ces monumens extra- ordinaires, qui avoient au moins fixé l’attention de PocockE ; vous ferez étonnés, de ne pas trouver une feule fois le nom de ce voyageur dans fa bouche. “ S1 lon examine ma carte de la Troade,” dit Mr Woop, “ on ne la trouvera pas d’accord avec le pays que décrit Ho- “ MERE Tt.” Tant pis. Comment fe fait-il que vous ayez trouvé ce grand poéte partout d’accord avec la nature, et que vous le trouviez juftement en faute, dans les lieux qu’il a du obferver, et dépeindre avec le plus de foin? “ Cette différence,” continue Mr Woop, “ vient d’un “ accroiffement de terrein qui a augmenté la diftance de Troye, “ ala mer{.’? Mais, de grace, Mr Woop, quelle preuve avez- vous, que la Troade s’eft élargie de dix lieues? Car il n’en faut pas moins, pour vous autorifer a placer la ville de Troye aux fources de ce torrent que vous appellez votre Scamandre. Dans quelle partie de la Troade s’eft fait cet accroiffement, et quelle ena été la caufe? Eft-ce le Simois qui a allongé la plaine, a force de charier des fables 2 fon embouchure? II eft aifé de mefurer la petite augmentation, qui en a réfulté pour la plaine de Troye, entre les deux caps. II eft aifé méme, de prouver, que cette augmentation ne put pas devenir plus confiderable, parce- que les impétueux courans de |’Hellefpont s’y oppofent fans cefle, et entrainent les fables dans la mer Egée, 2 mefure que le fleuve Jes accumule a fon embouchure. Cz * Defcription of the Troade, p. 326. t Ibid. p. 320, - + Ibid. p. 328, 56 TABLEAU de la Cer n’eft donc pas a l’embouchure du Simois que I’accroiffe- ment de la Troade peut avoir eu lieu; mais dans quel endroit de la céte s’eft-il donc fait? Les ruines d’Alexandrie fe voient encore dans le lieu méme ou cette ville étoit autrefois fituée. Le haut promontoire de Sigée, forme encore avec la pointe de la cherfonefe l’entrée de ]’ Hellefpont, comme au tems d’ ACHILLE et 7’ HomereE. Encore une fois, ou s’eft donc operé cette pro- digieufe révolution que Mr Woop appelle a fon fécours ? “ Je fuis pareillement trés fur,’’ dit enfuite Mr Woop, “ que la fituation du Scamandre eft confidérablement changée ; “ et ce qui fond mon opinion a cet égard, c’eft que cette ri- “« viére avoit une fource chaude; mais cette fource eft beaucoup “« plus bas que celle que nous avons découverte, et n’a point de “ communication avec le Scamandre.” Ix ne faut que jetter un coup d’oeil fur la carte de Mr Woop, pour appercevoir, que c’eft un ouvrage negligé, et fait ala hate. On n’y voit ni villages, ni routes, ni monumens. Lorfque Mr Woop parle d’une fource chaude infericure, ce n’eft pas de celle de Bounarbachi dont il prétend parler, puifqu’il ne 1’a pas connue, c’eft fans doute des fources thermales de Lidja, prés. d’Alexandrie*. En un mot, et pour ne point prolonger une cri- tique inutile, a laquelle Mr Woop donne lieu dans tout le cours, de fa defcription, voici, je penfe, comment il a procédé dans fes obfervations, et comment il a été entrainé dans fes erreurs : PERSUADE que le Simois fe réuniffoit au Scamandre, il a fuivi Je cours de ce premier fleuve, et il n’a rien trouvé jufqu’a Bou- narbachi ou Ja plaine fe termine ; parceque le Scamandre avoit déja, fans doute, été detourné de fon ancien lit, et que Mr Woop n’aura pas été aflez heureux pour appercevoir ce change- ment particulier, qui a été la véritable caufe de mes principales découvertes. Iz a vu les fources de Bounarbachi; mais foit qu'il les ait obfervées légérement, foit qu’il les ait vues dans une faifon, ou il * Voyez ci-devant, p.8. = =e PDLAINE de TROYE. 9” il y avoit peu de difference dans leur temperature, foit qu’il ait ignoré la langue Turque et Grecque, ou qu'il n’ait pu tirer aucun renfeignement de l’Aga, et des habitans du village voifin, le fait eft, qu’il n’a pas reconnu les véritables fources du Sca- mandre. Du moment ou il a été hors de la plaine, et qu’il s’eft enfoncé dans les défilés et les montagnes de I’Ida, fon erreur eft deve- nue fans reméde: Plus il s’eft éloigné de la mer, plus les de- {criptions d’Homere font devenues inexplicables pour lui. Tout autre a fa place, ou plus modefte, ou moins entété, feroit revenu fur fes pas, ou, dumoins, auroit abandonné la partie, en convenant qu’il n’avoit pas réuffi. Mr Woop eft intrépide: Les difficultés rehauffent fon courage: II s’avance jufqu’a ce qu’il trouve un large torrent, qui a travers des montagnes impraticables vient fe joindre au Simois prés d’Iné. Voila le Scamandre de Mr Woop! Ix faut maintenant aller chercher la ville de Troye, jufqu’aux fources de ce torrent; Mr Woop ne perd pas courage; il voit claire= ment qu'il eft égaré, mais il ne veut pas fortir de la Troade fans I’a- voir boulverfée. I] cherche un compagnond’infortune, il le trouve dans STRABON, qui a la vérité s’eft trompé comme lui; mais ne s’eft pas trompé fur les lieux, comme il l’en accufe; car tout le monde fait, et Mr Woop ne devroit pas l’ignoré, que ce géographe n’a parlé de la Troade que fur l’autorité de Demetrius de Scepfis. APREs avoir invoqué les tremblemens de terre, les convul- fions de la nature; aprés avoir extravagué fur la fituation de Vancienne Troye, et avoir fait méme une defcription riante de la: fource de ce hideux torrent, qui baigne les murs d’Iné; aprés l’avoir complaifamment enrichie d’une joli bafin, d’un beau platane, et d’un bois romantique ; aprés avoir retrouvé dans ce torrent tous les caractéres du Scamandre, il finit, par conclure, “ que d’aprés l’autorité de Vhiftoire, il faut rogner de Vou III; r) : % = plufieurs 58 TABLEAU de la “ plufieurs milles la nouvelle carte de Troye pour retrouver |’an- “ cienne *.” On voit par ces derniers mots, que Mr Woop déchiroit: les cartes, avec autant de facilité qu’il les. faifoit ; mais la. Nature ne fe laiffe pas ainfi mutiler ; et quand on annonce fes_révolu- tions pour appuyer un fyftéme, il faut y étre autorifé par des faits hiftoriques, bien prouvés, ou par quelques traces fubfaftantes des défordres paflés. C.-T Ae Pet. Bl Comparaifon du Scamandre et du Simois. ES fources du Scamandre, fortent de la terre avec une ra- pidité, qui annonce qu’elles defcendent d’un lieu trés: élevé. Lie fleuve qu’elles forment, conferve cette rapidité re- marquable, jufqu’a Yendroit ou il entre dans fon nouveau canal artificiel: Les fréquents tourbillons, que l’on voit fe former a fa furface, et qui font occafionnés par le violent choc de fes eaux contre les nombreufes: finuofités qui leur font oppofées, font, peut-étre, ce qui a engagé le poéte 4 lui donner Pépithete, de doxes t- Jamals * Defcription of the Troade, p. 330 $ AAD? ore dy wogey KEov Hged®- morepcoio” Haile AINHENTOZ—— Thiads xxi. 16 ——— arr Exceed Olcu AINHEIE—-—— _— Ibid. 124. et alibi paflim. PLAINE de TROYE. 39 jamats ce fleuve n’augmente ni ne diminue. Les eaux font claires et limpides comme le criftal *. » Les rives font cou- vertes-des fleurs +. Les mémes arbres et les mémes plantes qui croiffoient fur fes bords, lorfqu’il combattoit VuLcarn, ‘y croif- fent encore aujourd’hui; on y voit des faules, des lotos, des ormes, et des joncs; et l'on y péche encore des anguilles t. Mais, fi le grand Homere eft d’une exactitude frappante dans les épithetes, et dans les attributs particuliers qu’il donne au Scamandre, il n’eft pas moins admirable, dans la comparaifon qu'il fait de ce fleuve avec le Simois. II les characterife tous deux d’une manicre parfaitement analogue 4 la nature, et a leur état actuel. LorsaQueE le Scamandfe, combattant ACHILLE, craint d’étre vaincu par ce guetrier, il appelle le Simois a fon fécours: “ Ré- * uniflez-vous a moi,”’ lui dit-il, “ mon frere, pour terraffer “ ce vaillant guerrier ; raffemblez toutes vos eaux; déracinez les arbres, et entrainez les rochers ||. HoMERE ne pouvoit pas peindre avec plus de vérité, la foi- bleffe du Scamandre, et les ravages du Simois ; mais il n’eft pad encore content de fon tableau, il veut nous faire connoitre la largeur du Scamandre: b2 ACHILLE; "EYPPEIOE worauoui—uti jam citat. oxXero Pdyrcty dues Iliad. xxi. 345. + "Esav iv rcidive Excejactrdpiw ANOEMOENTI Ibid. 11.467. Mupior T Kavlovro rerio te; x irtass nde pevgixas, Kaiero 0b Awrds +, 408 Oevor, ok xumtigor, Ta megh xard stebpa Bris werepoio msPuxci Telgovs” tyyerves re, x ix,0ues — Ibid. xxi. 350. I] DAs xaclynre, &e. Thid. xxi. 308. 60 TABLEAU de la ity “ “ “ Acuitue, fur le point de fuccomber lui-méme, arrache un orme qui croiffoit fur les rives du Scamandre, il le renverfe d’un bord a l’autre, et en forme un pont, fur lequel il échappe a la fureur du fleuve *.” 16 CHAP. XIL Tombeau d’ Efyetes. A Baffe Egypte,” dit Mr Bryant f, “ étant un pays “* plat, et fujet 4 de frequentes inondations, fes habitans étoient forcés, d’élever le terrein fur lequel ils batiffoient leurs édifices. Plufieurs de leurs tours facrées étoient de hauts monticules de forme conique : On voyoit auffi dans beaucoup d’endroits des éminences, fur lefquelles if n’y avoit point d’édifice, et qui étoient deftinées pour les cérémonies de la religion. On les appeloit dans certains lieux, Jap): Comme Taph-hanes, Taph-Ofiris, et dans d’autres Taphioufa, Taphitis, Tape. . “ Mais comme c’étoit auffi, l’ufage, d’enterrer les perfon- nes de diftinétion, fous des monceaux de terre de la méme forme, toutes les éminences confacrées de la religion, furent regardées comme les monumens des héros ; et les Grecs, fur- tout, en avoient tous cette opinion. Ils prétendoient mon- “* tner F ——— ——— 5 BE writeny Tas xepolv EiQvia, geeyarny’ &c. Ibid. xxi. 242. + New Syftem of Mythology, vol. i. p.449> | : PLAINE de TROTE. 6n “ trer le tombeau de Baccuus, 4 Delphes; celui de JuPiTeR,. * en Crete.” Mr Bryant cherche a prouver ici, que les Grecs étoient dans erreur, en confondant les monticules facrés avec les tombeaux des héros; mais HomereE, et toute l’antiquité, s’accordent 4 nous-convaincre, qu’on n’avoit pas d’autre manicre de confer- ver leurs cendres, qu’en les dépofant fous. ces éminences. On en trouve de la méme forme, et de la méme efpace dans tous les pays ; et partout ot on prend la peine de les fouiller, on y trouve toujours quelques débris du corps humain. Il pouvoit y avoir quelques unes d’elles particuli¢rement confacrées aux cérémonies de la religion ; mais on ne peut pas nier, que le plus grand nombre étoit deftiné 4 renfermer les cendres des héros, et de grands perfonnages. It eft bien extraordinaire, que les Turcs leur ayent confervé le méme nom que leur donnoient les Egyptiens. Cette tradition, que j’ai étudiée avec foin, n’a. point été, comme beaucoup d’au- tres, tranfmife par les Grecs 4 leurs conquérans. Les Turcs: qui habitent le fond de.1’Afie, et les montagnes du.Caucafe, ceux- 1a qui n’ont jamais eu de communication avec les. Grecs, ems ployent le méme nom pour défigner cette efpéce de monumens, . et ils ne peuvent l’avoir recu que des -Arabes.. Je ne balance donc point a croire, que le monticule fitué ' prés d’Udjek, et qu’ils appelent. Udjek-Tape, ne foit un tom- beau. Et tout m’engage a penfer que c’eft celui d’AsyETEs, monument de la plus haute antiquité, puifqw’il fubfiftoit déja avant la guerre de Troye. Ce tombeau, fuivant HoMERE, étoit trés élevé, c’eft dumoins Pépithete qu’il lui donne: “ Potireés, fils de PRram; fe fiant- “ fur fon agilité, alloit de la ville fe placer fur le fommet de ce “ tombeau, pour: obferver les mouvemens del’armée Greque *.” Il:ne pouvoit pas, en effet, choifir une fituation plus avantageufe - pour diftinguer dans fon entier l’efpace compris entre les deux: Caps. * Iliad. ii 79% e 62 TABLEAU de la caps. I] falloit auffi, qu'il eut une grande ‘confiance dans fon agilité, caril fe trouvoit alors fort éloigné de la ville. Ce que STRABON écrit relativement a la fituation de la vieille et de la nouvelle Ilium, contribue ‘merveilleufement a détermi- ner la pofition du tombeau d’Esyereés. It prouve, avec le fe- cours de DemeTRIvs, que la vieille Ilium, étoit beaucoup plus éloignée de la mer que la nouvelle: ‘O r¢ Moriras— ‘Os Tewwv cxowas iZe rodancinos reroiSws TiuBy tx axgorary Arwvirao yegovrG *, polreiGe qv xe. re “ Et en fuppofant,” dir-il, “ que la vieille “et la nouvelle Ilium fuffent la méme ville, PoniTEs auroit “* fait une folie, fi en qualité d’efpion Troyen, et fe fiant fur fon “ agilité, il avoit été fe placer fur le monument d’AsyeTEs, “ (pour obferver les mouvemens des Grecs); car en accordant “ gu il étoit alors fur un lieu trés élevé, il faut convenir que * l’acropolis, ou la citadelle de Troye, l’étoit encore davantage 5 “ qu'elle étoit, 4 peu prés, 4 la méme diftance, et qu’il n’au- ‘© roit pas eu befoirt alors de recourir a fon agilité, puifque le ‘““ monument qu’on montre aujourd’hui comme le tombeau “ qd’ ZEsvErTEs eft a cinq ftades de diftance, et prés de la route “ qui conduit a Alexandrie f.” Nous pouvons ajouter, que la meme raifon qui eut fait accu- fer PoritEs de folie, pour aller fur la tombe d’AsvETEs re- connoitre l’ennemi, fi ]’ancienne Troye avoit été fituée ot étoit la nouvelle, le rend trés excufable, dans la fuppofition, ou T’an- cienne étoit au fond de la plaine ; car alors, il lui avoit été im- poflible d’appercevoir le cap Rhetée du fommet de l’acropolis, of de la citadelle, puifque les collines qui s’avancent dans la plaine, du cété du nord, l’auroient entiérement dérobé a fa vue. CHAP. * Iliad. ii. 792. + Srrazo, p» 894. EP ETI A TORN nan nm rae 6 STN NE weve ag ton eg tian PLAINE de TROYE. 63 CHAP. XIII. Situation. du Camp des. Grecs: ES anciens Grecs avoient coutume, et cette coutume s’eft encore confervée parmi les modernes, de tirer leurs vaif- feaux a fec, far le rivage, lorfqu’ils devoient faire quelque féjour dans les lieux ou ils abordoient. La flotte d’AGAMEMNoN, compofée de mille vaifleaux; ne pouvant pas trouver place fur une feule ligne, dans l’efpace compris entre le cap Sigée et le cap Rhetée, on fut obligé de les difpofer fur deux rangs, en forme d’échelle, en- forte que ceux des vaiffeaux qui avoient abordé les premiers, étoient plus avancés vers la plaine, et les derniérs reftoient plus voifins du rivage de la mer. Entre les deux rangs: des vaiffeaux, on avoit placé les tentes, les ftatues des dieux, et le fiége du confeil*. Latente du Général occupoit le milieu du camp. ACHILLE étoit 4 l’aile droite, au cap Sigée, et Ayax a la gauche, au cap Rhetée. Homere nous donne, lui-méme, la difpofition de-ce- camp, dans le quatorziéme livre de !’Iliade +. Mr @’Anvitte et Mr' Woop f, s’accordent tous deux, a placer le cap Rhetée'a /a pointe de Berbier, qui fe trouve a plus de fix milles du cap de Jeni-chehr; ou du cap Sigée. .A coup fir, fi les mille vaiffeaux, ou plutdt les mille bateaux, d’AGAMEMNON, avoient eu unaufli grand efpace pour fe mettre en bataille, ils n’auroient pas ew befoin de doubler les rangs. je * Thad. xi. 805. + Ibid. xiv. 30. t Vid. Biciexiprion of the Troade,: p, 317. Mem, de }’Acad, des Infcripitom: xxviit. p- 318. ‘i 64 TABLEAU de la Je pardonne cette erreur 4 Mr d’ANVILLE, qui n’étoit jamais forté de Paris, €t qui n’en étoit pas moins l’un des meilleurs géographes de l'Europe ; mais Mr Woop me paroit d’autant plus criminel, et plus impardonnable encore, que le Dr PocockE lui avoit tracé la route du tombeau d’Ajax, et que c "eft “a. cet excellent voyageur que j’en dois la découverte moi-méme. * Wers l’oueft du village de It-guelmes,” dit PocockgE, j’appercus une pointe de montagne, que je fuppofai étre “ |’ diantéum, ou étoit le tombeau d’Ajax, et fa ftatue. En de- “ {cendant la plaine de Troye, jobfervai un monticule, fur lequel il y avoit encore des débris de marbre, mais je n’ofe “ pas décider fi c’eft-la le tombeau d’Ayax ou non*.”” Trop modefte Pococke! quel motif a pu vous rendre aufli timide dans vos jugemens fur les tombeaux de la Troade? Avez-vous jamais appris que les nations modernes ayent élevés de pareils monumens a la mémoire de leurs guerriers? Ne faviez-vous pas, que la forme, et Ja ftructure, de ces tombeaux étoient adoptées par les plus anciens peuples du monde? Pourquoi votre exceflive modeftie nous condamne-t-elle 4 paroitre téméraire en avancant comme certain, ce que vous n’avez regardé que comme dou- teux? Du moment que Mr Woop a trouvé, que la diftance entre le cap Jeni-chehr et la pointe des Berbiers, (qu’il a confondu avec le cap Rhetée), étoit de douze milles, il n’eft pas étonnant, qu'il ait accufé le poéte d’exageration, quand il nous repréfente AGA- MEMNON faifant entendre fa voix jufqu’au vaiffeau d’ULysse, qui étoit au centre de l'armée f. ; Av refte, il eft probable, que c’eft SrRABON lui-méme qui a égaré Mr Woop et Mr d’Anvinre, en affurant que la diftance du Cap Sigée au Cap Rhetée étoit de foixante ftades {. , Jai * Defcription of the Eaft, &c. vol. ii. part il. p. 104, 105; + Defcription of the Troade, p. 336. liad. viii, 220: t Srraso, p. 890: Edit. Amft: 1707. PLAINE de TROYE. 65 J'ai fixe géometriquement cette diftance, et je l’ai trouvée de trois mille toifes, mefure qui fe trouve parfaitement d’accord avec celle de trente ftades, que PLINE nous a laiflée *. En confidérant les marais qui occupent, maintenant, une partie de l’efpace compris entre les deux caps, et qui l’occu- poient de méme au tems de STrAzon; en reflechiffant, dailleurs fur les inondations du Simois, on a peine a com- prendre que les Grecs aient aflis leur camp fur un terrein auffi défavantageux, et particulicérement, qu ‘ile alent pu s’y’main- -tenir pendant dix ans. ; Mats quoique la guerre ait duré pendant ce pth intervalle, il neparoit pas, méme d’aprés Homere, que les Grecs foient reftés, tout ce tems, campés entre le Sigée et le Rhetée. On convient généralement qu’ils ne déployerent tous leurs efforts contre 'la ville, que pendant le printems et l’éré de la derniére année; et qu'ils ne firent-jufqu’alors que ravager les pays voifins, 4 deffein d’affoiblir leurs ennemis, de diminuer et d’in- tercepter leurs reffources, et d’oter, enfin, tout moyen de defenfe a cette ville, qu’ils avoient d’abord regardée comme imprenable. Dans le cours de cette guerre, les Grecs, fans doute, devoient tranfporter leurs vaiffeaux d’un lieu 4 un autre, felon qu’ils le trouvoient plus convenable a leurs opérations, et 4 leur fiireté ; et il y a méme quelques raifons de conclure, de certains paflages de I’Iliade, que lorfqu’ils entreprenoient une expédition dans les pays voifins, ils divifoient leurs forces en plufieurs dé- tachemens, qui, fous la:conduite de leurs chefs refpectifs, re- tournoient au rendez-vous commun avec le butin qu’ils avoient fait fur l’énnemi. EnFIN, 4 la dixiéme année il eft probable, qu’ils camperent avec l’enfemble de leurs: forces 4 ’embouchure du Scamandre, pendant 1’été, faifon ot le Simois étoit continuellement 4 a fec, excepté aprés des pluies accidentelles et de courte durée; et. qu'ils refolurent alors, de porter un coup décifif a leur ennemi. ~ Dans cette fituation, et fans doute, bientot apres qu'elle fut Vor. Ill. Z campée, * Hitt. Nat. lib. v. c. 33. 66 TABLEAU de la campée, l’armée fut attaquée de la pefte ; et ce redoutable fléaw qu Homere dans fon enthoufiafme poétique attribue a la colére d’APOLLON, et aux imprécations du Prétre Curysks, n’étoit, vraifemblablement, que l’effet trés ordinaire des vapeurs mé- phitiques, qui s’exhaloient du terrein marécageux ou elle fe trouvoit. Jar déja remarqué dans le journal de mon voyage, qu’on trouve encore une quantité de joncs et de tamarins dans ces marais. Cette obfervation nous rappelle, que DiomEDE aprés avoir tué le traitre DoLon, dans les environs du camp, met fes armes fur un tamarin, et de peur de ne pas reconnoitre, au milieu des ténébres, l’endroit ou il les avoit placées, il a foin de le marquer par un amas de rofeaux, et de branches de tamarins *, Quant au large baffin circulaire, qu’on voit prés du cap. Rhetée, et que les Turcs appelent Karanlik-Limani, le port fermé, parce qu’il eft en effet obftruié par une barre de fable, je ferois. affez tenté de-croire que c’eft le port des Achéens. CHAP. XIV. Fombeau d’ Ajax. OmeRE ne défigne pas. avec précifion la pofition du tom- beau d’Ajax; mais il nous apprend, aumoins, que fes cendres repofoient dans la plaine de Troye, avec celle des autres guerriers Grecs. “ PLUT- * Tiiad, x. 465, vide etiam xxi. 17; =e —_—- PLAINE de TROYE. 67 “ Prut-a-Dieu,’’ dit Utyssr, dans fon voyage aux enfers, ** que je n’eufle pas remporté la victoire fur AjAx ; la terre ne. *€ couvriroit pas aujourd’hui les reftes de ce héros *.’’ NEsToR racontant 4 TELEMAQUE lhiftoire de la guerre de Troye, lui dit: ‘* Ceft 14 que repofent le vaillant Ayax, AcHIL- “ pe, et PATROCLE femblable aux Dieux, et mon fils, le cou- “ rageux et l’innocent ANTILOQUE f.” Ajax, fuivant Dictys de Créte, indigné de ce que I’on avoit adjugé a Unyssz le Palladium, menaca de fa vengeance, et fes juges, et fon rival. Comme ceux-ci redoutoient, fans doute, fon courage, ils fe tinrent fur leurs gardes pendant la nuit fui- vante, etcomme le jour fuivant l’on trouva le guerrier fans vie, chacun d’eux fe montra trés empreflé de connoitre la caufe de fa mort. N£EOPTOLEME, en attendant, fit apporter du bois pour bruler fon corps ; il raffembla fes cendres dans une urne d’or, et il les dépofa dans un tombeau, qu’il éleva en fon hon- neur, prés du cap Rhétée f. STRABON, comme on I’a déja dit, s’exprime clairement, a lV’égard de la pofition de ce tombeau, dans fa defcription générale de la plaine de Troye. Un certain Myfien apprit 4 PausANnras, que le tombeau d’Aj ax étoit fitué prés du rivage de la mer ; qu’une inondation en avoit altéré les formes, et découvert l’entrée: Et que l’on pouvoit fe faire une idée de l’énorme taille de ce héros, par la grandeur des offemens qu’on y avoit trouvés ||. L’ouvERTURE dont parle ici Pausantas, fur le rapport d’un Myfien, fe voit encore au cap Rhetée, et les Turcs l’ap- pellent, comme je I’ai déja dit, In Tapé-gheulu, /a caverne du marais. Comme le monument eft renverfé depuis le fommet jufqu’a fa bafe, on diftingue toute fa conftruction interieure, qui confifte d’abord dans une voute, en forme de croix, qui fe trouve vers le milieu de fa hauteur, et dans un noyau de macon- ae es nerie, * Odyff xi. 547. $ De bello Troj. lib.v. c. 15. + Ibid. iii. 109. || Lib. v. 616, 68. TABLEAU de la nerie, autour duquel on a élevé des murailles: circulaires 4 une petite diftance les unes des autres, et décrites de differens centres. L’uisTorRE garde le filence fur lépoque ol le tombeau d’Ayax a été renverfé. Faut-il croire avec le Myfien, que les dieux indignés contre ce blafphemateur, dirigerent les flots’ de l'Hellefpont contre fa fépulture? non. J’aime mieux fuppofer, que le grand PomPEE, lorfqu’il. enleva fa ftatue, s’empara- de: fes cendres en méme tems, pour les tranfporter en Egypte... as — MEAP LE TO s er S -CHAP. .XV:.. ‘Vallée 4 Thymbras. é ‘ | vl E nom trés peu alteré de Thimbrek, que les Turcs donnent: 4 cette jolie vallée, qui s’ouvre du cété du nord. dans la. plaine de Troye, fa fituation dans le voifinage du tombeaud’ILus,. et du camp des Grecs, me rappela, fur le champ, le récit du: traitre DoLon, qui pour éviter la mort, fait connoitre 4 ULyssE: ; et A Diomepe les différens poftes, qu’occupoient les. Troyens. * pes Se ee ea ads et les auxiliaires. “* Hector,’’ leur dit-il, “ tient confeil fur ¥ ‘“‘ le tombeau d’ILus*, les Cariens, les Poeoniens, les Léleges, i “ Tes Myfiens, les Bidens et les Mceoniens font dans la vallée ii * de Thymbra t.” f Lorsqu’ apres avoir reconnu cette vallée, et le fleuve qui la. k traverfe, je vins 4 obferver au milieu d’un large marais, le point oti ce fleuve fe réunit au Simois, il me parut impoffible d’expliquer comment les anciens, qui placoient ordinairement- leurs temples dans les fituations les plus avantageufes, ou fur ~ i de * liad, x. 414. +. Ibid. 428, { PLAINE de TROYE. 6g de hauts promontoires, ou au milieu de riantes vallées, avoient auffi mal choifi celle du temple d’APOLLON. Ce point d’ailleurs affigné par STRABON, ou plutot par fes traducteurs, fe trou- voit en contradiction avec la diftance de cinquante ftades, que ce géographe établit lui- Sane entre la nouvelle Ilium et le temple d’APOLLON. Jz foupconnai donc encore, quelque erreur dans STRABON, ou dans fes traduéteurs, et je ne tardai pas 4 m’en convaincre, lorfque je découvris les ruines d’un temple prés du village de Halil-Eli, dans la vallée de Thimbrek, et que parmi ces ruines, je trouvai l’infcription d’une offrande faite 4 APoLtown par les habitans d’[lium. Pourquoi, en effet, auroit-on donné le fur- nom de Thymbréen au dieu qu’on adoroit dans ce temple, s’il n’avoit pas été fitué dans la vallée de Thymbra? On fait qu’ACHILLE fut tué dans ce temple, en allant époufer PoLYxENE, accompagné feulement de quelques fideles compag- _nons, et s'abandonnant 4 la foi des traités*. Comment Paris _ et les Troyens auroient-ils eu la hardieffe de tendre une pareille embuche au vaillant AcHILLE, et de l’exterminer, s’ils n’avoient: pas été a une diftance refpectueufe du.camp des Grecs ? Au refte, il n’eft pas peut-étre difficile de trouver dans STRA- BON, un fens analogue a ces idées; il fuffit de le ponctuer 4 propos pour le concilier avec: la vérité. “* Le Thymbrius,” dit-il, “ fe jette dans le Scamandre.” Si. Yon fuppofe ici une fufpenfion, la phrafe fuivante nous apprend, “ gue prés du Thymbrius fe trouve le temple d’APOLLON, 4 cin- “ quante ftades d’Ilium recens, ou:la nouvelle Ilium.” Voila fans. doute ce que STRABON voulu dire, et non pas que le Thym- brius fe jette dans le Scamandre “‘ prés du temple d’APOLLON’ “ Thymbréen f.” CHAP. * Danes. Phryg. de Excidio Tro}. c. xxiv. + Srrazo, p. 893. 70 TABLEAU de la. CHAP. XVI. Tombeau d’llus. \ N paffant prés des ruines du pont, qui fe trouve vers ’em- placement de la nouvelle ium, j’appercus, comme je V’ai déja dit, fur les bords du fleuve, une éminence qui, quoique trés affaifée, prefentoit une forme et des dimenfions 4 peu prés femblables 4 celle du tombeau voifin d’Udjek. ComMgE cette éminence fe trouvoit dans la plaine a trés peu de diftance du rivage de la mer, c’eft 4 dire du camp des Grecs, je me rapelai, en la voyant, Vinquictude de NesTor, qui éveille DiomEDE, en lui difant que les ennemis font a deux pas des vaiffeaux, fur le hro/mos de la plaine *. It ne me parut donc pas douteux, que cette éminence ne fut le throfmos ; mais je ne bornai pas 1a mes conjectures, je me permis de les étendre plus loin, et je crus entrevoir que le throf- mos et le tombeau d’ILus, étoient le méme monument, com- me la colline Batieia et le tombeau de la courageux MyRriNNE ft. En effet, DiomEDE averti par NEsror, dont l’experience et la fagefle ont fait un efpece de prophete, fe met en marche avec Utyssz, pour aller vérifier la pofition de l’ennemi. Ces deux guerriers rencontrent Doton, efpion Troyen, qui pour éviter la mort dont ils le menacent, leur apprend qu’en effet les Troyens font campés dans le voifinage, (comme Nestor le leur avoit déja dit), et que Hecror tient confeil fur le tombeau d’Iuvs, avec les généraux Troyens {. Sr * Tliad. x. 160. xi. 56. xx.3 t Ibid. x. 414. + Ibid. ii. 814, ° PLAINE de TROYE. 71 S1 la réunion de ces témoignages ne prouvent pas mathéma- tiquement que le throfmos eft la méme chofe que le tombeau d’Inus, il eft au moins évident que ces deux monumens ne doivent pas étre éloignés l’un de l’autre. SuIvons maintenant Priam, lorfqu’il va redemander & AcuILLE le corps de fon fils. MzRcurE rencontre le vieux roi, a l’entrée de la nuit, au moment ou il arrivoit au tombeau d’Inus *; et il le blame de s’expofer ainfi en voyageant de nuit avec fes tréfors, dans la plaine de Troye tf. Le tombeaud’ILus étoit, donc, a une diftance confiderable de la ville, puifque PRIAM quien étoit parti de bonne heure dans l’aprés-dinée, comme on peut le voir dans la partie précédente du vingt- quatriéme livre, n’y arrive que prefque a l’obfcurité de la nuit; la diftance du méme monument aux retranchemens des Grecs, devoit étre beaucoup moindre, puifque Mercure dit 4 Priam, quwil en arrive a Pinftant, et qu’il y conduit fon char dans un clin d’ceil f. D’aittEuRs le tombeau d’ILus ne devoit pas étre éloigné des bords du fleuve, puifque Priam “ aprés l’avoir paffé, détache “* le chevaux et les mules pour les faire boire |].”’ CHAP. ® Iliad. xxiv. 349. t Iliad. xxiv. gor. 443. + Ibid. 365. Ibid. xxiv. 350. ; a 5 72 TABLEAU de la CHAP. XVII. Situation de lancienne Troye. Uanp les tombeaux trouvés fur l’éminence de Bounar- bachi, ne prouveroient pas d’une maniére inconteftable Ja pofition de l’ancienne ville de Troye, il y a plufieurs circon- ftances dans les deux poémes d’HomeERE, qui feroient inexpli- cables et impoffibles, fi on la placoit par tout ailleurs. Le village de Bounarbachi eft fitué fur Je penchant d’une éminence, expofée 4 tous les vents. HlomeErg, en parlant de la ville de Troye, lui donne 1’épithete d’gveuceeon *. Cre méme village fe trouve au fond d’une plaine immenfe, dont le terrein gras et noiratre annonce la plus grande fertilité, et dont les productions actuelles nouriffent les nombreux vil- lages qu’on y voit. Paris repondant aux injures d’HEcToR, Jui propofe de fe mefurer avec MenELaus dans un combat fin- gulier, et lui dit: “ quelque foit le vainqueur, vous autres ‘* Troyens, aprés la paix, vous habiterez la fertile plaine de “ Troye t, et les Grecs retourneront a Argos, pays abondant ‘* en bons chevaux.” Le village de Bounarbachi eft 4 quatre lieues de la mer. Le Troyen PoLYDAMAS, aprés avoir combattu long tems prés des vaifleaux des Grecs, donne a fes compagnons le confeil de ne - pas attendre l’aurore pour retourner a Troye ; “ car,” leur dit- il, “ nous fommes trés eloignés des murailles {.”’ at, Tout ® Iliad. iii. 305. viii. 499. xii. 115. xiii. 724. xviii. 174. xxiil. 64. 297. F Naloire Tetsny igiPdraxae*— Iliad, iti, 75. 257. vie 315. xvi g6r. xxiv. 86. ix. 329. xviil. 67. xxiil. 215. } Iliad, xviii. 256. PLAINE de TROYE. 73 Tout prés du village de Bounarbachi, on voit un marais couvert de rofeaux trés épais et trés élevés. Uxyssez raconte a fon fidele EuMEE, qu’il avoit paffé la nuit en embufcade, prés de la ville de Troye, et au milieu de rofeaux *. La ville de Troye étoit inattaquable de tous les cotés, excepté du cété de la colline des figuiers fauvages, qui s’étendoit entre les portes Scées, et les fources du Scamandre t. Les précipices qui bordent l’eminence de Bounarbachi, et le Simois qui coule au pied de ces précipices, offriroient encore aujourd’hui des dif- ficultés infurmontables a toute armée qui voudroit s’en empa- rer; l’on n’en pouroit tenter l’attaque que du cété des fources du Scamandre. II ne croit plus de figuiers fauvages dans cette efpace particulier ; mais cet arbrifleau eft trés commun dans la plaine de Troye, et j’ai déja fait obferver la finguli¢re analogie du nom que porte le village d’Erin, avec celui d’Erineos {, que portoit la colline voifine de Troye ; c’eft prés de cette colline, qu’étoient fitués les jardins de Priam, ot Lycaon fut furpris par ACHILLE ||, coupant des branches nouvelles. C’eft la que font encore aujourd’hui ceux de l’Aga de Bounarbachi, qui, aprés quarante fi¢cles, fuccéde au roi des Troyens dans fa capitale, dans une partie de fes poffeflions, et dans fon empire abfolu fur les habitans de la plaine de Troye, et fur les Agas inférieurs qui les commandent. Les épithétes d’ dxgoc, &xgordros, qu’HomeERE donne partout @ la citadelle de Troye, m’autorifoient bien a croire, qu’elle étoit fituée fur une éminence §; mais je m’étonnois toujours, que ce grand poéte n’eut pas fait mention de ces précipices de Bounarbachi, qui dominent le Simois, et dont l’afpect effrayant et pittorefque, étoit cependant fi digne de fon pinceau. Ce n’eft qu’en fuivant fes deux poémes vers par vers, mot par mot, Vor. Il. k que © * Odyff xiv. 473. ¥$ Iliad. vi. 433. + Iliad. vi. 433. xxii. 145. {| Ibid. xxi. 35 § Ibid. v. 460. vi. 88. 257-307. St XK. §2. KKii172. iv. 508, vii. 21. xxiv. 700, Odyfl. viii. 494. 504. 74 TABLEAU de la ‘ que j’ai pu découvrir, que ces hauts rochers qui faifoient la plus fure défenfe de la ville de Troye, n’avoient pas été oubliés. De- Mopocus vantant les exploits, et les rufes d’ULysse£, raconte © comment le cheval de bois fut conduit dans la citadelle : ** Aufli- “ ¢dt,” dit-il, “ que Jes Troyens l’eurent trainé fur le fommet “ de Vacropolis, ils tinrent confeil, pour délibérer fi on lui ouvriroit les flancs, fi on en feroit hommage aux dieux pour les appaifer, ou fi on /e précipiteroit du haut des rochers *,”’ La colline Batieia, ou le tombeau de la courageufe Myr1NNE étoit en face de la ville t. C’étoit la, que les Troyens, et les auxiliaires, fe rangeoient en bataille, tandis que l’armée des Grecs s’étendoit du cété des vaifleaux {. Ce tombeau ne fub- fifte plus, mais il fuffit d’examiner la carte; on voit qu’en dif- pofant l’armée Troyenne entre les rives des deux fleuves, de maniére qu’une des ailes foit appuyée fur les bords du Simois, vers Aktché Keu, ot eft Callicoloné, et l’autre vers les bords du Scamandre, un peu au deflous de Bounarbachi, ot devoit étre le tombeau de Myrinneé, alors elle fait face a l’armée Greque, fituée entre le cap Sigée et le cap Rhetée. ; Les divinités proteétrices de ces deux armées, ne pouvoient mieux exciter leur courage, qu’en parcourant alternativement © leurs lignes ; c’eft ainfi qu’en agiffent tous les généraux, au mo- ment ou ils conduifent leurs troupes 2]’ennemi. Aufli voyons- nous Mars appeler les Troyens, a grands cris, du haut de la citadelle, et volant comme un tourbillon fur les bords du Simois vers Callicoloné ; tandis que PALLAs, animant, de fon coté; Yarmée Greque, fe trouve, tout a la fois, au cap Sigée, au cap Rhetée, et fur le rivage de la mer |. La route publique pafloit prés des fources du Scamandre, © puifqu’HecTor pourfuivi par ACHILLE arrive aux fources, aprés l’avoir traverfée§. On arrive encore aujourd’hui des rivages., * Odyff. viii. 504. || Tliad. xx. 48. +. Ibid. ti. 811. § Ibid, xxlie 34.5. t Ihad. it, 464. PLAINE de TROYE. 95 rivages de I’Hellefpont au village de Bounarbachi en paffant fur les fources du Scamandre. Si toutes ces preuves réunies, ne fuffifent pas pour fixer irre- vocablement la fituation de l’ancienne Troye, je me flatte qu’on fe laiffera dumoins convaincre, par la démonftration mathématique et rigoureufe qui va fuivre. Les portes Scées, (ou les portes du couchant), étoient celles qui faifoient face a la plaine*. C’eft par ces portes, que les Troyens fortent, pour aller combattre dans la plaine ; c’eft la, qu’HecTor étoit placé lorfque Prram et HecuBe veulent le dé- tourner de fe mefurer avec AcHILLE T. C’eft enfin du haut de ces portes, que ces infortunés parens, voyent perir leur fils aux fources du Scamandre f{. Les fources du Scamandre étoient, donc, en face, et a la vue, des Portes Scées. Elles étoient, donc, au couchant de la ville. Dés qu’une fois l’on m’accorde la pofition des fources du Scamandre, on ne fauroit me refufer celle de la ville de Troye. La fituation de cette ville 4 l’orient des fources, eft inconteftable et rigoureufement démontrée. k 2 CHAP. * Evsraru. in liad, vol.i. p. 394. Edit. Rom. 1550. + Iliad. xxii. 35. { Ibid. xxii. 405. “6 TABLEAU @ ta C, H.A.P,,.,. XVIIL Tombeau d’ HeGor. oe une opinion généralement répandue parmi les érudits, que les anciens ne plagoient jamais leurs fépultures dans Vintérieur des villes.. Les ruines de celles qu’on a découvertés, et les ufages actuels des nations orientales, femblent confirmer cette opinion ; mais on fait que quelques peuples, tels que les Lacédémoniens, par exemple, n’imitoient point en cela les autres, et quils entafloient avec autant d’inhumanité que nous, les morts, et les vivans, dans létroite enceinte de leurs mu- railles. Les Troyens n’auroient-ils point imité ce barbare ufage? et les tombeaux que l’on voit fur l’éminence de Bounarbachi, et qui devoient d’aprés leur fituation préfente, €tre enfermés dans. Ja ville, ou aumoins dans la citadelle de Troye, ne fembleroient- ils pas Vindiquer? non. Les tombeaux d’Aisyeres, d’ILus, de la courageufe MyRINNE, étoient hors des murailles, et méme dune grande diftance de la ville; pourquoi donc ceux-ci fe trouvent-ils dans l’interieur? La raifon en eft fimple. Loxsqu’uN des chefs des Grecs venoit a perir dans le com- bat, on le portoit aux vaiffeaux, et on lui élevoit un tombeau fous la proteétion du camp. Les Troyens, au contraire, lorf- qwils vouloient executer la cérémonie des funerailles de leurs. guerriers, n’avoient d’autre défenfe contre les incurfions des Grecs, que les murailles de leur ville. Il ne feroit donc point étonnant, qu’ils ayent été forcés pendant le tems de la guerre, de 4 PLAINE de TROYE. a7 de déroger a leur ancien ufage, et d’enterrer les morts dans leur enceinte. J’ar déja dit, que des quatre tombeaux qui fe trouvent fur V’éminence de Bounarbachi, trois font abfolument femblables a ceux qu’on voit fur les rivages de I’Hellefpont, et que le qua- triéme eft un énorme amas de pierres, qui femble avoir été bouleverfé ; et aprés m’étre affuré mathématiquement de la fitu- ation de l’ancienne Troye, ma premiere idée fut, qu’ils conte- _noient les cendres des guerriers Troyens; et ma conjecture a cet égard me paroiffoit d’autant plus raifonnable, que plufieurs auteurs anciens nous apprennent que long tems aprés la guerre de Troyé, on montroit.aux voyageurs les tombeaux des Troyens, aufli bien que ceux des Grecs. ‘“‘ Le corps de Paris,” dit DaREs de Phrygie *, “ fut porté dans la ville, et PRrAm lui éleva un ** tombeau.” Cesar, parcourant la plaine de Troye, marchoit fans s’en appercevoir fur un monceau de piérres et de gazon, qui n’avoit plus la forme d’un tombeau. “ Arretez, Cesar,’’ s’écrie fon condu¢teur, “ vous foulez aux pieds les cendres d’HecTor.’” Securus in alto Gramine ponebat greffus; Phryx incola manes Hecroreos calcare vetat +. . eo, —— PAUSANIAS, qui nous a déja fait le récit fabuleux des caufes qui avoient renverfé le tombeau d’Ajax, nous apprend auffi le motif qui fit ouvrir celui d’HecTor: “ Les habitans de “« Thebes,” dit-il, “ furent engagés par l’oracle d’aller a Troye,, “ chercher les cendres d’HrecTor, et de les tranfporter 2 “ Thebes f.” VIRGILE: * De Excidio Troj, cap. xxxv. + Lucan. Pharf ix. 975. tf Greec. Defcrip. lib. ix. p. 568. Edit. Hanov. 1613. 78 TABLEAU dela. _ VirciLe nous défigne-d’une maniére trés ingenieufe, la vé- ritable fituation du tombeau d’HeEcTor. “ Enee,”’ dit-il, “‘ abordant fur les rivages de l’Epire, y *« rétrouve la ville de Troye, le Scamandre, la Citadelle, et les ** portes Scées : Procedo, et parvam Trojam, fimulataque magnis Pergama, et arentem Xanthi cognomine rivum Agnofco, Sceeque amplector limina porte *. Il rencontre ANDROMAQUE, faifant des libations fur le tombeau de fon époux : Salfi Simoéntis ad undam, Libabat cineri ANDROMACHE, manefque vocabat Hectoreum ad tumulum +. Crerre infortunée Princeffe, cherche dans fa nouvelle patrie, ce qu’elle a perdu dans l’ancienne. Elle donne 4 un ruiffeau defféché le nom du Scamandre dont les eaux limpides ne tariffent jamais, et dont les bords font toujours fleuris. Elle éleve le cenotaphe d’Hecror, fur les rives du faux Simois, fes fouve- nirs douloureux alimentent fes larmes, et ils lui font trop pre- cieux pour qu’on puiffe les accufer d’étre infideles. On peut s’en rapporter a cette veuve affligée, pour le foin d’imiter le tombeau de fon cher Hector, et d°s qu’ ANDROMAQUE pleure fur les bords du faux Simois en Epire, c’eft que les cendres de fon époux repofent fur les rives du véritable Simois dans la plaine de Troye. Jz les ai vus, Meffieurs, ces rivages de 1’Epire, ou regnoit autrefois Herenus. La plaine de Butrinto, fituée en face de ‘ile de Corfou, a, en effet, des rapports finguliers avec la plaine de Troye; et le village de Butrinto, comme celui de Bounar- bachi, * En. iii. 349. + Ib. 302. PLAINE de TROYE, 719° bachi, eft auffi fitué fur une éminence, a l’extremité d’une plaine entourée de montagnes, traverfée de deux petits torrents; et s’étendant jufqu’a la mer. La defcription qu’HoMERE nous a laiffée, lui-méme, des fu- nerailles d’Hecror, s’accorde merveilleufement avec tous les témoignages que je viens de citer; “‘ On brule le corps de ce * guerrier, on éteint la flamme avec du vin; fes parens, et fes “ compagnons raffemblent fes cendres en verfant des larmes 3 “ils les enferment dans une urne d’or, et ils les dépofent dans “une foffe, qu’ils couvrent d’une quantité de pierres, et fur “ Jaquelle ils élevent un tombeau *.”’ CHAP. XIX. Des Sources. du Scamandre. 5 dit dans mon journal, en décrivant les fources trouvées: dans la plaine de Troye, qu’elles étoient voifines du village de Bounarbachi; j’ai ajouté, que celle qui eft ifolée, et qui jaillit du fond du, baffin bordé de piliers de marbre et de granit, étoit en hyver chaude, et couverte de fumée; tandis que les autres nombreux filets d’eau, qui fortent du pied de la colline voifine, et qui fe réuniffent enfuite, pour former la feconde fource du plus petit des fleuves, confervoient en tout tems la méme temperature. Voyons fi ces caraétéres correfpondent 4. la peinture. at "HomERE nous a laiffée des fources du Scaman-< dre. GEs 3 * Tliad, xxiv. 793, 80 TABLEAU de la Ces fources, fuivant lui, n’étoient pas éloignées de Ja ville, puifque les femmes Troyennes alloient y laver leurs vetemens, avant l’arrivée des Grecs *. II] paroit auffi, que le phénomene trés extraordinaire qui diftingue ces fources, n’a pas échappé non plus a ce grand poéte. On voit clairement dans le tableau détaillé qu’il en donne, qu’il n’avoit pas été moins frappé de leur finguliére différence que de leur abondance, et de leur beauté ; mais l’idée qu’il nous en donne n’eft pas tout-a-fait conforme a la nature, ou n’eft pas, au moins, exactement ren- due: “ L’une de ces fources,’’ dit-il, ‘* eft tiede, et couverte “ de fumée, l’autre, en été, eft froide comme la neige ou la “ gréle t.” La premiere fource, eft réellement tiede et cou- verte de fumée ; mais elle ne l’eft pas toujours, comme HOMERE femble l’indiquer, et ne l’eft qu’en hyver ; et l’autre eft toujours froide. Les environs des fources du Scamandre, étoient couverts de rofeaux trés épais, et trés élevés, dans lefquels les jeunes filles de Troye, alloient fe baigner avant leurs néces, et oti la jeune CALLIRHOE fut abufée par l’Athenien Cimon, fuivant l’aven- ture qui forca Escuine de s’échapper précipitamment de la Troade, et qui eft racontée dans la dixieme des lettres qu’on at- tribue communement a cet orateur; aventure véritablement déplorable, puifqu’elle ’empécha d’obferver la plaine de Troye, et qu’elle nous a privé du réfultat de fes recherches. On peut, quoique il en foit, conclure de cette lettre, que la ville de Troye exiftoit encore au tems d’EscHINE ; qu'elle étoit voifine du Scamandre; que ce fleuve étoit couvert de rofeaux, comme aujourd’hui; qu’Escuine s’attendoit a rétrouver la plaine, 2 peu prés, dans le méme état of Homers lavoit de- peinte. In n’eft pas inutile de remarquer, non plus, que ce méme lutteur ATTALus, cité dans la lettre d’Escuine, eft le méme qui * iad. xxii- 154. + Ibid. 149. ———eEEe OT PLAINE de TROYE. 81 qui eft mentionnée dans Vinfcription trouvée parmi les ruines du temple d’AroLton Thymbréen. Sr je ne craignois paroitre romanefque dans ma defcription de la plaine de Troye, j’ajouterois, que j’ai trouvé des femmes Turques du village de Bounarbachi, lavant leur linge aux fources du Scamandre, comme les époufes et les filles des Troyens le faifoient lorfqu’avant l’arrivée des Grecs, elles jouifloient des douceurs de la paix: tr @ sf Ont chmare onyanroeyrer la Tlpdverxoy Today aroyos, aarai re Svyorgec, To meiv éx clonuns, mew eAdely deers "Ayjouay *. C AP. "XX. Courfe d’ Hector et d’ Achille. | Orsqu’AcHILLE va provoquer HEcTorR aux portes Scées T, Varmée Gréque eft rangée en bataille dans la plaine, 4 la vue des murs de Troye. Les Troyens font réduits aux abois. HecrTor eft le feul obftacle qui puiffe fufpendre un moment leur perte: Les citoyens font fur les murs, qui font face a la plaine, et aux fources du Scamandre. Priam et Hecuse font fur les portes Scées |; toutes les forces de la ville font dirigées au point que les ennemis menacent d’attaquer; chacun tremble pour le fort du vaillant HecTor, qui eft, en ce moment, le feul rempart qu’on puiffe oppofer aux Grecs victorieux ACHILLE V.On. aio L ; va * Iliad. xxii. 154. £ Wiad, xxii 76, 78: + Ibid. 35. 1315 82 TABLEAU de la va a fa rencontre, fon afpect Vintimide, il prend la fuite*, (et sil faut s’en rapporter a Vopinion commune des traducteurs d’Homere), il fe met a courir autour des murs de la grande ville de Troye t+- Chaque fois qu’il cherche a gagner les portes, ou a s’approcher des murs, ACHILLE le détourne vers la plaine, et fait figne a fes foldats de ne pas attenter a fa vie f. Crs deux guerriers ne courent pas pour une victime; il s’agit de la vie du grand Hector §, c’eft a dire, du falut ou de la perte de Troye. ‘Tous fes concitoyens, et fa famille, font rangés - fur les murs, pour attendre de quel cété la balance de JuPITER penchera. La courfe des deux guerriers eft l’époque la plus dé- cifive, et le fpectacle le plus intéreflant pour les Troyens, et pour les Grecs. Ils ne doivent pas en perdre la moindre circonftance. Chaque pas que fait Hector, doit retentir au fond du coeur de Priam et d’Hecusg, et les braves. Theflaliens doivent ex- citer a grands cris la vitefle de leur roi. ; Si ces deux guerriers s’étoient dérobés aux yeux de leurs ar- mées, et avoient continué leur courfe autour des murailles, de Vimmenfe ville de Pr1aM, les portes Scées feroient-elles reftées 4 la difcretion de Parmée Greque? Cette armée n’étant plus. contenue par la préfence de fon chef, et dans Il’incertitude de ce qui fe paffoit entre les deux guerriers, lorfqwils étoient dans la partie oppofée de la ville, feroit-elle reftée dans l’inaction, et auroit-elle pu moderer fon. impatience, jufqu’a ce qwils euffent fait trois fois le tour des murailles? CoMPARONS, maintenant, le combat de Turnus et d’ENEE, avec celui d’HEcToR et d’AcHILLE. Ceux-la combattoient fous les murailles de Laurentum, entre deux armées qui attendoient avec une égale impatience l’arrét de leur deftinées ; voyons com- ment VIRGILE aura terminé cette importante bataille. Turnus ayant réfolu d’engager Enre dans un combat fin- gulier, et celui-ci étant informé du projet de fon adverfaire,. tous deux fe préparent au combat. De bonne heure le matin. fuivant, *. Tliad. xxii. 136. $ Iliad. xxii. 194. 205. + Ibid. 144. 155. § Ibid. 158. PLAINE de TROYE. 83 fuivant, les Troyens et les Rutules tracent le champ de bataille, fous les murailles de la grande ville*. Les meéres inquietes, la foule du peuple, et les foibles vieillards, fe placent fur les tours, fur le toit des maifons, et fur le haut des portes. JuNon du fommet de la montagne voifine, domine fur le champ de ba- taille, fur les deux armées, et fur la villede LATinus. Ce roi, accompagné de TurNus ; et ENEE, accompagné de fon fils As- CAGNE, conviennent des préliminaires du combat, et font un traité qu’ils confirment par les fermens les plus folemnels. EN attendant, JururNeE, foeur de Turnus, a linftigation de Junon, fe prépare a faire violer le traité, et 2 déconcerter les projets du combat. Une bataille générale eft la fuite de cette rufe. ENEE y eft bleflé, et fe retire; fa bleffure eft gue- rie bientot aprés, par le fecours de Venus. Mais Turwnus, profitant de l’abfence de fon rival, fait un carnage affreux dans fon armée. Le poéte place ici plufieurs incidens. ENEE re- tourne au combat, il attaque la ville de Laurentum, et brule les maifons les plus voifines du rempart. Turwnus, enfin, dans un accés de violence et de défefpoir, cherche partout fon rival. “Tl s’avance jufques fous les murailles, ou le combat eft le plus “ acharné, et ou les dards fifflent a travers les airs ; il fait figne “ aux Rutules de la main, et leur crie de ne plus combattre, en * leur declarant, que c’eft a lui feul de courir les hazards de cette “journée, quels qu’ils puiffent étre ; et qu’il doit remplir pour “* eux toutes les conditions du traité, par la feule force de fes “‘armes; auflitot les armées fe féparent, et laiflent entr’elles un “ grand efpacey.’’ EN£z, qui s’en appercoit, abandonne!’attaque des murailles, et court fe mefurer avec TurNus. Le combat sengage, l’attention des deux armées eft entiérement fixée fur leurs chefs: JurrreR pefe leurs deftinées, comme il avoit autre- fois, fuivant Homerg, pefé celles d’HecTor et. d’AcHILLE. L’épée de TurNus, qui n’étoit pas la fienne, mais qu’il avoit arachée par hazard a fon cocher Metiscus, fe brife en éclats, contre la divine armure d’ENEE. I] n’a plus d’autres refources 12 ue * 7En. xii. 116, + /En, xii. 690. a 84 TABLEAU dela que la fuite; alors les deux combattans font cing fois, en courant, le tour du champ de bataille, et autant de fois ils fe retrouvent au méme ppint™s Turnus s’arréte prés d’un olivier confacré au dieu FAUNE, comme Hector s’arréte prés des fources du Scamandre. Si dans le combat HecTor lance, en vain, fa pique contre A- CHILLE, dont les armes divines refiftent a fon effort; s’il crie vainement a DE1pHoBeE de lui en donner un autre; Turnus voit, de méme, fe brifer dans fes mains l’épée qui le trahit, et il en demande une autre aux foldats qu’intimidoient les menaces WENEE. Cette courfe circulaire de TurNus pourfuivi par Ewnke, s’exécute non pas autour de la ville de Laurentum, mais fous les murs de cette ville, toujours du méme coté, et dans un terrein compris entre cette méme ville, un marais, et larmée des Troyens t ; circonftance que Vircite femble avoir fuppofée pour former a fes combattans une aréne, femblable a celle qu’offroit la plaine de Troye, pour les contenir fur le méme théatre, toujours fous les yeux de leurs concitoyens ; enfin pour donner a fa compofition une forte icenehi ee et pour ne pas | bleffer la vraifemblance, et le bon gotit. PourQuor VirGILE, aprés avoir fuivi fon modele pas a pas, depuis le commencement de l’épifode, paroit-il s’en écarter, re- Jativement a la courfe particuliere de fes deux guerriers? Au- roit-il rifqué de corriger fon fublime original dans une circon- ftance aufli importante? L’ouvrage d’HomeERE qu'il avoit, étoit-il différent de celui qui exifte aujourd’hui? Ou le texte meme * Quingue orbes explent curfu, totidemque retexunt Hue, illuc — ZEN. xii. 763. } Et nunc huc, inde huc, incertos implicat orbes; Undique enim denfa Teucri inclufere corona ; : Atque hine vafla palus, hinc ardua manta cingunt. Ibid. 744. > ~~ PLAINE de TROFE. 85 méme feroit-il fufceptible d’admettre l’explication que VIRGILE femble lui avoir donnée ? Y En fuppofant que le texte n’ait point été alteré, il ne me pa- roit pas impoffible d’y trouver un fens analogue a limitation de VirGILe, et de juftifier ainfi fon modele. L’exAMEN fcrupuleux que j’ai fait de cet épifode m’a con- vaincu, que la difficulté préfente confifte effentiellement, et uniquement, dans la manicre d’interpréter Ja prépofition ze, qui fignifie fouvent autour, mais qui eft également employée dans plufieurs auteurs, et dans Homere lui-méme, pour les mots juxta, prope, ad, qui defignent le voifinage d'un lieu. Si au lieu d’adopter weg? dans le premier fens, on le prend dans le dernier, la difficulté difparoit, les guerriers courent devant, ou pres de la ville; il ne fubfifte plus aucune différence entre les deux epifodes de I’'Iliade et de ’Enéide ; et le grand HomErE eft juftifié d’une faute de gofit dont la mal-adreffe de fes com- mentateurs I’a, jufqu’a préfent, fait accufer. Loe 6 ag a 86 { TABLEAU de la Ch AP. . XXE Tombeaux d’ Achille, de Patrocle, et d’ Antiloque. ee le moins éclairé, le fimple matelot lui- méme, eft frappé de ces éminences coniques, qui font rangées fur les bords de la mer, et qu'il appercoit fucceflive- ment, a mefure qu’il s’avance dans |’Hellefpont. Il faut bien que ces monumens ayent un but, et une deftination; on n’é- léve pas des mafles de cette importance, fans un objet quelcon- que. Les Turcs qui ont, fans doute, recu cette tradition des Grecs, prétendent que ce font des tombeaux d’anciens Sultans, et d’anciens Vizirs, c’eft a dire, d’anciens rois, et d’anciens généraux 5 car on fait, que les Turcs, comme les autres nations, donnent a tous les fouverains, et 4 tous les chefs, le nom des leurs. Jamais les Sultans ni les Vizirs n’ont été enterrés a la maniére des guerriers Grecs. A Broufle, 4 Magnefie, 4 Con- ftantinople, dans toutes les villes ou ils ont refidé, leurs cen- dres repofent dans de magnifiques mofquées, qu’ils ont prefque toutes éleveés de leur vivant. Le Doéteur PococKeE a mal interprété cette tradition des Turcs. Sil l’avoit adoptée dans fon véritable fens, elle auroit, peut-étre, levé fes doutes, et il fe feroit montré moins timide dans le jugement qu'il a porté fur les monumens de la Troade. PLINE, STRABON, PAUsSANIAS, D1oN CHRYSOSTOME, et beaucoup d’autres anciens rapportent, comme je l’ai déja dit, que les tombeaux des guerriers Grecs étoient encore de leur tems en evidence, fur les rivages de |’Hellefpont. Ils avoient donc refifté plus de dix fiécles aux injures des faifons. Les re- {pe PLAINE de TROYE. 87 fpect des peuples, autant que leur folidité, les avoit garantis de la deftruction, pourquoi n’auroient-ils pas fubfifté vingt ficcles de plus? lorfque, fur-tout, les peuples devenus dans la fuite maitres du pays ou ils fe trouvent, n’ont pas moins de, véné- ration pour les fépultures que ceux qu’ils en ont chailés. It n’y adonc rien d’étonnant, fi les deux célebres Anglois qui m’ont précédé dans la Troade, n’ont pas craint, l’un de foupconner, l’autre d’affirmer hardiment qu'ils exiftoient en- core; mais quand tous les voyageurs, tant anciens que moder- nes, ne m’auroient pas guidé dans la recherche des monumens de la Troade, la precifion avec laquelle Homere décrit leur fituation, leur conftru@tion et leur forme, |’affurance avec la- quelle il prophétife en quelque forte leur éternelle durée, au- roient fuffi pour me les faire decouvrir, et pour m/’autorifer 4 croire a leur exiftence actuelle. Ecoutons, d’abord ACHILLE faifant executer les funérailles de PATROcLE, “ Je lui ai fait,” dit-il, “ élever un tombeau d’une grandeur médiocre, mais * j’ordonne aux Grecs qui me furvivront, d’en conftruire un “ plus. haut, et plus étendu que celui-ci *.”’ AGAMEMNON racontant a ACHILLE dans les enfers, les cé- rémonies de fes funérailles: ‘ La déeffe, votre mére,” lui dit- il, ‘‘ donna une urne d’or pour enfermer vos cendres, et elle: “ dit, que c’étoit un préfent de Baccuus, et un chef-d’ceuvre: ““ de Vutcatn. Vos os font dans cette urne, mélés avec ceux. * de PATROCLE; et dans la méme urne on mit féparément, “ ceux d’ANTILOQUE, qui, aprés PATROCLE, étoit celui de: “ vos compagnons que vous chériffiez le plus. Toute l’armée: “ travailla enfuite a élever fur ces précieux reftes un tombeau, * que l’on placa fur le haut rivage de lHellefpont, afin qu’il. “* foit appercu de loin par les navigateurs qui pafleront dans “ cette mer, non feulement dans ce fiécle, mais dans les ficcles: a venir }.”’ L’IMAGE des tombeaux des grands hommes, a quelquechofe: de touchant, qui intérefle le coeur 4 coup fir. Homerg,. he quii * Iliad. xxii, 245, + Odyff. xxiv. 73. 88 TABLEAU de la qui connoiffoit tous les refforts qui peuvent emouvoir la fenfi- bilité, n’a pas manqué d’employer un moyen dont il attendoit, avec raifon, les plus grands effets fur lame de fes leGteurs. Voyez combien de fois il rapelle le fouvenir de ces lugubres monumens, et avec quel intérét il les décrit; il femble qu'il y voit d’avance bruler l’encens des facrifices, qu’il entend les fou- pirs, et qu'il voit couler les. larmes des voyageurs qui les vifiteront un jour. Quanp Hector provoque les guerriers Grecs au combat fingulier, il propofe au milieu des deux armées les conditions du combat: “ Si je fais tomber,’’ dit-il, ‘‘ mon ennemi fous mes “ coups, fi APOLLON m/’accorde la victoire, j’emporterai fes ‘“* armes dans la citadelle d’Ilium ; je les fufpendrai au temple * de ce dieu, et je renverrai fon corps dans fes vaifleaux, afin ** gue les Grecs lui faffent des funérailles honorables, et qwils “* Jui élevent un tombeau fur le rivage de l’Hellefpont, en forte “© gue dans les fiécles a venir, quand les voyageurs pafleront “ dans cette mer ils difent: Voila le tombeau d’un vaillant “ suerrier, qui dans le tems paflé, fut vaincu par le belliqueux “ EHreror dans un combat fingulier; ainfi parleront tous les’ “ voyageurs, et ma gloire paflera d’age en age *.” Homere nous apprend expreffement, que le monument ad’ AcHILLE et de PATROCLE, étoient de cette efpece, et qu’ils étoient fitués fur le rivage de la mer, en nous difant: ‘‘ Que “ Jes hommes chargés de tranfporter du mont Ida les bois né- ‘« ceflaires pour le bucher de PATROCLE, les jettent, par ordre, “ fur le rivage, a l’endroit qu’ACHILLE avoit défigné pour le “ tombeau de PATROCLE, et pour le fien T.”’ In va nous décrire maintenant leur conftruction et leur forme : “ Les chefs,” dit-il, ‘‘ en parlant du tombeau de Pa- “ rROCLE, en marquent l’enceinte circulaire, ils en jettent les “ fondemens, et il les couvrent d’un monceau de terre.” Je # dliad. vit. St. + Ibid. xxiil. 1233 PLAINE de TROYE. 89 Je m’arréte avec enchantement fur ce tableau, dont les dé- tails font fi précieux pour établir l’authenticité des monumens que j'annonce. ‘‘ On trace l’enceinte du tombeau en forme de ** cercle:” En effet, tous les tombeaux de la plaine de Troye font en forme circulaire. ‘* On en jette enfuite les fonde- “ mens:’’ I] y avoit done des conftructions intérieurs ; et Ho- MERE nous apprend quel étoit leur ufage: “ On verfe de la “ terre fur ces conftructions*.”” Cette terre dont il défigne la mobilité par lépithéte yor4, fe feroit aifément éboulée, et n’au- roit pas refifté long tems aux injures de l’air, fi l’on n’avoit pas eu foin de la foutenir par un noyau de maconnerie. Ir, exifte encore, ce précieux monceau de terre élevé par la main des Grecs. Ce ne font plus comme autrefois des ormeaux qui l’entourent ; ce font aujourd’hui de hauts peupliers, et de lugubres cyprés encore plus triftes et plus amis des fépultures. Le Docteur CHANDLER regarde avec raifon comme celué d@ANTILOQUE, le tombeau voifin d’Jeni-chehr, fur le fommet du promontoire ; mais je ne fais quel motif il a de regarder le fuivant comme celui de PENELEUs. Quoigu’1t en foit, if eft probable d’aprés la defcription. d’HomeRrE, que les deux tombeaux élevés en Phonneur de Pa- TROCLE et d’ANTILOQUE font de fimples cénotaphes, ou quils ne contiennent rien, puifque les cendres de ces deux guerriers furent mélées avec celles d’AcHILLE, et placés dans fon! tom- beau. PENETRE de cette idée, dirigé d’ailleurs par la groffeur de celui de ces monumens qui eft le plus prés de la mer, et par le nom fingulier de Dios-Tapé, ‘ tombeaw du dieu,’’ que lui donnent encore les Grecs du cap Sigée, je le marquai, comme devant, étre l’objet de la fouille que je confeillai d’entreprendre. ApREs mon départ de Conftantinople, malgré la vigilance des Turcs, on eft venu a bout, au moyen de quelques préfens Vor. IIT. mm faits: * liad. xxiii. 255) 256. 99 TABLEAU ae la faits aux commandans du fort voifin, d’executer cette perilleufe entreprife. Vers le centre du monument, on a trouvé deux larges pierres, appuyées a l’angle l’une fur l’autre, et formant un efpece de tente, fous laquelle, on a trouvé d’abord une petite ftatue de Minerve Panthée, montée fur un quadrige, et une urne de metal, remplie de cendres, de charbons, et d’offemens humains. Cette urne, qui eft maintenant entre les mains du Comte de CuorseEvt, eft entourée d’une branche de vigne, a laquelle font fufpendues des grappes de raifin execut‘es avec un art infini. SonT ce-la les cendres d’AcuILLE? Je n’en fais rien; mais ce font, a coup fir, celles d’un perfonnage qui honoroit M1- NERVE d’un culte particulier, puifque la ftatue de cette déefle fe trouve avec fes cendres. De plus, il eft mort dans un fiécle oli c’étoit l’ufage de bruler les cadavres, puifque voila des cen- dres, des charbons, et des offemens encore trés réconnoiflables ; et quand je vois cette urne de bronze, ornée de pampres, j’avoue qu'il m’eft bien difficile de ne pas fonger a cette autre urne, préfent de Baccuus et ouvrage de VuLcarNn, que TuETIs don- na aux Grecs, pour y enfermer les cendres de fon fils. Mats, me dira-t-on, Comment ces cendres fe font-elles con- fervées filong tems ? Comment ont-elles refifté plus de trois mille ans a l’injure des faifons? C’eft qu’elles n’y étoient pas expofées. La voute fous la quelle elles fe trouvoient, étoit couverte d’une couche énorme de fable fin, fur laquelle on en avoit étendu une autre, encore plus épaiffe, de terre glaife; et fur le tout, on avoit élevé une haute montagne. Par ce moyen, lurne étoit défendue de Phumidité, et du contact de l’air, qui font les deux grandes caufes de la diffolution. “ Ce meft pas tout,’’ ajoute le célébre auteur du Voyage d’ Anacharfis, \e favant et vertueux Abbé BARTHELEMY, “ ces “ srappes de raifin placées fur l’urne font executées dans une “* perfeGtion qui ne convient point au fiécle d’ HoMERE.”’ ' A PLAINE de TROYE. ne A cETTE difficulté je pourrois répondre, avec BOULANGER, * Que le fiécle d’Homere, quel qu'il foit, a été fuivi de “ plufieurs fiécles “d’ignorance, qui n’ont confervé fon livre “que dans la pouffiére, et qui en ont fait oublier ]’auteur.”’ Je dirois de cet auteur, quel qu’il foit encore, qu'il n’a pu ap- partenir gu’a un fitcle éclairé, parce qu’il nous préfente un genie fublime, orné de connoiffances trés étendues 5 et parceque le language de la Grece a, dans I’Iliade, une beauté, une finelle, et une perfection, qui n’ont pu étre que les fuites d’un progres infini dans le commerce, dans les arts, et dans les lettres. CEPENDANT pour ne pas choquer gratuitement les érudits, pour ne pas contredire fans raifon les annales, les marbres, et Ia chronologie de la Gréce, nous pouvons comparer, je penfe, le dégré de civilization des Grecs au tems d’HoMErE et d’A- CHILLE, 4 celui des Turcs de nos jours. Ceux-la, quoique trés ignorans dans les arts, commercoient avec l’Egypte et l’Afie, comme les Turcs le font avec la France et l’Angleterre. J’ai vu chez plufieurs Pachas, des pendules 4 Equation, et des {pheres, et je ne les ai pas accufés pour cela, d’étre aftronomes. AcHIL- LE put acheter un bouclier d’un Egyptien, comme-un janiflaire: achete un fufil d’un Anglois, et ceux qui prirent foin de fes fu- nerailles purent, de la méme maniere, fe procurer une urne élégante pour y dépofer fes cendres. Quant a ceux qui demandent, fi j’ai trouvé des infcriptions fur les tombeaux de la Troade, je leurs réponds, qu’il ne pa- roit pas certain, que les infcriptions en caractéres écrits, fuffent en ufage au tems de la guerre de Troye, puifque HomeEre, n’en fait aucune mention; mais les vers d’un grand poéte, lorfqu’ils: peignent la fituation et la forme d’un monument, que fa foli- dité et fa maffle impofante mettent a l’abri des injures du tems, font des infcriptions plus durables qu’une plaque de marbre ou: dairain. Homere comptoit autant fur la durée des. tombeaux. m 2 qu'il: 92 TABLEAU de la, &e qw’il chantoit, que fur l’immortalité de fes tableaux: Tois, o: vu» yeyaort, 2% ob peroriabey goovrou *. St ces preuves fuffifent, Meffieurs, pour détruire tous vos doutes fur l’exiftence de ces précieux reftes de l’antiquité, j’ac- quiers des droits 4 la méme confiance de la part de tous les Sa- vans ; et je me plais a efperer, que lorfque la Société Royale d’Edimbourg aura prononcé un jugement favorable fur l’authen- ticité de ces monumens fameux, toutes les Académies de |’Eu- rope s’emprefferont de l’adopter, et que les voyageurs éclairés de toutes les nations, que leurs affaires ou leur curiofité, con- duiront dans |’Hellefpont, fe feront un devoir, de dedommager par un culte nouveau, les tombeaux des héros de I’Iliade, de l’oubli criminel dans lequel la barbarie les avoit plongés depuis tant de fiécles. * Ody xxiv. 84. Il. N.B. The above Paper has been tranflated into Englifh, and accompanied with large Notes and Illuftrations, by Mr Dauzet, Profeffor of Greek in the Univerfity of Edinburgh ; with the approbation of the Committee of Publication of this Society : And it has been printed in the fame form with thefe TranfaCtions, and publifhed by T. Cavett, in the Strand, London; and W. Creeca, Edinburgh. 1791 II. 4 Essay upon the Utinity of DEFINING SYNONYMOUS Terms in all Languages; with Illuftrations by Examples from the Latin. By foun Hitt, LL.D. F.R.S. Epin, and Profeffor of Humanity in the Univerfity of Edinburgh. [Read by the Author, Feb. 18. 1788.] ORDS that are precifely equivalent are rarely, if at all, to be met with in any language. Thofe properly called Synonymous, exhibit one leading circumftance in which they all agree, and one or more acceflory circumftances in which they differ. When the point of their general coincidence, and the grounds of their particular diverfities, are clearly afcertained, it is then in the power of the writer to ufe them with propriety. By the affliftance of the grammarian, he knows which to adopt and which to reject, and can reconcile embellifhment with ac- curacy and precifion. _ TueE excellence of any language may in a great meafure be judged of, by the number of fynonymous terms that belong to it. A multiplicity of them, under fkilful management, creates no hurtful redundancy. On the contrary, it enables every au- thor of tafte to exhibit his thoughts with energy and luftre. For the moft delicate variety of fhades in thought, he is fur- nifhed with a correfponding variety in expreflion ; and the lan- guage in which he conveys his idea, becomes a complete pic- ture of the idea itfelf. Tue author of this eflay is abundantly fenfible, that though the Latin tongue prefents many clafles of fynonymous terms, yet 94 On the UTILITY of defining yet to catch the circumftance on which their differences reft, is no eafy matter, and may often leave room for diverfity of ‘opi- nion. After a careful examination of the claffical writers, he fufpedts it will be found, that in the glow of compofition, the ftridt diftin@iions between fuch words have not been always at- tended to, and that the pureft writers have occafionally de- viated from the ftandard which their general prafice had efta- blifhed. Still, however, he apprehends, that there is room for a critical and fcientific difcuflion of the Latin fynonymous terms. As this is a fubject to which, in the line of his pro- feffion, he was led to give particular attention, and as he confi- ders it to be of no fmall importance to thofe who with to dif- criminate the flighteft violation of purity in the Roman lan- guage, he has made a very large collection of its fynonymous words, with remarks upon them. The following fpecimen of the inftances he has collected, he fubmits, with much diffidence, to this learned Society. ROGARE, PETERE, POSTULARE, POSCERE, FLAGITARE, agree in denoting the expreffion of a defire to obtain fomething not poffeffed, but differ in refpe@ to the urgency with which this defire is announced. They are all diftinguifhed from the verbs cupere and optare, which, though not equivalent, fuppofe, like them, the exiftence of defire, but not the expreffion of it, with a view to its being fulfilled. Tue power of the verb ragare extends no farther than to the fimple intimation of defire. By means of it, a want is fug- gefted to the perfon addreffed, of which he was before ignorant, and both he and his petitioner are fuppofed conf{cious, that com- pliance with the requeft muft be voluntary and the effec of good-will. “ Moleftum verbum eft, et onerofum, et demiflo “ yultu dicendum rogo*.”—* Malo emere quam ragare t.” HE * Sen. Ben. 22. 4 Cic. in Ver. 4. 12> SYNONYMOUS TERMS. 0 toy He who propofed a law in the Roman Comitia, and was then faid rogare legem, prefented his requeft refpectfully, and left it to the Affembly to judge as to the expediency of granting it. PeTere differs from rogare, in fuppofing a certain difficulty in coming at the object defired, and a greater degree of keen- nefs upon the part of the petitioner. “ Ad te confugimus, a “ te opem pefimus *.”—“ Cum a me peteret et fumme conten- ** deret, ut propinquum fuum defenderem +.”—* Id fibi ut do- “ naret, rogare et vehementer petere ccepit f.” In the latt ex- ample, the verbs ragare and petere are evidently contrafted. ‘The latter denotes a degree of zeal upon the part of the perfon who afks, which the former does not. . THE definition now given of petere does not correfpond with that given by Servius. “ Petere,” fays he, “ eft cum aliquid “ humiliter, et cum precibus poftulamus §.” With all the refpeé&t due to fo great a critic, it may be urged, that this power of petere is not to be difcerned in the verb when taken by itfelf, though it may be exprefled by words with which it is occafionally accompanied. Thus, Ca@sar, De Bello Gallico, fays, “ Suppliciterque locuti, flentes pacem peti/ent.”—“ Pueri “* mulierefque, paflis manibus, pacem ab Romanis fetierunt ||.” Nothing in either of thofe inftances ferves to prove, that the keennefs of the petitioner, which marks the verb, may not ex- ift, independently of the manner in which the requeft is pre- fented. The manner is in fact exprefled by thofe terms that happen to be adjunéts to the verb. i PeTeReE, from the Greek verb zerw, ferri, volare, fhews its native force in fuch derivatives as impetus and prepes **. It feems * Cic. Tufc. Q. 5. 5. + Cic. Quin. 14. a. f Cic. Ver. 215. a. § Mneid. 9. 193. |] 1.27. & 2.13. ** The obfervations of the celebrated Gzsner upon this verb, are worthy of that ex- tenfive erudition and acute difcernment for which he is juftly diftinguifhed. By means of his accurate remarks upon the force of fome fingle terms, my labour in tracing the cir- cumftance by which they are allied to other ones, has been abridged; and no {cholar fhould be afhamed to avow his obligations to fo able a guide. 96 “On the UTILITY of defining feems to have originally expreffled an effort to come at objeéts not within reach, and to have been transferred from material objects to intellectual conceptions. Its primitive power appears - in fuch inftances as the two following: “ Sciebam CaTILINAM “ non latus aut ventrem, fed caput et collum fetere folere*.’' — Malo me GataT#a petit, lafciva puella +.” Tue power of petere, thus limited, appears to have been after- wards extended, fo as to exprefs a defire, accompanied with an effort to obtain any objet whatever ; and thus the original idea of bodily exertion was loft in that of the eagernefs of any pur- fuit. Candidates for offices at Rome were faid petere magiftra- tus; and from a fenfe of the value, as well as of the difficulty of obtaining the object, they were keen in the purfuit of it. From a paflage in Horace, it fhould feem, that any means for the acquifition of an object that are lefs than coercive, may be exprefled by the verb fetere. ——— Casar, qui cogere poffet, Si peteret per amicitiam patris atque fuam, non Quidquam proficeret {. Nothing more is fuggefted here by petere, than Czsar’s keen- nefs to hear this mufician perform. It were abfurd to fuppofe, that the Emperor, who poffefled the power of compulfion, would ever ftoop to beg the favour, according to SERVviUS, ** humiliter et cum precibus.’’ PosTULARE differs from petere, in as far as it fuggefts nei- ther keennefs nor difficulty in the acquifition of the object. Be- fides the fentiment of defire, which is common to all the five verbs compared, the idea of claim, which is manifeftly not in- herent in either of the two former, is eflential to pofulare. Upon a proper limitation of this claim, however, a due apprehenfion of the power of the verb depends. THE * Cic. pro Muren, 136. 6. + Vins. Ec, 3 64, t+ Hon. S. 1. 3, 4 SYNONYMOUS TERMS. 97 Tue diftintive character of po/fulare feems to reft on the ac- knowledged reafonablenefs of that which is demanded. “ Geo- “ metra folent non omnia docere fed pofulare, ut quedam fibi “ concedantur, quo facilis que velint explicent*.” When geometers require any conceflion of thofe they are about to in- ftruct, they appeal to their reafon, and tacitly bind themfeives to allow the validity of that which they require. The axiom again, which is an undeniable principle, carrying with itfelf its own proof, is not to be confounded with the poftulate or entreated maxim. Other philofophers, as well as mathemati- cians, eftablifh poftulates, though often in terms lefs definite, and of courfe more readily miftaken. ‘‘ M. Dafne igitur hoc, * Pompon!, Deorum immortalium vi, natura, ratione, naturam — “ eam regi? —“ Curandum eft ne vagum villicum, nec aver- “* fum contubernio fuo habeamus **.”—‘* Nam fuit quoddam “* tempus quum in agris homines paffim beftiarum more vaga- ** baniur ++.’ Men, at the period referred to, were vagabonds, who, knowing no place more defirable than another, continually: changed their abode. Tue following figurative acceptation of errans and vagus: feems to confirm what has been faid of the verbs with which they are refpectively connected. “ Eft enim et philofophi, et pon- “ tificis, et Corr, de diis immortalibus habere non errantem et vagam, ut academici, fed ut noftri, ftabilem certamque fen- “ tentiam {}.” In the antithefis, errans is oppofed to /labilis, “ and. © * Cic. Nat. D. 36. a. ** Colum. 12. I. + Virg. Ec. 2. 21. ++ Cic. de Inv. 1. 2. t Ov. Met. 15. 14. tt Cic. Nat. D. 26. a. § Cic. Off. 34, a. SYNONYMOUS TERMS. 109 and fuggefts, that the philofopher occupies a point at which he is difpofed to reft, without making any attempt to go to ano- ther, in which he might fail. Vagus again is oppofed to certus, and implies, that he is free from that want of determination as to the point he is to arrive at, which is peculiar to vaga- bonds. PALARI agrees with vagari, in implying the act of roving without any fettled direction; but differs both from it and errare, in. fuggefting the difperfion of a multitude and the ftraggling of {cattered parties. The two former verbs apply ei- ther to one or a number, and have no reference to any party with which they were previoufly connected. It is otherwife with palari; which fuppofes more than one feparated from a company that has been broken. Foemina palantes agit, atque hc agmina vertit *? “Teucrorum auxilia, foeda fuga difperfa, totis campis pa- “ lantur 7.” Tue purity of the following expreflion in Lucretius, in which errare and palari are found in the fame fentence, may be queftioned :. Defpicere unde alios queas paflimque videre Errare, atque viam palantes querere vite tf. The fame wanderers cannot be both with and without an object at the fame time. While pa/ari then marks only their number and their difperfion, the terms “ viam querere vite” an- nexed to it fhew, that it is not to be underftood in its full ex-- tent. Macnus * Virgs En. 11. 736. t Lucret. 2. 9. + Tacit. Hift. 4. 18, 110 On the UTILITY of defining MAGNUS, INGENS, AMPLUS, PROCERUS, agree in denoting the magnitude of objects, but differ in refpeét either to its de- gree, or to the manner in which it is eftimated. The notion of abfolute magnitude, it mutt be obferved, is inconceivable. Men have compared the object they denominate great with others of the fame kind with itfelf, and have given it its ap- pellation from obferving its relative greatnefs. Thus, “‘ magna balena” fignifies either a whale that is larger than other animals of its own fpecies, or that, compared with other forts of fifhes, exceeds them in fize. As magnus relates to every kind of great- nefs, and embraces every object within that predicament, fo it may be regarded as the general term. “‘ Magna dii curant, ** parva negligunt *.” In the original application of magnus to material objects, it fignifies their greatnefs in refpect both to quantity and number. Heu magnum alterius fruftra fpectabis acervum J ! “ Magnum numerum frumenti pollicentur ¢.” The mafs which in both the above examples is denominated magaus, receives this appellation, both from the fize of the whole, and from the number of its parts confidered feparately. Macnus is figuratively applied to immaterial objects, and denotes a fuperiority in fome refpeét among them, analogous to that of the largeft over the fmalleft material fubyeéts of a fpe- cies. “ Si ut fapientibus placet, non cum corpore extinguun- “ tur magne anime §.” Magnum pauperies opprobrium jubet **. Incens differs from magnus in denoting a greatnefs that is preternatural, and is unexampled in the clafs of objects to which that * Cic. N. D. 51. 5. § Tac. Ag. 46. + Virg. Geor. 1. 150. ** Hor. Car. 3. 24: 42. f Cic. Ep. ad Att. 82. a. Poe ed SYNONYMOUS TERMS. 11t that fpecified belongs. It furpaffes the power of maximus, the fuperlative from magnus, as the latter marks the greateft only among the objects of a fpecies, in refpe@ to a quality, which, though exifting in different degrees in each, admits comparifon in all. The fuperiority of that denominated ingens, again, is fo decided, as to eclipfe the reft that participate in its nature. Scilicet et fluvius qui non eft maximus, ei eft, Qui non ante aliquem majorem vidit : —— et omnia de genere omni, Maxima que vidit quifque hc ingentia fingit *. He, Quid jubeam? Er. Ignem ingentem fieri. He. Ignem ingentem? ER. Ita dico magnus Ut fit t. INGENs agrees with magnus in admitting an application to objects, of which quantity is not an attribute. Turas. Magnas vero agere gratias Tu ats mihi? Gnatu. Ingentes t. CrcERO comments upon this paflage in a way that puts the precife difference between the terms in the cleareft light poffi- ble. “ Satis erat refpondere magnas » ingentes inquit. Semper “ auget affentatio id, quod is, cujus ad voluntatem dicitur, vult effe magnum §.”’ Durine the Auguftan age, the profe-writers never ufed de- grees of comparifon from ingens. When Vireit {tyles ZENEAS “ fama ingens, ingentior armis,” his doing do muft be confider- ed as a poetical licence, fuch as that of Mitton {peaking of the leviathan. &c Hugeft of. living creatures, in the deep Stretch’d like a promontory, fleeps or fwims, And feems a moving land. THE * Lucret. 6. 674. f Ter. Eun. 3.1. x. + Plaut. Capt. 4. 2, 64, §, Cic. in Lel. 26.. t12 On the UTILITY of defining Tue fuperlative zrgentifimus is not found but in fuch writers as SyMMAcHUs and VEGETIUs, who lived late, and whofe practice fhould not be regarded as a ftandard. ‘The ab- furdity, at the fame time, is equal, in giving zugens either a comparative or a fuperlative degree:; as the eflence of hugenefs depends on there being nothing in nature in which the quality that it is made to denominate, is to be found in a fuperior de- gree. Ampuus differs from magnus and ingens, in being limited to that kind of greatnefs among material objects which confifts in fuperficial capacity. It properly denotes fuch an extenfion of a furface as fits it for receiving what it is defigned to contain. “ In qua ampliffima curia, amplifimum gymnafium et complures “‘ des facre: coliturque ea pars et habitatur frequentifli- Simei? ; Illos porticibus rex accipiebat in amplis +. “ Ad eam multitudinem urbs quoque amplificanda vifa eft f.” In this laft example, the compounded verb marks the power of the adjective very diftin@lly. It denotes the neceflary extenfion of the precinéts of the city, fo as to afford commodious habi- tations for the growing multitude. “ Loci preter modum “ ampli vagas imagines reddunt, et nimis angufti fpe non vi- “ dentur poffe capere imaginum collocationem §.”’ Amptus, like the two words defined, is often transferred from material to immaterial objects. “ Suofque omnes per fe “ effe ampliores volebat **.”” Procerus differs from all the words ftated, in never being transferred from material to immaterial objects, and in imply- ing, * Cic. in Ver. 228. a. § Aud. ad Her. 22.4. + Virg. En. 3. 353- ** Cic. Am. 109. a. t Liv. 1. 44. “ See ee ee eee NS SYNONY MOUS TERMS. 113 ing, that the magnitude is eftimated, not from the extenfion of the object in all the directions that can take place on a furface, but in that of a ftraight line, that is either perpendicular or ho- rizontal, according to the nature of the object fpecified. Ap- plied to the human form and to trees, it denotes tallnefs ; and to fifhes and four footed animals in their natural pofition, length. The general proportions in each, at the fame time, are underftood to fubfift, according to the law obferved in the reft of their kind. “ Gallorum quifque procerifimus ad pompam “ triumphi le¢tus *.”— Sues procero corpore, capitibus ut fint ** parvis f.” : Proceras manibus vertere fraxinos t. ——— quo pertinet ergo Proceros odiffe lupos? quia {cilicet illis Majorem natura modum dedit, his breve pondus §. HUMIDUS, UvIDUS, MADIDUs, agree in denoting the quality of wetnefs, but differ as to the manner in which it is generated and retained. Humidus implies, that the object which it fpe- cifies not only contains moifture, but is fitted to fupply the wafte of it, whether by evaporation or otherwife. It comes from humor, and that from humus, and regards the ground as furnifhing a conftant fupply to thofe fprings which break forth at different parts of its furface. ‘“ Premiffo Cecina ut occulta “* faltuum pontefque et aggeres, humido paludum, et fallacibus “ campis imponeret **.”” Hwmidus then, in its primitive fenfe, refers to a fubject as formed by the hand of nature, and poflef- fed of a quality which, when abfent, cannot be imparted, and when prefent, cannot be deftroyed. Vot. III. p THE * Sueton. Calig. 47. § Hor. Sat. 2. 2. 35. + Var. de Re. Rs 2.7. ** Tac, Ann. 1. 61, { Hor. Car. 2. 25. 16, 114 On the UTILITY of defining TueE-definition given by Servius of humidus, feems to have been very properly rejected by Ausonius Popma, whofe re- - marks “ de differentiis verborum,” are often both ingenious and folid. _‘* Humidum,” fays Servius, “ quod extrinfecus ** habet aliquid humoris * ;’’ to which PopMa refufes to affent, “ Cui non adfentior. Humidum enim proprie eft quod in pro- “ fundo continet humiditatem, ut terra t.”’ Huminus is transferred from the fubje&t to which, from its etymology, it appears to have been originally applied, to others that ftrongly refemble it. Thus, Virci fpeaks of the “ humida “ nox,” and means by it that dampnefs which prevails in the air, next the furface of the earth, from the conftant falling of the dew in the courfe of the night. It is transferred by Ovip to the clouds, and by Vitrruvius to thofe winds which ordinarily produce rain. —— cadit Eurus et humida furgunt Nubila f. “ Aufter et reliqui (venti) qui a folis curfu funt humidifimi §.” In both thofe applications of the word, there is a reference to a fupply of the wafte, and of courfe to the long continuance of the fall expected. Huminvs is occafionally applied to bodies impregnated with moifture, which they receive from others that generated it. Cicero fpeaks thus of a bed bedewed with tears, “ Qui ‘* jacet in lecto humido, Ejulatu, queftu, gemitu, fremitibus, Refonando, multum flebiles voces refert **. The * In Virg. Ec. 10. 20. § Vitruv. 8. 21. + Lib. 2. 133. ¥** Cic. Tule. 9. 2. 33+ $ Virg. ZEn, 3. 198. S¥ENONYMOUS TERMS. 115 The wood of a tree, too, when vegetating, may be ftyled du- midus, on account of the communicated moifiure which fup- ports it. Nay, Cicero, in one inftance; applies the term to wood that is green and newly cut." “ Ignem ex lignis viridi- “ bus atque 4umidis in loco angufto fieri juffit *.” Uvinus agrees with humidus, iri fuppofing, that the fubftance to which it is applied contains moifture, but does not fuggeft the means of fupplying the wafte, from whatever caufe it arifes. The definition given by SERvius of this term is more accurate and fatisfatory than that given of humidus. It were better, at the fame time, not to derive wva from uwvidus, but to confider the fhorteft of the two words as the root. ‘‘ Uvidum eft,’ fays he, “ quod intrinfecus habet aliquod humoris, unde uve di- ** cuntur ft.” Arboribus redeunt detonfe frigore frondes, Uvidaque in gravido palmite gemma tumet {. Tue hand of art, it may be obferved, can operate in the deftruction of the quality denoted by wvidus. A grape may lofe its juice by its being exprefled, or by a forced evaporation fu- perinduced by heat, fo as to avoid putrefaction in the fub- ftance containing it. When the fucculent quality is deftroyed completely, the fubftance left behind quits both the natural te- nacity of its parts, and the flavour which diftinguifhed the fruit, and gets into the ftate denoted by aridus. When this quality is removed by an intended evaporation, it is removed only in part. Such a quantity of the juice is retained as is confiftent with the prefervation of the fruit, and as will emit its flavour. The fubftance is then in the ftate denoted by the p2 adjective * Cic in Ver. 2. 45. t Ovid. Faft. 4. 235. + In Virg. Ec. 10. 20. 116 On the UTILITY of defining adjective /iccus, which implies no tendency towards decay. ‘ Ne ** fint fragilia et arida potius quam /icca folia *.” / Tue abftract noun /iccitas is occafionally taken to denote the firmnefs of the flefh, and of courfe the ftrength of an animal. It implies a quality oppofite to what is meant by flaccid, or be- ing without due tenfion, and fuppofes this quality to arife from the natural juices neither being in a fuperabundant nor a de- ficient ftate. ‘Thus, Cicero, talking of the wonderful ftrength of MAsINiIssA when at the age of ninety years, fays of him, *€ Nullo imbre, nullo frigore adduci, ut capite sie fit: fum- “* mam in eo effe corporis /iccitatem +.” Some very fubtle obfervations of ArIsTOTLE feem to juftify what has been faid of humidus, aridus and /ficcus, and will throw light on what is afterwards to be faid of madidus. Keaveov yee, ro redews Engov, wee nou rexnyevas Ov errempi dyeornros. ——AYTI“ZEIT OL yue TH Enpow xOb TO vyeov “zak TO Osegov—zeus dsegov bev ess TO EYOV HAAOTeICY vyeornra ETIDOANS BeCoeypevov de ro cig Cxelos* Engov 0, TO ESEONLEVOY raurag—vyeoy ev yue eb, TO envoy OlmEL OY vyeornTa ey - ro €abe.—* Aridum enim eft quod omnino ficcum eft, adeo “ ut humiditate deficiente corpus etiam concreverit. Adverfa- “ tur ficco humidum et madidum. Madidum enim eft quod “« habet humiditatem non a fe ortam, fuperficie tenus. Humi- “* dum vero quod introrfus habet ; Siccum autem quod hac va- “ cat. Humidum enim eft quod in penitiore parte propriam * continet humiditatem {.” THE term avidus is applied to the earth as well as Aumidus, but the quality fuggefted by it is different. Thus, COLUMELLA fays, “ Nifi prepingui et wvida terra§.” By uvida, he does not mean the poor foil that is {wampy, and generates water which it emits at its furface, but fuch as, though moitt, is rich and loamy. Uvipus is transferred from thofe vegetable fubftances to which it is originally applicable, to others which ftrongly refemble them, by imbibing and retaining a quantity of moifture. — me * Plin. 12. 12. 26. f Agicror. wigs yevertws nos Pbogas. xiP. Ce + Cic. de Sen. 10. 83. 6. § Lib. 7. cap. 3. SYNONYMOUS TERMS. 117 —— me tabula facer Votiva paries indicat uvida, Sufpendiffe potenti Veftimenta maris deo *. The mariner’s clothes hung up in the temple of NEPTUNE are here fuppofed to have been foaked in the fea, and, like the grape, to contain a quantity of moifture, which would either free itfelf by evaporation, or might be eafily wrung from them. Uvidus hiberna venit de glande Menalcas +. Longas O utinam, Dux bone, ferias Preeftes Hefperiz, dicimus integro Sicct mane die: dicimus zvidi, Cum fol oceano fubeft f. In the laft of the above examples, it appears, that uvidus dif- fers from humidus, in being applied to mind, as well as matter, and in fuggefting the notion of drunkennefs. This application feems to be founded on the kind of the drink which produces the intoxication. The amplificative adjeCtive “ vinofus,”’ denotes the quality of being a lover of wine, and wvidus as taken in the paflage laft quoted, denotes having drunk it plentifully, and feeling its effects. Mapipvus differs from humidus and uvidus, in exprefling moifture that is not contained in the fubftance fpecified, but which is adventitious, and affects its. furface. It agrees alfo. with the laft term, in fuppofing it void of the capacity of fup- plying the wafte of moifture, in whatever way that wafte may be effected. It applies to the extrinfic or fuperficial wetnefs of a fubftance, whether this is produced by a natural or an artificial caufe.. * Hor. Car. I. 5. 14. f Hor. Car. 4. 5. 37. ' + Virg. Ec. 10. 20. 118 On the UTILITY of defining caufe. In the primitive and literal applications of humidus and. uvidus, they denote fubjeéts furnifhed by the hand of nature with the attributes they refpectively denote. Thus, moifture is naturally inherent in humid ground and in a ripe grape. Drynefs, again, is the natural ftate of that which, being acci- dentally wet, is then faid to be madidus. —— nam dum fe continet Aufter, Dum fedet et ficcat madidas in carcere pennas, Contemnunt mediam temeraria lina Charybdin *. “ Sed ille fcripfit ad BaLBumillum fafciculum epiftolarum totum “ fibi aqua madidum redditum effe }.’’ This packet was fo much wetted from an accidental caufe, that Cicero tells us the letter addrefled to him was not legible. A fuperficial wetting would produce this effect. It is not neceflary to fuppofe, that the fajfciculus would be drenched like the ve/lis uvida before men- tioned, which, from the poroufnefs of the materials, had ab- forbed a quantity of water, and retained it as the fkin of the grape does its juice. ; Mapipus agrees with wvidus, in being applied to perfons as well as to things, and in fuggefting the idea of drunkennefs. He who was faid madere vino, was underftood to be “ vino riga- “ tus,’ that is, bedewed with wine. Faciam ut fit madidus fobrius }. The wit of the comic poet here refts upon his apprehenfion, that madidus refers to an external or fuperficial wetting in its primitive fenfe. WHILE * Juv. Sat. 5.98. { Plaut. Amph. 3. 4.18. . + Cic, ad Quint. Frat. 2. 14. = SYNONYMOUS TERMS. 119 WuiLe madidus agrees with uvidus in the refpect juft men- tioned, it differs from it in denoting proficiency in fcience and in letters. Si quis Cecropie madidus Latieque MInERVa Artibus, et vera fimplicitate bonus *. Non ille quanquam Socraricis madet Sermonibus te negliget horridus. Narratur et prifci CATONIS, Szpe mero caluiffe virtus 7. The critics have very properly explained madidus and madere, in the above and other fuch paflages, by means of the term im- butus. Both the adjeftive and the verb refer to a veflel tinc- tured in refpect to colour, tafte, or fmell, by a fluid with which it was wet when made to contain it. CoMMODUS, OPPORTUNUS, TEMPESTIVUS, agree in deno- ting the fuitablenefs of objects or events to thofe interefted in their nature, but differ in refpect to the circumftances upon which that quality is founded. The firft comes from con and modus, and denotes, that the thing {pecified is neither more nor lefs than it fhould be, and pofleffes an inherent aptitude for fome purpofe to which it is juft adequate. In the original ap- plication of commodus, it denotes the agreement of things as being adjufted by one common ftandard. Thus, when Ho- RACE fays, Mifcentur cyathis pocula commodis f, he means, that thofe “ cyathi” were neither more nor lefs than they fhould be. In confequence of this equality, each gueft got * Martial. 1. 40. t Car. 3.19. 12. - + Hor. Car. 3. 21 9. : 120 On the UTILITY of defining got that fhare of the wine which was, on the one hand, fuffi- cient to excite his vivacity, without producing, on the other, too quick an intoxication. When Prautus alfo fays, Viginti argenti commodas minas *, he means, that the pieces were of a regulated weight. WHEN commodus is applied to perfons, it denotes their agree- ablenefs as companions. It implies a mental temperament, which is mild from the reftraint of fentiments, that always give difguft when extravagant. It accordingly fignifies that pliancy of character which, without fervility, endears a perfon to thofe with whom he lives. ‘“ Nemo CATONE proavo tuo “ commodior, comior, moderatior fuit ad omnem rationem hu- “ manitatis ¢.”’—‘ Qui antea commodis fuerunt moribus, eos “* profperis rebus immutari }.”” WHEN commodus is applied to events, it denotes, that they are agreeable, as being commenfurate to the wifhes of thofe concerned in their occurrence. It regards that medium, the happinefs of which would be deftroyed either by defect or ex- cefs. ‘ Nihil poteft fieri nec commodius nec aptius, quam ut “ forjbis. Ex literis tuis, ea que in agro Piceno gefta funt cog- “ novi commodiora efle multo, quam ut erat nobis nunciatum §.”” OprortuNnus differs frosm commodus, in having no natural re- ference to the adjufted quantity of that which is fpecified, and in regarding the fuitablenefs as founded on the exigency or prefling neceffities of thofe to whom the objects or events pre- fent themfelves. It comes from od and portus, and its force refts on the agreeablenefs of any harbour to a mariner when con- tending with a ftorm. The fuitablenefs implied in opportunus may * Afin. 3. 3. 135+ ¢ Cic. Am. 106. 4. + Cic. pro Muren. 66. § Cic. Ep. Att. 13. 37. & 126, a Pe ee SYNONYMOUS TERMS. 121 may be difcerned either between objects and objects, or between events and the times and places of their occurrence. Nihil homini amico eft opportuno amicius *. “ Ceterz res que expetuntur opportune funt fingule rebus fere “ fingulis: divitiz ut utare: opes ut colare: honores ut lau- “‘ dere: voluptates ut gaudeas +.” In the firft of the above examples, the friend may prefent himfelf either accidentally, or in confequence of being fought for ; in the laft, the diffe- rent things mentioned are all the objects of an intended and a keen fearch. Both examples imply, that the occurrence or the attainments are highly feafonable, from the circumftances of the perfon concerned. “ Ad hofce proferendos, et tempus et “ locum opportuniffimum elegi t.”’ In this laft example, we fee the fuitablenefs between the event and both the time and the place of its occurrence. TEMPEsTIVus denotes the fuitablenefs of objeéts and events _ from neither of the circumftances already mentioned, but from the former being in their ftate of full maturity, and the latter occurring at their proper feafon. As applied to objects, tem- pefivus fuppofes them belonging either to the animal or the ve- getable kingdom, and of courfe having a progrefs toward per- fection, and afterwards adecline. “ Vindemia tempe/tiva §.7 Aut tempeftivam fylvis evertere pinum **. Tandem define matrem, Tempeftiva {equi viro +f. Vok. Ill. q WHEN * Plaut. Epid. 3. 3.44. § Colum. rr. 12. + Cic. de Am. 100. a. ; ¥** Virg. G. 1. 256. t Plin. lib. 8. ++ Hor. Car. 1, 23. 11. 122 On the UTILITY of defining WuEN tempeflivus is applied to events, it fuppofes them ei- ther as returning in a regular viciflitude, or as happening at their proper period, and of courfe being well-timed. “ Quam “ tempeftivos.autem dedit, quam falutares non modo hominum, “« fed etiam pecudum generi, iis denique omnibus quz oriun- ** tur ex terra, ventos etefios ? Quorum flatu nimii temperantur “« calores *.”’—‘* Ego vero propter fermonis deleCtationem tem- “* peflivis quoque conviviis delector fee? Et tempe/tivum pueris concedere ludum f. NaAvis, RATIS, CYMBA, SCAPHA, LINTER, agree in de- noting a machine for conveying both perfons and the fubjects of trade by water from one place to another, but differ, in re- {pe&t to the fize or the conftruction of that fpecies, to which each can be properly applied. The firft indeed is a generic term, applicable to a veffel of any kind, of whatever dimenfions, or however formed. Navem agere ignarus zavis timet §. The poet has here no intention to fpecify the kind of fhip, as the danger from ignorance is the fame in all kinds. “ Confi- “ cit optime curfum navis, que fcientiflimo gubernatore uti- cot ben tts: Tue generality of the term navis is often limited by the ap- plication of adjectives, which mark the ufe of particular f{pe- cies; as, Navis longa, marina, fluviatilis, pifcatoria, oneraria, adtuaria; &c. Ratis differs from navis in denoting the rudeft vehicle. to which a perfon can commit himfelf on water. The poets fome- » times * Cic. N. D. 52. 5. § Hor. Ep. 2. 1. 114 + Cie. de Sen. 14. ** Cic. in Ver. 244. 0. + Hor. Ep. 2. 2- 142+ SYNONYMOUS TERMS. r2' times ufe vatis as a general term, but the profe-writers never do. The term exprefles a raft, formed by the junction of a few beams, which can be ufed with fafety only in fmooth water. It had at firft been but a floating platform, and when improved a little, got the appellation of cava. Ipfa vides coelum pice nigrius et freta ventis Turbida, perque cavas vix adeunda rates *. Boru Festus and Isrporvus fupport the account now given of ratis. ‘ Rates vocantur tigna inter fe colligata, que per “ aquas agantur.”—‘“ Rates primum et antiquiflimum genus “ navigii e rudibus tignis afferibufque confertum.” In the two following inftances, Cicero and Livy feem to juftify the diftin@tion made between zavis and ratis. “ Cum aut “* navibus aut ratibus conarentur accedere }.””—‘ Navibus ab “ HANNIBALE incenfis, rates ad trajiciendum in magna inopia “¢ materize 2gre comparabat {.”” When any reference is made to ratis as the fubject of a fimile, it is always regarded as de- noting a rude veflel, capable of giving but very imperfect fe- curity. “ Tanquam rafis in mari immenfo, noftra vehitur “€ oratio §.”’ Cymsa differs from ratis, in referring to a veffel fabricated with more art, and that is always of a {mall fize. It denotes a boat, fuch as is ufed upon a ferry or lake, but fo formed as to give all the fecurity to be expected from its dimenfions. Non ideo debet pelago fe credere, fi qua Audet in exiguo ludere cymba lacu **. . gq 2 CymBa * Ov. Ep. 17.7. § Cic. Tufc. Q. 164. a + Cic. in Ver. 236. 6. ** Ovid. Trift. 2. 329. ¥ Liv. cap. 36. 124 On th UTILITY of defining CyMBA is often applied to the boat in which Cuaron wafted the fouls of the dead acrofs the Stygian lake. Scandenda eft torvi publica cymba fenis *. This boat, we are told by VireiL, was fo fmall, that it could hardly fupport the body of AENEAs. —— gemuit fub pondere cymba f. Scarua differs from cymba in denoting a yawl that attends a fhip for the convenience of thofe who belong to it. As coming from the Greek verb czarrew, it feems originally to have fig- nified a canoe, or boat formed out of the trunk of a tree; but the circumftance which diftinguithes it, is that above men- tioned. ‘ Ut dominus navis cum idem gubernator effet in “« [capham confugeret, et inde funiculo qui a puppi religatus “ fcapham annexam trahebat, navim quoad poffet moderare- “ tur ¢.’*—“ Quum merfiffent quaffas naves in alto, exceptis “ in preparatas /caphas nautis §.”’ Linter differs from /capha, in implying no connecttion be- tween it and a larger veffel, and in denoting a “ navis fluviati- * lis,” or wherry ufed only on frefh water, fuch as that of ri- vers and lakes. They agree as to the original mode of their formation, that is, as being jovoZvaw, or hollowed out of a folid piece of wood. —-—— durum procudit arator Vomeris obtufi dentem, cavat arbore /intres **. Partitur /intres exercitus; Actia pugna Te duce per pueros hoftili more refertur, Adverfarius eft frater, lacus Adria tt. “Ot Propert. 3. 18. 24. § Liv..23. 3. fEn. 6.413. %* Virg. Georg. 1. 261. Cic. de Inv. 81. & tt Hor. Ep. 1. 18. 61. SYNONYMOUS TERMS. 125 Qui cum non impetraffet, ut infulam in lacu preelio vende- “ ret, repente Jintribus in eam infulam, materiam, calcem, ce- “¢ menta atque arenam convexit *.” jal ComEs, SATELLES, SOCIUS, SODALIs, agree in denoting a conneétion that fubfifts between one perfon and either one or a number, but differ as to the end for which this connection is formed, and the conditions upon which it is maintained. Co- mes is properly applied to one who voluntarily gives his at- tendance to another as to his fuperior. That parity which fabfifts between a number of comites, does by no means take place between them and their patron. Reciprocal obligations are underftood to fubfift between the parties, but the duties vary according to the refpedtive fituations of each. The at- tendance of the comites is fuppofed to be given at all times, but efpecially when the fuperior is moving from one place to ano- ther, and the attachment of his followers is roufed by a fenfe of his danger. —— tibi parvula res eft Aréta decet fanum comitem toga T. s¢ CrEeusA matre, Ilio incolumi, natus, come/que inde paterne “ fuge t.”’—“ Quanta illi in oratione majeftas ? Ut facile Du- “ cem populi Romani non comitem diceres:{.’’—‘* Non enim: “ paruit ille TrsERI1 GRACCHI temeritati, fed prafuit: nec fe “ comitem illius furoris, fed ducem prebuit **.”” SaTEL.es differs from comes in implying, that the difference of rank is greater between the fuperior and his attendants ; that the latter do not neceffarily a@ from affe@ion, and give their attendance as the inftruments of protection or pageantry,, or of both. Aurum per medios ire /atellites. Amat Ca “« Janitores. * Cic. pro Mil. 27. § Cic. Amicit. 113. 5. + Hor. Ep. 1.18, 29. ¥* Cic, ibid. 103. 4. t Liv. 1. 3. ++ Hor. Car. 3. 16. 9, 126 On the UTILITY of defining “ Janitores ducentos in annos fingulos ftipatores corporis con- “ f{tituit, eofdem miniftros et /atellites poteftatis *.” Socius differs from the two former words in implying, that parity of rank fubfifts between the parties, and that each has an equal right to enjoy the good that belongs to their common concern, and is under an equal obligation to take a fhare of its evils. The /ocius is actuated, not by refpeét to a fuperior, but by love to a party, in the fuccefs of which he feels that he has an intereft. ‘‘ Nam /ocii putandi quos inter res communicata “* eft .”—“ Sed me movet unus vir, cujus fugientis comes, “ rempublicam recuperantis /ocius videor effe debere {.”? The fentiment of refpectful affection expreffed towards the fugitive in adverfe times, is held the foundation of a claim to become his ally in times that were profperous. Ir is to be obferved, that the perfonal attendance neceflary to preferve the relation between comites and /atellites, and thofe with whom they are refpectively connected, may be difpenfed with in the cafe of /ocii. When the terms of the alliance are defined, any mode of communication is fufficient to maintain it. The fame perfons, too, may, at the fame time, be confider- ed both as foci and comites. In the one cafe, they are regarded as having a common fate with their leader, and in the other, as affociating with their friend in a common adventure. Thus, TeEucER is made to addrefs his comites, or followers, by the en- dearing appellation of /oczi alfo. Quo nos cunque feret melior fortuna parente Ibimus, O /ocit comite/que §. SoDALis agrees with /ocius in fuppofing thofe connected to . be upon an equal footing, but differs from it in refpeét to the * Cic. Rull. 72.4. t Cic. Ep. Att. 132. a. } Cic. Ver. 3. 50. § HorsCar. 1 7. 25. SYNONYMOUS TERMS. 127 the principle leading to the affociation, and to the purpofe of maintaining it. Men become /odales, not to promote their in- tereft, but to enjoy fociety. Their alliance is formed and_pre- ferved for their mutual entertainment; it is never underftood to lead to any thing difagreeable, and it may at any time be abandoned without the violation of compact. ‘‘ Et tempeftiva “ convivia, et pervigiles ludos, advocata /odadium turba, folutus “ atque affluens agerem *.” Pompe! meorum prime /odalium, Cum quo morantem fepe diem mero Fregi ——— }.- 7 “ Primum habui femper /odales. Epulabar cum /odalibus om- “ nino modice f.” Copia, ABUNDANTIA, UBERTAS, agree in denoting plenty, but differ according as this refers to the removal of every want, to what is more than fufficient for this purpofe; or to the regular fupply of a neceffary wafte. Copia, which feems to be compounded of con and opes, denotes an affemblage of the means fit for effeCting any purpofe. It ftands oppofed to inopia, which denotes the abfence of fuch means, and which is alfo derived from the fame root. ‘“ Nec in fumma inopia- levis effe. “ fenectus poteft ne fapienti quidem, nec in fumma copia infi-. “ pienti non gravis §.””—“ Rerum copia verborum. copiam rT gignit **”? : obnoxii ambo; Vobis fumus propter hanc rem, cum quz volumus nos: Copia eft, ea facitis nos compotes —— tt. The * Quin&. Decl. 9. 10. § Cic. de Sen. 78. 2. + Hor. Car. 2. 7. 5. ** Cic. Or. 3. 123. + Cic. Sen. 86. a. ; +t Plaut. Cap. 2. 1. 21. 128 On the UTILITY of defining The obligation mentioned in this laft example refts upon the complete fupply afforded in refpe& to the objec defired. It muift not, at the fame time, be under(tood, that the fupply de- noted by copia, is always much more than adequate to the exi- gency. The term cannot be applied where there is any want, but it occupies all the interval between the mere abfence of this and that exuberance, which fuggefts a quantity more than adequate to any poflible demand. “ Minimam copiam poetarum “ esregiorum extitiffe *.” Though there was no want of diftin- guifhed poets at the period referred to, yet there was the {malleft number to which copia could be applied. “ Ex majore copia nobis “ quam illi fuit eligendi poteftas +.” The major copia is here op- pofed to the minor,and the exiftence of that latitude clearly proved, in which it has been faid that the fubftantive is taken. In the one cafe, copia denotes what minifters to the gratification of the caprice, and in the other, to the full fupply of the wants of mankind. ABuNDANTIA differs from copia, in denoting greater plenty, and in implying that the object to which it is afcribed, pofleffes more than fufficient means for fatisfying any want. It comes from ab and unda, and has at firft referred to a river when over- flowing its banks. Preefertim incertis fi menfibus, amnis abundans Exit, et obduéto late tenet omnia limo f. “ Circumfluere omnibus copiis atque in omnium rerum abun- ‘© dantia vivere §.” In the climax formed in this fentence, the laft fubftantive denotes fomething beyond the fatisfaction of want. It expreffes fomewhat to fpare, which would be loft if not ufed. ‘“ Non erat abundans, non inops tamen**. CicERO here * Cic. de Or. 85. 6. § Cic. de Am. 52. t Cic, de Inv, 62. 4 ** Cic, in Brut. 238. t Virg. Georg. I. 115. i } # 4 ayy Ml rd reser ———7=-—- -- es eee ee ’ — SYNONYMOUS TERMS. 129 « here fuggefts the exiftence of that interval, in all the different points of which cofia finds a place. There is faid to be on the one hand nothing fuperfluous, and on the other nothing de- ficient. WuiLe abundantia denotes a greater plenty than copia, yet that implied even in it, may be occafionally carried to excefs, and to what in Englifh is ftyled ‘‘ fuperabundance,” when the quantity is fo great, as to be cumberfome and ufelefs. “‘ Ludos et inania honoris modo rationis atque abundantia ** duxit, uti longe a luxuria ita fame propior *.” In the con-~ duct of AGRICOLA, there was on the one hand no blameable ceconomy, and on the other no needlefs wafte, that might be termed extravagance. “ Non illa quidem /uxuriofi hominis fed “ abundantis +.” Usertas differs from the two former words, in referring, not to the abfolute quantity alone exifting at a fpecified time, but to the regular fupply of a neceflary wafte, and in fuppo- fing the plenty denoted by all the terms uniformly continued. The adje@tive uber, of which it is an abftradt, takes its power from the fubftantive wher, fignifying that which contains the milk of an animal giving fuck. ‘* Nuper nati mammas appe- “ tunt, earumque wertate faturantur }.”” From denoting the regular fupply of this juice, defigned for fupporting the young of animals, it has been transferred to another operation of na- ture, vifible in the fertility of fields and trees. ‘‘ Ubertatem * frugum et fructuum a diis fe habere §.”—“ Facile eft reme- “ dium ubertatis, fterilia nullo labore vincuntur **.” Last of all, wbertas has been figuratively applied to that in- exhauftible ftore of fentiment and expreflion which forms a di- Vot. III. r ftinguifhed * Tac. Agric. 6. § Cic. de N. D. 77.4. + Cic. Phil. 2. 66. ** Quind, 2. 4. } Cic. de N. Dy 52. a. 130 On the UTILITY, &e, {tinguifhed orator ; and in the example fubjoined, the metaphor begun in the firft member of the fentence, is happily fupported in fome of the words that follow. “ Omnis enim wbertas, et “ quafi /ylva dicendi duéta ab academicis eft *.”” * Cic. Orat. 198. a. 2 IU; Ill. On the ANcteNT HEtiLENEs. By Davip Dotc, LL.D. F.§.S.A. and Mafter of the Grammar School at Stirling. [Read Nov. 15. 1790, and April 18. 1791.] N fome other differtations, I have endeavoured to inveftigate the original country of the Jones, Dores, Holes and Achai or Achivi; and have, I hope, fhewed, that none of thefe tribes were aborigines of Greece. In this paper, I fhall trace the origin of the Hellenes, a people who, in procefs of time, be- came fo confiderable, that all the other fepts and petty clan- fhips of that nation were proud of being called by that venera- ble name. It was the diftinétion which they deemed the moft honourable; and “Eaaqves and Bagéueos, at one time, compre- hended the whole human race. THE more ancient Greeks, however, as well as the people of the eaft, knew nothing of this appellation. The Italians were equally ftrangers to it. The ancient name by which the Greeks diftinguifhed themfelves, and by which they were known to the weftern nations, was that of Graii or Greci, which, it is pretended, they derived from TpesG@, GRatus, a very ancient King of Theflaly. This very ancient perfonage was probably an imaginary chief, who owed his creation to the fertile fancy of the Grecian genealogifts. The Greeks themfelves muft have abandoned this denomination at an early period, fince it néver r2 occurs 132 On the Ancient HELLENES. occurs in Homer, and indeed very ra rely in other Greeku- thors. ArisToTLE, fpeaking of the inundation of Theflaly in the reign of Deucation, is, I believe, the moft ancient writer who mentions that name *. Puiny, in the beginning of his defcription of Greece, in- forms us, that Grecia was the name given by the Romans to that region. ‘* 4b Ifhmi anguftiis Hellas incipit, noftris Gracia “ appellata}.’’ The word Grecia was peculiar to the Romans; for we never meet with the word 'gai:zsa in any Greek author. As Homer never ufes the word T'gaizoi, we may juftly conclude, that it was become obfolete in his days. Whence then did the Ro- mans borrow this Gentile appellation? According to Dionysi- us of Halicarnaffus {, a confiderable body of the Pelafgi, expel- led from Theflaly by Deucation, after hovering fome time about Dodona, crofled over into Italy, and poffeffed themfelves of a confiderable part of that country. Thefe Pelafgi carried over the name [games and Tgasmo into Italy at that early pe- riod, and the Romans, a people by no means fond of innova- tions, retained it to the laft. Hesycuivs informs us, that Iga fignifies the earth, and likewife Ceres. Every body knows, that the ancient Heathens looked upon the earth as the moft ancient of beings. By con- fequence, * Qiney ya oi Lerror evrevdeac, nas ob mervpeevor rors wey Tpasnos, yur de “EAAnvice Meteor. Lib. i. cap. 14. Lycorunon, an author who affects the antique ftyle, calls Protesitaus Thaixay aereros, Alex. 532. and in another place he fays,—I'¢ aixoicwy, auvewais TE Tos Epex= Yiwe. Ib. 138. Upon this place Tzzrzes has the following obfervation,—Tgaixor yag meortgoy of ts EhAados sxaAuyro. Grorcius Syncexuus to the fame purpofe,—EAaany dros Asvxarsmvos EyrmgiGeto aQ? S"EAAnves of Teaixes werexAvdncar. Edit. Par. p. 153. Edit. Ven. p- 122. Hzsycntvs is of opinion, that the word was changed by the Romans. Puasxoc, "Baan. Pwpasos de to y meorderres Teuixoy Pace In voce Pem@. But this conjecture is evidently falfe. See Auperti’s Edit. of Hzsycurus, Vol. ii. p. 1098. + Lib. iv. cap. 7. + Lib. i. p. 13. Edit. Stern, , tea “On. the Ancient’ HELLENES. 133 oO fequence, the Greeks employed a word derived from the ori- - ental name of that element, to fignify the beginning, and Ceres was the fame deity with TELLUs, or the earth. In Greek, the word Igavs, nearly the fame with grai or grau, fignifies an old woman. Indeed, grai and grau are actually the fame ; for the ancient Greek alphabet had no upfilon. The words Peaio and Teasxos, according to this deduction, imported the original inha- bitants of Greece, and was applied to them by the Pelafgi, in order to exhibit this very character. Every body knows, that the mythologifts of Greece made no fcruple to forge imaginary perfonages, upon every occafion, when they found themfelves embarrafled in tracing out the progenitors of a nation. Thus, according to them, Mepeus was the father of the Medes, PER- sEus of the Perfians, PoorNnix of the Phcenicians, Syrus of the Syrians, &c. According to the fame arrangement, GRatvs, if he was not the father of the Greeks, was at’ leaft the father of their Gentile name. HELLEN, Ion, Dorus, /EoLus,,. AcHzus, were beings of the like equivocal generation. However far and wide the term Hedlas came to be diffufed' afterwards, it was at firft confined to one {mall city of Theflaly. It lay in Phthiotis, a fmall diftri€t of that country, toward the fouth. According to Srraso, fome were of opinion, that Phthia, Hellas, and Achaia, were the fame. Sia» re, of per Thy avrny evar tn “EAAads nos Ayouw * Anda little after, he adds :—‘* Now thofe who fay fo, fhew you, about fixty ftadia “ from their city, the ruins of a city which they believe to “ have been Hellas, and near it two fountains, the one called ““ Mefleis and the other Hyperiea.’’ He goes on to inform us, that the people of Melitza alleged, that Hellas being fituated. on a low ground beyond the Enipeus, the inhabitants, pro- bably on account of the unhealthinefs of the fituation, de- “* ferted it, and went over to their city f. The author of the Brevia Scholia on the Iliad is of. the fame opinion. “ Not in- 4 ** deed: * STRABO, p. 431. + P. 431- “ cs 134 On the Ancient HELLENES. * deed all the Theffalians, but only thofe who dwelt in the “ city of Hellas *.’’? Thus it appears, that the Theflalian Hel- las was a very ancient city of the fmall diftri@ of Theflaly called Phthiotis, and that lay in the neighbourhood of the river Enipeus. Bur the Hellas juft now defcribed was by no means the ori- ginal one called by that name. We learn from ArisTorre the following circumftances +: “* For this deluge, fays he, happened “ chiefly about the diftrict of the ancient Hellenes, and that near the city Hellas. Now, that city lay near Dodona, on the Achelous; for this river hath often changed its name. The Selli inhabited that canton. Thefe were at that time called Greci, and now are denominated Hedlenes.’’ Here then we have difcovered the original Hel/as, the refidence of the Selli or Helli, who were firft called Helladians, then Tenor, and laft of all Hellenes. Thefe Helli or Selli were the original Hel- lenes. From them the Gentile name, that afterwards became fo famous over a great part of the world, was derived, and not from HELLEN, the fictitious fon of DEucaAtton. Ler us now fee who thefe Helli or Selli were who dwelt about the Theflalian Hellas, and from whom, we hope to make it appear, that the later He//enes were denominated. STraso, in his defcription of Epire, gives the following account of that remarkable people {. ‘‘ Now, concerning Dodona, that the “* people who dwelt about the temple were Barbarians, even ‘“* Homer himfelf has inferred from the peculiar aufterities of “ their manner of living §: They fleep, fays he, on the bare “ ground cc id ce ce * Ad Iliad. ix. 437. $ Kes yag &ros mags tov “EAAnpinoy syeveto KxMOTH Xe Te De Meteor. lib.i, cap.ult, t Tlegs de Aadwrig x. Tere Lib. vil. Pp: 328. § Iliad. xvi. 233. Sorn. Trach. 1180. ————— i aii ae On the Ancient HELLENES. 135 “ ground with their feet unwajbed. But whether we ought to “ call them He//i, as Pinparus does, or Selli, as they imagine the name ftands in Homer, the ambiguity of the orthogra- phy does not fuffer us to determine. Puitocnorus tells us, “ that the diftriét about Dodona, as well as that of Eubea, was “ called Hellopia: For Heston fpeaks thus: There is a certain “ place called Hellopia, diverfified with dales and meads. Here, in “* the uimoft corner, is built the city of far-famed Dodona.” From the concluding part of this quotation, it appears, that the coun- try about Dodona was called Hellopia, as well as Hellas, which are indeed names nearly of the fame import, as we hope to make appear in the fequel. With refpe@ to the difference of the terms He//i and Se//i, we may obferve, that the confonants 4 and s being both afpirates, are often ufed promifcuoufly in. different dialeéts, and that of confequence the Hel/i of PINDAR ce ce and the Se//i of Homer were one and the fame people. From,the above quotation it plainly appears, that the original Hellas was a city in the neighbourhood of Dodona; that the diftric&t where it ftood was called Hellopia ; that the inhabitants were called Helli and Selli; and that thefe were the minifters of the temple there eftablifhed. The Theffalian. Hellenes were a colo- ny of the Dodoneans, who emigrated from that canton at a very early period. ‘The Pelafgi were at that time mafters both of Theflaly and Epire. Under their prote@tion the Helli ere@: ed the oracle of Dodona*. With them a numerous body of thofe people found a fanctuary when expelled from Theflaly by > Deucation and the Curetes }. It was then natural enough for the fuperfluous numbers of the Epirotic Helli or Hellenes to emigrate to Phthiotis in Theflaly, and to colonize a part of that country, efpecially as it was fituated at no great diftance from their native feat, and was then in. the poffeffion of thefe: very. * Heron. Lib. ii. cap. 52. + Dion. Halic. Antiq. Rom. Lib.i. p. x3, Edit. Stern. 236 On the Ancient HELLENES. very people under whofe protection, and by whofe permiffion, they had formed their original eftablifhment at Dodona. This detail acquires farther confirmation, when it is confidered, that the city which they built in Phthiotis was called Hellas, after the name of their metropolis, in the neighbourhood of Dodona. In- deed, it is highly probable, that there was a Dodona in Theflaly as well as in Epire. This was the opinion of PHILOXENUS, a very ancient writer, quoted by StepHanus Byzantinus *, though the author laft quoted condemns that opinion. As PHiLoxENUs was much more ancient than the Byzantine, the probability is, that truth lies on his fide. We therefore con- clude, that the Theffalian Hellas was built by a colony of emi- grants from the city of that name near Dodona in Thefprotia, a diftrict of Epire. Tue inhabitants of Hellas and its neighbourhood were call- ed Hellenes. Accordingly, STRABO actually fo denominates the inhabitants of that city. Ex de rag ‘Earados ev ramen yogin HELLEING, ES THY EAUTUY METOINNT OS TES “Enranvas ft. I know that the Greeks afcribe the building of this city to HELLEN, the fon of Deucavion; but had this been the cafe, the city, according to the idiom of the Greek language, muft have been denominated Hellenia, and not Hellas. Tuese Hellenes, in procefs of time, extended themfelves over all the fouth part of Theffaly. Heroporus is clearly of opinion, that the Hellenes were a Pelafgic tribe. Speaking of the Pelafgi and thefe people, he exprefles himfelf in the follow- ing manner :—To de “EAaAguzov [eSvos] yAwoon mev, exes re evyeveros QElxOTEe ce] avTy diayeures, ws £05 HATAHDAIVET OE VHS, arooysosey Hev~ ror amo Te LleAaoyine, cov aodeves, oro ouimes TEO THY HeYnY Og LafLEVOVs avinras 65 rAgnvos, Tay edvewy ToAAwy morisee TEOTHEY WENKOTAY HUTW HOLL wrrw edvear, Bugbagar cvyvev we On, ws ewor re doxeit. As this paf- fage is of more than ordinary importance, I {hall fubjoin a li- I teral * In voc. Dodona, + P. 432. t Lib.1. cap. 58. Ps at On the Ancient HELLENES. 313% teral tranflation of it. ‘“ But the nation of the Hellenes, fince “* ever it exifted, continues, as far as to me appears, to ufe the “ fame language; being a branch cut off from the Pelafgic “ ftock, and weak and inconfiderable at the firft, in a fhort — “* time it increafed into a multitude of people; vaft numbers of “© the neighbouring nations in particular, and multitudes of other ** barbarians in general, having joined it, as I imagine to have ** been the cafe.’’ According to this detail, the Fellenes were fprung from the Pelafgic ftock, and were not fo called from the fabulous Hetxcen. Nor is it furprifing that Heropotus fhould imagine, that thefe Hellenes were of Pelafgic extration, when it is confidered, that they lived among thofe people from the time of their firft arrival in thofe parts, and were conftant- ly under their patronage and protection. Havinc thus endeavoured to prove, that the Hellenes of Theflaly were a colony of emigrants from the Helli- or Selli of Epire, in the neighbourhood of Dodona, let us try if we can- not difcover who thefe people were, and from what country they emigrated, when they came to fettle in thofe parts. We have already feen, that they were the minifters of the temple of Jupiter Dodoneus, and that they were an auftere, afcetic, felf- denied race of men. The origin of the temple of Juprrer at Dodona is accurately defcribed by Heronotus*. Its vocal oaks, prophetic doves, and tinkling kettles, have been minutely explained by a great variety of writers, both ancient and mo- dern. It was fituated in Chaonia+, a fmall territory of Epi- rus, which formerly belonged to Thefprotia, but afterwards to the Moloffi. The temple itfelf lay at the foot of a mountain called Tomarus or Tmarus, As that mountain rofe from the plain, fomewhat refembling a palm-tree, I imagine the name is derived from the oriental word Tamar, which actually fignifies Vox,- I, Sf a * Lib. ii. cap. 54. et feq. + STRABO, p. 328, 3209. 138 On the Ancient HELLENES. a palm-iree. Heroporus tells us, that this was the moft_an- cient oracle of all Greece. The fame hiftorian gives us an ex- act account of the tradition of the Egyptian eftablifhment of that oracle * ; a tradition ‘‘ which,”’ fays he, “‘ was authenticated ‘ by the priefts of Dodona in my days.” It appears plainly from Heroporus, that this oracle was in- ftituted by a prieftefs from Egypt f, and that it was copied from that of JuprreR at Thebes, or Diosporis of Egypt. Both were originally confecrated to the fun, who was undoubt- edly the primary Jupirer of the Pagan world. STRaBgo in- fers {, I believe not juftly, from HomeEr’s account of the Selli who miniftered in the temple of Dodona, that the original re- tainers of that eftablifhment were men, and not women. HeE- rnopotus, who had a much fairer opportunity of difcovering the genuine tradition, plainly intimates, that the perfon who firft inftituted the oracle, was one of the prieftefles of the E- gyptian Thebes. Though the Greek poet mentions only “ the “ Se/li, who lay on the ground with feet unwafhed,” it does not follow, that there were not likewife Se//e of the like afcetic chara@ter. ‘The fame geographer informs us, “ That in pro- « cefs of time, when Dione was admitted toa fhare of that “temple, three old women were appointed to ofliciate as her “ priefteffes §.”” Thefe female minifters were called Peleiades, which, in the language of Theflaly, fignifies doves ||, and hence the origin of the fable concerning the oracular pigeons of Do- dona. Heropotus, who had converfed with the Egyptian priefts upon the fubject of the eftablifhment of the oracle and temple of Dodona, informs us, in the paflage above quoted, that they homologated the tradition of the Dodoneans with relation to the * Lib. ii. cap. 55, 56, 57- § P. 320. + Ibid. || Hesyeu. in voc. Tere. £ P. 329. a AT ee ee ey On the Ancient HELLENES. 139 ~ the certainty of that ancient fact. But it will fcarce, I imagine, be fuppofed, that one fingle old Egyptian prieftefs had the ad- drefs and courage to erect the oracle in queftion. Whatever the modern Greeks may have dreamed upon that fubjeé, fhe mutt have had men as her co-adjutors in that operation. Thefe co-adjutors were the original Selli. Thefe people were actually emigrants from Egypt and Phceenicia. As the Egyptians, in the earlieft times, were averfe to navigation, all the Egyptian chiefs who brought colonies into Greece, were obliged to tranfport themfelves on board Pheenician veflels, and of courfe generally imported a mixture of thefe people. The fact then was,~—The original inhabitants of the neighbourhood of Dodona were a -colony of Egyptians and Phoenicians *. The Egyptians were, however, the leaders in that emigration. Some part of thefe belonged to the facerdotal tribe, and had been originally mini- fters of the temple of No-ammon, Thebes or Diofpolis. Thefe probably confifted of both fexes, and thefe actually founded the oracle and built the temple of Juprrzer Dodonezus, in imi- tation of that of the fame Deity in Egypt. Like the pricfts: of Delphi of a later date, they employed a prieftefs to publifh the oracles to thofe who confulted them. After fome years, Dione, or the Moon, was admitted to a participation of the worfhip there eftablifhed. Upon this occafion, three additional prieft- effes were appointed to minifter to that divinity. From this deduction, it appears obvious, that the Helli or Selli of Dodona were originally a colony from Egypt and Phoe- nicia ; that the leaders of this colony were Egyptians from The- bais of Egypt; that thefe brought in their train. fome of the priefts of Juprrer at Thebx, or were perhaps themfelves a fwarm difcharged from that feminary; that from them the re- gion about Dodona was called He/las, and the natives Hellenes: Pig that * I fay Pheenicians, becaufe moft of the names of the objects about the temple appear to be Pheenician. 140 On the Ancient HELLENES. that from them were defcended the Theffalian Hellenes, whofe name was, in procefs of time, adopted by all the nations of Greece.—Let us now try if we cannot produce fomething ftill more plaufible in confirmation of this hypothefis. Tue original term He/ fignifies light, brightnefs, /plendour. Perhaps it is the fame with the word £/, without the afpiration, which is one of the epithets of the true Gop among the He- brews; for ‘“‘ Gop is light, and in him is no darknefs at all.” When the luminaries of heaven became the objects of religious worthip among the ancient Pagans, moft of the names, titles and epithets which had originally belonged to the true Gop, were transferred to the folar light ; confequently E/ or Hel became a title of the fun. Among the heathens, it was a pre- vailing practice to denominate the feveral claffes of priefts from the title of that deity to whom they refpectively miniftered. This point needs no confirmation. If then the Helli in que- {tion were originally priefts of JupiTer, that is, the Sun, they were of courfe denominated from that deity. Another oriental word now prefents itfelf, which, if admitted into the compofi- tion, will naturally produce the word we are endeavouring to inveftigate. In Hebrew, En, or perhaps Ein, fignifies both an eye and a fountain. From a combination of the words He/ and En, (doubling the / in order to ftrengthen the found), we have Hellen, which may fignify, either the fountain of light, or the eye of light, both terms naturally applicable to the fun. The original import of the word He//en was then, according to this etymology, @ worfbipper or votary of the fountain of light, i.e. the Sun. As a collateral proof of the juftnefs of this ety- mology, it may be obferved, that among the ancient Greeks, the word Helena was actually a name of the moon *, and, by a parity * The Greek word Esanm feems to be the very fame with ‘Exm, only changing the fpiritus afper into =, according to the folic dialect, Ziaev@ was allo a name of the fun. ama i ED ye wa: i ee Siri On the Ancient HEL LENES, 141 parity of reafon, Helenus muft have denoted the /uz. The difference between Helenus, if you cut off the affix us, is next to nothing. But that the original word Hellenes atually im- ported wor/bippers of the fun, or at leaft of the hoff of heaven, will, it is hoped, appear obvious from the following obferva- tions. Ir is a well known fact, that the fathers of the Chriftian church have divided the early ages of the world into three epochs, which they have diftinguithed by the names of BagGa- ero0s, Lavbiowos and “EAAguopos, Barbarifin, Scythifm and Helie- nifm, The two firft we omit as foreign to our purpofe; the laft is a point of great importance towards eftablifhing our po- fition, and therefore its purport muft be fully elucidated. It muft indeed appear fomewhat extraordinary, to find people talk of a Hellenic period as exifting many centuries before the Hel- lenes of Greece had rifen into exiftence. But thefe holy men _were ignorant of the import of the name. They did not know, that the term Hed/en imported a votary of the fun, the Hel-En or fountain of light, and intimated the very fame thing with Zabians, or worfbippers of the hoft of heaven. EpipuHanius fixes the rife of Hellenifm to the age of SErucnH. ‘ Racam “ begat Serucn, and then idolatry and Hellenifm began ““ among men *.”” Hellenifm was then coeval with SErucu, many ages before the Hellenes of Greece. Indeed, Eusesii's and SyncELLus make Serucu the author of the firft apoftacy from the true religion +. CEDREN' s makes Hellenifm only as ancient as THARRA. “ And Nacuor begat THarRA; then ** was introduced the fabrication of images by the {kill of “ Tarra f.”’ Here then we have the origin of Hellenifm fixed to a very early period. ‘This apoftacy confifted in wor- fhipping the hoft of heaven, the Hel-En, the fountain of light. I Thofe. * Wolsi Heri. cap... p..47. $ Vole. ps x5. + Chron, p. 15. SYNCEL. p. 34, 142 On the Ancient HELLENES. Thofe who were addicted to that fpecies of idolatry were called Hellenim, or fun-worfbippers, and the appellation was probably fixed on them by thofe who perfevered in the worfhip of the true Gop. Tue Babylonians, according to the moft authentic accounts, were the firft people who worlhipped the hoft of heaven, and of confequence were the firft Hellenes. This name they re- tained much longer I believe than is generally imagined. The prophet JeREm1AuH, foretelling the overthrow of the Egyptians at Carchemifh on the river Euphrates, introduces the auxilia- ries of that army as exhorting one another in a fpeech to the following purpofe: “ Arife, and let us go again to our own “ people, and to the land of our nativity, from the face (edge) “ of the fword of the Fonim*.’’ The Seventy tranflate the laft claufe, Aro meorwrs wayougas ‘EAAquxns. Again, in another place +, we have the very fame words tranflated in the fame manner. It would be abfurd to imagine, that the tranflators were fo ignorant as to fuppofe that the Greeks were really in- tended in thefe paffages. They could not but know, that the infpired writer alluded to the Babylonians ; and that the Gre- cian Hellenes at that period, could have no manner of connec- tion with the Babylonians. The fact is, they knew that thefe people fhad been often ftyled Hellenes, i. e. worfbippers of the jun. They knew that this was a general appellation by which thefe people were known over all the neighbouring countries, and confequently applied it to them without the leaft hefitation. This account, in my opinion, furnifhes a very ftrong prefump- tion, that the Babylonians were the original Hellenes, and that this name was applied to them in confequence of their attach- ment to the worfhip of the fun. Jouannes Antiochenus ftyles the Midianites Hellenes. He calls JerHro, the father-in-law of Moses, Agysegevs ray “EAAg- Ya, * Chap. xlvi. ver. 16. + Ghap. 1. ver. 16, 2 On the Ancient HELLENES. 143 van *, high prieft of the Hellenes. Of what Hellenes? Surely not of the Grecian Hellenes, but of the Midianitith, that is, of the Midianites who were worfhippers of the fun, moon and ftars. On the upper recefs of the Arabian gulf, there ~was a city called Elana, and fometimes Ailane. On the oppofite fide are fountains, called by the Arabians E/-Aza to this. day. El-Ain, the very peafants of the neighbourhocd know to import /ontes folis, ‘‘ the fountains of the fun.” This fact again furnifhes a very plaufible argument in favour of the etymology propound- ed above. : Tue invafion and conqueft of Egypt by the Paftor Kings, is. an event generally known, and as generally admitted. Arrt- cANus } calls thefe people, Tomeves “EAAgves and Bacireis “EAAn- vec, ‘* Hellenic fhepherds and Hellenic Princes.’? It cannot be pretended, that thofe foreigners had the moft diftant relation to the Hellenes of Greece, except from the identity of name. No; they were only worfhippers of Hel-an, “ the fountain of “‘ light.””, For the fame people are called Aurite and Orite, from Aur and Or, originally light, heat, and, by a very com- mon metonomy, the fun. Thofe intruders were probably ad- diéted to the worfhip of the folar Deity, and were confe- quently ftyled Hellenes, Aurite and Orite, that is, Swnites, or votaries of the fun. It then appears, that there were Hellenes in Chaldza and Arabia at a very early period, (for I take it for granted, that the Paftors who invaded Egypt were Arabians),. and in Midian ; and that, from the import of the term, thefe Hellenes were fo denominated from their being addiéted to the worfhip of the heavenly bodies. As there were Hellenes in the countries above mentioned in: the very firft ages after the flood, fo it will appear by the fol- lowing quotations, that there were Hellenes likewife in Egypt much about the fame period of time. Puno Judzus, in his life PSO s 7 76 {¢ Apud Syncerium, p. 61. 144 On the Ancient HELLENES, life of Moses, after informing his readers, that this lepiflator had been inftru€ted, during his youth, in arithmetic, in geo- graphy, in hieroglyphics, adds, THIOE HAANY EyuUEAseey TOMES, x. zr. *, ‘ the remainder of the circle of fciences he learned from “the Hellenes ;’’ not I fuppofe from the Hellenes of Greece, who, if they did exift at that early period, were ftill a race of barbarians, if not abfolute favages; but from the Egyptian priefts of that denomination, who had actually by that time eftablifhed feminaries or colleges in feveral parts of Egypt, as early as the age of Moses. ‘The learned Jew was acquainted with the term Hellenes, but was ignorant of its import and fig- nification. He is indeed grofsly miftaken in his application of it; as is likewife CLemens Alexandrinus, who borrows it from him, and applies it to the fame purpofe f. Dioporus Siculus informs us, that the great OstrIs, return- ing from his travels over moft parts of the then known world, ‘* inftituted religious ceremonies, and founded fchools of elo- “ quence in Egypt. Of thefe he appointed Hermes the Pre- “« £e@, who taught the Hellenes the rites relating to augury and “ divination t.” Thefe Hellenes could be none other than the priefts of Hel-En, that is, the Sun. The fcholiaft on Apoito- n1us’s Argonautics informs us from Dicearcuus, that “ SEsoNn- “ onosis, 7. ¢. SESOSTRIS, was a zealous imitator of the Hel- ‘ lenic way of life §. The author’s meaning is no doubt, that he was an admirer of the auftere manner of life practifed by the Hellenes, or priefts of the fun. From the foregoing detail, we hope it will appear, that there were in the eaftern parts of the world people called Hellenes, many ages before the Hellenes of Greece were known or ex- ifted ; that this was originally not a Gentile, but a facred or religious name; that it meant.worfhippers of the fun, and . imported * Vol. ii. p. 84. ¢ Lib.i. p. 16. Edit. Stern. + Vol. i. p. 443. § Lib. v. ver. 273. On the Ancient HELLENES. r45 imported much the fame idea with the term Zadian; that in Egypt in particular there was a race of priefts denominated Hellenes.—Let us now fee to what purpofe we mean to apply the foregoing obfervations. WE have already fhewn from Herroporus, that the oracle of Dodona was an Egyptian erection; that the Helli or Selli were the minifters of the Deity; that thefe Helli, afterwards Hellenes, were originally worfhippers of the Sun, this planet being the primary JuPITER of the Greeks and Romans; that there was in the neighbourhood of that temple, a city called Hellas, the capital of a diftrict called Hellopia; that the inha- bitants of this canton were the original Hellenes of Greece ; and, laftly, that the Theflalian Hellenes were a colony of emi- grants from the laft mentioned people. I fhould now proceed to inveftigate by what means the Hellenes of Theflaly grew fo confiderable, as to communicate their name to all the other communities of Greece. But before I enter upon this part of ° the fubject, I fhall take the liberty to hazard a few etymologi- cal conjectures, which, if admitted, will operate as collateral proofs of the hypothefis. I oBsERVED in that part of this difquifition where I treated of the emigration of the Dodonean Helli, that, though the leaders of the colony were undoubtedly Egyptians, yet a num- ber of Phoenicians were probably mingled with thefe emi- grants. I fhall now fhow, that moft of the names conneéted with the temple. and oracle, were actually Phoenician. Hello- pia, the name of the canton around the temple, fignifies a ter- ritory facred to the fun and the moon. I have fhewn above, that E/ or Hel was a name of the fun. Ops, Opis, Upis, was a Pelafgic name of the moon. In the Egyptian language, Od was a name of the fun, and of courfe Oba became a title of his fifter divinity. The confonants 4 and / being-both labials, naturally pafs into each other. Hence Oba or Uba became Opa and Upa. From Hel and Opa combined originates Hellopa ; Vou. III. t whence 146 On the Ancient HELLENES. whence the adjective ‘EAdwma, with the word ywea underftood, intimating the Hellopian diftridt. Again, Hedlas, originally Hellad, as is obvious from the genitive Hedlados, is compound- ed of Hel, light, fplendour, &c. and Ad, an original name of the fan *. Hellas is then much the fame with Heliopolis, the city of the fun. I have obferved above, that Tmarus or Toma- “rus, the mountain overhanging the temple, might fignify a palm- tree; but it may, with more probability, be compounded of the words Tam, integer, perfectus, and Or or Ur, beat or light. As it was an univerfal practice among the heathens to confe- crate particular mountains to particular deities, and as the one in queftion lay contiguous to the temple of the fun, there can be no doubt of its being confecrated to that deity. The name Dodona itfelf I take to be a vox hybrida, compounded of the Greek word Aw, domus, and the Phoenician Adon, dominus; fo that Dodona is the fame with Do-Adon, the houfe of the Lorn. The prieftefles of the temple were called zerzscs +. The Chal- dean word Peleh fignifies /ervivit, coluit, and is upon fome oc- cafions actually employed to intimate the minifters of the houfe of Gon}. Hesycutius informs us, that the word wedge in the Theflalian tongue fignified a dove. This bird every body knows was facred to VENus among the Greeks and Romans, and to the Moon among the Syrians. Hence the prieftefles were called weAcies, becaufe they miniftered to Dione in the temple of Dodona; and the pigeon had the fame denomina- tion, becaufe it was facred to the fame deity. The Lacedemo- nians called the temple of JuprTER in Dodona ‘Eade §, a term evidently derived from He/; and this was perhaps its original denomination. All thefe names are clearly of Phoenician ex- traction, nor are the etymologies obfcure and equivocal. Eve- ry * Macrob. Sat. lib.i. cap. 23. + HEsycu. in voce. t See Ezra vii. 24. et alibi. § Hesycu. in vace Enna, nabedga, xi Auoz Tepov ev Aodwm. Acuxcavese On the Ancient HELLENES. 147 ry one verfed in etymological enquiries will, I am _perfuaded, admit them as probable, if not abfolutely certain. Perhaps the Pheenicians conftituted the more numerous part of the colony, and of courfe, though the leaders were Egyptians, the lan- guage of the majority, as is ufual in fuch cafes, might become the prevailing dialect. This too muft have been mingled with the Pelafgic, which was probably a branch of the old Pheeni- cian, or, at the moft, very little different from that language. At the fame time, it is generally allowed, that the Egyptian and Phoenician were no more than different modifications of the fame tongue. Thus, it appears, that moft of the names of places and perfons connected with the temple of Dodona, as well as that of the temple itfelf, were of a Phoenician or E- gyptian original; a circumftance which, in my opinion, ought to give additional weight to the arguments above adduced in confirmation of my pofition.—I fhall now endeavour to point out the means by which the Hellenes of Theflaly grew fo con- fiderable as to communicate their name to all the other tribes of Greece. Tue Hellenes, when they arrived in Greece, brought along - with them a large fhare of the culture and civilization both of Egypt and Pheenicia, at that time the two moft polifhed coun- tries upon earth. The emigrants from Dodona to Phthiotis no doubt carried along with them all the improvements of the parent colony. The inhabitants of Theflaly were at that time a race of barbarians. This affertion ftands in no need of be- ing authenticated by quotations. It is confirmed by the una- nimous confent of antiquity. It is no hard matter to conceive how quickly a race of people, prodigioufly fuperior both in arts and arms, muft gain the afcendant among a rout of uncul- tivated, vagabond favages. Their mianners, their dexterity, their fkill in the mechanical arts, their policy, perhaps their fuperior courage and difcipline, would naturally enough excite the admiration, and conciliate the affections, of all the tribes of P2 : barbarians 148 On the Ancient HELLENES. barbarians around them. The religious ceremonies which they introduced would render them venerable, and gain them mul- titudes of profelytes. The arts of augury, vaticination, and magic, would all co-operate to enhance their reputation. Agri- culture, in that age little known, and ftill lefs practifed in Greece, would be embraced with grateful hearts by the half- famifhed favages. “(hey would look up to the authors of that blefling with the fame fentiments which prompted the Roman poet to invoke BAccuus and CErEs benign: Liper et alma Ceres, vefiro fi munere tellus Chaoniam pingut giandem mutavit arifta. Tue alliance of fuch a fuperior people would be eagerly courted, their manners would be imitated ; to incorporate with them by blood and affinities would be deemed honourable, and would, at the fame time, be found fafe, improving, and advantageous. Their neareft neighbours would be firft drawn into the vortex ; the infe€tion would gradually diffufe itfelf far and wide, till, in procefs of time, it extended its influence to all the oriental colonies at that zra newly eftablifhed in Greece. Indeed, all thefe colonies looked upon themfelves as brethren, as appears from the relation they all claimed to the family of their imagi- nary HELLEN. All thofe tribes might, in reality, look upon themfelves as brethren, as they had emigrated from the fame quarters, and were defcended of patriarchs who actually ftood in that relation to each other. Thus, the colony of the Hel- lenes, which, according to HEropotus, quoted above, was at the firft weak and inconfiderable, by the acceffion of its neigh- bours and numbers of the barbarous nations around, became ftrong, populous, and confiderable. The original name of Graii was forgot ; and firft the cantons in the neighbourhood of Phrhiotis, and afterwards, in a fhort time, almoft all the fepts of Greece, became Hellenes. Nothing lefs than the moft exalt- i ed Ee On the Ancient HELLENES, 149 ed idea of the fuperior dignity and accomplifhments of the Hel- lenes could, I think, have induced the circumjacent nations to abandon their refpective Gentile denominations, and adopt that of an inconfiderable tribe of foreigners, but lately eftablifhed among them. This opinion they muft have excited by the means enumerated in the preceding pages. Tue ancient Egyptians, like the modern Chinefe, were the moft vain-glorious nation upon earth. Accordingly, HEropo- Tus affures us, that they ftigmatifed all nations with the title of barbarians. BueCapous Os reevras Os Aiyurrios xareoucs reg fun oDios éuoydwacovs *. The Helladians or Hellenes brought this epithet with them into Greece, and, we believe, applied it literally to all thofe clanfhips around them which had not entered into al- liance with them, or had pot affumed their name. This epi- thet was at firft confined to fuch of the nations of Greece as were not connected with the body of the Hellenes. In procefs of time, however, it became fo widely extended as to produce the general divifion of mankind into ‘EAAmes za: Bog€ugos, ** Greeks and Barbarians.” The influence of this diftinétion foon became irrefiftible among a conceited, vain glorious peo- ple.) We learn from Heroportuvs, that the Athenians, who, according to him, were a Pelafgic tribe, changed both their name and language in order to become Hellenes. To Arrizop bvG cov Wcharyizov, apo rn wernGorn rn es “EAAnvos, nous THY Yraooay perenabe T. But nothing contributed fo much to extend the name and influence of tlie Hellenes, as ‘the inftitution of the council of the Amphictyones. The inftitution of this patriotic and truly beneficial diet is generally afcribed to the wifdom and policy of one AMPHICTYON, adefcendent of HELLEN, and a King of the- Athenians {. That Ampuicryon, if any fuch perfon ever ex- aba 1 ifted, * Lib. ii. cap. 158. in fine. + Lib. i. 57. t{ M. Gepetin, in his Dif. Prelim. fur les Orig. Grecs, has given a very ex- a& account of the inftitution of this council. According to him, AmPHicTYoN is- any 150 On the Ancient HELLENES. ifted, was of the Hellenic race, cannot be doubted. The: de- fign, the ufefulnefs, the arrangement of the inftitution, evi- dently breathe an Hellenic original. It is not my intention at prefent to enter upon a detail of the functions or regulations of that celebrated court. I fhall only obferve, that the confederated ftates being twelve in number *, lodged their refpective interefts in the hands of that council or diet; that this council was formed of a certain number of deputies from each of the allied cantons ; and that thefe cantons were at firft fituated around the city of Delphi in Phocis, where the Amphictyones held their affembly. Tue arrival of new colonies, time after time, from the coaft of Phcenicia, which generally conquered, expelled, fubjected, or extirpated the indigenous inhabitants of thefe countries, when they refpectively made their defcents, fuggefted the idea of the confederacy juft mentioned. The Hellenes, in all pro- bability, projected the alliance. It was a fcheme fuitable to the refined fagacity of a political and enlightened people. This fuppofition becomes the more plaufible, when we reflect, that the arrangement is afcribed to a branch of the Hellenic fa- mily ¢. The Attics, ever prone to engrofs every thing great or meritorious to themfelves, have, of courfe, dignified this ideal perfonage with the Royal title. He always appears in the lift of their Kings. Self-prefervation, the moft powerful of all mo- tives, an imaginary perfon, which I think is highly probable. His etymology of the name is altogether fanciful; «ug fignifies round, around, about ; and he imagines there might be an obfolete Greek verb xtuw, defendo, whence the Latin zueo, now tueor. After the fame manner, we have xtaw, poffideo, now xraouci, xteww, occido, &c. The x is a mere adventitious prefix, calculated to invigorate the pronunciation. Ac- cording to this etymology, the word mphidtyones will import perfons whofe office it was to proteét all the circumjacent people. * Authors only enumerate eleven. See more on this fubject in the Appendix, Pp: 153- + Some make him the fon of Devcation, others that of HELEN, On the Ancient HELLENES. 1g tives, would readily determine the petty ftates lying between the modern Theflaly and Peloponnefus to prefs into the alliance. _ At the fame time, gratitude for this. benefit, as well as for thofe enumerated in the preceding pages, might naturally enough engage them to adopt the Gentile denomination of their gra- cious benefactors. Ar firft the Gentile name Hellenes was confined to the can- tons connected by the Amphic¢tyonic confederacy ; and thefe, as was ju{t now obferved, were all fituated between the con- fines of modern Theflaly and the Ifthmus of Corinth. When the Dores, who were members of that confederacy, invaded and conquered Peloponnefus, they communicated that name, which themfelves had adopted before they left their original feats, to the inhabitants of their new conquefts ; and now all the Grecian tribes without diftinction became Hellenes. At length the epithet of Barbarians, which at firft comprehended only the tribes in the neighbourhood of the Hellenes who did not accede to the alliance reprefented by the Amphiétyones, was extended to all the nations. unconnected with the Hellenic. tribes. To conclude ; the Hellenes were not a particular race of peo- ple, nor were they denominated from He ten, the fabulous fon of Drucation. They were a fect of idolaters, peculiarly addicted to the worfhip of the fun, who was, in fome of the eaftern dialects, called Hel-En, i. e. the fountain of light. They were found in Babylon, in Midian, in Arabia on the confines of Egypt, and more particularly in Egypt itfelf, where there were feminaries of learned men called Hellenes. From one of thefe facerdotal feminaries, eftablifhed at Thebes or Di- ofpolis, emigrated the leaders of the colony of Helladians,. which fettled in the neighbourhood of Dodona. Thefe built the city of Hellas, and from them the canton which they pofleffed. 2 was; 152 On the Ancient HEL LENES. was called Hellopia. They likewife built the temple and intti- tuted the oracle of Dodona, under the protection of the Pelaf- gi, who had emigrated from the fame quarters, and who at that time were matters of that region. As thefe Hellenes mutt have tranfported themfelves to their new fettlements on board Phoenician veflels, a goodly number of Phoenicians muft have joined them, and mingled with them in Hellopia and its vici- nity. Hence moft of the names of perfons, offices, places, &e. connected with the temple are evidently of Phoenician original. In procefs of time, a new colony emigrated from Hellopia into Phthiotis, a {mall diftrict toward the fouth of Theflaly, where they built the city of Hellas, and where they ftill retained their original name. Thefe new colonifts brought along with them all the arts, culture, politenefs, &c. which their anceftors had imported from Egypt and Phoenicia, at that period the moft highly civilized countries upon earth. ‘Thefe new fettlers, in confequence of their fuperiority in arts and arms, and the be- nefits their more eminent accomplifhments enabled them to confer, eafily gained the afcendant among the neighbouring Theffalians, who were at that time a race of barbarians. The profpeét of fharing thefe advantages allured the neighbouring tribes either to join or fubmit to them, and rendered them am- bitious of the honour of being called by their name. The ori- ginal Hellenes had learned from their Egyptian countrymen to brand with the name of barbarians all who did not fpeak the fame language with themfelves. This epithet the vain-glorious Hellenes liberally beftowed upon all the neighbouring nations which were too proud or too obftinate to court their alliance. It appears from the example of the Athenians, that the dread of being branded with this epithet contributed not a little to draw the adjacent people into a confederacy with the Hellenes. The inftitution of the Council of the Amphictyones under the aufpices of the Hellenes completed their triumph; and the dread —_ On the Ancient HELLENES. 153 dread of being fwallowed up by the oriental colonies which were from time to time arriving in Greece, engaged all the petty dynafties in the neighbourhood to folicit admittance into that confederacy. At firft this affociation confifted only of - twelve petty ftates, and reached from the fouthern confines of modern Theflaly to the Ifthmus of Corinth. When the Dores, who had been included in the Amphi@tyonic league, and had confequently adopted the name of Hellenes, fell into Pelopon- nefus, and madethemfelves mafters of the greateft part of that country, they communicated their name to their new fubjects ; fo that, in procefs of time, the original name Graz was aban- doned and forgotten, and all the tribes of the Greeks became Hellenes ; a name which they retained as long as the nation ex- ifted. Hence, in procefs of time, all mankind came to be di- vided into ‘EAAnves xo BaeGaeos, ‘ Greeks and Barbarians.’’ END OF THE DISSERTATION. APPENDIX concerninc THE AMPHICTYONES. HOUGH I have omitted the explication of the council of the Amphictyones in the body of the preceding differta- tion, in order to avoid prolixity, I fhall here add a few ftric- tures upon that fubject. Ir was obferved in the foregoing paper, that the Greeks a- fcribed the inftitution of this council to AmMpHictyoNn. This Prince, according to them, was the fon of Dguca.ion, and VoL. IIE. u the — tn ss APPENDIX concerning the brother of the far-famed Hriien, though fome pretend that he was his fon. The Athenians, who arrogate every thing to themfelves, affert, that he was one of their Sovereigns. They tell us, that he came to Athens, and married the daugh- ter of Crawnaus, the fecond King of Athens *. This unna- tural Prince dethroned his father-in-law, and ufurped the Crown. He reigned eleven, fome fay twelve years}, and was in his turn expelled by ErtrcuTHonivus. According to APoLLoO- pDorus, fome were of opinion, that this fame AmpuicTyon was not the fon of Deucation, but a native of Atticat ; and if ever fuch a perfon did aétually exift, I fhould imagine the latter opinion by far the moft probable. But in either cafe, nothing can be more abfurd than to fuppofe, that a petty fove- reign of a territory, fituated at a confiderable diftance from the centre of union, and unconneéted with all the other ftates en- gaged in the confederacy, fhould have been poffeffed of fufii- cient influence and authority to accomplifh an enterprife of fuch magnitude and importance. The very idea carries incon- fiftency in its afpecét. This claim we mutt therefore place to the account of Athenian vanity. Some have afcribed the inftitution to Acrisius, King of Argos §, a pofition ftill more improbable, if poffible, than the former. That Prince was too inconfiderable, and lived at too great a diftance, to have projected fuch a plan, or, if he had, he could never have carried it into execution. What could have induced a Sovereign of Argos to intereft himfelf in the concern of a temple fo remote from his own dominions ? What motive can we imagine could have engaged AcRIsIUs to pro- ject an inftitution calculated to promote the union and fecurity of a number of tribes with which he was altogether uncon- neéted ?—an inftitution from which neither himfelf nor his fubjects * Apottop. Bib. cap. ili. p. 221. Pausaw. in Att. cap. 2. p. 7. bottom. + Id. ib. x Id. tb. § StRago, lib. ix. p. 420. Th AMPHICTYONES. 155 fubjects could ever hope to derive the fmalleft advantage. The opinion which attributes this eftablifhment to the wifdom and penetration of the Argive Prince, is therefore, in all refpects, bafelefs and nugatory. ANDROTION, quoted by PausAanias *, appears to me to have given the genuine account of the inftitution of this cele- brated council : Awewrsiay Oe ev 77 Arbid:, eQn, ouvyendy, x. T. A. ** But ANnDRoTION, in his Hiftory of Attica, tells us, that “ from the moft early period, deputies from the neighbouring “ {tates allembled at Delphi, and that thefe deputies were, “ from that circumfiance called Amphictyones, and that confe- “* quently, in procefs of time, this became the prevailing de- ‘* nomination of that high court.”” However this author may be miftaken in his etymology, he is certainly orthodox. in his opinion relating to the original of this renowned affembly. It was an original inftitution. It did not derive its primary exiftence, either from AMPnHICcTYON or Acrisius, or indeed from any particular perfon. It was a convention ro cé wernse It exifted from the earlieft ages of antiquity.—Let us now fee whether it is not poflible to give at leaft fome probable account of its primary erection. As the Hellenes had founded the oracle of Dodona, fo the fame people, in all probability, eftablifhed the oracle of Del- phi. They had feen the amazing credit and fuccefs of the former, and expected the like reputation and aggrandizement of the latter. The event proved, that the conjecture was founded. in reafon and fagacity. The renown of the Delphic ereCion in a fhort time eclipfed that of the fane of Dodona. The Greeks, who have ever been diftinguifhed by their itch for no- velty, quickly reforted in crowds to this newly ereGted office. In a few years, the temple became flourifhing and opulent. The Delphic Pythonefs, tutored by the Hellenes, uttered her myfterious predictions with fuch fuperior fagacity, that the events, in many inftances, verified their divine original, or at “2 leaf * Lib. x. cap.8. p. 815. - 150 APPENDIX concerning leaft were imagined to do fo by the deluded votaries. The re- {ponfes were generally conceived in fuch equivocal terms as left it in the power of the Hierophant to explain them in fuch a manner as might fave the credit of the Pythian god, be the iffue what it might. Numberlefs fables were circulated among the Greeks, with relation to the portents and prodigies which prompted the people in the neighbourhood of Parnaflus to erect this facred editice, and which attended the ere@ting of it. For my own part, I am fully convinced that it was a Hellenic efta- bliihment, founded by the emigrants of that colony from the neighbourhood of Dodona, and aétually copied from that ora- cle. Such changes were probably made as experience had pointed out for a courfe of feveral ages, during which the mo- ther Oracle had been in reputation. [mean not to compile a hiftory of this oracle; my intention is only to fhew, that the inftitution of the council of the Amphictyones is actually con- nected with this oracular eftablifhment. Tue concourfe to the temple of Delphi foon became im- menfe. Its fituation was happily chofen for that purpofe *. It lay nearly in the centre of thofe petty tribes which after- wards formed the Amphi¢tyonic affociation. Thefe ftates, as was obferved in the differtation, became jealous of the growing power of the oriental colonies. Delphi appeared to them a con- venient place for holding their conventions, agreed upon in or- der to concert meafures for their mutual fecurity. Both its fanétity and centrical pofition pointed it out as a place altoge- ther * Strazo, ubi fupra. It lay nearly in the centre of Greece, but the Greeks entertained an opinion, that it was fituated in the centre of the world—ougaass ts onsyuens, the navel of the habitable world. So StRaBo, lib.ix. p. 419. SoPpHOcE. in Oepip. Tyr. Eurir. in Mepea. et alibi. Puut. de defect. Orac. fub Init. Paus. lib. x. p.835. Pin. Pyth. iv.6. It was originally called Lycorea. Two Egyptian words compofe it. Ave in many languages fignifies ght, and OQ, fig- nifies the Suz. Th AMPHICTYONES. 1597 ther fitted for that purpofe. The Hellenic Prefe&ts of the tem- ple, fuperior to the Barbarians in political fkill and fagacity, would ftrain every nerve to promote a {cheme calculated to ad- vance both their honour and their intereft. In all ages, and in all countries, to partake of the fame com- mon facrifices has been deemed an infallible fign of amity and concord, Firft of all, then, the confederates affembled at Del- phi, at certain ftated feafons, to offer facrifices, and perform o- ther religious rites in name of all the affociated tribes *. This was the moft indiffoluble bond of their foederal union. Upon thefe public and folemn occafions, magnificent donations weré offered to the Pythian god, and his iminifters no doubt fhared largely in thefe munificent effufions of devout liberality. As in confequence of thefe public donations, and the bountitul largeffes of private individuals, who crowded from all quarters to confult the oracle, the treafury of the temple became ex- ceedingly rich, the confederates imagined, that it concerned their honour, and perhaps their intereft, to appoint officers to fuperintend that treafure. Srraso tells us exprefsly, that this was one of the ends of the inftitutions of the Amphiétyones +. Kau rz lege, x. 7. A. “ And they were to have the fuperintendency. “ of the temple in a more public capacity, which, as there was a “* prodigious mafs of treafure and donations depofited in 16, ** needed to be carefully watched and hallowed with purity.”’ Thus it appears, the the original Amphidtyones were a kind of wardens of the temple of Delphi, elected by the fuffrages of the confederated tribes. - ! In * See Herop. lib.i. Ephefus, and the temple of Drawa there, was the cen- tre of union among the people of Leffler Afia, and we find that TaRQurinius Priscus projected a like centre of union among all the petty ftates of Latium. Czsar informs us, that the Gauls had a like centre of refort in the territory of the Carnutes, where the Druids affembled once a-year to offer facrifices in name of all the communities of Gaul. + Lib. ix. p. 420, 158 APPENDIX concerning In procefs of time, it was imagined, that another clafs of officers fhould be added to the former, whofe province it fhould be to watch over the civil interefts of the confederacy. Thefe two claffes of fuperintendents gradually coalefced into one, and both united in difcharging the facred and civil fun@tions an- nexed to their office. Each of the confederated ftates fent two deputies, without any regard to its extent or populoufnefs. The one was denominated Ilegovuevoy, Hierumenon, and the other Tluawyogas, Pylagoras. The former was chofen by lot, and his bufinefs feems to have been more immediately to infpe@ and fuperintend matters relating to religion, fuch as facrifices, au- guries, rites, ceremonies, &c. Thefe officers I take to ‘have been a part of the original conftitution. The latter was elect- ed by a plurality of voices, and his province feems to have been originally confined to the civil department. Both thefe had an equal right to deliberate upon, and vote in all matters that came before the aflembly. Tuese ftated times of aflembling were twice in the year, once in fpring, and once in autumn. Their {pring meeting was called Exgivov ruAwsoy, their autumnal Merwragwov. ‘The rea- fon of this appellation was, according to the writers of Greece, owing to their having been originally inftituted at Py/e, after- wards called Thermopyle. The duration of their fitting was not limited, but extended in proportion to the multiplicity, magnitude, or difficulty of the bufinefs which came before them. Before they entered on bufinefs, they jointly facrificed an ox, cut into fmall pieces, which was a facramental fymbol of their amity and concord. ‘Though their ordinary place of meeting was at Delphi, they fometimes adjourned to Thermo- pyle. But this only happened when that city was threatened with a hoftile invafion, or when the exigencies of the commu- nities made the latter a more commodious ftation. When they aflembled at Thermopylz, they held their feflions in the temple of Ceres, near the mouth of the river Afopus. The fifth epo- 2, cha The AMPHICTYONES. 159 cha of the Arundelian marbles, marks the inftitution of this council. Tue Amphityones, before they began their deliberations, were obliged, as we learn from A/scuines, to take the follow- ing moft dreadful oath. ‘‘ I fwear never to overthrow any of the “ cities which enjoy the privilege of fending deputies to this council ; never to divert the courfe of any river, either in peace or war. If any people fhall come with any fuch de- fign, I engage to carry war into their country, to raze their cities, boroughs, and villages, and to treat them, in all re- {pects, as my moft implacable enemies. If any fhall be found fo impious as to dare to rob the temple of APOLLO at Delphi of the rich donations laid up there, or to favour fuch an attempt, to employ all my efforts, with hands, feet, and voice, to inflict vengeance on the facrilegious wretch.” This oath was accompanied with a moft dreadful imprecation againft thofe who fhould violate or falfify i. The imprecation was conceived in the following terms : “ If any man fhall violate this ** oath, be he private man, city, or people, may he feel the ven- geance of APOLLO, of Diana, of LATONA, of Minerva the Provident! May his lands yield no fruit! May their wives, and even their cattle, bear nothing but monfters! May tlie facri- legious wretches lofe their law-fuits! May they be vanquifh- ed in battle, and finally perifh, themfelves, their houfes, and all their offspring ! Let their facrifices never be accepted by ApoLtLo, Diana, Minerva the Provident! May thefe dei- ties abhor their vows and their offerings |’ Let us now fee with what powers and privileges this auguft afflembly was in- vefted. No private caufes were determined by this court. Thefe were deemed too trivial and uninterefting to engage the deliberation of this auguft convention. Their funétions were partly of a facred, and partly of a civil gomplexion. The former have been elucidated in the preceding pages. As civil magiftrates, they ~ . cc 160 APPENDIX concerning they were employed in maintaining peace and concord among the confederated ftates, by oppofing fuch injuries as they mu- tually committed again{t each other ; by determining fuch dif- putes as might arife between neighbouring people, with relation to their boundaries, poffeflions, privileges, claims, jurifdi@tions, &c.; by concerting fuch meafures as they deemed neceflary for maintaining the general confederacy. They endeavoured to ‘protect the weaker {tates from the oppreffion of the more power- ful ; to determine the caufes and nature of complaints ; to re- drefs public grievances of every defcription, and to promote every project that might conduce towards advancing the public weal, tranquillity and profperity. In fhort, all public differences among the confederates, whether relating to matters of peace, of war, or of religion, fell under the cognizance of this vene- rable court. Its decifions were figned by the high-prieft of Delphi, after which they were received with the deepeft vene- ration, and engraved upon pillars of marble, in order to be preferved as authentic monuments. We meet with frequent inftances of the power of this court in the Grecian hiftory. Even the Pheenicians, the very people among whom it was firft ereéted, felt, in latter times, the dreadful effects of its power and refentment. WE are affured, that the cantons affociated in the Amphic- tyonic league were twelve in number, and yet no author that I have had an opportunity of confulting mentions more than eleven. The reafon, I believe, is this: The name of the Hel- lenes, who were originally at the head of the aflociation, was, in procefs of time, abforbed by that of the Theffalians. Ac- cording to Escui1Nes, the confederacy confifted of the Thef- falians, the Boeotians, the Dorians, the lonians or inhabitants of Attica, the Perrhebians, the Magrietes, the Locrians, the Oeteans, the Phthiotes, the Maleans, and the Phoceans. Har- POCRATION names likewife eleven; the Dorians, the Ionians, the Perrhebians, the Boeotians, the Magnetes, the Acheans, the 3 Maleans, The AMPHICTYONES. 161 Maleans,’ tlie “Dolopes, the: /Enianes, the \Delphians, . and ithe Phocians. PAvsanias ‘enumerates only ten; the Tones, the Dolopes, the Theffalians, the Ainianes, the Magnetes, the Ma- leans, the Phthiotes;the Dores, the Phocians, the Locri, who bordered upon Phocis under Mount Cnemis. ‘The reafon: of this diverfity probably arifes from this circumftance: Some of the confederated ftates might affume new names, and fome — fates might be ftruck out of the alliance, in confequence of fome mifdemeanour, and others fubftituted in their room., Sucu was the far-famed Council of the Amphiétyones ; a tri- bunal which refleéts immortal honour upon Greece, and de- monftrates the wifdom, fagacity and political talents of the Hellenes, who eftablifhed fo noble and fo ufeful an inftitution. Happy, had it been invefted with power fufficient to check the ambitious enterprifes of fome of the confederated ftates, which formed projects for reducing the reft to a ftate of de- pendence and fervitude. Had its members been always anima- ted with a fpirit of peace, of juftice, and good order, it would have rendered itfelf for ever refpectable, and the affociated {tates under its direétion fhould never have become a prey to the once defpifed Macedonians. Srraso pretends, that the college of the Amphictyones was abolifhed with the Achzan league. But PAUsSANIAS.mentions it as exifting in his time, and as confifting of thirty conftituent members. Nicopolis, Macedonia, and Theflaly, fent two a-piece. The Beotians, Phoceans, and Delphians, fent each two mem- bers. One was furnifhed by the ancient diftri€t of Doris. The tolians, called Ozoli, and the people beyond the ftrait of Eu- boea, fent one member each. The Eubceans and the Athenians furnifhed each one delegate. Arrer the conqueft of Greece by the Macedonians, this tribunal was fhorn of its primitive luftre. AucusTus too made fome new regulations with refpet to the ftates which Voz. III. ” were 162 APPENDIX, &c. were invefted with the privilege of fending deputies to that Council. Though it fublifted in the days of Pausanias, who flourifhed under ANTontNus Pius, it was probably of fo little repute, in the age of StraBo, that this geographer looked upon it as in a manner annihilated. END OF THE THIRD VOLUME. - Ev R RA. T A PHYSICAL CLASS. Page 27, kine 20, for fourteenth, read fixth 45, 21, for concave lens of a difperfive fluid, read convex lens of a difperfive fluid: 50, 21, for then, read there LITERARY CLASS. Page 6, figne 25, commencé, 4/ex commencée 7> 19, de, - du 7 21, put, pu 8, 5, remplis, remplies 10, 15, qui, que Il, 4, avoit, avois 11, 17, lorque, lorfque il, 31, je pu, jai pu 12, Q, pafla, paflai 12, - 14, architects, architeétes 12, 16, fut, fus 12, at, détaché, détachés 12, 24, fuivie, fuivi 12, 26, leurs, leur F 13, 17, n’eft, n’eut 14, 4, fecond, feconde 14, 6, de, des. 14, 10, et, eft 22, 4, quit,. qui: 22, 17, elle, elles 22, 21, une, un 24, 33, permit, permets 25, 16, quoique 4, quoiqu’a 26, 16, renoncé, renoncer a 8, je, je le 27, 20, s’ecumant, ecumant 27; 32, azure, azuré 28, 21, mediocre, mediocres 30, 7, le longue, les longs 30, 14, m’avez, m’avoit F 30, 15, fois, foi aa; 1, d’épreuve, de preuve 37, 24, cette; cet 38, 4, les princes, les grands a2 22, application, explication, 43; - 8, Grecque, Greque 49, 8, defignée, deffinge 50, 2, put-on, plut-on 51, 30, Arien, A ne rien. 54, 23, a, de 57 23, Vignoré, Pignorer. = 573 30, d’une, dun 61, 8, efpace, efpece 89, 6, interieurs, interieures Page 111. kine 25. for his doing do read his doing fo 113. —— 24. between faltuum and frontefque in/ert {erutaretur- 125.—— 1. for prelio read prelio DIREC.- ‘DIRECTIONS FOR THE BINDER. The Binder is defired to obferve that the Vou. confifts of Three Sets of Pages, to be arranged in the following order, immediately after the TasLe of Contents, viz. ParrI. containing the History oF THE Society: Parr II. containing, I. Papers oF THE PAYSICAL Crass; I]. Papers of THE Literary Crass: And to obferve with : refpect to the Piares as follows, viz. that there are in all 24; wiz. 15 for the Puysicat Crass, and 9 for the Lirzrary Crass: Which are to be placed exactly according to the references marked on the : corner of each. t N. B. Five“of the Plates have been caft off without the abeve men. : tioned references, by omiffion of the Engravers, Place thefe as follows : TAB. I. : TAB. II. Thofe ie TAB. I. all to face p- 264. Phyf. Ci. ; TAB. VI. [for TAB.IV.] That entitled—Carte de Pancienne Troe, &c. to face p72. Lit. Ci.